Edition 06/2023

Configuration Manual

SIMATIC NET
Device Management

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

https://www.siemens.com/ruggedcom
 Preface

Introduction 1
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW
Installation and Upgrade 2
SIMATIC NET
Setup and Configuration 3
Device Management Managing Regions,
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Facilities, Devices and
Gateways 4
Client
Configuration Manual
Managing CAMs 5
Managing Generated Audit
Logs 6

Managing Reports 7

Troubleshooting 8

Reference 9

06/2023
C79000-G8976-1573-01
Legal information
Warning notice system
This manual contains notices you have to observe in order to ensure your personal safety, as well as to prevent
damage to property. The notices referring to your personal safety are highlighted in the manual by a safety
alert symbol, notices referring only to property damage have no safety alert symbol. These notices shown
below are graded according to the degree of danger.

DANGER
indicates that death or severe personal injury will result if proper precautions are not taken.

WARNING
indicates that death or severe personal injury may result if proper precautions are not taken.

CAUTION
indicates that minor personal injury can result if proper precautions are not taken.

NOTICE
indicates that property damage can result if proper precautions are not taken.

If more than one degree of danger is present, the warning notice representing the highest degree of danger
will be used. A notice warning of injury to persons with a safety alert symbol may also include a warning
relating to property damage.
Qualified personnel
The product/system described in this documentation may be operated only by personnel qualified for the
specific task in accordance with the relevant documentation, in particular its warning notices and safety
instructions. Qualified personnel are those who, based on their training and experience, are capable of
identifying risks and avoiding potential hazards when working with these products/systems.
Proper use of Siemens products
Note the following:

WARNING
Siemens products may only be used for the applications described in the catalog and in the relevant
technical documentation. If products and components from other manufacturers are used, these must be
recommended or approved by Siemens. Proper transport, storage, installation, assembly, commissioning,
operation and maintenance are required to ensure that the products operate safely and without any
problems. The permissible ambient conditions must be complied with. The information in the relevant
documentation must be observed.

Trademarks
All names identified by ® are registered trademarks of Siemens Canada Ltd.. The remaining trademarks in this
publication may be trademarks whose use by third parties for their own purposes could violate the rights of
the owner.
Disclaimer of liability
We have reviewed the contents of this publication to ensure consistency with the hardware and software
described. Since variance cannot be precluded entirely, we cannot guarantee full consistency. However, the
information in this publication is reviewed regularly and any necessary corrections are included in subsequent
editions.

Digital Industries C79000-G8976-1573-01 Copyright © Siemens Canada Ltd. 2023

Process Automation © 06/2023 Subject to change All rights reserved
300 Applewood Crescent
Concord, Ontario, L4K 4E5
Canada
Table of contents

Preface ........................................................................................................................................... xi
Security information ............................................................................................................... xi
Firmware/software support model ......................................................................................... xii
Supplementary Documentation .............................................................................................. xii
Accessing documentation ...................................................................................................... xii
Registered trademarks ........................................................................................................... xii
Warranty ............................................................................................................................... xiii
Training ................................................................................................................................ xiii
Customer support ................................................................................................................. xiii
Contacting Siemens .............................................................................................................. xiv
1 Introduction ........................................................................................................................... 1
1.1 Security Recommendations ................................................................................... 1
1.2 System Requirements ............................................................................................ 4
1.3 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Tools ............................................................................. 4
2 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Installation and Upgrade ............................................................. 7
2.1 Installing the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client ........................................................ 7
2.1.1 Installing CROSSBOW Client ................................................................................... 7
2.2 Determining the Current Software Version ............................................................ 8
3 Setup and Configuration ..................................................................................................... 11
3.1 Basic Setup ......................................................................................................... 11
3.2 Launching RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client .......................................................... 12
3.3 Configuring the Virtual Serial Port for a CROSSBOW Client .................................... 16
3.4 Managing Server Connections ............................................................................. 17
3.4.1 Multiple Client Connections ................................................................................. 18
3.4.2 Connecting/Disconnecting a Client from the Server .............................................. 18
3.4.3 Reconnecting to the Last Server Connection ........................................................ 18
3.4.4 Clearing the Most Recently Used Servers List ....................................................... 20
3.4.5 Configuring the Client Login Timeout .................................................................. 20
3.4.6 Enabling/Disabling TLS 1.2 Connections for RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client ......... 22
3.5 Managing Users, Groups and Authentication ....................................................... 23
3.5.1 Broadcasting a Message to All Users .................................................................... 23
3.5.2 Disconnecting All Users ....................................................................................... 25
3.5.3 Managing User Profiles ........................................................................................ 25
3.5.3.1 Adding a User Profile .......................................................................................... 26
3.5.3.2 Configuring a User Profile ................................................................................... 29
3.5.3.3 Deleting a User Profile ......................................................................................... 30
3.5.3.4 Changing a User's Password ................................................................................ 31
3.5.4 Managing User Groups ........................................................................................ 33
3.5.4.1 Adding a User Group ........................................................................................... 33

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 iii
Table of contents

3.5.4.2 Assigning Device Group Access Privileges ............................................................ 35

3.5.4.3 Assigning Device Group Information Privileges .................................................... 38
3.5.4.4 Assigning Administrative Privileges ...................................................................... 40
3.5.4.5 Assigning Special Operation Privileges ................................................................. 42
3.5.4.6 Assigning CAM Privileges ..................................................................................... 43
3.5.4.7 Deleting a User Group ......................................................................................... 45
3.6 Managing E-Mails and Notifications ..................................................................... 46
3.6.1 Managing E-Mail Notification Profiles .................................................................. 46
3.6.1.1 Adding an E-Mail Notification Profile ................................................................... 46
3.6.1.2 Enabling/Disabling an E-Mail Notification Profile .................................................. 47
3.6.1.3 Deleting an E-Mail Notification Profile ................................................................. 48
3.6.2 Configuring Conditions ........................................................................................ 49
3.6.3 Available Conditions ............................................................................................ 51
3.6.4 Creating an E-Mail Template ............................................................................... 53
3.7 Managing Certificates .......................................................................................... 55
3.7.1 Verifying/Installing the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client CA Certificate .................. 56
3.7.2 Selecting a Trusted CA for a RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client ................................ 57
3.7.3 Clearing Stored Responses to Certificate Warnings ............................................... 59
3.7.4 Choosing an Application Client Certificate ........................................................... 60
3.8 Managing the Event File Service .......................................................................... 62
3.8.1 Configuring the Event File Service ....................................................................... 63
3.8.2 Configuring File Directories and Keywords for Individual Devices/Gateways ........... 64
3.9 Customizing RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW ................................................................ 66
3.9.1 Configuring a Default File Difference Viewer ........................................................ 66
3.9.2 Configuring a Password Font ............................................................................... 68
4 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and Gateways ........................................................ 71
4.1 Navigating the Field Layout ................................................................................. 71
4.1.1 Viewing the Field Layout ..................................................................................... 71
4.1.2 Using the Search Functions ................................................................................. 73
4.1.3 Filtering Data ...................................................................................................... 74
4.2 Managing Regions and Facilities .......................................................................... 76
4.2.1 Adding a Region or Facility .................................................................................. 76
4.2.2 Configuring Identification Properties .................................................................... 77
4.2.3 Deleting a Region or Facility ................................................................................ 78
4.3 Managing Alerts .................................................................................................. 78
4.3.1 Viewing/Acknowledging All Alerts ........................................................................ 79
4.3.2 Viewing/Acknowledging Device Alerts ................................................................. 81
4.3.3 Clearing Stored Responses ................................................................................... 83
4.4 Managing SACs, ADMs and SAM-Ls ..................................................................... 84
4.4.1 Locating SACs, ADMs and SAM-Ls ........................................................................ 84
4.4.2 Managing a SAC .................................................................................................. 84
4.4.2.1 Adding a SAC ...................................................................................................... 84
4.4.2.2 Configuring Identification Properties .................................................................... 86
4.4.2.3 Configuring Connection Properties ...................................................................... 87
4.4.2.4 Configuring NERC CIP Properties .......................................................................... 89

iv RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Table of contents

4.4.2.5 Deleting a SAC .................................................................................................... 89

4.4.2.6 Updating the SAC Database ................................................................................. 90
4.4.2.7 Updating the Global Password for a SAC .............................................................. 91
4.4.2.8 Revealing the Global Password for a SAC ............................................................. 92
4.4.3 Managing an ADM .............................................................................................. 93
4.4.3.1 Adding an ADM ................................................................................................... 93
4.4.3.2 Configuring Identification Properties .................................................................... 95
4.4.3.3 Configuring Connection Properties ...................................................................... 96
4.4.3.4 Configuring NERC CIP Properties .......................................................................... 98
4.4.3.5 Deleting an ADM ................................................................................................. 98
4.4.3.6 Updating the ADM Database ............................................................................... 99
4.4.3.7 Configuring Advanced Properties ....................................................................... 100
4.4.4 Managing a SAM-L ............................................................................................ 101
4.4.4.1 Adding a SAM-L ................................................................................................ 101
4.4.4.2 Configuring Identification Properties .................................................................. 103
4.4.4.3 Configuring Connection Properties .................................................................... 105
4.4.4.4 Configuring NERC CIP Properties ........................................................................ 106
4.4.4.5 Deleting a SAM-L .............................................................................................. 107
4.4.4.6 Automatically Synchronizing a SAM-L ................................................................ 107
4.4.4.7 Manually Synchronizing a SAM-L ....................................................................... 108
4.4.4.8 Viewing the Sync Status of SAM-Ls .................................................................... 109
4.4.4.9 Preparing a SAM-L for a Remote Upgrade .......................................................... 110
4.5 Managing Devices and Gateways ....................................................................... 111
4.5.1 Locating Devices/Gateways ................................................................................ 111
4.5.2 Adding a Device/Gateway .................................................................................. 112
4.5.3 Deleting a Device/Gateway ................................................................................ 113
4.5.4 Copying, Cutting and Pasting Devices/Gateways ................................................. 113
4.5.5 Connecting to a Device/Gateway ....................................................................... 114
4.5.6 Reconnecting to a Device/Gateway .................................................................... 118
4.5.7 Disconnecting from a Device/Gateway ............................................................... 121
4.5.8 Discovering Devices Connected to a Gateway .................................................... 122
4.5.9 Establishing an IPSec Connection with RUGGEDCOM Devices .............................. 123
4.5.10 Configuring Standard Devices/Gateways ............................................................ 125
4.5.10.1 Configuring Identification Properties .................................................................. 126
4.5.10.2 Configuring Connection Properties .................................................................... 127
4.5.10.3 Configuring Interfaces ....................................................................................... 129
4.5.10.4 Configuring Gateway Ports ................................................................................ 133
4.5.10.5 Enabling/Disabling Ports .................................................................................... 134
4.5.10.6 Enabling/Disabling File Export for a Specific Device ............................................ 135
4.5.10.7 Enabling/Disabling Applications ......................................................................... 136
4.5.10.8 Configuring NERC CIP Properties ........................................................................ 137
4.5.10.9 Configuring Advanced Properties ....................................................................... 138
4.5.11 Configuring Nozomi Guardians .......................................................................... 139
4.5.11.1 Adding a Nozomi Guardian ............................................................................... 140
4.5.11.2 Configuring Identification Properties .................................................................. 141
4.5.11.3 Configuring Connection Properties .................................................................... 142
4.5.11.4 Configuring Advanced Properties ....................................................................... 144
4.5.12 Configuring Gauntlet Gateways ......................................................................... 145
4.5.12.1 Configuring Identification Properties .................................................................. 145

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 v
Table of contents

4.5.12.2 Configuring Connection Properties .................................................................... 146

4.5.12.3 Configuring Ports .............................................................................................. 147
4.5.12.4 Configuring NERC CIP Properties ........................................................................ 148
4.5.12.5 Configuring Advanced Properties ....................................................................... 149
4.5.12.6 Programming a Gauntlet Gateway ..................................................................... 150
4.5.13 Managing Device/Gateway Passwords ................................................................ 150
4.5.13.1 Updating the Password for a Device/Gateway in RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW .......... 150
4.5.13.2 Changing Passwords for Devices/Gateways ........................................................ 151
4.5.13.3 Synchronizing Managed Passwords ................................................................... 154
4.5.14 Managing Password Sets ................................................................................... 155
4.5.14.1 Viewing a List of Password Change Sets ............................................................ 156
4.5.14.2 Enabling/Disabling Password Change Sets .......................................................... 156
4.5.14.3 Adding a Password Change Set ......................................................................... 157
4.5.14.4 Deleting a Password Change Set ....................................................................... 159
4.5.14.5 Editing a Password Change Set .......................................................................... 160
4.5.14.6 Copying a Password Change Set ........................................................................ 161
4.5.15 Managing Login Access Sets .............................................................................. 163
4.5.15.1 Viewing a List of Login Access Sets .................................................................... 163
4.5.15.2 Enabling/Disabling Login Access Sets ................................................................. 164
4.5.15.3 Adding a Login Access Set ................................................................................. 165
4.5.15.4 Deleting a Login Access Set ............................................................................... 167
4.5.15.5 Editing a Login Access Set ................................................................................. 168
4.5.15.6 Copying a Login Access Set ............................................................................... 170
4.5.16 Managing Device/Gateway Configurations ......................................................... 172
4.5.16.1 Understanding Configuration Files ..................................................................... 172
4.5.16.2 Retrieving the Current Configuration for a Device/Gateway ................................ 174
4.5.16.3 Restoring a Configuration .................................................................................. 175
4.5.17 Managing Firmware .......................................................................................... 177
4.5.17.1 Understanding Firmware Files ........................................................................... 177
4.5.17.2 Setting the Expected Firmware Version(s) .......................................................... 178
4.5.17.3 Retrieving the Current Firmware Version(s) for a Device/Gateway ....................... 181
4.5.17.4 Adding Firmware to RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW ................................................... 183
4.5.17.5 Deleting Firmware from RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW ............................................. 186
4.5.17.6 Selecting the Version to Use for the Next Firmware Update ................................ 188
4.5.17.7 Updating Firmware ........................................................................................... 190
4.5.18 Viewing Device Data ......................................................................................... 192
4.5.18.1 Viewing Fault Records for a Device .................................................................... 192
4.5.18.2 Viewing Sequence of Events (SOE) Data for a Device ......................................... 195
4.5.18.3 Viewing Device Files .......................................................................................... 196
4.5.19 Managing Device Files ....................................................................................... 196
4.5.19.1 Retrieving Logs from Devices/Gateways ............................................................. 197
4.5.19.2 Clearing Logs from Gauntlet Gateways .............................................................. 198
4.5.19.3 Viewing a File's Version History ......................................................................... 199
4.5.19.4 Viewing a File Activity Report ............................................................................ 199
4.5.19.5 Opening Device Files ......................................................................................... 200
4.5.19.6 Sending File Notifications to Other Users ........................................................... 201
4.5.19.7 Checking Out Device Files ................................................................................. 203
4.5.19.8 Checking In Device Files .................................................................................... 204
4.5.19.9 Exporting Device Files ....................................................................................... 205

vi RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Table of contents

4.5.19.10 Importing Device Files ....................................................................................... 206

4.5.19.11 Locking/Unlocking Device Files .......................................................................... 207
4.5.19.12 Editing Device File Properties ............................................................................ 208
4.5.19.13 Labeling Device Files ......................................................................................... 208
4.5.19.14 Approving Device Files ...................................................................................... 209
4.5.19.15 Deleting Device Files ......................................................................................... 209
4.5.19.16 Comparing Device Files ..................................................................................... 210
4.5.20 Importing/Exporting Device/Gateway Information .............................................. 210
4.5.20.1 Importing Device/Gateway Information .............................................................. 211
4.5.20.2 Exporting a Blank or Populated Spreadsheet ...................................................... 212
4.5.20.3 Opening, Saving and Deleting Exported Files ..................................................... 213
4.5.20.4 Creating/Modifying a Spreadsheet ..................................................................... 214
4.5.21 Managing BES Cyber Systems ............................................................................ 218
4.5.21.1 Viewing Available BES Cyber Systems ................................................................ 218
4.5.21.2 Adding/Configuring a BES Cyber System ............................................................ 219
4.5.21.3 Assigning a BES Cyber System ........................................................................... 220
4.5.21.4 Deleting a BES Cyber System ............................................................................. 221
4.6 Managing Device Groups ................................................................................... 222
4.6.1 Viewing a List of Device Groups ........................................................................ 222
4.6.2 Adding a Device Group ..................................................................................... 223
4.6.3 Deleting a Device Group .................................................................................... 224
4.6.4 Assigning Access Privileges to a User Group ....................................................... 225
4.6.5 Assigning Information Privileges to a User Group ............................................... 227
4.7 Managing Device Types ..................................................................................... 229
4.7.1 Viewing a List of Device Families and Types ....................................................... 230
4.7.2 Cloning a Device Type ....................................................................................... 231
4.7.3 Deleting a Cloned Device Type .......................................................................... 232
4.7.4 Enabling/Disabling Device Types ........................................................................ 233
4.7.5 Configuring an Alternate Configuration File Difference Viewer ........................... 235
4.7.6 Logging/Blocking Interface Commands .............................................................. 237
4.7.7 Exporting Device/Gateway Information by Device Type ...................................... 240
4.7.8 Configuring a Device Type ................................................................................. 241
4.7.8.1 Configuring Identification Properties .................................................................. 241
4.7.8.2 Configuring Gateway Ports ................................................................................ 243
4.7.8.3 Configuring Interface Properties ........................................................................ 246
4.7.8.4 Configuring Interface Sets ................................................................................. 248
4.7.8.5 Enabling/Disabling Applications ......................................................................... 251
4.7.8.6 Configuring Password Rules ............................................................................... 253
4.7.8.7 Configuring Advanced Properties ....................................................................... 255
4.7.9 Configuring a Device Type Login ....................................................................... 257
4.7.9.1 Enabling/Disabling a Device Type Login ............................................................. 258
4.7.9.2 Adding a Device Type Login .............................................................................. 259
4.7.9.3 Deleting a Device Type Login ............................................................................ 262
4.7.9.4 Editing a Device Type Login .............................................................................. 263
4.8 Managing Special Operations ............................................................................ 266
4.8.1 Viewing Scheduled Operations and Log Reports ................................................. 266
4.8.2 Performing Special Operations ........................................................................... 268
4.8.3 Scheduling an Operation ................................................................................... 268

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 vii
Table of contents

4.8.4 Running an Operation Ahead of Schedule ......................................................... 270

4.8.5 Retrying a Failed Operation ............................................................................... 271
4.8.6 Stopping an Operation ...................................................................................... 272
4.8.7 Deleting/Canceling an Operation ....................................................................... 273
4.9 Managing Applications ...................................................................................... 274
4.9.1 Adding/Configuring an Application .................................................................... 275
4.9.2 Deleting an Application ..................................................................................... 279
4.10 Managing Scripts .............................................................................................. 280
4.10.1 Viewing Available Scripts ................................................................................... 282
4.10.2 Editing a Script .................................................................................................. 283
4.10.3 Reverting a Script .............................................................................................. 284
4.11 Managing Password Checkouts .......................................................................... 285
4.11.1 Viewing Passwords Currently Checked Out ........................................................ 286
4.11.2 Checking Out Passwords ................................................................................... 287
4.11.3 Checking In Passwords ...................................................................................... 289
4.11.4 Running CAMs Automatically After Password Check-Ins ...................................... 290
4.11.5 Processing Password Checkout Requests ............................................................ 291
4.12 Viewing the System Dashboard ......................................................................... 292
5 Managing CAMs ................................................................................................................ 297
5.1 Available CAMs ................................................................................................. 297
5.1.1 Configuration Compare CAM ............................................................................. 297
5.1.2 Time Compare CAM .......................................................................................... 298
5.1.3 Data CAM .......................................................................................................... 298
5.1.4 Firmware Version CAM ...................................................................................... 299
5.1.5 Connectivity CAM .............................................................................................. 299
5.1.5.1 Connectivity Tests ............................................................................................. 300
5.2 Viewing CAM Reports ........................................................................................ 301
5.3 Enabling/Disabling CAMs ................................................................................... 303
5.3.1 Enabling/Disabling a CAM for All Devices/Gateways ............................................ 303
5.3.2 Enabling/Disabling a CAM for Multiple Devices/Gateways ................................... 303
5.3.3 Enabling/Disabling a CAM for Specific Devices/Gateways .................................... 305
5.4 Scheduling/Running a CAM ............................................................................... 306
5.4.1 Scheduling a CAM for All Devices/Gateways ....................................................... 306
5.4.2 Scheduling a CAM for Specific Devices/Gateways ............................................... 307
5.4.3 Running a CAM for All Devices/Gateways ........................................................... 308
5.4.4 Running a CAM for Specific Devices/Gateways ................................................... 309
6 Managing Generated Audit Logs ...................................................................................... 311
6.1 Viewing Audit Logs ........................................................................................... 311
6.2 Searching for an Audit Log by ID Number .......................................................... 312
6.3 Deleting an Audit Log ....................................................................................... 312
6.4 Changing the Audit Log Setting for an Individual Device or Gateway .................. 313
7 Managing Reports ............................................................................................................. 315

viii RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Table of contents

7.1 Available Reports ............................................................................................... 315

7.2 Generating a Report .......................................................................................... 317
7.3 Viewing a Report ............................................................................................... 320
8 Troubleshooting ................................................................................................................ 323
8.1 Generating a System Overview .......................................................................... 323
8.2 Enabling/Disabling Maintenance Mode .............................................................. 325
8.3 Logging Messages ............................................................................................. 326
8.3.1 Logging Messages Using RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Logger ................................. 327
8.3.2 Logging Messages Using RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Background Logger .............. 329
8.4 Common Issues ................................................................................................. 330
8.4.1 Devices/Gateways .............................................................................................. 331
8.4.2 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client ........................................................................ 334
8.4.3 CAMs ................................................................................................................ 335
8.4.4 Scripts ............................................................................................................... 336
8.4.5 Automation ....................................................................................................... 337
9 Reference ........................................................................................................................... 339
9.1 Available Special Operations .............................................................................. 339
9.2 Available Advanced Parameters ......................................................................... 341
9.3 Special Operations Supported by Device Family/Type ......................................... 357
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type ..................................... 374
9.5 Applications Supported by Device Family/Type ................................................... 503
9.6 Interfaces Supported by Device Family/Type ...................................................... 531
9.7 CAMs Supported by Device Family/Type ............................................................. 557
9.8 Security Notifications ........................................................................................ 567
9.9 TLS Cipher Suites .............................................................................................. 568
9.10 SSH Cipher Suites .............................................................................................. 569

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 ix
Table of contents

x RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
Preface

This Configuration Manual describes RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4, Siemens's

secure access management solution for accessing Intelligent Electronic Devices
(IEDs). It contains instructions and guidelines on how to use the RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client application and Asset Discovery and Management Agent (ADM).
This manual is intended for use by network technical support personnel who are
familiar with the operation of networks. It is also recommended for use by network
and system planners, system programmers, and line technicians.

Note
Along with the Client application and ADM, RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW consists of a
primary server (SAM-P), optional local server(s) (SAM-L), and companion tools such
as the Station Access Controller (SAC) and Background Logger. For more information
about managing the server(s) and companion tools, refer to the "RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Server Configuration Manual".

Security information
Siemens provides products and solutions with industrial security functions that
support the secure operation of plants, systems, machines and networks.
In order to protect plants, systems, machines and networks against cyber threats, it
is necessary to implement – and continuously maintain – a holistic, state-of-the-art
industrial security concept. Siemens’ products and solutions constitute one element
of such a concept.
Customers are responsible for preventing unauthorized access to their plants,
systems, machines and networks. Such systems, machines and components should
only be connected to an enterprise network or the internet if and to the extent
such a connection is necessary and only when appropriate security measures (e.g.
firewalls and/or network segmentation) are in place.
For additional information on industrial security measures that may be implemented,
please visit https://www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity.
Siemens’ products and solutions undergo continuous development to make them
more secure. Siemens strongly recommends that product updates are applied as
soon as they are available and that the latest product versions are used. Use of
product versions that are no longer supported, and failure to apply the latest updates
may increase customer’s exposure to cyber threats.
To stay informed about product updates, subscribe to the Siemens Industrial Security
RSS Feed under https://www.siemens.com/cert.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 xi
Preface
Firmware/software support model

Firmware/software support model

Siemens only monitors the latest firmware version for security vulnerabilities.
Therefore, bug and security fixes are provided only for the latest released firmware
version.

Supplementary Documentation
Other documents that may be of interest include:
• "RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Server Configuration Manual". Contains
information about managing the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW primary server (SAM-
P), optional local server(s) (SAM-L), and companion tools such as the Station
Access Controller (SAC) and Background Logger.
• "RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Companion Reference Manual". Contains
information specific to device types and products that support RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW.
• "RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Scripting Reference Manual"
• "RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Device Type Definition Tool (DTDT) for
CROSSBOW Configuration Manual"
• "RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Executables and Ports". Contains a list of
executable files and ports, and their default state.
• "Application Description: Deploying RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW as an Intermediate
Remote Access Solution"
• "FAQ – How to Troubleshoot Connection Issues"

Accessing documentation
The latest user documentation for RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 is available upon
request. To request or inquire about a user document, contact Siemens Customer
Support.

Registered trademarks
The following and possibly other names not identified by the registered trademark
sign ® are registered trademarks of Siemens Canada Ltd.:
• RUGGEDCOM
• ROS
• RCDP
• Discovery Protocol

xii RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Preface
Warranty

Other designations in this manual might be trademarks whose use by third parties
for their own purposes would infringe the rights of the owner.

Warranty
Refer to the License Agreement for the applicable warranty terms and conditions, if
any.
For warranty details, visit https://www.siemens.com or contact a Siemens customer
service representative.

Training
Siemens offers a wide range of educational services ranging from in-house training
of standard courses on networking, Ethernet switches and routers, to on-site
customized courses tailored to the customer's needs, experience and application.
Siemens' Educational Services team thrives on providing our customers with the
essential practical skills to make sure users have the right knowledge and expertise
to understand the various technologies associated with critical communications
network infrastructure technologies.
Siemens' unique mix of IT/Telecommunications expertise combined with domain
knowledge in the utility, transportation and industrial markets, allows Siemens to
provide training specific to the customer's application.
For more information about training services and course availability, visit https://
www.siemens.com or contact a Siemens Sales representative.

Customer support
Customer support is available 24 hours, 7 days a week for all Siemens customers.
For technical support or general information, contact Siemens Customer Support
through any of the following methods:
Online
Visit http://www.siemens.com/automation/support-request to submit a Support Request
(SR) or check on the status of an existing SR.

Telephone
Call a local hotline center to submit a Support Request (SR). To locate a local hotline center,
visit https://w3.siemens.com/aspa_app/?lang=en.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 xiii
Preface
Contacting Siemens

Mobile app
Install the Industry Online Support app by Siemens AG on any Android, Apple iOS or
Windows mobile device and be able to:
• Access Siemens' extensive library of support documentation, including FAQs and
manuals
• Submit SRs or check on the status of an existing SR
• Contact a local Siemens representative from Sales, Technical Support, Training, etc.
• Ask questions or share knowledge with fellow Siemens customers and the support
community

Contacting Siemens
Address Siemens Canada Ltd.
Digital Industries
Process Automation
300 Applewood Crescent
Concord, Ontario
Canada, L4K 5C7
Telephone Toll-free: 1 888 264 0006
Tel: +1 905 856 5288
Fax: +1 905 856 1995
E-Mail [email protected]
Web https://www.siemens.com

xiv RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
Introduction
1
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW is a proven secure access management solution designed
to provide substation operators access to their Intelligent Electronic Devices (IEDs)
and achieve NERC (North American Electric Reliability Corporation) CIP (Critical
Infrastructure Protection) compliance. The RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW solution
focuses on delivering productivity gains for administrators and users while achieving
full NERC compliance in managing, securing and reporting on remote access.
The combination of a RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Secure Access Manager (SAM)
server and RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Station Access Controllers (SACs) for local
substation access provide an integrated and comprehensive solution, with a
seamless configuration environment.
Siemens' RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW application addresses the need for utilities to
interactively access remote field IEDs for maintenance, configuration and data
retrieval. RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW allows a native IED application to remotely
communicate with its associated IEDs, as if the user were directly connected to
the IED with a serial cable or network connection. User access is governed by the
appropriate authentication model (e.g. RSA SecurID) and all user activity is logged
and reported per the NERC CIP specification.

1.1 Security Recommendations

To prevent unauthorized access to RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW, note the following
security recommendations:

Authentication
• Make sure database encryption is enabled. For added security, Siemens
recommends using certificate-based encryption. If certificate-based encryption
is used, make sure the encryption certificate is different than the one used for
the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW server. If password-based encryption is used, make
sure to use registry protection.
For more information about encrypting passwords, refer to the "RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Server Configuration Manual".
For more information about registry protection, refer to the "RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Server Configuration Manual".
• Replace the default passwords for all user accounts and processes (where
applicable) before RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW is deployed.
• Use strong passwords. Avoid weak passwords such as password1, 123456789,
abcdefgh, etc.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 1
Introduction
1.1 Security Recommendations

• Make sure passwords are protected and not shared with unauthorized personnel.
• Passwords should not be re-used across different user names and systems, or
after they expire.
• Record passwords in a safe, secure, off-line location for future retrieval should
they be misplaced. This includes the Device Password reports that can be
generated by RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW.
• Restrict access to the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW server and database to only
trusted personnel.
• Do not save credentials in RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW-adjacent applications (e.g.
Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio).

Physical/Remote Access
• Restrict physical access to the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW server to only trusted
personnel. A person with malicious intent in possession of removable media
(e.g. USB, external hard drive, etc.) could extract critical information, such as
certificates, keys, etc., or reprogram the server.
• Make sure operators are trained to use RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW and have the
required set of permissions to perform their duties.
• Do not expose the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW server – specifically, ports 21000,
21005 and 21008 – to the Internet. For more information about network
configuration, refer to the "RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server Configuration
Manual".
• Make sure unwanted commands are not issued to devices via RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW. While RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW is designed to block commands
(as specified by the administrators), a determined user may still be able to
circumvent security surrounding a specific command. It is recommended
(and the responsibility of the user) to review the event logs regularly for any
such activity. If necessary, RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW can also be configured to
generate audit logs for device connections, which detail all transactions between
users and devices.
• Generated reports may contain sensitive information, such as IP addresses and
credentials. The user generating these reports is responsible for the proper
storage and distribution of this material.
• Dependent on the company's Public Key Infrastructure (PKI), use Transport Layer
Security (TLS) 1.3 connections and make sure all TLS/SSL certificates are signed
using a Secure Hash Algorithm. TLS 1.3 is enabled by default in RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW v5.4.

Communication
• All communications with the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW server, client
workstations, and IEDs should be contained within the security perimeter.

2 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Introduction
1.1 Security Recommendations

• Make sure IP address allocations are managed by authenticated and privileged

users only, and that all IP addresses within the network are unique.
• Establish VPN connections with RUGGEDCOM routers and switches whenever
possible.
• Make sure connections between the SAM-P/SAM-L and the RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW database are encrypted.
• If the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client is to be deployed in a multi-user
environment, only platforms that guarantee the separation of resources (such
as serial and network ports) between simultaneously-connected users should be
used. Applications such as Citrix XenDesktop are recommended for this purpose.
Other applications that share resources between users, such as Windows Remote
Desktop and Citrix XenApp, are not recommended.

Hardware/Software
• Make sure the latest versions of all RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW utilities are installed
on the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW server and individual client workstations,
including all security-related patches. For the latest information on security
patches for Siemens products, visit the ProductCERT Security Advisories website
[http://www.industry.siemens.com/topics/global/en/industrial-security/news-
alerts/Pages/alerts.aspx] or the ProductCERT Security Advisories website [https://
new.siemens.com/global/en/products/services/cert.html#SecurityPublications].
Updates to Siemens Product Security Advisories can be obtained by subscribing
to the RSS feed on the Siemens ProductCERT Security Advisories website, or by
following @ProductCert on Twitter.
• Make sure installed RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW components contain an MD5 that
matches the MD5 specified in the document "RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4
Executables and Ports".
• Only enable the services that will be used by RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW utilities,
including physical ports. Unused physical ports could potentially be used to gain
access to the network behind the device.
• Use redundant RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW setups whenever possible to increase
availability of all services and to backup the configuration.
• Make sure robust Server Class hardware is used when installing RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW on custom hardware not provided by Siemens.
• Make sure systems on which RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW is installed are protected
from malware by using virus scanners, applying the latest Windows updates and
other industry best practices as appropriate.
• Make sure all centralized security components that interact with RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW (e.g. servers for Active Directory/RADIUS/RSA, external logging
servers, mail servers, etc.) are continuously secured and maintained according to
industry best practices.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 3
Introduction
1.2 System Requirements

Policy
• Periodically audit all workstations that access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW
Server to make sure they comply with these recommendations and/or any
internal security policies.
• Make sure to follow the security recommendations outlined in this Configuration
Manual and configure the environment according to defense in depth best
practices.
• Review the user documentation for other Siemens products used in coordination
with RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW for further security recommendations.

Decommissioning
• When RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW is no longer in use, delete the RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW database and uninstall all instances of Server and Client applications,
including any related tools such as SAM-Ls, ADMs, etc.
For more information about related tools, refer to "RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW
Tools" (Page 4).

1.2 System Requirements

For a list of requirements for client workstations, servers, utilities and field devices,
refer to the "RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server Configuration Manual".

Note
Responsiveness of the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client and Servers (SAM-P, SAM-
L, and SAC) can vary depending on a number of factors, including the capacity of
the host hardware, the capacity of the network infrastructure, the number of active
automated activities, the number of connected users, and the size of the overall
system.
Consider employing industry best practices, such as limiting the number of
connected users and scheduling automated activities during off hours, to optimize
Client responsiveness and overall system performance.

1.3 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Tools

A series of applications are used by various user levels to configure RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW and access devices/gateways:
Tool Description
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client is the primary interface for
accessing devices (based on user privileges), launching connection
sessions, and accessing device-related tasks and reports. It redirects
all communications to/from the device maintenance application
through either a network proxy or a virtual serial port (VPort)
depending on the nature of the maintenance application, and then

4 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Introduction
1.3 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Tools

Tool Description
forwards communications through the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW
Server to a remote device using one of a variety of communications
mechanisms.

Note
A Virtual Port, or VPort, is an internal software component that
behaves like an actual hardware serial port. A Virtual Port is named
using the same convention as a real serial port, such as COM3. The
port number is configurable.

The RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client is used by all users of

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW system. It can be installed on a physical
workstation or provided via a virtual desktop, such as Citrix
XenDesktop®.
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW ADM The RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Asset Discovery and Management
Agent (ADM) is a security feature used to discover and monitor the
activity of network connected devices. This information is collected
and reported to the Secure Access Manager (SAM). Operators
using CROSSBOW are then made aware of any devices added to
the operational environment within minutes of activation, via an
alert on both the Device View and in the event logging system.
Purposefully deployed devices can be identified and vetted for
inclusion, whereas rogue devices can be quickly identified and
isolated.
The ADM appears as a device in the Device View in the main
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW database. It is designed to be deployed
on the network where devices are to be discovered and monitored.
Hardware options include either a RUGGEDCOM RX1500 APE
module equipped with ADM, or an RUGGEDCOM RX1400 with
a Virtual Processing Engine (VPE) equipped with ADM. For more
information about obtaining ADM software for these products,
contact Siemens Customer Support.
The ADM must be reachable from the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW
External Database Integration Service (EDIS).
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW SAM-P RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW SAM-P is the principal interface for
configuring the Secure Access Manager - Primary (SAM-P). This tool
must be installed on the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW server.
For more information about managing the SAM-P, refer to the
"RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server Configuration Manual".
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW SAM-L RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW SAM-L is the primary interface for
configuring a Secure Access Manager - Local (SAM-L). This tool
should be installed on a workstation at a substation facility.
For more information about managing a SAM-L, refer to the
"RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server Configuration Manual".
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW SAC RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW SAC is the primary interface for
configuring a Station Access Controller (SAC). This tool should
be installed at a substation facility, either on a workstation or a
RUGGEDCOM ROXII device.
For more information about managing a SAC, refer to the
"RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server Configuration Manual".
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Bulk RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Bulk Importer is used to import and
Importer export information to/from the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW database.
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW DTDT RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW DTDT, or Device Type Definition Tool, is
used to create and import custom device types.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 5
Introduction
1.3 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Tools

Tool Description
For more information about the DTDT, refer to the "RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW v5.4 Device Type Definition Tool (DTDT) for CROSSBOW
Configuration Manual".
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Background Logger can optionally be
Background Logger run in the background of the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW server. It
captures internal log messages to assist in debugging and analyzing
field issues.
For more information about the Background Logger, refer to the
"RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server Configuration Manual".

6 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Installation and Upgrade
2
This section describes how to install and upgrade the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW
Client application on client workstations, and how to determine the current software
version.

NOTICE
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW works with various third-party applications. Make sure
to consult the documentation for these applications for any requirements needed
to work with RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW. Additionally, make sure to keep these
applications up-to-date, as outdated software can impact performance and security.

NOTICE
Make sure the installation materials provided by Siemens are digitally signed with
the Siemens AG certificate and contain MD5s that match those in the RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW v5.4 Release Notes.

2.1 Installing the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client

This section describes how to install the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client application
on client workstations.

2.1.1 Installing CROSSBOW Client

To install RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client application on a client's workstation, do
the following:

Note
If planning to connect to devices/gateways using their real IP addresses (as opposed
to their localhost addresses), do not install RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client on a
workstation running RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW SAC or any form of server.

1. Make sure RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server is installed on the RUGGEDCOM

CROSSBOW server and accessible via the network. For information about
installing RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server, refer to the "RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Server Configuration Manual".
2. Make sure copies of all applicable Intelligent Electronic Device (IED) applications
are installed on the workstation. For certain RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW functions,

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 7
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Installation and Upgrade
2.2 Determining the Current Software Version

such as IED configuration monitoring, it is also necessary to have a file

comparison utility installed.
3. Make sure Microsoft .NET Framework v4.5.1 is installed on the workstation.
4. Contact Siemens Customer Support and obtain a compressed Zip file containing
the latest RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client installer for RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW
v5.4.

Note
To silently install the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client instead, unzip the contents
of the compressed Zip file to a temporary directory, open a command prompt
window, and type:
cd { path } [ "CrossBow Client.msi" | "CrossBow Client
x64.msi" ] /quiet

Where { path } is the path to the temporary directory.

5. Open the compressed Zip file and double-click CrossBow Client x64.msi (64-
bit). The CrossBow Client Setup installation wizard appears.
6. Follow the on-screen instructions to install the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client
application. A reboot may be required.
7. Launch RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client, but do not connect to the RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW server.
8. Select the trusted Certificate Authority (CA). For more information, refer to
"Selecting a Trusted CA for a RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client" (Page 57).
9. Verify the appropriate CA certificate is installed. For more information,
refer to "Verifying/Installing the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client CA
Certificate" (Page 56).
10. Configure which virtual serial communication port will be used by the
application for remote serial connections. For more information, refer to
"Configuring the Virtual Serial Port for a CROSSBOW Client" (Page 16).

2.2 Determining the Current Software Version

To determine the version of any RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW tool installed (e.g.
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client, RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server, etc.), do the
following:
1. Launch the desired application.
2. On the toolbar, click Help, then click About {tool}. A dialog box appears listing
the software version.

8 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Installation and Upgrade
2.2 Determining the Current Software Version

Figure 2.1 About Dialog Box

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 9
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Installation and Upgrade
2.2 Determining the Current Software Version

10 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
Setup and Configuration
3
This chapter describes how to setup and configure RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW's
various tools to work with one another and the network of devices and gateways
they will manage.

3.1 Basic Setup

The following procedures describe the basic steps for configuring RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW following a successful installation of the database and all required
tools (i.e. RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server, RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client, and/or
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW SAC).

Note
For information about setting up the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server(s) and Station
Access Controller (SAC), refer to the "RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server Configuration
Manual".

To configure a client workstation via RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client, do the

following:
1. Select a trusted Certificate Authority (CA) for the client. For more
information, refer to "Selecting a Trusted CA for a RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW
Client" (Page 57).
2. Verify the appropriate CA certificate is installed. For more information,
refer to "Verifying/Installing the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client CA
Certificate" (Page 56).
3. Configure a virtual serial port for serial devices. For more information, refer to
"Configuring the Virtual Serial Port for a CROSSBOW Client" (Page 16).
4. Configure the connection between the client and the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW
server. For more information, refer to "Connecting/Disconnecting a Client from
the Server" (Page 18).
5. Configure a custom file difference viewer to use for comparing device/gateway
files stored by RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW in the database. For more information,
refer to "Configuring a Default File Difference Viewer" (Page 66).

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 11
Setup and Configuration
3.2 Launching RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client

3.2 Launching RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client

To launch the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client application, do the following:

Note
Each user authentication method has a unique way of handling multiple failed
login attempts. For Basic authentication, if a user enters their password incorrectly
several times (the actual number of times is defined within RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW
Server), their profile will be locked until until an administrator unlocks it.
For Active Directory authentication, the lockout policies (if any) are defined by the
Active Directory server are respected.
For RSA SecurID authentication, the lockout policies (if any) are defined by the RSA
Authentication Manager are respected. Typically, when a user enters their password
incorrectly several times, the RSA server will put them in Next Tokencode Mode. In
this mode, when the user does provide the correct PIN and tokencode, the server
requests a second tokencode for verification.

Note
Images and steps may differ depending on the version of Windows being used. For
assistance, contact Siemens Customer Support.

1. Launch RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW by clicking Start, selecting All Programs,

selecting RuggedCom, then selecting CROSSBOW CLIENT. The application
opens and a welcome screen that requests the host and port information for the
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW server.

3 4

1 Host Name Box

2 Port Box
3 Cancel Button
4 Connect Button
Figure 3.1 Confirm Host Name and Port

12 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Setup and Configuration
3.2 Launching RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client

Note
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW stores past successful server connections in a drop-
down window for quick selection. To configure RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW to
automatically reconnect to the last known server, refer to "Reconnecting to the
Last Server Connection" (Page 18).

2. To access devices/gateways via a Station Access Controller (SAC) or Secure

Access Manager - Local (SAM-L), select or enter the host name and port
information for the SAC or SAM-L. Otherwise, select or enter the host name and
port for the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW server. The restricted use banner appears.

Note
The restricted use banner is required by North American Electric Reliability
Corporation (NERC) Critical Information Protection (CIP) standards. For more
information about customizing the message in the banner, refer to the
"RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server Configuration Manual".

1 2

1 Cancel Button
2 Proceed Button
Figure 3.2 Restricted Use Banner (Example)

If a Server Certificate Warning! dialog box appears instead, RUGGEDCOM

CROSSBOW has detected the common name in the certificate presented by the
server does not match the host name defined in step 1 (Page 12).

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 13
Setup and Configuration
3.2 Launching RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client

1 3

1 Yes Button
2 Check Box
3 No Button
Figure 3.3 Service Certificate Warning

Review the certificate information and either:

• Click No and contact the primary RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW administrator for
assistance.
• Click Yes. The restricted user banner appears. Refer to figure 3.2, "Restricted
Use Banner (Example)" (Page 13).

Note
Click the check box to prevent this warning from appearing in the future.

Note
The RSA SecurID login process may vary depending on certain conditions. For
example, the first time a user uses their RSA SecurID token, they will likely be in
New PIN Mode (a PIN number has not been assigned to them yet), and they will
be required to create a PIN. This depends on the configuration of the RSA server.
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW will prompt the user for the information required by
the RSA server.

3. Click Proceed. The Login dialog box appears.

The Login dialog box varies based on the authentication method configured for
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW:
• RADIUS – RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW requests a user name and passcode
• RSA SecurID – RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW requests a user name and passcode
(pin and RSA token)
• Active Directory – RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW requests a user name and
password
• RSA SecurID and Active Directory – RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW requests the
RSA credentials, followed by the Active Directory credentials

14 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Setup and Configuration
3.2 Launching RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client

• All Others – RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW requests a user name and password

3 4

1 User Name Box

2 Passcode Box
3 OK Button
4 Cancel Button
Figure 3.4 Login Dialog Box (RADIUS)

3 4

1 User Name Box

2 Password Box
3 OK Button
4 Cancel Button
Figure 3.5 Login Dialog Box (Other)

Note
The following characters are not permitted in passwords and will be ignored if
defined in the password rules:
• single quote (')
• semi-colon (;)
• pipe (|)

4. Enter a user name and password/passcode, then click OK. Once RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client has initialized, the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client window
appears.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 15
Setup and Configuration
3.3 Configuring the Virtual Serial Port for a CROSSBOW Client

Figure 3.6 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client Window (Administrator View)

3.3 Configuring the Virtual Serial Port for a CROSSBOW Client

For a user to connect to a remote serial device via RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client, a
virtual serial port must be configured on their workstation.

Note
The port number must exceed the number of physical COM ports on the client's
workstation.

Note
When the client is installed on the same machine as the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW
Server, make sure the selected COM Port does not overlap with the range of ports
specified in the COM Pool Configuration.
For more information about the COM Pool Configuration, refer to the "RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Server Configuration Manual".

To configure the virtual serial port for RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client, do the
following:
1. Launch RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client, but do not connect to the RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW server.
2. On the toolbar, click File, then click Preferences. The Preferences dialog box
appears.

16 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Setup and Configuration
3.4 Managing Server Connections

1 OK Button
2 Cancel Button
3 Virtual Serial Port Box
Figure 3.7 Preferences Dialog Box

3. Under Virtual Serial Port, select the desired port number.

4. Click OK to save changes.

3.4 Managing Server Connections

This section describes how to configure the connection between the RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW server and individual client workstations.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 17
Setup and Configuration
3.4.1 Multiple Client Connections

3.4.1 Multiple Client Connections

In RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW it is possible to have multiple RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW
Clients from different software versions installed on the same PC. This allows users to
compare an older version of RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW with a newer version.
Only a single client may be connected to a server at any given time from one PC.

Note
Only one Client version earlier than RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.0 may be installed
on a given machine. All RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client versions v5.0 or later may be
installed on the same machine.

Note
Each version of RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client can only connect to the
corresponding version of the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server. For example, a v4.7.4
Client cannot connect to a v5.2.0 Server.

3.4.2 Connecting/Disconnecting a Client from the Server

To connect/disconnect RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client to/from the RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW server, do the following:

Connecting
1. In RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client, click File on the toolbar, then click Connect
to Server.
2. Log in to the application. For more information about the log in process, refer to
"Launching RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client" (Page 12).

Disconnecting
• In RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client, click File on the toolbar, then click
Disconnect from Server. RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client is disconnected from
the server.

3.4.3 Reconnecting to the Last Server Connection

To automatically reconnect to the last succesful server connection at startup, do the
following:
1. Launch RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client, but do not connect to the RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW server.
2. On the toolbar, click File, then click Preferences. The Preferences dialog box
appears.

18 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Setup and Configuration
3.4.3 Reconnecting to the Last Server Connection

1 OK Button
2 Cancel Button
3 Auto Connect to Last Server Check Box
Figure 3.8 Preferences Dialog Box

3. Select Auto Connect to Last Server to automatically connect to the last

succesful server connection at startup, or clear the check box to disable
automatic connections.
4. Click OK to save changes.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 19
Setup and Configuration
3.4.4 Clearing the Most Recently Used Servers List

3.4.4 Clearing the Most Recently Used Servers List

To clear the list of most recently used servers, do the following:

Note
Before performing this action, make sure no users are connected to RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW.

1. Launch RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client, but do not connect to the RUGGEDCOM

CROSSBOW server.
2. In RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client, click File on the toolbar, then Servers/
Cluster Name, then Manage MRU Entries. The Delete MRU Servers form
appears.
3. Select the server name to be deleted then click Delete.

3.4.5 Configuring the Client Login Timeout

To configure the client login timeout, do the following:
1. Launch RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client, but do not connect to the RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW server.
2. On the toolbar, select File, then click Preferences. The Preferences dialog box
appears.

20 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Setup and Configuration
3.4.5 Configuring the Client Login Timeout

1 OK Button
2 Cancel Button
3 Client Login Timeout Box
Figure 3.9 Preferences Dialog Box

3. Under Server Connection, configure the following parameter:

Parameter Description

Client Login Timeout Default: 30

The maximum time in seconds (between 5 and 300) before the

Client-to-Server connection is dropped.

4. Click OK to save changes.

5. Start the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Main Server service. For more information,
refer to the "RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server Configuration Manual".

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 21
Setup and Configuration
3.4.6 Enabling/Disabling TLS 1.2 Connections for RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client

3.4.6 Enabling/Disabling TLS 1.2 Connections for RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client

Transport Layer Security (TLS) 1.3 connections between RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW
clients and servers are enabled by default, requiring all TLS/SSL certificates be signed
using a Secure Hash Algorithm.
To enable TLS 1.2 connections in RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client, do the following:
1. Launch RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client, but do not connect to the RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW server.
2. On the toolbar, click File, then click Preferences. The Preferences dialog box
appears.

1 OK Button
2 Cancel Button
3 Allow TLS 1.2 Connection Check Box
Figure 3.10 Preferences Dialog Box

3. Select Allow TLS 1.2 Connection to enable TLS 1.2 connections, or clear the
check box to disable TLS 1.2 connections.

22 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Setup and Configuration
3.5 Managing Users, Groups and Authentication

4. Repeat step 1 (Page 22) and step 2 (Page 22) for all other RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW client workstations.

3.5 Managing Users, Groups and Authentication

Users and user groups can be created and managed directly within RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW, or imported from an Active Directory server.

Note
If Active Directory is in use, some interface controls in RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW
Client for managing users and user groups are disabled.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW supports three different types of users:

• Administrators
Administrators are users who belong to the administrator user group, as defined
in the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server configuration. Administrators can
configure the system, set up connections between devices and maintenance
applications, create users and user groups, assign user rights, and access all areas
of RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client.
• Sub-Administrators
Sub-Administrators, if granted permission by an Administrator, can add, edit,
and delete facilities, gateways, and devices. They can also run device-specific
reports, and add/edit applications. Multiple user groups can be assigned sub-
administrator rights, each with different permissions.
• Users
Users can log into the system and access those devices made available to them
by the Administrator or by a Sub-Administrator with appropriate access.
All users belong to a user group, which defines their level of control over
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW, specific device groups, reports, etc.
Users can be assigned to more than one user group, with the highest level of
permissions assigned to one group superseding all others.
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW also supports user authentication via RSA SecurID, Active
directory or RADIUS.

3.5.1 Broadcasting a Message to All Users

To broadcast a message to all users that are currently active, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration, then click Connected Users. The
Connected Users screen appears.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 23
Setup and Configuration
3.5.1 Broadcasting a Message to All Users

2 3

1 Connected Users
2 Broadcast Message Button
3 Disconnect All Users Button
Figure 3.11 Connected Users Screen

3. [Optional] To view the user properties of a connected user, right-click the

desired name. The User Properties dialog box appears. For more information
about user profiles, refer to "Managing User Profiles" (Page 25).
4. Click Broadcast Message. A dialog box appears.

1 4

1 To Box
2 Text Box
3 Send Button
4 Cancel Button
Figure 3.12 Dialog Box

5. In the text box, type the message to broadcast to all users, then click Send.

24 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Setup and Configuration
3.5.2 Disconnecting All Users

3.5.2 Disconnecting All Users

To disconnect all active users from the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server, do the
following:

NOTICE
Use this feature with care, as this will disconnect any connections other users have
to devices/gateways.

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM

CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration, then click Connected Users. The
Connected Users screen appears.

2 3

1 Connected Users
2 Broadcast Message Button
3 Disconnect All Users Button
Figure 3.13 Connected Users Screen

3. Click Disconnect All Users. A confirmation dialog box appears.

4. Click Yes. All users are instantaneously disconnected and a message is
broadcast.

3.5.3 Managing User Profiles

This section describes how to manage and configure user profiles in RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 25
Setup and Configuration
3.5.3 Managing User Profiles

3.5.3.1 Adding a User Profile

To add a profile for a new user, do the following:

Note
Each user must be created under the user group to which they belong. However, the
same user profile can be created under multiple user groups if needed.

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM

CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration and then click User Groups. The
User Groups dialog box appears.

1 2

1 User Groups Pane

2 Users Pane
Figure 3.14 User Groups Dialog Box

NOTICE
Before adding a user profile to an Administrative group, make sure the user is
not connected to RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW.

3. On the User Groups pane, right-click the desired user group and then click Add
User. The User Properties dialog box appears.

8
1 9
2
3
4
5
6
7

1 Username Box
2 Full Name Box
3 Description Box

26 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Setup and Configuration
3.5.3 Managing User Profiles

4 Email Box
5 Primary Phone Box
6 Secondary Phone Box
7 Status Box
8 OK Button
9 Cancel Button
Figure 3.15 User Properties Dialog Box

4. On the Identification tab, configure the following parameters as required:

Parameter Description

Username The user's user name for logging into RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW
Client.

If the user name matches the name of another user profile, all other fields are
configured automatically and blocked from further modifications.
5. If the profile has been automatically configured, click OK. The user profile is
added to the user group. For information about further modifying the user
profile, refer to "Configuring a User Profile" (Page 29).
Otherwise, configure the following parameters:
Parameter Description

Full Name The users full name (first and last).

Description A description of the user, such as the users title, role, location,
etc. This parameter is optional.

Email The user's e-mail address.

Primary Phone The users primary phone number.

Secondary Phone The users secondary phone number.

Status Synopsis: [ Active | Inactive | Locked ]

Default: Active

The user's current status. Options include:

• Active – The user is permitted to log into the RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Server.
• Inactive – The user is blocked from logging into the
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server.
• Locked – The user has exceeded the maximum number of
login attempts and has automatically been locked out. An
administrator or sub-administrator must reset the user's
status manually to restore the user's access.

6. Click OK. The Change CrossBow Password dialog box appears.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 27
Setup and Configuration
3.5.3 Managing User Profiles

1 3

4
2
5

1 OK Button
2 Cancel Button
3 New Box
4 Confirm New Box
Figure 3.16 Change CrossBow Password Dialog Box

NOTICE
A password should be created for each user profile, regardless of the level of
authentication in use (i.e. basic or strong). In strong authentication mode, this
password is considered the SAC Fallback password used to connect to a SAC
that has lost connectivity with the SAM-P.

NOTICE
Passwords must meet the criteria defined by the administrator. For more
information about defining rules for passwords, refer to "Configuring Password
Rules" (Page 253).

Note
Passwords are used for user access to the system if the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW
Server is set for basic authentication. When strong authentication is selected,
these passwords still exist and may be used in SAC fallback authentication.
Fallback authentication occurs when a user logs in locally to a Station Access
Controller at a facility and the SAC is unable to connect to a parent SAM-P to
proxy the user login. In this case, the SAC will authenticate the user based on
their basic authentication password.

Note
Passwords are pushed to the SAM-L, if applicable, when Basic with Global
Fallback authentication is used.

7. In the New box, type the user's password.

8. In the Confirm New box, type the user's password again.
9. Click OK. The dialog box closes.
10. Click OK to save changes.

28 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Setup and Configuration
3.5.3 Managing User Profiles

11. If strong authentication is configured for RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW, make sure

the new user is added to the applicable authentication service (e.g. RSA SecurID,
Active Directory, or RADIUS). If both RSA SecurID and Active Directory are in use,
make sure the user is added to both services.

3.5.3.2 Configuring a User Profile

To configure an existing user profile, do the following:

Note
Each instance of a user profile represents the same user. Modifications to a user
profile under one user group affect all other instances of the user profile.

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM

CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration and then click User Groups. The
User Groups dialog box appears.

1 2

1 User Groups Pane

2 Users Pane
Figure 3.17 User Groups Dialog Box

3. On the Users pane, right-click the desired user profile, and then click Properties.
The User Properties dialog box appears.

7
1
2
3
4
5

1 Full Name Box

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 29
Setup and Configuration
3.5.3 Managing User Profiles

2 Description Box
3 Email Box
4 Primary Phone Box
5 Secondary Phone Box
6 OK Button
7 Cancel Button
Figure 3.18 User Properties Dialog Box

4. On the Identification tab, configure the following parameters as required:

Note
The Status parameter is only configurable when set to Locked, unless the user
has administrator rights.

Parameter Description

Full Name The users full name (first and last).

Description A description of the user, such as the users title, role, location,
etc. This parameter is optional.

Email The user's e-mail address.

Primary Phone The users primary phone number.

Secondary Phone The users secondary phone number.

5. Click OK to save changes.

3.5.3.3 Deleting a User Profile

To delete the profile for a user, do the following:
A user cannot delete their own user profile from all user groups.
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration, then click User Groups. The User
Groups screen appears.

1 2

1 User Groups Pane

30 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Setup and Configuration
3.5.3 Managing User Profiles

2 User Information Pane

Figure 3.19 User Groups Screen

NOTICE
Before deleting a user profile from an Administrative group, make sure the user
is not connected to RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW.

3. In the User Groups pane, right-click the desired user profile, and then click
Delete. If the profile profile does not exist under any other user group, a
confirmation dialog box appears.
4. Click Yes.

3.5.3.4 Changing a User's Password

The RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client offers two methods for changing a users
password.

NOTICE
Passwords must meet the criteria defined by the administrator. For more
information about defining rules for passwords, refer to "Configuring Password
Rules" (Page 253).

Note
Passwords are used for user access to the system if the CrossBow Server is set for
basic authentication. When strong authentication is selected, these passwords still
exist and may be used in SAC fallback authentication. Fallback authentication occurs
when a user logs in locally to a Station Access Controller at a facility and the SAC is
unable to connect to a parent SAM-P to proxy the user login. In this case, the SAC will
authenticate the user based on their basic authentication password.

Method 1: Administrators
To change the password for another user, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration, then click User Groups. The User
Groups dialog box appears.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 31
Setup and Configuration
3.5.3 Managing User Profiles

1 2

1 User Groups Pane

2 Users Pane
Figure 3.20 User Groups Screen

3. On the Users pane, right-click the desired user profile and then click Change
CrossBow Password. The Change CrossBow Password dialog box appears.

Note
The Old box is unavailable to administrators.

1 3

4
2
5

1 User Name Box

2 Old Box
3 OK Button
4 Cancel Button
5 New Box
6 Confirm New Box
Figure 3.21 Change CrossBow Password Dialog Box

4. In the New box, type user's new password.

5. In the Confirm New box, type the user's new password again.
6. Click OK. The dialog box closes.
7. Click OK to save changes.

32 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Setup and Configuration
3.5.4 Managing User Groups

Method 2: Users
To change the password for the current user, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click File, then click either Change CrossBow Password (basic
authentication) or CrossBow SAC Fallback (strong authentication). The Change
Password or CrossBow SAC Fallback dialog box appears.

1 3

4
2
5

1 User Name Box

2 Old Box
3 OK Button
4 Cancel Button
5 New Box
6 Confirm New Box
Figure 3.22 Change CrossBow Password Dialog Box (Example)

3. In the Old box, type the current password.

4. In the New box, type new password.
5. In the Confirm New box, type the new password again.
6. Click OK to save changes.

3.5.4 Managing User Groups

This section describes how to manage and configure user groups in RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW.

3.5.4.1 Adding a User Group

To add a new user group, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 33
Setup and Configuration
3.5.4 Managing User Groups

2. On the toolbar, click System Administration and then click User Groups. The
User Groups dialog box appears.

1 2

1 User Groups Pane

2 User Pane
Figure 3.23 User Groups Dialog Box

3. Right-click in the User Groups pane and then click Add User Group. The User
Group Properties dialog box appears displaying the Access Privileges tab.

1
4

5
2

1 Name Box
2 Description Box
3 Tabs
4 OK Button
5 Cancel Button
Figure 3.24 Access Privileges Tab

4. Configure the level of access the user group has to specific device
groups. For more information, refer to "Assigning Device Group Access
Privileges" (Page 35).
5. Configure the type of information available per device group to users within the
user group. For more information, refer to "Assigning Device Group Information
Privileges" (Page 38).

34 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Setup and Configuration
3.5.4 Managing User Groups

6. Assign administrative privileges to the user group. For more information, refer to
"Assigning Administrative Privileges" (Page 40).
7. Assign special operation privileges to the user group. For more information,
refer to "Assigning Special Operation Privileges" (Page 42).
8. Assign CAM privileges to the user group. For more information, refer to
"Assigning CAM Privileges" (Page 43).
9. Click OK. The dialog box closes.
10. Click OK.

Note
All user groups subsequent to the default Admin administrator user group are
automatically granted user-level rights.

11. [Optional] Configure the new user group as the administrator user group. For
more information, refer to the "RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server Configuration
Manual".

3.5.4.2 Assigning Device Group Access Privileges

Access privileges control which devices/gateways a user group can access from
within RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW, and what they can do with those devices.

Note
The same access privileges can be controlled when configuring a user group. For
information about how to assign access privileges when configuring a user group,
refer to "Assigning Access Privileges to a User Group" (Page 225).

Note
Access privileges are granted by device interface, not by the device itself. Therefore,
users can be given access to some interfaces, but be blocked from others on the
same device. For example, in the case of a RUGGEDCOM ROX II device, one user
group representing operators can be granted access to the device's Web-based
interface, while another group representing administrators can be given access to
both the Web-based and SSH interfaces.

To assign device access privileges to a user group, do the following:

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration and then click User Groups. The
User Groups dialog box appears.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 35
Setup and Configuration
3.5.4 Managing User Groups

1 2

1 User Groups Pane

2 User Pane
Figure 3.25 User Groups Dialog Box

3. On the User Groups pane, right-click a user group, and then click Properties.
The User Group Properties dialog box appears.
4. Click the Access Privileges tab. The Access Privileges screen appears.

5
2 2
6 3
7 8
3

1 Show password credentials when login unsupported Check Box

2 Device Groups
3 OK Button
4 Cancel Button
5 Command List Level List
6 Login Access List
7 Password Checkout Level List
8 Auto Login List
Figure 3.26 Access Privileges Screen

5. Select the device groups the user group will require access to and then configure
the following for each:

36 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Setup and Configuration
3.5.4 Managing User Groups

Parameter Description

Command List Level Synopsis: [ 1 | 2 | 3 ]

Default: 1

Controls which command should be logged or blocked when

connected to a device within the device group. Commands
that can be logged or blocked are chosen at the device group
level. For more information about logging/blocking commands
for select device groups, refer to "Logging/Blocking Interface
Commands" (Page 237).

Login Access Synopsis: [ Blank | Administrator Access | Engineer Access |

User Access ]
Default: Blank

Specifies the login access level to use when connecting to

devices within the device group. Only compatible with devices
that support multiple level logins.

Note
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW allows users to configure custom
device logins and login access sets.
For more information about device type logins, refer to
"Configuring a Device Type Login" (Page 257).
For more information about login access sets, refer to
"Managing Login Access Sets" (Page 163).

Password Checkout Lev Synopsis: [ None | Approval Required | Allowed ]

el
Default: None

Determines if the user group is permitted to checkout

passwords for devices/gateways within the device group.
Options include:
• None – The user group is not permitted to checkout
passwords for devices belonging to the selected device
group
• Approval Required – The user group is permitted to
checkout passwords for devices belonging to the selected
device group, but each request must first be approved by
an administrator
• Allowed – The user group is permitted to checkout
passwords for devices belong to the selected device group

Auto Login Synopsis: [ Enabled | Disabled ]

Default: Enabled

Determines if the user group is permitted to automatically log

in to the device group. Options include:
• Enabled – The user group is allowed to automatically log in
to the device group
• Disabled – The user group is still allowed to automatically
log in to the device group, but at connect time will not be
able to select any other login than None

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 37
Setup and Configuration
3.5.4 Managing User Groups

6. [Optional] Click the Show password credentials when login unsupported

check box.
When selected, device passwords are presented to users in this group
connecting to devices in an accessible device group with specific applications
where RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW cannot automatically log in to the device (e.g.
Web interfaces).

Note
The Show Credentials check box in the application properties must also be
enabled for the password to be presented.
For more information, refer to "Adding/Configuring an
Application" (Page 275).

This check box is displayed when the

EnableShowCredentialsWhenLoginUnsupported global advanced parameter
is enabled.
For more information about configuring global advanced parameters, refer to
the "RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server Configuration Manual".
7. Click OK. The dialog box closes.
8. Click OK to save changes.

3.5.4.3 Assigning Device Group Information Privileges

Information privileges determine the types of data a user group can collect from each
device group.

Note
The same information privileges can be controlled when configuring a device group.
For information about how to assign information privileges when configuring a
device group, refer to "Assigning Access Privileges to a User Group" (Page 225).

Note
Access to device data is independent from the user group's access privileges.
Specifically, a user group may be unable to connect to devices within a specific
device group, but still have access to the device data.

To assign information privileges to a user group, do the following:

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration and then click User Groups. The
User Groups dialog box appears.

38 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Setup and Configuration
3.5.4 Managing User Groups

1 2

1 User Groups Pane

2 User Pane
Figure 3.27 User Groups Dialog Box

3. On the User Groups pane, right-click a user group and then click Properties.
The User Group Properties dialog box appears.
4. Click the Information Privileges tab. The Information Privileges screen
appears.

2 3 4 5

1 Device Groups
2 Alerts Check Box
3 Status Check Box
4 Faults Check Box
5 File Access Level List
6 OK Button
7 Cancel Button
Figure 3.28 Information Privileges Screen

5. For each device group, configure the following:

Parameter Description

Alerts When enabled (selected), the user group can view/acknowledge

all alerts generated by devices within the device group.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 39
Setup and Configuration
3.5.4 Managing User Groups

Parameter Description

Status When enabled (selected), the user group can view all status
messages generated by devices within the device group.

Faults When enabled (selected), the user group can view all fault
messages generated by devices within the device group.

File Access Level Synopsis: [ None | Export Only | Full ]

Default: None

Controls the user groups level of access to files on devices

within the device group. Options include
• None – The user group has no access to files.
• Export Only – The user group can only export files from
devices within the device group.
• Full – The user group has full access to files from devices
within the device group.

6. Click OK. The dialog box closes.

7. Click OK to save changes.

3.5.4.4 Assigning Administrative Privileges

Administrative privileges grant user groups the ability to perform select sub-
administrative tasks.
To assign administrative privileges to a user group, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration and then click User Groups. The
User Groups dialog box appears.

1 2

1 User Groups Pane

2 User Pane
Figure 3.29 User Groups Dialog Box

3. On the User Groups pane, right-click a user group and then click Properties.
The User Group Properties dialog box appears.

40 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Setup and Configuration
3.5.4 Managing User Groups

4. Click the Administrative Privileges tag. The Administrative Privileges screen

appears.

5
2 3 4
6

1 7

1 User Groups
2 Applications Check Box
3 Server Logs Check Box
4 Audit Logs Check Box
5 OK Button
6 Cancel Button
7 Device Groups
Figure 3.30 Administrative Privileges Screen

NOTICE
Before changing permissions in an Administrative group, make sure none of the
users assigned to the group is connected to RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW.

5. Select Applications to grant the user group the right to administrate

applications. Otherwise, clear the check box.
6. Select Server Logs to grant the user group the right to look up, view and delete
server logs. Otherwise, clear the check box.
7. Select Audit Logs to grant the user group the right to look up, view and delete
audit logs. Otherwise, clear the check box.
8. On the User Groups pane, select the user groups for which the target user
group can administer. Otherwise, clear the check boxes.
9. On the Device Groups pane, select the device groups for which the target user
group can administer. Otherwise, clear the check boxes.
10. Click OK. The dialog box closes.
11. Click OK to save changes.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 41
Setup and Configuration
3.5.4 Managing User Groups

3.5.4.5 Assigning Special Operation Privileges

Special operation privileges grant user groups the ability to perform special
operations on device groups.

Note
The ability to perform special operations is independent from the user group's access
privileges. Specifically, users may be able to perform special operations on devices
within a device group, but still have no access to the devices themselves.

Note
Some device types within the individual device groups may not support all special
operations. If a device group contains such a device type, only the special operation
supported by the associated devices and gateways are available. For a list of special
operations and the device types that support them, refer to "Special Operations
Supported by Device Family/Type" (Page 357).

To assign special operation privileges to a user group, do the following:

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration and then click User Groups. The
User Groups dialog box appears.

1 2

1 User Groups Pane

2 User Pane
Figure 3.31 User Groups Dialog Box

3. On the User Groups pane, right-click a user group and then click Properties.
The User Group Properties dialog box appears.
4. Click the Special Operation Privileges tab. The Special Operation Privileges
screen appears.

42 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Setup and Configuration
3.5.4 Managing User Groups

1 Device Groups
2 OK Button
3 Cancel Button
Figure 3.32 Special Operation Privileges Screen

Note
The Device Access column indicates the device groups for which the current
user group has access privileges.

Note
The All Device Groups device group applies to all device groups.

5. Select privileges for all special operations using the check boxes on the All Ops
row, or select privileges for individual device groups. For information about the
available special operations, refer to "Available Special Operations" (Page 339).
6. Click OK. The dialog box closes.
7. Click OK to save changes.

3.5.4.6 Assigning CAM Privileges

CAM privileges control which RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Application Modules (CAMs)
a user group can use on a device group.

Note
The ability to use CAMs is independent from the user group's access privileges.
Specifically, users may be able to use a CAM on devices within a device group, but
still have no access to the devices themselves.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 43
Setup and Configuration
3.5.4 Managing User Groups

Note
Available CAMs are specific to each installation of RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW. CAMs
shown in screen captures are examples only.

To assign CAM privileges to a user group, do the following:

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration and then click User Groups. The
User Groups dialog box appears.

1 2

1 User Groups Pane

2 User Pane
Figure 3.33 User Groups Dialog Box

3. On the User Groups pane, right-click a user group and then click Properties.
The User Group Properties dialog box appears.
4. Click the CAMs Privileges tab. The CAM Privileges screen appears.

1 Device Groups
2 OK Button

44 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Setup and Configuration
3.5.4 Managing User Groups

3 Cancel Button
Figure 3.34 CAMs Privileges Screen

5. Select privileges for all device groups using the check boxes on the All Device
Groups row, or select privileges for individual device groups. Options include:

Note
The Device Access column indicates the device groups for which the user group
has access privileges.

Note
The All Device Groups device group applies to all device groups.

Parameter Description

All CAMs Grants access to all CAMs for the selected device group.

{ Individual CAMs } Grants access to a specific CAM for the selected device group.

6. Click OK. The dialog box closes.

7. Click OK to save changes.

3.5.4.7 Deleting a User Group

To delete a user group, do the following:

Note
Only empty user groups can be deleted. Make sure all users have been deleted
from the user group before deleting the user group. For more information, refer to
"Deleting a User Profile" (Page 30).

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM

CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration and then click User Groups. The
User Groups dialog box appears.

1 2

1 User Groups Pane

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 45
Setup and Configuration
3.6 Managing E-Mails and Notifications

2 User Pane
Figure 3.35 User Groups Dialog Box

3. Right-click in the User Groups pane and then click Delete. A confirmation dialog
box appears.
4. Click OK to save changes.

3.6 Managing E-Mails and Notifications

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW can be configured to automatically e-mail a user, user
group, or a specific e-mail address when specific events occur during operation.

3.6.1 Managing E-Mail Notification Profiles

E-mail notification profiles determine when and to whom e-mail notifications are
sent.
When a configured event condition occurs, an e-mail notification is sent to the target
user, group or e-mail address from the user who set up the notification profile.

3.6.1.1 Adding an E-Mail Notification Profile

To add a new e-mail notification profile, do the following:
1. Launch RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client and and login as a user with the
necessary administrative privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration and then click Notifications. The
Notifications screen appears.

1 Available Profiles
Figure 3.36 Notifications Screen

46 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Setup and Configuration
3.6.1 Managing E-Mail Notification Profiles

3. Right-click anywhere, and then click Add Profile. The Notification Profile
Configuration dialog box appears.

1 2

1 Profile Name Box

2 OK Button
3 Cancel Button
Figure 3.37 Notification Profile Configuration Dialog Box

4. In the Profile Name box, type the name of the e-mail notification profile.
5. Configure the conditions under which an e-mail notification will be generated.
For more information, refer to "Configuring Conditions" (Page 49).
6. Configure a template for the e-mail notification. For more information, refer to
"Creating an E-Mail Template" (Page 53).
7. Click OK. The dialog box closes.
8. Click OK to save changes.

3.6.1.2 Enabling/Disabling an E-Mail Notification Profile

To enable or disable an e-mail notification profile, do the following:
1. Launch RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client and and login as a user with the
necessary administrative privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration and then click Notifications. The
Notifications screen appears.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 47
Setup and Configuration
3.6.1 Managing E-Mail Notification Profiles

1 Available Profiles
Figure 3.38 Notifications Screen

3. Right-click the desired e-mail notification profile, and then click either Enable or
Disable.

3.6.1.3 Deleting an E-Mail Notification Profile

To delete an e-mail notification profile, do the following:
1. Launch RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client and and login as a user with the
necessary administrative privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration and then click Notifications. The
Notifications screen appears.

1 Available Profiles
Figure 3.39 Notifications Screen

3. Right-click the desired e-mail notification profile, and then click Delete. A
confirmation dialog box appears.
4. Click Yes.

48 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Setup and Configuration
3.6.2 Configuring Conditions

3.6.2 Configuring Conditions

Conditions determine which events trigger e-mail notifications. A single condition
can be configured to target events related to users (e.g. a specific user, a user group,
or the user's status), devices/gateways (e.g. type, group, facility, region or status), an
exact value, or a specific word or string.
Multiple conditions can be configured for a single e-mail notification, allowing users
to create very complex and specific e-mail notifications that suit their operation.

Note
Only events recorded in the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW database and that can be
reported against in the System Activity report can be targeted. For more information
about the System Activity Report, refer to "Generating a Report" (Page 317).

To configure the conditions under which an e-mail notification is generated, do the

following:
1. Launch RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client and and login as a user with the
necessary administrative privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration and then click Notifications. The
Notifications screen appears.

1 Available Profiles
Figure 3.40 Notifications Screen

3. Right-click the desired e-mail notification profile, and then click Edit Profile. The
Notification Profile Configuration dialog box appears.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 49
Setup and Configuration
3.6.2 Configuring Conditions

4 5

6 7 8

1 OK Button
2 Cancel Button
3 Conditions
4 Add Condition Button
5 Remove Condition Button
6 Send To Lists
7 Add Button
8 Remove Button
9 E-Mail Addresses
Figure 3.41 Notification Profile Configuration Dialog Box

4. On the Conditions tab, click Add Condition. A new condition appears.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1 Opening Parenthesis List

2 Field List

50 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Setup and Configuration
3.6.3 Available Conditions

3 Not List
4 Condition List
5 Value List
6 Closing Parenthesis List
7 Connector List
Figure 3.42 Condition

5. Using the available lists, construct a condition. If multiple conditions are

required, repeat step 4 (Page 50) and connect the conditions using the
options available under Connector.
figure 3.42, "Condition" (Page 50) demonstrates a set of conditions that
generate an e-mail notification whenever an alert contains the text Firmware.
The first condition defines the event type (alert), while the second condition
defines the event text.
For more information about conditions and the available combinations, refer to
"Available Conditions" (Page 51).
6. [Optional] To delete a condition, select the desired condition and then click
Remove Condition.
7. Click OK to save changes.

3.6.3 Available Conditions

The following details the conditions available when configuring an e-mail notification
profile:
Field Condition Value Description
Affected Device Is {device groups} A notification is sent when the affected
Group device group matches the specified
device group.
Affected File Is Named {string} A notification is sent when the affected
file matches the specified file name.
Has File Type Configuration A notification is sent when the type of
ConfigurationText affected file is the same as the file type
specified.
EventFile
General
Affected User Is {user groups} A notification is sent when the affected
Group user group matches the selected group.
Affected Username Is {users} A notification is sent when the affected
user matches the selected RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW user profile.
Is In User Group {user groups} A notification is sent when the specified
user profile belongs to the selected user
group.
Has Status Active A notification is sent when the specified
user profile has been marked as active.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 51
Setup and Configuration
3.6.3 Available Conditions

Field Condition Value Description

Inactive A notification is sent when the specified
user profile has been marked as
inactive.
Locked A notification is sent when the specified
user profile has been locked.
Device Is {devices/gateways} A notification is sent when the device
name matches the selected device.
Has Status In Service A notification is sent when an event
occurs for a device that is in service.
Out Of Service A notification is sent when an event
occurs for a device that is out of service.
Is In Device Group {device groups} A notification is sent when the device
belongs to the selected device group.
Is In Facility {facilities} A notification is sent when the device
belongs to the selected facility.
Is In Region {regions} A notification is sent when the device
belongs to the selected region.
Event Text Is {string} A notification is sent when the event
description equals the specified string
exactly.
Contains {string} A notification is sent when the event
description contains the specified
string.
Event Type Is Device Session A notification is sent when the event
Security type equals the selected type.

Password Change
Configuration
Change
CrossBow Status
Gauntlet Special
Operation
Gauntlet Port
Access
Gauntlet Basic
PGM
Gauntlet Aux Relay
Special Operation
External Syslog
Device Activity
File Activity
Alerts
Scheduler
Username Is {users} A notification is sent when the user
name matches the selected name.
Is In User Group {user groups} A notification is sent when the user
belongs to the specified user group.

52 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Setup and Configuration
3.6.4 Creating an E-Mail Template

Field Condition Value Description

Has Status Active A notification is sent when the specified
user profile has been marked as active.
Inactive A notification is sent when the specified
user profile has been marked as
inactive.
Locked A notification is sent when the specified
user profile has been marked as
inactive.

3.6.4 Creating an E-Mail Template

To create an e-mail template for a specific e-mail notification profile, do the
following:
1. Launch RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client and and login as a user with the
necessary administrative privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration and then click Notifications. The
Notifications screen appears.

1 Available Profiles
Figure 3.43 Notifications Screen

3. Right-click the desired e-mail notification profile, and then click Edit Profile. The
Notification Profile Configuration dialog box appears.
4. Click the Email Template tab. The Email Template screen appears.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 53
Setup and Configuration
3.6.4 Creating an E-Mail Template

1 OK Button
2 Cancel Button
3 Subject Line Box
4 Body Box
5 Importance List
Figure 3.44 Email Template Screen

5. Customize the subject line and message body as needed. The following
placeholder objects are available to automatically include information related to
the event:
• <affecteddevicegroup> – the name of the device group affected by the
event
• <affectedfilename> – the name of the file affected by the event
• <affectedfiletype> – the name of the file type affected by the event
• <affectedusergroup> – the name of the user group affected by the event
• <affectedusername> – the name of the user affected by the event
• <deviceid> – the unique ID of the device associated with the event
• <devicenamewithsub> – the name of the associated device and facility
• <duration> – the duration of the event in minutes (m)
• <endtime> – the time at which the event ended
• <eventtext> – the event description
• <eventtype> – the event type
• <logfile> – the name of the log file where the event is recorded
• <recordid> – the event's unique ID
• <server> – the name of the associated server
• <starttime> – the time at which the event occurred or started

54 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Setup and Configuration
3.7 Managing Certificates

• <username> – the associated user's user name

The following is an example of a message modeled after the equivalent log
message in the Windows Event Log:
<recordid>|1|<username>|101|Lab DX (Lab)|01/15/2010 10:00:00 AM|01/15/2010
10:01:00 AM|<duration> minute communication session with device|<log file>
<recordid>|1|<user>|101|Lab DX (Lab)|01/15/2010 10:00:00 AM|01/15/2010
10:01:00 AM|<duration> minute communication session with device (record
closed by server stop)|<log file>

6. In the Importance list, select the important tag to apply to the e-mail. Options
include High, Normal and Low.
7. Click OK to save changes.

3.7 Managing Certificates

The Certified Authority's (CA's) public certificate, which is necessary for clients
to verify other certificates issued by that CA, must be installed on each client
workstation via RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client.

NOTICE
CA certificates must meet the following requirements:
• Support both TLS/SSL client and TLS/SSL server functionality
• Use an RSA key size of at least 2048 bytes

NOTICE
Spaces are not permitted in CA certificate names.

NOTICE
TLS 1.3 connections between RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW clients and servers are
enabled by default, requiring all TLS/SSL certificates be signed using a Secure Hash
Algorithm.

NOTICE
Some gateways/servers (e.g. Cooper Power Systems) require installing an additional
proprietary root CA to allow special operations in RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW. Refer to
the manufacturer's instructions for details.

This section describes how to manage certificates on the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW

client workstations.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 55
Setup and Configuration
3.7.1 Verifying/Installing the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client CA Certificate

3.7.1 Verifying/Installing the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client CA Certificate

To verify the presence of the appropriate Certificate Authority (CA) certificate on a
client workstation, and potentially install the certificate, do the following:
1. Launch RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client, but do not connect to the RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW server.
2. On the toolbar, click File, then click Preferences. The Preferences dialog box
appears.

1 OK Button
2 Cancel Button
3 Install Certificates Button
Figure 3.45 Preferences Dialog Box

3. Click Install Certificates. The CxBClientOnlyCerts snap-in appears.

56 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Setup and Configuration
3.7.2 Selecting a Trusted CA for a RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client

Figure 3.46 CxBClientOnlyCerts Snap-In

4. In the left pane, navigate to Certificates - Current User » Trusted Root

Certification Authorities » Certificates.
5. Verify the appropriate CA certificate is listed in the right pane.
If the certificate is not listed, proceed to the next step.
6. Right-click Trusted Root Certification Authorities, point to All Tasks, then click
Import. The Certificate Import Wizard appears.
7. Follow the on-screen instructions to import a new CA certificate.

NOTICE
During the import process, make sure to select the Mark this key as
exportable option. This is required for TLS connections between the client and
server. If this option is not selected, connections between the client and server
cannot be made.

8. Close the snap-in.

3.7.2 Selecting a Trusted CA for a RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client

To validate connections, one or more mutually trusted Certificate Authorities (CAs)
must be selected for the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW server, as well as each client
workstation, Station Access Controller (SAC) or Secure Access Manager - Local (SAM-
L) that connects to the server.

Note
For information about trusted CAs for the server, SAC and SAM-L, refer to the
"RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server Configuration Manual".

To select a trusted Certificate Authority (CA) for a client workstation, do the

following:
1. Launch RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client, but do not connect to the RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW server.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 57
Setup and Configuration
3.7.2 Selecting a Trusted CA for a RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client

2. On the toolbar, select File, then click Preferences. The Preferences dialog box
appears.

1 OK Button
2 Cancel Button
3 Choose Trusted Certificate Authorities Button
Figure 3.47 Preferences Dialog Box (RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client)

3. Click Choose Trusted Certificate Authorities. A dialog box appears.

58 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Setup and Configuration
3.7.3 Clearing Stored Responses to Certificate Warnings

1 Available Certificate Authorities

2 Show Intermediate Certificate Authorities Check Box
3 OK Button
4 Cancel Button
Figure 3.48 Dialog Box

4. [Optional] Select or clear Show Intermediate Certificate Authorities to hide/

display intermediate certificate authorities.
5. Select one or more CAs from the list.
6. Click OK to save changes.

3.7.3 Clearing Stored Responses to Certificate Warnings

Users can choose to save their responses to recurring certificate warnings and have
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW automatically provide the same response each time. If
desired, these responses can be erased from RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW, thus allowing
the warnings to appear.
To clear stored responses, do the following:
1. Launch RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client, but do not connect to the RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW server.
2. On the toolbar, click File, then click Preferences. The Preferences dialog box
appears.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 59
Setup and Configuration
3.7.4 Choosing an Application Client Certificate

1 OK Button
2 Cancel Button
3 Clear Stored Responses To Certificate Warnings Button
Figure 3.49 Preferences Dialog Box

3. Click Clear Stored Responses To Certificate Warnings. All stored responses are
immediately erased.

3.7.4 Choosing an Application Client Certificate

Users can choose to use their own certificate to communicate with their SSH
network applications, or use a self-signed certificate auto-generated by RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW .

Note
A local SSH server is created by RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW when proxying an SSH
connection to an end device. The public key of the chosen certificate will be used
when creating the local SSH server.

60 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Setup and Configuration
3.7.4 Choosing an Application Client Certificate

For more information about configuring proxy ports, refer to "Configuring

Interfaces" (Page 129).

To choose an application client certificate, do the following:

1. Launch RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client, but do not connect to the RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW server.
2. On the toolbar, click File, then click Preferences. The Preferences dialog box
appears.

1 OK Button
2 Cancel Button
3 Choose Application Client Certificate Button
Figure 3.50 Preferences Dialog Box

3. Click Choose Application Client Certificate. The Application Client Certificate

dialog box appears.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 61
Setup and Configuration
3.8 Managing the Event File Service

1 Use Autogenerated Crossbow Client Certificate Check Box

2 OK Button
3 Cancel Button
Figure 3.51 Application Client Certificate Dialog Box

Note
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW is configured by default to use its own auto-generated
self-signed certificate. However, users are encouraged to use their own
certificates whenever possible.

4. [Optional] Clear Use Autogenerated Crossbow Client Certificate and select a

certificate from the list.
If the required certificate is not listed, add it. For more information,
refer to "Verifying/Installing the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client CA
Certificate" (Page 56).
5. Click OK to save changes.

3.8 Managing the Event File Service

When a mechanism for retrieving fault records from devices/gateways exists outside
of RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW, use the Event File Service (EFS) to automatically retrieve
event files from an outside directory so they can be displayed within RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW.
EFS is part of the Data CAM, but runs separately from any scheduled CAM operation.
It instead runs persistently on the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW server in the background
at set intervals.
At each interval, EFS scans specific directories (either local or on a network) for new
event files. When a new event file is detected, EFS copies the file to RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW and associates it with the proper gateway or end-device. The contents

62 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Setup and Configuration
3.8.1 Configuring the Event File Service

of the file can then be viewed as part of the fault records for the device, gateway,
facility or region.
Directories can be specified at the global level, as well as at the device/gateway level.
EFS can also be configured to import event files that have a specific file keyword.

Note
For information about viewing fault records for a device, gateway, facility or region,
refer to "Viewing Fault Records for a Device" (Page 192).

Note
Users must have read/write access for the directories targeted by the EFS.

3.8.1 Configuring the Event File Service

To configure the Event File Service, do the following:
1. Launch RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client and and login as a user with the
necessary administrative privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration, select CAMs, and then click
Configure CAMs. The CAMs dialog box appears.

2 3 4 5

1 Available CAMs
2 Report Button
3 Run Now Button
4 Properties Button
5 Enabled Check Box
Figure 3.52 CAMs Dialog Box (Example)

3. For the Data CAM, click Properties. The Properties for Data CAM dialog box
appears.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 63
Setup and Configuration
3.8.2 Configuring File Directories and Keywords for Individual Devices/Gateways

1 2

1 Delete Source Files on Import Check Box

2 OK Button
3 Cancel Button
4 Directory Check Delay Box
5 File Directories Box
Figure 3.53 Properties for Data CAM Dialog Box

4. Configure the following parameters are required:

Parameter Description

Delete Source Files on Default: Disabled

Import
When enabled (selected), RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW
automatically deletes each file after it is imported into the
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW database. This can significantly
improve the speed of the EFS process, as EFS does not need to
scan files that have already been imported.

Directory Check Delay Default: 60

The time in seconds (s) between each scan.

File Directories The global directory or directories RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW

will scan for new event files. Multiple file directories must be
separated by commas (,).

5. Click OK to save changes.

6. [Optional] Configure unique file directories and file keywords for individual
devices/gateways. For more information, refer to "Configuring File Directories
and Keywords for Individual Devices/Gateways" (Page 64).

3.8.2 Configuring File Directories and Keywords for Individual Devices/Gateways

When required, the Event File Service (EFS) can retrieve event files for a specific
device/gateway from a specific directory (either local or on a network). It can also be
set to only import files that have a specific file keyword.

64 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Setup and Configuration
3.8.2 Configuring File Directories and Keywords for Individual Devices/Gateways

Note
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW only searches for files with a specific file keyword when
scanning the global directory. File keywords are ignored when scanning a directory
selected for a specific device/gateway.

To configure a specific file directory and keyword for a specific device/gateway, do

the following:
1. Launch RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client and and login as a user with the
necessary administrative privileges.
2. Locate the desired device/gateway. For more information, refer to "Locating
Devices/Gateways" (Page 111).
3. Once located, right-click the device/gateway and then click Properties. The
Device Properties or Gateway Properties dialog box appears.
4. Click the CAMs tab. The CAMs screen appears.

1
2 3 4

1 Available CAMs
2 Run Now Button
3 Properties Button
4 Enabled Check Box
5 OK Button
6 Cancel Button
Figure 3.54 CAMs Screen

5. For the Data CAM, click Properties. The Properties for Data CAM dialog box
appears.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 65
Setup and Configuration
3.9 Customizing RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW

1 3

4
2

1 File Directories Box

2 File Keyword Box
3 OK Button
4 Cancel Button
Figure 3.55 Properties for Data CAM Dialog Box

6. Configure the following parameters are required:

Parameter Description

File Directories The device/gateway specific directory or directories

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW will scan for new event files, in
addition to the global directory. When possible, avoid selecting
a sub-folder of the global directory, as this will slow down the
EFS when scanning for event files.

File Keyword The file keyword required for files associated with the device/
gateway.

7. Click OK to save changes.

3.9 Customizing RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW

This section describes how to customize RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW.

3.9.1 Configuring a Default File Difference Viewer

A locally-installed file difference viewer can be configured by each user to compare
device/gateway files stored by RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW in the database.

Note
An alternate file difference viewer can be configured specifically for comparing
configuration files belonging to a specific device type. For more information about
configuring a custom configuration file difference viewer for a device type, refer to
"Configuring an Alternate Configuration File Difference Viewer" (Page 235).

66 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Setup and Configuration
3.9.1 Configuring a Default File Difference Viewer

To configure a custom file difference viewer, do the following:

1. Launch RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client, but do not connect to the RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW server.
2. On the toolbar, click File, then click Preferences. The Preferences dialog box
appears.

1 2

1 Application Box
2 Browse Button
3 OK Button
4 Cancel Button
5 Arguments Box
Figure 3.56 Preferences Dialog Box

3. Type the name of the executable for the application – including the full network
path – in Application, or click the short browse button to select the file from the
network.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 67
Setup and Configuration
3.9.2 Configuring a Password Font

4. [Optional] If required, either replace the arguments in Arguments with one or

more tokens or command-line arguments required to run the application, or
modify the existing arguments. The current arguments are:
%BaseFile %CompareFile

These tokens are replaced by the names of the files to be compared by the
application.
5. Click OK to save changes.

3.9.2 Configuring a Password Font

Similar characters such as L's, I's, O's and zeros can be difficult to distinguish between
when viewing passwords, depending on the displayed font. As such, passwords
presented to users in the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client are shown in a user-
configurable font. Additionally, any numbers and symbols in those passwords will
appear in a user-configurable color.
To configure a custom font, do the following:
1. Launch RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client.
2. On the toolbar, click File, then click Preferences. The Preferences dialog box
appears.

68 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Setup and Configuration
3.9.2 Configuring a Password Font

1 OK Button
2 Cancel Button
3 Password Font Options
4 Password Digit Color Options
Figure 3.57 Preferences Dialog Box

Note
Font selection is based on the available fonts installed on the user's operating
system. For more information about installing fonts, consult the user
instructions for the operating system.

3. Under Personalizations, select the desired font from the Password Font list
and/or the desired digit color from the Password Digit Color list.
Once selected, a sample appears showing how the password will be displayed.
4. Click OK to save changes.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 69
Setup and Configuration
3.9.2 Configuring a Password Font

70 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4
This chapter describes how to manage and configure regions, facilities, gateways and
end-devices in RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW.

4.1 Navigating the Field Layout

This section describes how to navigate the field layout in RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW,
including how to search for specific regions, facilities, gateways, end-devices and
custom fields.

4.1.1 Viewing the Field Layout

Regions, facilities, devices, gateways, SACs , SAM-Ls and ADMs are represented on
the Field Layout tab in RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client.

2 3

1 Filtering Options
2 Regions/Facilities Pane

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 71
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.1.1 Viewing the Field Layout

3 Devices/Gateways Pane
Figure 4.1 Field Layout Tab (Connectivity View)

Each region and facility can be expanded to display the sub-regions if applicable.
Gateways and/or end-devices assigned to a region or facility are displayed in the
Devices/Gateways pane.
The following representative icons are used:

Region

Facility

Station Access Controller (SAC), Secure Access Manager - Local (SAM-L) or Asset Discovery
and Management (ADM) Agent

Gauntlet

Gateway

Device

The following views are available depending on the user's privileges:

• Connectivity View
The Connectivity view is the primary view for all administrators and select sub-
administrators. It is not visible to non-administrative users. It displays a tree
structure containing the various regions, sub-regions, facilities, gateways and
end-device defined in RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW. The hierarchical relationship
of items in the tree represents the real-world physical relationship between the
entities they represent.
Regions contain sub-regions and facilities; facilities contain gateways and end-
devices.
Devices/gateways appear in this view as they are physically connected. This
information is important as it defines how RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW will
establish communication sessions with any given end-device.
The Connectivity view is the primary view where regions, facilities, gateways and
end-devices are configured. Other views allow users to edit and delete gateways
and end-devices, but new gateways and end-devices can only be added in the
Connectivity view.
• Group By View
The Group By view is available to all users and is the primary view displayed to
non-administrative users, serving as the main access point for non-administrative

72 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.1.2 Using the Search Functions

users to connect to end-devices. It groups regions, facilities, gateways and end-

devices together based on up to three filter options set by the user. The options
include regions and facilities, as well as custom fields that have been defined in
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server.

Note
For information about defining custom fields to enhance the filtering options for
the Group By view, refer to the "RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server Configuration
Manual".

4.1.2 Using the Search Functions

Regions, facilities, devices, gateways, SACs , SAM-Ls and ADMs are searchable in the
Field Layout tab using either standard or advanced search options.

1 2

1 Advanced Search Button

2 Search Field
3 Search Button
Figure 4.8 Field Layout Tab (Connectivity View)

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 73
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.1.3 Filtering Data

Standard Search
To search for items, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. In the Search field, start typing the desired search criteria. The list will auto-
populate as the criteria is recognized.
3. Select the desired search result from the list. The selection will appear in the
Devices/Gateways pane.

Advanced Search
The advanced search allows users to search by Region Name, Device Name, Facility
Name, and up to ten custom fields.
For more information about configuring custom fields, refer to the "RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Server Configuration Manual".
To search for items using the advanced search function, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. Click the Advanced Search button. A menu will appear displaying the available
search criteria.
3. Narrow the search as required by clicking the desired text box(es) in the menu.
4. Select the desired search result from the list. The selection will appear in the
Devices/Gateways pane.

4.1.3 Filtering Data

Some forms include a filter bar, which allows users to filter data based on criteria
such as region, facility, fault/alert type, and timestamp.
In the following example, the Alerts screen is shown, with selected filters Raised
Time and Alert Type.

74 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.1.3 Filtering Data

7
2
8

4 5 6 9
3

10

1 Filter Bar
2 Select Filters List
3 Active Alerts
4 Apply Button
5 Current Selection
6 Selected Filters
7 OK Button
8 Refresh Button
9 Auto Refresh Check Box
10 Pagination Bar
Figure 4.9 Filter Bar – Alerts (Example)

To filter data, do the following:

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. Locate the desired device/gateway. For more information, refer to "Locating
Devices/Gateways" (Page 111).
3. Once located, right-click the device/gateway and then click Show Data for the
desired alerts, faults, or SOEs.
4. Under Select Filters select the desired filter(s) (e.g. Alert Type) from the drop
down menu. The selected filters appears in the filter bar.
5. For each selected filter, continue to filter as desired by selecting check boxes
from the drop down menu.
6. [Optional] Select the number of records to display from the Records per page
drop down list.
7. Click Apply to launch the search.
8. Use the buttons in the pagination bar to navigate through the pages.
9. [Optional] Click Refresh to repopulate the form using the existing applied filters,
or select the Auto Refresh check box to enable automatic refresh every 60
seconds.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 75
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.2 Managing Regions and Facilities

4.2 Managing Regions and Facilities

Devices and gateways managed by RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW must be organized into
regions, sub-regions and facilities to logically represent their physical, real-world
arrangement.

Note
When first logging in as a full administrative user after installing RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW, a single region named Global Region appears in the Connectivity view.

Each region is defined by first adding sub-regions (if required), then facilities,
gateways subordinate gateways, and finally end-devices. As each component is
added, they are added to the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW database.

4.2.1 Adding a Region or Facility

New sub-regions and facilities must be added in the Connectivity view, and only
below a valid parent item. The following rules define where regions and facilities can
be added:
• The top-level root node is always the Global Region, which cannot be deleted.
• Sub-regions may be added within parent regions, but not within any other
type of item in the tree. There is no limit to the number of levels of nested sub-
regions.
• Facilities may be added within the Global Region or within any sub-region.
• Within a facility, gateways and end-devices are added in a hierarchical manner
that describes how those gateways and devices are physically connected to one
another.
• If a gateway or end-device is a first point of contact within a facility (i.e. directly
network or dial-up accessible from outside the facility), it can be added directly
within the facility in the Connectivity View.
• If a gateway or end-device is connected below an intermediate gateway, the
parent gateway must first be added within the facility, and the child device
added below the parent.
To add a region or facility, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the Field Layout tab, in the left pane, right-click either the Global Region or
an existing region, and then click either Add Sub-Region or Add Facility. The
Region Properties or Facility Properties dialog box appears.

76 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.2.2 Configuring Identification Properties

3
1 4
2

1 Name Box
2 Description Box
3 OK Button
4 Cancel Button
Figure 4.10 Region Properties Dialog Box (Example)

3. Configure the identification properties (e.g. name, description, etc.) for the
region or facility. For more information, refer to "Configuring Identification
Properties" (Page 77).
4. [Optional] Enable CAMs for the region or facility. For more information, refer to
"Enabling/Disabling CAMs" (Page 303).
5. Click OK to save changes.

4.2.2 Configuring Identification Properties

To configure the identification properties (e.g. name, description, etc.) for a region
or facility, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the Field Layout tab, right-click the desired region or facility, and then click
Properties. The Region Properties or Facility Properties dialog box appears
displaying the Identification screen.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 77
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.2.3 Deleting a Region or Facility

3
1
4
2

1 Name Box
2 Description Box
3 OK Button
4 Cancel Button
Figure 4.11 Identification Screen (Example)

3. Configure the following parameters:

Parameter Description

Name The name of the region or facility.

Description A description of the region or facility. This parameter is

optional.

4. Click OK to save changes.

4.2.3 Deleting a Region or Facility

To delete a region or facility, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the Field Layout tab, in the left pane, right-click either the desired region or
facility and then click Delete. A confirmation dialog box appears.
3. Click Yes.

4.3 Managing Alerts

This section describes how to configure and manage alerts within RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW.

78 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.3.1 Viewing/Acknowledging All Alerts

4.3.1 Viewing/Acknowledging All Alerts

All active alerts, based on user privileges, can be viewed and acknowledged in a
single pane.
To view and/or acknowledge all alerts, do the following:

Note
The list of active alerts is based on the information available at the time when the
associated CAM ran last. If the condition that generated the alert has been fixed in
the field, the alert will still be presented by RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW until the CAM
runs again. For example, if the expected firmware version for a device is updated
in the Firmware Version CAM, the CAM must still run again to verify the new value
against the device's real value before the alert is cleared.

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM

CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. If any alerts are active, the active alerts icon (a red X ) appears in the lower right
corner of the field layout window.

1 Active Alerts Button

Figure 4.12 Field Layout – Alerts

3. Click the Active Alerts button. The Alerts-Data For dialog box appears.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 79
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.3.1 Viewing/Acknowledging All Alerts

6
2

7 8

1 Filter Bar
2 Active Alerts
3 Hide Acknowledged Alerts Check Box
4 OK Button
5 Refresh Button
6 Auto Refresh Check Box
7 Acknowledge All Button
8 Acknowledge Button
Figure 4.13 Alerts-Data For Dialog Box – Alerts

4. [Optional] Select filters as required, and then click Apply. For more information
about filtering, refer to "Filtering Data" (Page 74)
The Alerts-Data For screen lists the active alerts in order of severity, by default.
The severity of the alert, the time the alert was raised, the associated facility, the
source (device), and a brief description of the alert are listed.
Alerts are color-coded based on their level of severity. By default, red alerts
are the highest severity (critical), followed by yellow (warning), then blue
(information). These colors can be customized via the main server. For more
information, refer to the "RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server Configuration
Manual".

Note
The Active Alerts button flashes for five seconds whenever a new alert is raised.

Note
Select Hide Acknowledged Alerts to hide alerts as they are acknowledged.

Note
If an alert is acknowledged yet still active, the alert will not be re-raised if the
alerted condition reoccurs.

80 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.3.2 Viewing/Acknowledging Device Alerts

Note
Special actions are available for some alert types. In the case of configuration
mismatch alerts, right-clicking the alert and selecting Compare displays the
approved configuration and the current configuration in a file difference
viewer. For connectivity alerts, right-click the alert and select retry to attempt to
reestablish the connection.

5. [Optional] Acknowledge alerts as required.

• To acknowledge a single alert, select the alert and click Acknowledge
• To acknowledge multiple alerts, select each alert while holding either Shift
(select alerts in sequence) or Ctrl (select specific alerts not in sequence),
then click Acknowledge
• To acknowledge all alerts, click Acknowledge All
6. Click OK when done.

4.3.2 Viewing/Acknowledging Device Alerts

To view and/or acknowledge alerts generated by a single device, all devices at a
facility, or all devices within a region, do the following:

Note
The list of active alerts is based on the information available at the time when the
associated CAM ran last. If the condition that generated the alert has been fixed in
the field, the alert will still be presented by RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW until the CAM
runs again. For example, if the expected firmware version for a device is updated
in the Firmware Version CAM, the CAM must still run again to verify the new value
against the device's real value before the alert is cleared.

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM

CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. Locate the desired region, facility, device or gateway.
• For information about locating regions or facilities, refer to "Viewing the
Field Layout" (Page 71)
• For information about locating devices and gateways, refer to "Locating
Devices/Gateways" (Page 111)
3. Right-click the target, point to Show Data and then click Alerts. The Data For
dialog box appears with the Alerts screen selected.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 81
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.3.2 Viewing/Acknowledging Device Alerts

6
2

7 8

1 Filter Bar
2 Active Alerts
3 Hide Acknowledged Alerts Check Box
4 OK Button
5 Refresh Button
6 Auto Refresh Check Box
7 Acknowledge All Button
8 Acknowledge Button
Figure 4.14 Data For Dialog Box – Alerts

The Alerts screen lists the active alerts. It lists the severity of the alert, the
associated facility, the source (device), and a brief description of the alert.

Note
Select Hide Acknowledged Alerts to hide alerts as they are acknowledged.

Note
Special actions are available for some alert types. In the case of configuration
mismatch alerts, right-clicking the alert and selecting Compare displays the
approved configuration and the current configuration in a file difference
viewer. For connectivity alerts, right-click the alert and select retry to attempt to
reestablish the connection.

4. [Optional] Filter the data as required. For more information, refer to "Filtering
Data" (Page 74)
5. [Optional] Acknowledge alerts as required.
• To acknowledge a single alert, select the alert and click Acknowledge
• To acknowledge multiple alerts, select each alert while holding either Shift
(select alerts in sequence) or Ctrl (select specific alerts not in sequence),
then click Acknowledge
• To acknowledge all alerts, click Acknowledge All
6. Click OK when done.

82 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.3.3 Clearing Stored Responses

4.3.3 Clearing Stored Responses

When a user acknowledges an alert, a pop up message appears providing the option
to ignore all future related warning messages.
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW allows users to clear these saved responses and reset
their acknowledgement settings so alerts reappear. The following categories are
supported:
• Password Validation
• TLS
• SSH
• Latched Alerts
To clear stored responses, do the following:
1. Launch RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client, but do not connect to the RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW server.
2. On the toolbar, click File, then click Preferences. The Preferences dialog box
appears.

1 Clear Stored Response To Password Validation Warnings Button

2 Clear Stored Response To TLS Warnings Button
3 Clear Stored Response To SSH Devices Security Warnings Button
4 Clear Stored Response To Acknowledge of Latched Alert Warnings Button
Figure 4.15 Preferences Dialog Box - Clear Stored Responses

3. For each desired category setting, do the following:

a. Under Password Validation Warnings, click the Clear Stored Response To
Password Validation Warnings button.
b. Under TLS and SSH Warnings, click the Clear Stored Response To TLS
Warnings Button button.
c. Under TLS and SSH Warnings, click the Clear Stored Response To SSH
Devices Security Warnings button.
d. Under Acknowledge Latched Alerts Warnings, click the Clear Stored
Response To Acknowledge of Latched Alert Warnings button.
4. Click OK to confirm the selection.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 83
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.4 Managing SACs, ADMs and SAM-Ls

4.4 Managing SACs, ADMs and SAM-Ls

This section describes how to configure and manage Station Access Controllers
(SACs), Asset Discovery and Management Agents (ADMs), Secure Access Managers -
Local (SAM-Ls) and parent servers.

4.4.1 Locating SACs, ADMs and SAM-Ls

Station Access Controllers (SACs), Asset Discovery and Management Agents (ADMs)
and Secure Access Managers - Local (SAM-Ls) are listed under their associated
facilities, device groups and device types.
To locate a SAC, ADM or SAM-L in RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client, do one of the
following:
• To locate a SAC, ADM or SAM-L associated with a specific device group, refer to
"Viewing a List of Device Groups" (Page 222)
• To locate a SAC, ADM or SAM-L associated with a specific device type, refer to
"Viewing a List of Device Families and Types" (Page 230)
• To locate a SAC, ADM or SAM-L associated with a specific facility, refer to
"Viewing the Field Layout" (Page 71)

4.4.2 Managing a SAC

This section describes how to configure and manage a Station Access Controller
(SAC).

4.4.2.1 Adding a SAC

Station Access Controllers (SACs) are added to facilities by users with administrative
privileges after a connection between the facility and the Secure Access Manager
(SAM) has been established.

Note
Only one SAC is permitted per facility.

To add a SAC, do the following:

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges. The Field Layout screen appears by default.

84 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.4.2 Managing a SAC

1 2

1 Regions/Facilities Pane
2 Devices/Gateways Pane
Figure 4.16 Field Layout Screen

Note
Only one SAC is permitted per facility or gateway. If SAC is already associated
with a facility or gateway, the Add Station Access Controller option is
unavailable.

2. In the Devices/Gateway pane, right-click the associated gateway and click Add
Station Access Controller. The Station Access Controller Properties dialog box
appears.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 85
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.4.2 Managing a SAC

Figure 4.17 Station Access Controller Properties Dialog Box

3. Configure the identification properties (e.g. name, description, etc.)

for the SAC. For more information, refer to "Configuring Identification
Properties" (Page 86).
4. Configure the connection properties (e.g. IP address, port, platform,
etc.) for the SAC. For more information, refer to "Configuring Connection
Properties" (Page 87).
5. Configure the NERC CIP properties for the SAC. For more information, refer to
"Configuring NERC CIP Properties" (Page 89).

4.4.2.2 Configuring Identification Properties

To configure the identification properties (e.g. name, description, etc.) for a SAC, do
the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. Locate the desired SAC. For more information, refer to "Locating SACs, ADMs
and SAM-Ls" (Page 84).
3. Once located, right-click the SAC and then click Properties. The Station
Access Controller Properties dialog box appears with the Identification tab
automatically selected.

86 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.4.2 Managing a SAC

5
1
6
2

1 Name Box
2 Description Box
3 Status List
4 Custom Fields
5 OK Button
6 Cancel Button
Figure 4.18 Identification Tab

4. Configure the following parameters:

Parameter Description

Name The name of the SAC.

Description A description of the SAC. This parameter is optional.

Status Synopsis: [ In Service | Out Of Service ]

The status of the SAC.

5. [Optional] If custom fields are associated with the SAC, modify the values for
each if required.
If a custom field is not available, add it. For more information, refer to the
"RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server Configuration Manual".
6. Click OK to save changes.

4.4.2.3 Configuring Connection Properties

To configure the connection properties for a SAC, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. Locate the desired SAC. For more information, refer to "Locating SACs, ADMs
and SAM-Ls" (Page 84).

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 87
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.4.2 Managing a SAC

3. Once located, right-click the SAC and then click Properties. The Station Access
Controller Properties dialog box appears.
4. Click the Connection tab. The Connection screen appears.

6
1
7
2

1 IP Address Box
2 Common Name Box
3 Port Box
4 Platform List
5 Device Group
6 OK Button
7 Cancel Button
Figure 4.19 Connection Screen

5. Configure the following parameters:

Parameter Description

IP Address The IP address for the SAC.

Common Name The common name in the SAC certificate. This is required to
establish a Transport Layer Security (TLS) connection between
the SAM and SAC.

Port The port number for the SAC. The port number is always the
SAC's main server port number plus five. For example, if the
server port is 21000 (default), the authentication port used by
the SAC is 21005.

Platform Synopsis: [ Windows | ROX ]

The hardware platform running the SAC.

Device Group The device type associated with the SAC.

6. Click OK to save changes.

88 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.4.2 Managing a SAC

4.4.2.4 Configuring NERC CIP Properties

To configure NERC CIP properties for a Station Access Controller (SAC), do the
following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. Locate the desired SAC. For more information, refer to "Locating SACs, ADMs
and SAM-Ls" (Page 84).
3. Once located, right-click the SAC and then click Properties. The Station Access
Controller Properties dialog box appears.
4. Click the NERC CIP tab. The NERC CIP screen appears.

1 BES Cyber System List

2 OK Button
3 Cancel Button
Figure 4.20 NERC CIP Screen (Example)

5. Select the impact level for the device from the BES Cyber System list.
6. Click OK to save changes.

4.4.2.5 Deleting a SAC

To delete a Station Access Controller (SAC) from a facility, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the Field Layout tab, right-click the desired SAC and click Delete. A
confirmation dialog box appears.
3. Click Yes.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 89
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.4.2 Managing a SAC

4.4.2.6 Updating the SAC Database

To update the database for a Station Access Controller (SAC) with the latest
information from the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW database, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges. Make sure to enter the host name and port number for the SAC
during the login process.
2. On the toolbar, select System Administration and then click Device Types. The
Device Types dialog box appears.

1 2 3

1 Device Types
2 Devices/Gateways
Figure 4.21 Device Types Dialog Box

3. In the left pane, expand CrossBow Station Access Controller and then click
Station Access Controller. All configured SACs appear in the right pane.

Note
Selecting the Station Access Controller device type updates the database for all
SACs.

4. Right-click either the desired SAC or the CrossBow Station Access Controller
device type, point to Special Operations, and then click Push SAC Database.
The Scheduling Push SAC Database dialog box appears.

90 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.4.2 Managing a SAC

1 2

5
6

1 Description Box
2 OK Button
3 Cancel Button
4 Repetition Lists
5 Start Time Options
6 Start Time Box
Figure 4.22 Scheduling Push SAC Database Dialog Box

5. [Optional] Under Description, type a description that describes the operation.

Include such details as the affected target, the purpose of the operation, etc.
This description will appear in the list of scheduled operations.
6. Under Repetition, select the interval and value (if applicable).
7. Under Start Time (On Server), select Now or Specific Time. If Now is selected,
proceed to step 9 (Page 91).
8. Select a date and time at which the operation should occur.
9. Click OK to save changes. The operation will commence at the selected time.
For information about how to monitor scheduled operations, refer to "Viewing
Scheduled Operations and Log Reports" (Page 266).

4.4.2.7 Updating the Global Password for a SAC

Each Station Access Controller's (SAC's) global fall-back password is replaced with a
random-generated password each time the SAC database is pushed. The password
can also be updated using the Change Password special operation without having to
push all of the configuration information to the SAC.
For more information about using the Change Password special operation, refer to
"Changing Passwords for Devices/Gateways" (Page 151).

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 91
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.4.2 Managing a SAC

4.4.2.8 Revealing the Global Password for a SAC

It may be required at times to reveal the global fall-back password for a Station
Access Controller to someone physically present in the substation. For instance,
an on-site technician may require this password when the SAC does not have
connectivity back to the main the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW server for normal
authentication to take place.
For auditing purposes, the recipient's user name and a valid reason must be specified
before the global password is revealed.

NOTICE
The global fall-back password must be set for the SAC. For more information
about setting the password, refer to "Changing Passwords for Devices/
Gateways" (Page 151).

To reveal the global password for a SAC, do the following:

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. Locate the desired SAC. For more information, refer to "Locating SACs, ADMs
and SAM-Ls" (Page 84).
3. Once located, right-click the SAC, and then click Properties. The Station Access
Controller Properties dialog box appears.
4. Click the Login tab. The Login screen appears.

1 2

1 View Password Button

2 Revealed to User List
3 OK Button
4 Cancel Button
Figure 4.23 Login Screen

5. In Revealed to User, select the recipient's user name.

6. Click View Password. A dialog box appears.

92 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.4.3 Managing an ADM

7. Enter a valid reason for revealing the global password and then click OK. The
global password is displayed.
8. Click OK.
9. Once the recipient has completed their task with the SAC, reset the global
password using the Change Password special operation. For more information,
refer to "Performing Special Operations" (Page 268).

4.4.3 Managing an ADM

This section describes how to configure and manage an Asset Discovery and
Management Agent (ADM).

4.4.3.1 Adding an ADM

Asset Discovery and Management Agents (ADMs) are added to facilities by users
with administrative privileges after a connection between the facility and the Secure
Access Manager (SAM) has been established.

Note
On the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW server, the ADM credentials must be configured via
the External Database Integration Service (EDIS). For more information, refer to the
"RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server Configuration Manual".

To add an ADM, do the following:

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges. The Field Layout screen appears by default.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 93
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.4.3 Managing an ADM

1 2

1 Regions/Facilities Pane
2 Devices/Gateways Pane
Figure 4.24 Field Layout Screen

Note
Only one ADM is permitted per facility or gateway. If an ADM is already
associated with a facility or gateway, the Add Asset Discovery & Management
Agent option is unavailable.

2. In the Devices/Gateway pane, right-click the associated gateway and click Add
Asset Discovery & Management Agent. The Asset Discovery & Management
Properties dialog box appears.

94 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.4.3 Managing an ADM

Figure 4.25 Asset Discovery & Management Properties Dialog Box

3. Configure the identification properties (e.g. name, description, etc.)

for the ADM. For more information, refer to "Configuring Identification
Properties" (Page 95).
4. Configure the connection properties (e.g. IP address, port, platform, etc.)
for the ADM. For more information, refer to "Configuring Connection
Properties" (Page 96).
5. Configure the NERC CIP properties for the ADM. For more information, refer to
"Configuring NERC CIP Properties" (Page 98).

4.4.3.2 Configuring Identification Properties

To configure the identification properties (e.g. name, description, etc.) for an ADM,
do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. Locate the desired ADM. For more information, refer to "Locating SACs, ADMs
and SAM-Ls" (Page 84).
3. Once located, right-click the ADM and then click Properties. The Asset
Discovery & Management Properties dialog box appears with the
Identification tab automatically selected.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 95
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.4.3 Managing an ADM

5
1
6
2

1 Name Box
2 Description Box
3 Status List
4 Custom Fields
5 OK Button
6 Cancel Button
Figure 4.26 Identification Tab

4. Configure the following parameters:

Parameter Description

Name The name of the ADM.

Description A description of the ADM. This parameter is optional.

Status Synopsis: [ In Service | Out Of Service ]

The status of the ADM.

5. [Optional] If custom fields are associated with the ADM, modify the values for
each if required.
If a custom field is not available, add it. For more information, refer to the
"RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server Configuration Manual".
6. Click OK to save changes.

4.4.3.3 Configuring Connection Properties

To configure the connection properties for an ADM, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. Locate the desired ADM. For more information, refer to "Locating SACs, ADMs
and SAM-Ls" (Page 84).
3. Once located, right-click the ADM and then click Properties. The Asset
Discovery & Management Properties dialog box appears.

96 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.4.3 Managing an ADM

4. Click the Connection tab. The Connection screen appears.

8
1
9
2

3 4 5 6 7

10

1 IP Address Box
2 Device Group
3 Login Box
4 Username Box
5 Password Box
6 Set Button
7 Origin Box
8 OK Button
9 Cancel Button
10 Suggest Password Button
Figure 4.27 Connection Screen

5. Configure the following parameters:

Parameter Description

IP Address The IP address for the ADM.

Device Group The device type associated with the ADM.

NOTICE
For added security, make sure the credentials used by the ADM to log into
the EDIS database are different from the credentials used by the EDIS on the
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW server. The ADM should be limited to only have
access to the DevicesForCrossbow table. For information about sharing device
information and configuring the EDIS, refer to the "RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW
Server Configuration Manual".

6. [Optional] Click the Suggest Password button. A dialog box appears containing
a randomly generated password suggestion that meets the password rules
defined for that device type. The password is displayed using the font and color
defined in the user's preferences. From this dialog, the user can choose to copy
the suggested password to the clipboard.
7. [Optional] To change the password, click the Set button, enter the new
password, then click Set again.
8. Click OK to save changes.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 97
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.4.3 Managing an ADM

4.4.3.4 Configuring NERC CIP Properties

To configure NERC CIP properties for an ADM, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. Locate the desired ADM. For more information, refer to "Locating SACs, ADMs
and SAM-Ls" (Page 84).
3. Once located, right-click the ADM and then click Properties. The Asset
Discovery & Management Properties dialog box appears.
4. Click the NERC CIP tab. The NERC CIP screen appears.

1 BES Cyber System List

2 OK Button
3 Cancel Button
Figure 4.28 NERC CIP Screen (Example)

5. Select the impact level for the device from the BES Cyber System list.
6. Click OK to save changes.

4.4.3.5 Deleting an ADM

To delete an ADM from a facility, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the Field Layout tab, right-click the desired ADM and click Delete. A
confirmation dialog box appears.
3. Click Yes.

98 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.4.3 Managing an ADM

4.4.3.6 Updating the ADM Database

To update the database for an ADM with the latest information from the
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW database, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, select System Administration and then click Device Types. The
Device Types dialog box appears.

1 2 3

1 Device Types
2 Devices/Gateways
Figure 4.29 Device Types Dialog Box

3. In the left pane, expand Crossbow Asset Discovery & Management and then
click Crossbow ADM Agent. All configured ADMs appear in the right pane.

Note
Selecting the Crossbow ADM Agent device type updates the database for all
ADMs.

4. Right-click either the desired ADM device type, point to Special Operations, and
then click Push to ADM Agent. The Scheduling Push to ADM Agent dialog box
appears.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 99
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.4.3 Managing an ADM

1 2

4
5

1 Description Box
2 OK Button
3 Cancel Button
4 Repetition Lists
5 Start Time Options
6 Start Time Box
Figure 4.30 Scheduling Push to ADM Agent Dialog Box

5. [Optional] Under Description, type a description that describes the operation.

Include such details as the affected target, the purpose of the operation, etc.
This description will appear in the list of scheduled operations.
6. Under Repetition, select the interval and value (if applicable).
7. Under Start Time (On Server), select Now or Specific Time. If Now is selected,
proceed to step 9 (Page 100).
8. Select a date and time at which the operation should occur.
9. Click OK to save changes. The operation will commence at the selected time.
For information about how to monitor scheduled operations, refer to "Viewing
Scheduled Operations and Log Reports" (Page 266).

4.4.3.7 Configuring Advanced Properties

To configure advanced properties for an ADM, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. Locate the desired ADM. For more information, refer to "Locating SACs, ADMs
and SAM-Ls" (Page 84).

100 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.4.4 Managing a SAM-L

3. Once located, right-click the ADM and then click Properties. The Asset
Discovery & Management Properties dialog box appears.
4. Click the Advanced tab. The Advanced Properties screen appears.

4 5

1 Properties
2 OK Button
3 Cancel Button
4 Value List
5 Set Button
Figure 4.31 Advanced Properties Screen (Example)

5. Review the available properties and their values. For more information, refer to
"Available Advanced Parameters" (Page 341).
6. For each property that needs to be modified, select the property, select an
alternate value from the Value list, then click Set.
7. Click OK to save changes.

4.4.4 Managing a SAM-L

This section describes how to configure and manage a Secure Access Manager - Local
(SAM-L).

4.4.4.1 Adding a SAM-L

Secure Access Managers - Local (SAM-Ls) are added to facilities by users with
administrative privileges after a connection between the facility and the Secure
Access Manager - Primary (SAM-P) has been established.

Note
Only one SAM-L is permitted per facility.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 101
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.4.4 Managing a SAM-L

Note
A SAM-L cannot be added if a SAC already exists in the facility.

To add a SAM-L, do the following:

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the Field Layout tab, in the left pane, right-click either the Global Region
or an existing region, and then click Add Facility. The Facility Properties dialog
box appears.

3
1
4
2

1 Name Box
2 Description Box
3 OK Button
4 Cancel Button
Figure 4.32 Facility Properties Dialog Box (Example)

3. Configure the name and description for the facility. For more information, refer
to "Configuring Identification Properties" (Page 77).
4. In the Regions/Facility pane, select the facilty where the SAM-L will reside.
5. Right click a blank area in the Devices/Gateway pane, then click Add Secure
Access Manager - Local. The Secure Access Manager - Local Properties dialog
box appears.

102 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.4.4 Managing a SAM-L

Figure 4.33 Secure Access Manager - Local Properties Dialog Box

6. Configure the identification properties (e.g. name, description, etc.) for

the SAM-L. For more information, refer to "Configuring Identification
Properties" (Page 103).
7. Configure the connection properties (e.g. IP address, port, platform, etc.)
for the SAM-L. For more information, refer to "Configuring Connection
Properties" (Page 105).
8. Configure the NERC CIP properties for the SAM-L. For more information, refer to
"Configuring NERC CIP Properties" (Page 106).
9. Click OK to save changes.

4.4.4.2 Configuring Identification Properties

To configure the identification properties (e.g. name, description, etc.) for a SAM-L,
do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. Locate the desired SAM-L in the Devices/Gateways pane. For more information,
refer to "Viewing the Field Layout" (Page 71).
3. Once located, right-click the SAM-L and then click Properties. The Secure
Access Manager - Local dialog box appears with the Identification tab
automatically selected.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 103
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.4.4 Managing a SAM-L

6
1
7
2
8

9
3
10
4

11

1 Name Box
2 Description Box
3 Status List
4 Custom Fields List
5 Encryption Enabled Status Box
6 OK Button
7 Cancel Button
8 Password Status Box
9 Encryption Password Expiry Period List
10 Last Time Encryption Password Changed Box
11 Enable Update Preparation Check Box
Figure 4.34 Identification Tab

4. Configure the following parameters as required:

Parameter Description

Name The name of the SAM-L.

Description A description of the SAM-L. This parameter is optional.

Status Synopsis: [ In Service | Out Of Service ]

The status of the SAM-L.

Encryption Enabled Synopsis: [ Encryption Enabled | Encryption Disabled ]

Status
Status parameter showing the password encryption status as
defined in the SAM-L.

Encryption Type Status Synopsis: [ By Password | By Certificate ]

Status parameter showing the encryption type status as defined

in the SAM-L.

Encryption Password The time in days in which password encryption will expire on
Expiry Period the SAM-L. A value of 0 signifies the encryption password will
not expire.

Last Time Encryption Status parameter showing the number of days since password
Password Changed encryption was changed on the SAM-L.

104 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.4.4 Managing a SAM-L

Parameter Description

Enable Update Prepara Enables or disables update preparation mode. Enabling this
tion parameter allows a user to perform a certificate replacement
when a certificate has expired or is about to expire.

5. [Optional] If custom fields are associated with the SAM-L, modify the values for
each if required.
If a custom field is not available, add it. For more information, refer to the
"RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server Configuration Manual".
6. Click OK to save changes.

4.4.4.3 Configuring Connection Properties

To configure the connection properties for a SAM-L, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. Locate the desired SAM-L in the Devices/Gateways pane. For more information,
refer to "Viewing the Field Layout" (Page 71).
3. Once located, right-click the SAM-L and then click Properties. The Secure
Access Manager - Local dialog box appears.
4. Click the Connection tab. The Connection screen appears.

5
1
7 6
2
8
3

1 IP Address Box
2 Common Name Box
3 Port Box
4 Device Group
5 OK Button
6 Cancel Button
7 Global SAM-L Sync Mode Box
8 Daily Sync Time Box
Figure 4.35 Connection Screen

5. Configure the following parameters:

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 105
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.4.4 Managing a SAM-L

Parameter Description

IP Address The IP address of the SAM-L.

Common Name The common name in the SAM-L certificate. This is required to
establish a Transport Layer Security (TLS) connection between
the SAM-P and the SAM-L.

NOTICE
The common name in the SAM-L certificate must match the
common name in the SAM-P, as configured in the Certificate
Subject box in the SAM-P Primary Configuration tab.
For more information about selecting/installing the
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW server certificate, refer to the
"RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server Configuration Manual".

Port The port associated with the SAM-L.

Device Group The device group associated with the SAM-L.

Global SAM-L Sync Mode The mode used to sync the SAM-L with the SAM-P.

NOTICE
This parameter is active only when the SAMLSyncTimerMode
global advanced parameter is configured.
For more information about configuring global advanced
parameters, refer to the "RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server
Configuration Manual".

Daily Sync Time The time of day selected to sync the SAM-L with the SAM-P,
based on a 24-hour clock.

6. Click OK to save changes.

4.4.4.4 Configuring NERC CIP Properties

To configure NERC CIP properties for a SAM-L, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. Locate the desired SAM-L in the Devices/Gateways pane. For more information,
refer to "Viewing the Field Layout" (Page 71).
3. Once located, right-click the SAM-L and then click Properties. The Secure
Access Manager - Local dialog box appears.
4. Click the NERC CIP tab. The NERC CIP screen appears.

106 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.4.4 Managing a SAM-L

1 BES Cyber System List

2 OK Button
3 Cancel Button
Figure 4.36 NERC CIP Screen (Example)

5. Select the impact level for the device from the BES Cyber System list.
6. Click OK to save changes.

4.4.4.5 Deleting a SAM-L

To delete a SAM-L from a facility, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the Devices/Gateways tab, right-click the desired SAM-L and click Delete. A
confirmation dialog box appears.
3. Click Yes.

4.4.4.6 Automatically Synchronizing a SAM-L

Once configured, a SAM-L is automatically synced with a SAM-P in a round-
robin order, and according to the SAMPMaxNumSAMLSyncOperations
parameter. If desired, a delay time for syncing can be configured using the
SAMLSyncTimerEnabled and SAMLSyncTimerDelay advanced parameters.
For more information about available advanced parameters, refer to "Available
Advanced Parameters" (Page 341).
For more information about configuring advanced parameters, refer to the
"RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server Configuration Manual".

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 107
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.4.4 Managing a SAM-L

Note
A failed automatic sync operation is retried in decreasing frequency for 24 hours,
after which the operation is retried every 24 hrs.

Note
Sync timing is not automatically triggered by user actions, such as deleting a file.
However, a SAM-L can be synced manually on demand without impacting the
automatic sync timing.
For more information about manual syncing, refer to "Manually Synchronizing a
SAM-L" (Page 108).

The initial sync operation is a full sync from the SAM-P, pushing down all the required
data for the SAM-L. Subsequent syncs are partial syncs, where changed data from the
SAM-L is pushed to the SAM-P, then changed data is pushed from the SAM-P back to
the SAM-L.
The status of past and upcoming sync operations can be viewed in the client.
For more information about viewing the sync status, refer to "Viewing the Sync
Status of SAM-Ls" (Page 109).

4.4.4.7 Manually Synchronizing a SAM-L

Once configured, a SAM-L is automatically synced with a SAM-P. For more
information about the sync process, refer to "Automatically Synchronizing a SAM-
L" (Page 107).
However, it is possible to manually sync a SAM-L with a SAM-P if desired.
To manually sync a SAM-L with a SAM-P, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the Field Layout tab, right-click the desired SAM-L and click either Sync Now
or Sync Recover as desired:
Operation Description
Sync Now This operation performs a partial sync on
demand, which bumps the priority of the SAM-
Ls next sync to the top of the queue.
Sync Recover This operation performs a full recovery of
the SAM-L database. This should only be
used when the SAM-L database needs to be
recovered to a working state.

108 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.4.4 Managing a SAM-L

4.4.4.8 Viewing the Sync Status of SAM-Ls

To view the sync status of SAM-Ls in the system, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, select System Administration, then click SAM-L Sync
Information. The SAM-L Sync Information form appears.

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

1
14

1 Available SAM-Ls List

2 Device Column
3 Daily Sync Time Column
4 Last Successful Sync Time Column
5 Last Attempted Sync Time Column
6 Last Sync Type Column
7 Delay Until Next Sync Column
8 Next Sync Type Column
9 Failures Since Last Success Column
10 Status Column
11 Sync Now Column
12 Sync Recovery Column
13 Refresh Button
14 Auto Refresh Check Box
Figure 4.37 SAM-L Sync Information Form

Note
When Auto Refresh is selected, the form will auto-update every 60 seconds.

Note
SAM-L syncs are prioritized based on the time since the last attempted sync.
If two SAM-Ls have the same sync time, the SAM-L whose last sync attempt is
oldest will be processed first.

The following information is provided:

Operation Description
Daily Sync Time The time of day to sync the SAM-L, based
on the SAMLSyncTimerMode advanced
parameter.
Last Successful Sync Time The date and time the SAM-L was last
successfully synced.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 109
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.4.4 Managing a SAM-L

Operation Description
Last Attempted Sync Time The date and time a SAM-L sync was last
attempted.
Last Sync Type The type of the last sync. Options include
None, Partial or Full.
Delay Until Next Sync The calculated delay until the next sync based
on the SAMLSyncTimerDelay advanced
parameter.
Next Sync Type The type of the next sync. Options include
Partial or Full.
Failures Since Last Success The number of failures since the last successful
sync.
Status The sync status. Options include Pending,
Running, Success, or Failed.
Sync Now This operation performs a partial sync on
demand, which bumps the priority of the SAM-
L's next sync to the top of the queue.
Sync Recovery This operation performs a full recovery of
the SAM-L database. This should only be
used when the SAM-L database needs to be
recovered to a working state.

3. [Optional] Click the Refresh button to manually refresh the form.

4.4.4.9 Preparing a SAM-L for a Remote Upgrade

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW allows an Admin user to prepare a SAM-L in a SAM-P's
network to receive software updates. This allows the user to perform a certificate
replacement on a SAM-L when a certificate has expired or is about to expire.
Preparing for an update puts the SAM-L in preparation mode, where users are
prevented from connecting to the SAM-L and any pending automated device
connections are prevented from starting. Automated device connections already in
progress will be permitted to complete. All data is pushed back to the SAM-P.
For information about certificate-based encryption and setting an expiry lead time,
refer to the "RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server Configuration Manual".
For instructions on preparing all SAM-Ls in a SAM-P's network to receive a software
update, refer to the "RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server Configuration Manual".
To prepare a SAM-L to be upgraded, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. Locate the desired SAM-L in the Devices/Gateways pane. For more information,
refer to "Viewing the Field Layout" (Page 71).
3. Once located, right-click the SAM-L and then click Properties. The Secure
Access Manager - Local dialog box appears with the Identification tab
automatically selected.

110 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5 Managing Devices and Gateways

6
1
7
2
8

9
3
10
4

11

1 Name Box
2 Description Box
3 Status List
4 Custom Fields List
5 Encryption Enabled Status Box
6 OK Button
7 Cancel Button
8 Password Status Box
9 Encryption Password Expiry Period List
10 Last Time Encryption Password Changed Box
11 Enable Update Preparation Check Box
Figure 4.38 Identification Tab

4. Select the Enable Update Preparation check box to enable preparation mode.
When the update has been completed, disable update preparation by
deselecting the Enable Update Preparation check box.

4.5 Managing Devices and Gateways

This section describes how to configure and manage devices and gateways within
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW.

4.5.1 Locating Devices/Gateways

Devices and gateways managed by RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW are listed under their
associated facilities, device groups and device types.
To locate a device or gateway in RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client, do one of the
following:
• To locate a device or gateway associated with a specific device group, refer to
"Viewing a List of Device Groups" (Page 222)

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 111
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.2 Adding a Device/Gateway

• To locate a device or gateway associated with a specific device type, refer to

"Viewing a List of Device Families and Types" (Page 230)
• To locate a device or gateway associated with a specific facility, refer to "Viewing
the Field Layout" (Page 71)

4.5.2 Adding a Device/Gateway

To add a device or gateway to a gateway or facility, do the following:

Note
The following procedure describes how to add a device/gateway using RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client. Devices/gateways can also be added by directly to the
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW database via either the Bulk Importer tool or an external
database.
For more information about the Bulk Importer, refer to "Importing/Exporting Device/
Gateway Information" (Page 210).
For more information about the External Database Integration Service, refer to the
"RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server Configuration Manual".

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM

CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the Field Layout tab, right-click the desired facility or gateway and click
either Add Device, Add Gateway or Add Subordinate Gateway (gateways
only). The Device Properties or Gateway Properties dialog box appears.

Figure 4.39 Device Properties Dialog Box (Example)

112 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.3 Deleting a Device/Gateway

Note
To facilitate configuration when changing device types, RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW retains the interface's proxy ports and advanced parameters that are
common between the two device types. As some parameters can differ between
devices in a family, it is recommended to review all interfaces and advanced
parameters following a device type change.

3. Configure the identification properties (e.g. name, description, etc.) for the
device/gateway. For more information, refer to "Configuring Identification
Properties" (Page 126).
4. Configure the connection properties (e.g. host name, user names, passwords,
etc.) for the device/gateway. For more information, refer to "Configuring
Connection Properties" (Page 127).
5. Configure the interfaces available for the device/gateway. For more information,
refer to "Configuring Interfaces" (Page 129).
6. Enable or disable the applications available for the device/gateway. For more
information, refer to "Enabling/Disabling Applications" (Page 136).
7. Configure the NERC CIP properties for the device/gateway. For more
information, refer to "Configuring NERC CIP Properties" (Page 137).
8. Configure any advanced parameters associated with the device/gateway. For
more information, refer to "Configuring Advanced Properties" (Page 138).
9. Click OK to save changes.

4.5.3 Deleting a Device/Gateway

To delete a device or gateway from a facility, do the following:

NOTICE
All subordinate devices/gateways are deleted when a parent gateway is deleted.

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM

CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the Field Layout tab, right-click the desired device or gateway and click
Delete. A confirmation dialog box appears.
3. Click Yes.

4.5.4 Copying, Cutting and Pasting Devices/Gateways

Devices and gateways can be copied or moved to other gateways or facilities
using the copy, cut and paste functions. When a user attempts to move a device or

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 113
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.5 Connecting to a Device/Gateway

gateway, RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW first analyzes the type of device/gateway and

determines if it is compatible with its new location. If it is not compatible, the Paste
option is unavailable.

NOTICE
When a gateway is copied or cut, the same applies to any subordinate devices/
gateways.

To copy or move a device or gateway, do the following:

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the Field Layout tab, locate and right-click the desired device or gateway.
3. Select either Copy (creates a duplicate of the device/gateway) or Cut (moves the
device/gateway).
4. Right-click the desired gateway or facility and click Paste. The device/gateway is
copied or pasted in the new location.

4.5.5 Connecting to a Device/Gateway

To connect to a device or gateway, do the following:

Note
The device/gateway must be assigned to a device group the user has permissions to
access, and at least one application must be enabled for the device/gateway before a
connection can be established.

Note
For information about assigning a device/gateway to a device group, refer to
"Configuring Interfaces" (Page 129)

Note
For information about enabling/disabling applications, "Enabling/Disabling
Applications" (Page 251).

Note
If connecting to a serial device, make sure a virtual serial port is configured first.
For more information, refer to "Configuring the Virtual Serial Port for a CROSSBOW
Client" (Page 16).

Note
Each user can open multiple, concurrent sessions to different devices/gateways using
the CrossBow Terminal Emulator and/or Web Browser application. In addition, at
least one additional session can be opened using any other application installed

114 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.5 Connecting to a Device/Gateway

on the client's workstation. For more information, refer to "Adding/Configuring an

Application" (Page 275).

Note
Devices/gateways the user previously connected with in the same RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client session are listed in the right pane of the Field Layout tab. If the
desired device/gateway is listed in this pane, consider reconnecting rather than
finding the device/gateway again. For more information, refer to "Reconnecting to a
Device/Gateway" (Page 118).

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM

CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
If connecting to the device/gateway via a SAC or SAM-L, make sure to enter
the host name and port number for the SAC or SAM-L during the login process.
Otherwise, provide the host name and port number for the RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW server.
2. Locate the desired device/gateway. For more information, refer to "Locating
Devices/Gateways" (Page 111).

Note
If the target device does not have all passwords defined, a prompt will appear
confirming it is OK to proceed. For information about managing passwords,
refer to "Managing Device/Gateway Passwords" (Page 150).

Note
If a weak cipher is detected, a prompt will appear confirming it is OK to
proceed. SSH cipher suites are configurable for devices/gateways and device
types via their advanced parameters SSH EncryptionAlgorithms, SSH
HostKeyAlgorithms, SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms, and SSH MACAlgorithms.

Note
For information about configuring advanced properties, refer to "Configuring
Advanced Properties" (Page 138).

Note
For information about the available advanced parameters for a device or
gateway, refer to the "Available Advanced Parameters" (Page 341).

3. Right-click the device/gateway and then click either Connect (devices) or

Connect to Gateway (gateways). The Application Selection dialog box
appears.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 115
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.5 Connecting to a Device/Gateway

1 Available Applications/Interfaces
2 Select Login Access Options
3 OK Button
4 Cancel Button
Figure 4.40 Application Selection Dialog Box

Note
When RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW establishes a connection with a network proxy
device, a Proxy Daemon is typically launched from the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW
Client. The Proxy Daemon is a process that exists during the span of the
connection to the end-device. It proxies data between the application and the
end-device through RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW. All data is transmitted through
the Transport Layer Security (TLS) tunnel created between the RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client and the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW server.

Note
By default, the type of port that will open on the client side will match the port
type of the target device. For example, if telnet is used, a network pork will open
on the client side.

Note
Only one instance of GE Enervista UR or GE Enervista URPlus can be used at a
time.

4. Select an application to use to connect to the device's interface.

Note
Login access sets are enabled based on the user's access privileges.

5. Under Select login, select the login access set to use when connecting to the
device.

116 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.5 Connecting to a Device/Gateway

6. Click OK. RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW attempts to connect to the device. Review

the Messages pane for details.

Note
Connections may not be successful if the target device is already at its maximum
number of connections. The SAM-P and SAM-L associated with the device do not
share infomation about when a user is connected to a given device.

7. Once connected, the device/gateway and the connection status appear in the
Device Connection History pane.

1 Active Connections
2 Disconnect Button
Figure 4.41 Device Connection History Pane

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW also begins to launch the chosen application.

Depending on the configuration of the application, a dialog box similar to the
following may appear.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 117
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.6 Reconnecting to a Device/Gateway

1 Dismiss Button
Figure 4.42 Dialog Box - Localhost and Port Required

1 Dismiss Button
Figure 4.43 Dialog Box - Actual IP Address and Port Required

Note the instructions provided and then click Dismiss.

8. When the application launches, if required, enter the localhost IP address or the
real IP address of the end-device or gateway, followed by the port number.

4.5.6 Reconnecting to a Device/Gateway

Devices/gateways the user previously connected with in the same RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client session are listed in the right pane of the Field Layout tab. If the
desired device is listed in this pane, consider reconnecting rather than finding the
device again.
To reconnect to a device or gateway, do the following:

Note
Each user can open multiple, concurrent sessions to different devices/gateways using
the CrossBow Terminal Emulator and/or Web Browser application. In addition, one

118 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.6 Reconnecting to a Device/Gateway

additional session can be opened using any other application installed on the client's
workstation.

1. Continuing from a previous session in RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client, on the

Field Layout tab, select the device/gateway in the right pane and click either
Reconnect or Connect. The Application Selection dialog box appears.

1 Available Applications/Interfaces
2 Select Login Access Options
3 OK Button
4 Cancel Button
Figure 4.44 Application Selection Dialog Box

Note
When RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW establishes a connection with a network proxy
device, a Proxy Daemon is typically launched from the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW
Client. The Proxy Daemon is a process that exists during the span of the
connection to the end-device. It proxies data between the application and the
end-device through RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW. All data is transmitted through
the Transport Layer Security (TLS) tunnel created between the RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client and the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW server.

2. Select an application to use to connect to the device's interface.

Note
Login access sets are enabled based on the user's access privileges.

3. Under Select login, select the login access set to use when connecting to the
device.
4. Click OK. RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW attempts to connect to the device. Review
the Messages pane for details.
5. Once connected, the device/gateway and the connection status appear in the
Device Connection History pane.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 119
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.6 Reconnecting to a Device/Gateway

1 Active Connections
2 Disconnect Button
Figure 4.45 Device Connection History Pane

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW also begins to launch the chosen application.

Depending on the configuration of the application, a dialog box similar to the
following may appear.

1 Dismiss Button
Figure 4.46 Dialog Box – Localhost and Port Required

120 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.7 Disconnecting from a Device/Gateway

1 Dismiss Button
Figure 4.47 Dialog Box – Actual IP Address and Port Required

Note the instructions provided and then click Dismiss.

6. When the application launches, if required, enter the localhost IP address or the
real IP address of the end-device or gateway, followed by the port number.

4.5.7 Disconnecting from a Device/Gateway

To disconnect from a device or gateway, either:
• Close all associated Web browser sessions (for Secure Web connections).
The status of the device in the Device Connection History pane changes to
Disconnected.

Note
Connections made via a network proxy can only be closed by disconnecting from
the device/gateway from RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client.

• Right-click the device in the Device Connection History pane on the

Field Layout tab and click Disconnect.The status of the device changes to
Disconnected. Any Web sessions still open need to be closed manually.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 121
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.8 Discovering Devices Connected to a Gateway

1 Active Connections
2 Disconnect Button
Figure 4.48 Field Layout Tab – Disconnect

4.5.8 Discovering Devices Connected to a Gateway

Devices connected to a gateway can be discovered and automatically added to the
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW database using the Discover Connected Devices special
operation.

Note
The Discover Connected Devices special operation is only supported by select
gateways. For information about which gateways support this operation, refer to
"Special Operations Supported by Device Family/Type" (Page 357).

Note
Devices discovered via this special operation will automatically have their Mandatory
(Version 3) NERC CIP properties set to No and their BES Cyber System set to
Unassigned.

To discover and add devices connected to a specific gateway, do the following:

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.

122 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.9 Establishing an IPSec Connection with RUGGEDCOM Devices

2. Search for the desired gateway. For more information, refer to "Locating
Devices/Gateways" (Page 111).

NOTICE
Unsupported characters will be ignored if defined in the password rules.
The following characters, including a blank space, are supported:
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789_!
@#&+$^[]-.`~%*()=\{}:""<>?,/ŠŒŽšœžŸÀÁÂÃÄÅÆÇÈÉÊËÌÍÎÏÐÑÒÓÔÕÖØÙÚÛÜÝ
Þßàáâãäåæçèéêëìíîïðñòóôõöøùúûüýþÿ

3. Right-click the gateway and then click Discover Connected Devices.

Any device/gateway connected to the network that belongs to the selected
gateway(s) and has not been added to RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW previously
is added and assigned to the Unassigned device group. RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW uses the Port ID to name the device. If the device value is known
to RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW, the device will be added as that particular device
type. Otherwise, the generic Serial IED will be used.
4. Configure the device/gateway. For more information, refer to "Configuring
Standard Devices/Gateways" (Page 125).

4.5.9 Establishing an IPSec Connection with RUGGEDCOM Devices

Some gateways defined in RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW can be configured to open a
Virtual Private Network (VPN) tunnel to IPSec-enabled RUGGEDCOM Layer 3 Ethernet
switches/routers, such as the RUGGEDCOM RX1000, RUGGEDCOM RX1400, etc.

Note
Windows Firewall with Advanced Security must be enabled and configured on the
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW server. The VPN uses the Windows Firewall to create the
IPSec tunnel on the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW server side. For more information, refer
to the "RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server Configuration Manual".

NOTICE
Security hazard – risk of unauthorized access and/or exploitation
Minimize the chances of a security event by adhering to the following guidelines:
• Make sure the IP address of the end-device is not accessible outside of a VPN
tunnel
• Use 2048 bit (or higher) Diffie-Hellman groups
• Use strong ciphers
• Keys used by the VPN connection must be 1024 bits (or higher) in length
• Disable all export cipher suites for VPN connections

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 123
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.9 Establishing an IPSec Connection with RUGGEDCOM Devices

As part of the IPSec connection, RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW automatically establishes a

connection security rule specifying the following IP addresses:
• Local Tunnel Endpoint and Endpoint1 – The IP address of RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Secure Access Manager
• Remote Tunnel Endpoint – The IP address of the RUGGEDCOM device
• Endpoint2 – Range of IP addresses of the desired end-devices, based on the
VPNSubnetsBehindRemoteEndPoint parameters. For more information about the
VPNSubnetsBehindRemoteEndPoint parameters, refer to "Available Advanced
Parameters" (Page 341).
A user can configure the VPN subnets of the device to include itself, thus the user is
allowed to make a VPN connection to the tunnel endpoint and to any device behind
the tunnel endpoint that has been configured in the VPN subnet parameter. New
connections are created to devices behind the tunnel endpoint, if they are within the
configured subnets.

Note
Once the VPN tunnel is established, additional connections to the device will not
create further VPNs. The VPN will stay connected until the last device is disconnected.

To establish an IPSec connection, do the following:

Note
For more information about how to configure IPSec on the end-device, refer to the
device's user documentation.

1. If required, make sure IPSec is enabled on the end-device.

2. Configure an IPSec VPN connection on the end-device and note the cipher and
hash encryption protocol settings. The values for these protocols will be required
when configuring the gateway in RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW.

NOTICE
RUGGEDCOM ROX devices support IKEv1 for RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW
connections. Make sure the ROX device is configured to use IKEv1.

3. Configure a pre-shared key on the end-device. The IP address of the end-device

and the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW server will be required.
4. Note the value of the secret key for later use in this procedure.
5. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
6. Configure the gateway type for the desired gateway to be the same as the
device's device type. For example, if connecting to a RUGGEDCOM RX1000
device, select the RuggedCom RX1000 / RX1100 RuggedRouter v1 device
type.

124 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.10 Configuring Standard Devices/Gateways

For more information about configuring the gateway type, refer to "Configuring
Identification Properties" (Page 126).
7. Define the pre-shared key for the gateway. The key must match the secret key
defined previously in step 3 (Page 124).
For information about how to define the pre-shared key for a gateway, refer to
"Configuring Connection Properties" (Page 127).
8. Configure the following advanced parameters for the device or its device type in
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW:

Note
The parameter values must match those configured for the end-device.

Special Parameter Required Value

UseVPN Yes
VPNAutoCreateRuleToGateway If selected, RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW
automatically creates a rule with an Endpoint 2
value of <end-device>/32.
VPNKeyEncryptionMainMode The cipher encryption protocol configured on
VPNKeyEncryptionQuickMode the end-device in step 2 (Page 124).

VPNKeyExchangeMainMode The name of the Modular Exponential (MODP)

VPNKeyExchangeQuickMode group defined by the end-device.

VPNKeyIntegrityMainMode The hash encryption protocol configured on

VPNKeyIntegrityQuickMode the end-device in step 2 (Page 124).

VPNSubnetsBehindRemoteEndPoint A range of defined subnets behind the tunnel

endpoint device, as well as subnets within.

For information about how to configure advanced parameters for a device or its
device type in RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW, refer to either "Configuring Advanced
Properties" (Page 138) or "Configuring Advanced Properties" (Page 255).
For more information about these advanced parameters, refer to "Available
Advanced Parameters" (Page 341).

4.5.10 Configuring Standard Devices/Gateways

This section describes how to configure standard devices and gateways.

Note
For information about how to configure Gauntlet gateways, refer to "Configuring
Gauntlet Gateways" (Page 145).

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 125
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.10 Configuring Standard Devices/Gateways

4.5.10.1 Configuring Identification Properties

To configure the identification properties (e.g. name, description, etc.) for a device or
gateway, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. Locate the desired device/gateway. For more information, refer to "Locating
Devices/Gateways" (Page 111).
3. Once located, right-click the device/gateway and then click Properties. The
Device Properties or Gateway Properties dialog box appears with the
Identification tab automatically selected.

1 10

2 11

4
3

6
5
8

1 Name Box
2 Display Name Box
3 Description Box
4 Gateway Type List
5 Serial Number Box
6 Firmware Box
7 Status List
8 MAC Address Box
9 OK Button
10 Cancel Button
11 Custom Fields
Figure 4.49 Identification Screen (Example)

NOTICE
Unsupported characters will be ignored.
The following characters, including a blank space, are supported:
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789_!
@#&+$^[]-.`~%*()=\{}:""<>?/ŠŒŽšœžŸÀÁÂÃÄÅÆÇÈÉÊËÌÍÎÏÐÑÒÓÔÕÖØ
ÙÚÛÜÝÞßàáâãäåæçèéêëìíîïðñòóôõöøùúûüýþÿ

126 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.10 Configuring Standard Devices/Gateways

4. Configure the following parameters:

Parameter Description

Name The name of the device/gateway.

Display Name The name of the device/gateway to be displayed after the

device name.

NOTICE
This parameter is active only when the DisplayNameEnabled
global advanced parameter is set to True.
For more information about configuring global advanced
parameters, refer to the "RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server
Configuration Manual".

Description A description of the device/gateway. This parameter is optional.

Gateway Type The type of device/gateway.

Serial Number The serial number of the device/gateway.

Status Synopsis: [ In Service | Out Of Service ]

The status of the device/gateway.

MAC Address The MAC address of the device/gateway.

5. [Optional] If custom fields are associated with the device/gateway, modify the
values for each if required.
If a custom field is not available, add it. For more information, refer to the
"RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server Configuration Manual".
6. Click OK to save changes.

4.5.10.2 Configuring Connection Properties

To configure the connection properties for a device or gateway, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. Locate the desired device/gateway. For more information, refer to "Locating
Devices/Gateways" (Page 111).
3. Once located, right-click the device/gateway and then click Properties. The
Device Properties or Gateway Properties dialog box appears.
4. Click the Connection tab. The Connection screen appears.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 127
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.10 Configuring Standard Devices/Gateways

6
1
7

2 3 4 5

1 Host Address Box

2 Login Box
3 Username Box
4 Password Box
5 Set Button
6 OK Button
7 Cancel Button
8 Pre-Shared Key Box
9 Suggest Password Button
Figure 4.50 Connection Dialog Box – Gateways (Example)

1 2 3 4

1 Login Box
2 Username Box
3 Password Box
4 Set Button
5 OK Button
6 Cancel Button
7 Suggest Password Button
Figure 4.51 Connection Dialog Box – Devices (Example)

128 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.10 Configuring Standard Devices/Gateways

Note
Some parameters are read-only, depending on the server being used.
Some parameters are not applicable to certain devices/gateways.

5. Configure the following parameters:

Parameter Description

Host Address The IP address for the host.

Pre-Shared Key The value of the pre-shared key used by the device/gateway.
This is required to establish an IPSec connection with an IPSec-
enabled RUGGEDCOM device. For more information about IPSec
connections, refer to "Establishing an IPSec Connection with
RUGGEDCOM Devices" (Page 123).

Phone Number The phone number for the device/gateway.

6. For each login, configure the following as necessary:

Parameter Description

Username Synopsis: A string between 1 and 40 characters long

The user name for associated with the login.

Password Synopsis: A string between 1 and 40 characters long

The password for the login. Click Set to set a new password.

7. [Optional] Click the Suggest Password button. A dialog box appears containing
a randomly generated password suggestion that meets the password rules
defined for that device type. The password is displayed using the font and color
defined in the user's preferences. From this dialog, the user can choose to copy
the suggested password to the clipboard.
8. Click OK to save changes.
9. If the device/gateway password was changed and a Station Access Controller
(SAC) belongs to the same facility, update the SAC database. For more
information, refer to "Updating the SAC Database" (Page 90).

4.5.10.3 Configuring Interfaces

To configure the interfaces for a device, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. Locate the desired device/gateway. For more information, refer to "Locating
Devices/Gateways" (Page 111).

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 129
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.10 Configuring Standard Devices/Gateways

3. Once located, right-click the device/gateway and then click Properties. The
Device Properties or Gateway Properties dialog box appears.
4. Click the Interfaces tab. The Interfaces screen appears.

2 3 4 5 6 7
1

1 Available Interfaces
2 Enable Check Box
3 Network Port
4 Gateway Port
5 Proxy Ports Box
6 Device Group List
7 Audit Level List
8 OK Button
9 Cancel Button
Figure 4.52 Interfaces Screen (Example)

5. For each interface, configure the following:

Parameter Description

Enable Default: Enabled

When enabled (selected), the interface is enabled.

Note
Interfaces must be enabled at the device type level before they
can be enabled at the device level.

Network Port The network port on the device/gateway used by the interface.

Gateway Port The gateway port used by the interface. This parameter is only
applicable to devices/gateways that are subordinate to a parent
gateway.

Proxy Ports Proxy ports must be configured if the interface is to be accessed

by a network-based client application. When connecting
to these interfaces, RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW generates a
proxy on the user's workstation that accepts network traffic
from an application, and tunnels that network traffic through
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW and down to the end-device. The
ports to be proxied must be specified based on the nature of
the connection between the application and the end-device.

130 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.10 Configuring Standard Devices/Gateways

Parameter Description
Note the following syntax conventions:
• A simple integer port number (e.g. 80) indicates a TCP port.
• An integer prefixed with the letter U (e.g. U50000)
indicates a UDP port.
• An integer prefixed with the letter F (e.g. F21) activates
special handling for passive mode FTP protocol. When
logging in to a device via FTP, RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW
will automatically provide the necessary authentication
credentials. If a specific FPT credential is available and
configured in RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW, that credential
will be supplied. In other cases, the user's selected login
will be provided for FTP authentication. The FTP client and
server will negotiate additional ports between them during
a connection. With FTP handling activated, RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW will monitor the communications between the
FTP client and server, and open up additional proxy ports as
required.
• An integer prefixed with the letter T (e.g. T69) activates
special handling for passive mode TFTP protocol. The TFTP
client and server will negotiate additional ports between
them during a connection. With TFTP handling activated,
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW will monitor the communications
between the TFTP client and server, and open up additional
proxy ports as required.
• An integer prefixed with the letter M (e.g. M5433) indicates
a monitored TCP port. Monitored ports do not start listening
right away on the client side. Instead, the server creates
an initial monitoring connection from the server to the
specified port on the end device. When this monitoring
connection is successful, the listening port on the client
side is enabled for new incoming connections. The listening
port must support multiple incoming connections and must
not have an enabled inactivity timeout.
• More than one port can be specified, separated by spaces.
• A range of ports can be specified, separated by a dash (e.g.
200-210 for ports 200 through 210 inclusive). Up to 30
ports can be specified, including those prefixed with U, F,
T, and M . Dynamic ports (e.g D1:80) and redirected ports
(e.g. 3389:4389) are not supported by this syntax.
• A colon (:) between two port numbers instructs
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW to listen on the first port on
the client-side localhost proxy and target the second
port on the end-device. The first port is the local port
number and the second is the target port number (i.e.
localportnumber:targetportnumber).
A useful application of this convention is to avoid port
conflicts. For example, the Windows' Remote Desktop
Connection uses the Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) over
TCP port 3389. Normally, port 3389 would simply be
specified as the TCP port to proxy. However, if the client's
workstation is accessible via Remote Desktop Connection,
port 3389 is already in use, preventing the localhost proxy
from opening that port. To workaround this conflict,
specify an arbitrary local port number (e.g. 4389:3389) or

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 131
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.10 Configuring Standard Devices/Gateways

Parameter Description
specify D1 (e.g. D1:3389) to have the client's workstation
dynamically choose the local port.
Another example is when an application may be trying
to connect on a fixed port, but intermediate devices are
installed between the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server
and the end device and have a form of port redirection
enabled. Example: A modem listening on port 446, but
redirecting requests to port 443. To accommodate this, the
user can configure 443:446 in the Proxy Ports field and the
client workstation will listen on port 443, but RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW will attempt to connect to port 446.
The D1 token is useful in this context for specifying the
proxy port for a secure Web connection. In this case, each
new web connection established will pick a free port for
the localhost proxy to listen on. The application definition
for the secure Web browser connection must then use the
token <D1> in its command line parameters (e.g. https://
localhost:<D1>) to tell the browser launched to target
the dynamically selected port for that connection. This
allows more than one browser connection to be active
simultaneously, each with its own dynamically chosen
localhost proxy port. If an application supports passing
multiple ports on the command line and dynamic ports
are required, additional dynamic ports can be added to the
same interface using tokens <D2:{port}>, <D3:{port}>, etc.,
where {port} is the desired dynamic port number. Note that
Web connections can only support 1 dynamic port.
Use of this syntax requires a client application that can
connect to an arbitrary port number, either through
the application's user interface or (preferably) through
command line parameters that can be passed to the
application when it is launched.

Device Group The associated device group.

Audit Level Synopsis: [ None | Transmit Only | Transmit and Receive |

Server Default ]
Default: Server Default

Determines the level of information recorded in the System

Activity report while a client is connected to the target
interface. Options include:
• None – Activities are not logged
• Transmit Only – Only data transmitted to the target device/
gateway are logged
• Transmit and Receive – Data sent and received is logged
• Server Default – The default audit level is used. For
information about how to configure the default audit level,
refer to the "RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server Configuration
Manual".

6. Click OK to save changes.

132 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.10 Configuring Standard Devices/Gateways

4.5.10.4 Configuring Gateway Ports

To configure gateway ports for a gateway, do the following:

Note
Gateway ports can also be configured at the device type level. For more information,
refer to "Configuring Gateway Ports" (Page 243).

Note
Gateway ports for Novatech devices are not configurable via RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW.

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM

CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. Locate the desired gateway. For more information, refer to "Locating Devices/
Gateways" (Page 111).
3. Once located, right-click the gateway and then click Properties. The Gateway
Properties dialog box appears.
4. Click the Gateway Ports tab. The Gateway Ports screen appears.

1 Available Ports
2 OK Button
3 Cancel Button
Figure 4.53 Gateway Ports Screen

5. Confirm the port numbers associated with the device type, if applicable. If a
port number needs to be modified, double-click the port number and edit the
existing port number.
6. Click OK to save changes.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 133
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.10 Configuring Standard Devices/Gateways

4.5.10.5 Enabling/Disabling Ports

Device ports can be enabled or disabled using the Enable or Disable Ports special
operation.

Note
The Enable or Disable Ports special operation is only supported by select devices/
gateways. For information about which devices/gateways support this operation,
refer to "Special Operations Supported by Device Family/Type" (Page 357).

Note
The Enable or Disable Ports special operation must be enabled via the User Group
Special Operation Privileges to be visible as a special parameter. For information
about assigning special operation privileges, refer to "Assigning Special Operation
Privileges" (Page 42).

To enable or disable ports, do the following:

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. Locate the desired region, facility, device group, device family, device type,
device or gateway.
• For information about locating regions or facilities, refer to "Viewing the
Field Layout" (Page 71)
• For information about locating devices and gateways, refer to "Locating
Devices/Gateways" (Page 111)
• For information about locating device groups, refer to "Viewing a List of
Device Groups" (Page 222)
• For information about locating device families or types, refer to "Viewing a
List of Device Families and Types" (Page 230)
3. Right-click the target, point to Special Operations and then click Enable or
Disable Ports. The Scheduling Enable or Disable Ports dialog box appears.

134 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.10 Configuring Standard Devices/Gateways

1
4

2
6

3
7

1 Description Box
2 Repetition Lists
3 Start Time Options
4 OK Button
5 Cancel Button
6 Repetition Values
7 Start Time Box
Figure 4.54 Scheduling Enable or Disable Ports Dialog Box

4. [Optional] Under Description, type a description that describes the operation.

Include such details as the affected target, the purpose of the operation, etc.
This description will appear in the list of scheduled operations.
5. Under Repetition, select the interval and value (if applicable).
6. Under Start Time (On Server), select Now or Specific Time. If Now is selected,
proceed to step 8 (Page 175).
7. Select a date and time at which the operation should occur.
8. Click OK to save changes. The operation will commence at the selected time.
For information about how to monitor scheduled operations, refer to "Viewing
Scheduled Operations and Log Reports" (Page 266).

4.5.10.6 Enabling/Disabling File Export for a Specific Device

The RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW file export service is used to transmit files retrieved by
the Configuration Compare CAM and Data CAM to a target FTP or SFTP server.
To enable or disable the file export service for a device, do the following:
1. Make sure the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW File Export Service is running. For
more information, refer to the "RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server Configuration
Manual".

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 135
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.10 Configuring Standard Devices/Gateways

2. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM

CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
3. Locate the desired device/gateway. For more information, refer to "Locating
Devices/Gateways" (Page 111).
4. Once located, right-click the device/gateway and then click Properties. The
Device Properties or Gateway Properties dialog box appears with the
Identification tab automatically selected.

1 Files Export Enabled Check Box

Figure 4.55 Identification Screen (Example)

5. Select the Files Export Enabled check box to enable the service, or deselect the
Files Export Enabled to disable the service.
6. Click OK to save changes.

4.5.10.7 Enabling/Disabling Applications

To enable or disable an application for a device/gateway, do the following:

Note
Applications can be enabled/disabled at the device type and device/gateway
levels. However, if an application is disabled at the device type level, it cannot
be enabled at the individual device/gateway level. Applications that have been
disabled at the device type level are unavailable/dimmed. For information about
how to enable an application at the device type level, refer to "Enabling/Disabling
Applications" (Page 251).

136 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.10 Configuring Standard Devices/Gateways

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM

CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. Locate the desired device/gateway. For more information, refer to "Locating
Devices/Gateways" (Page 111).
3. Once located, right-click the device/gateway and then click Properties. The
Device Properties or Gateway Properties dialog box appears.
4. Click the Applications tab. The Applications screen appears.

1 2

1 Available Applications
2 Available Interfaces
3 Pop Up Text Box
4 OK Button
5 Cancel Button
Figure 4.56 Applications Screen (Example)

5. For each application, select the interfaces to enable.

6. [Optional] In the Pop Up Text box, type a message (e.g. the device address) to
be displayed to users each time they access the device/gateway.
7. Click OK to save changes.

4.5.10.8 Configuring NERC CIP Properties

To configure NERC CIP properties for a device/gateway, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. Locate the desired device/gateway. For more information, refer to "Locating
Devices/Gateways" (Page 111).
3. Once located, right-click the device/gateway and then click Properties. The
Device Properties or Gateway Properties dialog box appears.
4. Click the NERC CIP tab. The NERC CIP screen appears.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 137
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.10 Configuring Standard Devices/Gateways

1 BES Cyber System List

2 OK Button
3 Cancel Button
Figure 4.57 NERC CIP Screen (Example)

5. Select the impact level for the device from the BES Cyber System list.
6. Click OK to save changes.

4.5.10.9 Configuring Advanced Properties

To configure advanced properties for a device or gateway, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. Locate the desired device/gateway. For more information, refer to "Locating
Devices/Gateways" (Page 111).
3. Once located, right-click the device/gateway and then click Properties. The
Device Properties or Gateway Properties dialog box appears.
4. Click the Advanced Properties tab. The Advanced Properties screen appears.

138 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.11 Configuring Nozomi Guardians

4 5

1 Properties
2 OK Button
3 Cancel Button
4 Value List
5 Set/Edit Button
Figure 4.58 Advanced Properties Screen (Example)

5. Review the available properties and their values. For more information, refer to
"Available Advanced Parameters" (Page 341).
6. For each property that needs to be modified, do one of the following:
a. Select the property, type or select an alternate value from the drop down
list, then click Set; or
b. Select the property, click Edit, then select an alternate value from the Edit
Special Parameter Default Value list.
7. Click OK to save changes.

4.5.11 Configuring Nozomi Guardians

Nozomi Guardians are configured similarly to standard devices, with exceptions as
described in the following sections.

Note
For information about how to configure other devices and gateways, refer to
"Configuring Standard Devices/Gateways" (Page 125).

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 139
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.11 Configuring Nozomi Guardians

4.5.11.1 Adding a Nozomi Guardian

To add a Nozomi Guardian to a gateway or facility, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the Field Layout tab, right-click the desired facility or gateway and click Add
Device. The Device Properties dialog box appears.

Figure 4.59 Nozomi Guardian Properties Dialog Box

Note
Nozomi Guardians are added to gateways or facilities in the same manner as
standard devices, with exceptions as described. Nozomi Guardians are listed
under their associated facilities, device groups and device types.

Note
To facilitate configuration when changing device types, RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW retains the interface's proxy ports and advanced parameters that are
common between the two device types. As some parameters can differ between
devices in a family, it is recommended to review all interfaces and advanced
parameters following a device type change.

3. Configure the identification properties (e.g. name, description, etc.) for the
Nozomi Guardian. For more information, refer to "Configuring Identification
Properties" (Page 141).
4. Configure the connection properties (e.g. host name, user names, passwords,
etc.) for the Nozomi Guardian. For more information, refer to "Configuring
Connection Properties" (Page 142).
5. Configure the interfaces available for the Nozomi Guardian. For more
information, refer to "Configuring Interfaces" (Page 129).
6. Enable or disable the applications available for the Nozomi Guardian. For more
information, refer to "Enabling/Disabling Applications" (Page 136).

140 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.11 Configuring Nozomi Guardians

7. Configure the NERC CIP properties for the Nozomi Guardian. For more
information, refer to "Configuring NERC CIP Properties" (Page 137).
8. Configure any advanced parameters associated with the Nozomi Guardian. For
more information, refer to "Configuring Advanced Properties" (Page 144).
9. Click OK to save changes.

4.5.11.2 Configuring Identification Properties

To configure the identification properties (e.g. name, description, etc.) for a Nozomi
Guardian, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. Locate the desired Nozomi Guardian. For more information, refer to "Locating
Devices/Gateways" (Page 111).
3. Once located, right-click the Nozomi Guardian and then click Properties. The
Device Properties dialog box appears with the Identification tab automatically
selected.

6
1
7
2

1 Name Box
2 Display Name Box
3 Description Box
4 Status List
5 Custom Fields Box
6 OK Button
7 Cancel Button
Figure 4.60 Identification Screen (Example)

NOTICE
Unsupported characters will be ignored.
The following characters, including a blank space, are supported:

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 141
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.11 Configuring Nozomi Guardians

ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789_!
@#&+$^[]-.`~%*()=\{}:""<>?/ŠŒŽšœžŸÀÁÂÃÄÅÆÇÈÉÊËÌÍÎÏÐÑÒÓÔÕÖØ
ÙÚÛÜÝÞßàáâãäåæçèéêëìíîïðñòóôõöøùúûüýþÿ

4. Configure the following parameters:

Parameter Description

Name The name of the Nozomi Guardian.

Display Name The name of the Nozomi Guardian to be displayed after the
device name.

NOTICE
This parameter is active only when the DisplayNameEnabled
global advanced parameter is set to True.
For more information about configuring global advanced
parameters, refer to the "RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server
Configuration Manual".

Description A description of the Nozomi Guardian. This parameter is

optional.

Status Synopsis: [ In Service | Out Of Service ]

The status of the Nozomi Guardian.

5. [Optional] If custom fields are associated with the Nozomi Guardian, modify the
values for each if required.
If a custom field is not available, add it. For more information, refer to the
"RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server Configuration Manual".
6. Click OK to save changes.

4.5.11.3 Configuring Connection Properties

To configure the connection properties for a Nozomi Guardian, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. Locate the desired Nozomi Guardian. For more information, refer to "Locating
Devices/Gateways" (Page 111).
3. Once located, right-click the Nozomi Guardian and then click Properties. The
Device Properties dialog box appears.
4. Click the Connection tab. The Connection screen appears.

142 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.11 Configuring Nozomi Guardians

1 8

3 4 5 6

1 IP Address Box
2 Common Name Box
3 Login Column
4 Username Column
5 Password Column
6 Set Button
7 OK Button
8 Cancel Button
9 Suggest Password Button
Figure 4.61 Connection Dialog Box – Devices (Example)

5. Configure the following parameters:

Parameter Description

IP Address The IP address for the host.

Common Name The common name used by the Nozomi certificate for
communication with the SAM-P.

6. For each login, configure the following as necessary:

Parameter Description

Username Synopsis: A string between 1 and 40 characters long

The user name for associated with the login.

Password Synopsis: A string between 1 and 40 characters long

The password for the login. Click Set to set a new password.

7. [Optional] Click the Suggest Password button. A dialog box appears containing
a randomly generated password suggestion that meets the password rules
defined for that device type. The password is displayed using the font and color
defined in the user's preferences. From this dialog, the user can choose to copy
the suggested password to the clipboard.
8. Click OK to save changes.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 143
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.11 Configuring Nozomi Guardians

4.5.11.4 Configuring Advanced Properties

To configure advanced properties for a Nozomi Guardian, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. Locate the desired Nozomi Guardian. For more information, refer to "Locating
Devices/Gateways" (Page 111).
3. Once located, right-click the Nozomi Guardian and then click Properties. The
Device Properties dialog box appears.
4. Click the Advanced tab. The Advanced Properties screen appears.

4 5

1 Properties
2 OK Button
3 Cancel Button
4 Value List
5 Set Button
Figure 4.62 Advanced Properties Screen (Example)

5. Review the available properties and their values. For more information, refer to
"Available Advanced Parameters" (Page 341).

Note
Use the NozomiTypeFilter parameter to specify the device criteria (e.g. IED,
robot, computer, etc.) to be imported into RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW.

6. For each property that needs to be modified, select the property, select an
alternate value from the Value list, then click Set.
7. Click OK to save changes.

144 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.12 Configuring Gauntlet Gateways

4.5.12 Configuring Gauntlet Gateways

The following sections describe how to configure Gauntlet gateways:

Note
For information about how to configure other devices and gateways, refer to
"Configuring Standard Devices/Gateways" (Page 125).

4.5.12.1 Configuring Identification Properties

To configure the identification properties (e.g. name, description, etc.) for a Gauntlet
gateway, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. Locate the desired device/gateway. For more information, refer to "Locating
Devices/Gateways" (Page 111).
3. Once located, right-click the device/gateway and then click Properties. The
Teltone Gauntlet Bow Properties dialog box appears with the Identification
tab automatically selected.

1 7

3
2 8

5 4

1 Name Box
2 Description Box
3 Gauntlet Type List
4 Serial Number List
5 Status List
6 OK Button
7 Cancel Button
8 Custom Fields
Figure 4.63 Identification Screen

4. Configure the following parameters:

Parameter Description

Name The name of the Gauntlet gateway.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 145
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.12 Configuring Gauntlet Gateways

Parameter Description

Description A description of the Gauntlet gateway. This parameter is

optional.

Gauntlet Type The device type to which the Gauntlet gateway belongs.

Serial Number The serial number of the Gauntlet gateway.

Status Synopsis: [ In Service | Out Of Service ]

The status of the Gauntlet gateway.

5. [Optional] If custom fields are associated with the device/gateway, modify the
values for each if required.
If a custom field is not available, add it. For more information, refer to the
"RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server Configuration Manual".
6. Click OK to save changes.

4.5.12.2 Configuring Connection Properties

To configure the connection properties for a Gauntlet gateway, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. Locate the desired device/gateway. For more information, refer to "Locating
Devices/Gateways" (Page 111).
3. Once located, right-click the device/gateway and then click Properties. The
Teltone Gauntlet Bow Properties dialog box appears.
4. Click the Configuration tab. The Configuration scren appears.

10

2 1 11

3 12

4 5

6
8
7
9

1 Phone Number Box

2 Previously Programmed Box
3 Reset Secure Passkey Button
4 Basic Pass Data Box
5 Lockout Count Box
6 Lockout Interval Box
7 Firmware Version Box

146 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.12 Configuring Gauntlet Gateways

8 Secure Mode Transfer Box

9 Password Mode Transfer Box
10 OK Button
11 Cancel Button
12 Device Group List
Figure 4.64 Configuration Screen

Note
Some of the parameters shown/listed are not available for certain devices/
gateways.

5. Configure the following parameters:

Parameter Description

Phone Number The phone number at which to reach the Gauntlet gateway.

Basic Pass Data The basic password required to connect to the Gauntlet
gateway.

Lockout Count The maximum number of failed login attempts accepted by

the Gauntlet gateway before the gateway blocks future login
attempts.

Lockout Interval The time in minutes (m) the Gauntlet gateway will block login
attempts.

Secure Mode Transfer Default: #5

The transfer code sent to the Gauntlet gateway to enable

secure mode programming functions.

Password Mode Transfer Default: #1

The transfer code sent to the Gauntlet gateway to enable

password mode programming functions.

Device Group The device type associated with the Gauntlet gateway.

6. Click OK to save changes.

4.5.12.3 Configuring Ports

To configure ports for a Gauntlet gateway, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. Locate the desired device/gateway. For more information, refer to "Locating
Devices/Gateways" (Page 111).
3. Once located, right-click the device/gateway and then click Properties. The
Teltone Gauntlet Bow Properties dialog box appears.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 147
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.12 Configuring Gauntlet Gateways

4. Click the Ports tab. The Ports screen appears.

2 3 4

1 Ports
2 Default Option
3 Secure Check Box
4 Transfer Code Box
5 OK Button
6 Cancel Button
Figure 4.65 Ports Screen

Note
The default port in a Gauntlet gateway is the one used if no transfer code is
detected. If the Gauntlet gateway is subordinate to another Gauntlet gateway,
the default port of the subordinate must be set to 1.

5. Select Default next to the chosen port number to make that port the default.
6. For each port that is to be secure, select Secure.
7. For each port, type the transfer code in Transfer Code.
8. Click OK to save changes.

4.5.12.4 Configuring NERC CIP Properties

To configure NERC CIP properties for a Gauntlet gateway, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. Locate the desired device/gateway. For more information, refer to "Locating
Devices/Gateways" (Page 111).
3. Once located, right-click the Gauntlet gateway and then click Properties. The
Teltone Gauntlet Bow Properties dialog box appears.
4. Click the NERC CIP tab. The NERC CIP screen appears.

148 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.12 Configuring Gauntlet Gateways

1 BES Cyber System List

2 OK Button
3 Cancel Button
Figure 4.66 NERC CIP Screen (Example)

5. Select the impact level for the device from the BES Cyber System list.
6. Click OK to save changes.

4.5.12.5 Configuring Advanced Properties

To configure advanced properties for a Gauntlet gateway, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. Locate the desired device/gateway. For more information, refer to "Locating
Devices/Gateways" (Page 111).
3. Once located, right-click the device/gateway and then click Properties. The
Teltone Gauntlet Bow Properties dialog box appears.
4. Click the Advanced Properties tab. The Advanced Properties screen appears.

4 5

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 149
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.13 Managing Device/Gateway Passwords

1 Properties
2 OK Button
3 Cancel Button
4 Value List
5 Set Button
Figure 4.67 Advanced Properties Screen

5. Review the available properties and their values. For more information, refer to
"Available Advanced Parameters" (Page 341).
6. For each property that needs to be modified, select the property, select an
alternate value from the Value list, then click Set.
7. Click OK to save changes.

4.5.12.6 Programming a Gauntlet Gateway

Gauntlet gateways can be individually programmed based on settings stored in the
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW database.

NOTICE
New secure passkeys will be programmed where necessary during the operation.

To program a Gauntlet gateway, do the following:

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. Locate the desired gateway.
3. Right-click the Gauntlet gateway and then click either Program or Program and
Activate. A confirmation dialog box appears.
4. Click OK.

4.5.13 Managing Device/Gateway Passwords

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW maintains user/administrator passwords for all devices/
gateways it manages. It also has the ability to change the password for one or
more devices/gateways, or provide a parent device (i.e. Gauntlet gateway) with the
passwords for its subordinate devices.

4.5.13.1 Updating the Password for a Device/Gateway in RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW

Passwords used by RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW to connect to individual gateways and
end-devices are set in the Connection properties for each device/gateway.

150 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.13 Managing Device/Gateway Passwords

• For more information about configuring the password for a standard device/
gateway, refer to "Configuring Connection Properties" (Page 127)
• For more information about configuring the password for a Gauntlet gateway,
refer to "Configuring Connection Properties" (Page 146)

4.5.13.2 Changing Passwords for Devices/Gateways

Passwords for some devices/gateways belonging to a specific facility, device group,
device family or device type can be changed in a single operation, either once, at a
future time, or on a recurring basis.

Note
Passwords are changed using the Change Password special operation, which is
only supported by select devices/gateways. For information about which devices/
gateways support this operation, refer to "Special Operations Supported by Device
Family/Type" (Page 357).

Note
For Novatech Orion gateways only, RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW will attempt to
verify the new password following a reboot of the gateway. To prevent erroneous
password verification errors, configure the RebootDelaySeconds special parameter
to control how long RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW must wait for the gateway to complete
a reboot before attempting to verify its password.

To change the user or administrator password for devices/gateways belonging to the

same facility, device group, device family or device type, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. Locate the desired facility, device group, device family, device type, device or
gateway.
• For information about locating facilities, refer to "Viewing the Field
Layout" (Page 71)
• For information about locating devices and gateways, refer to "Locating
Devices/Gateways" (Page 111)
• For information about locating device groups, refer to "Viewing a List of
Device Groups" (Page 222)
• For information about locating device families or types, refer to "Viewing a
List of Device Families and Types" (Page 230)
3. Right-click the target, point to Special Operations and then click Change
Password. The Scheduling Change Password dialog box appears.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 151
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.13 Managing Device/Gateway Passwords

1
5

2
7

3
8

4
9

10

1 Description Box
2 Repetition Lists
3 Start Time Options
4 Password To Change Options
5 OK Button
6 Cancel Button
7 Repetition Values
8 Date Box
9 Configure Custom Button
10 Password Type List
Figure 4.68 Scheduling Change Password Dialog Box

4. [Optional] Under Description, type a description that describes the operation.

Include such details as the affected target, the purpose of the operation, etc.
This description will appear in the list of scheduled operations.
5. Under Repetition, select the interval and value (if applicable).
6. Under Password To Change, select the type of password to change. If Custom
Password Set is selected, proceed to the next step. Otherwise, proceed to step
12 (Page 154).
7. If Custom Password Set is selected, click Configure Custom. The Custom
Password Set dialog box appears.

152 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.13 Managing Device/Gateway Passwords

1 4

1 Save Custome Password Set for future use Check Box

2 Available Device Types
3 Device Type Check Box
4 OK Button
5 Cancel Button
Figure 4.69 Custom Password Set Dialog Box

8. Select one or more user names for which to change the password.
9. [Optional] If desired, select Save Custome Password Set for future use Check
Box.
10. Click OK to close the dialog box.

Note
The following characters are not permitted in passwords and will be ignored if
defined in the password rules:
• single quote (')
• semi-colon (;)
• pipe (|)

11. Under Password Type, select one of the following options:

• Specific – Sets the password to a specific value defined in the Password box
• Random – Sets a unique, randomly generated password for each device/
gateway
• Shared Random – Sets the same randomly generated password for each
device/gateway. Only available at the device type level.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 153
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.13 Managing Device/Gateway Passwords

12. Under Start Time (On Server), select Now or Specific Time. If Now is selected,
proceed to step 14 (Page 154).
13. Select a date and time at which the operation should occur.
14. Click OK to save changes. The operation will commence at the selected time.
For information about how to monitor scheduled operations, refer to "Viewing
Scheduled Operations and Log Reports" (Page 266).

4.5.13.3 Synchronizing Managed Passwords

Some devices/gateways maintain an internal list of passwords for their subordinate
devices/gateways, allowing them to poll or connect with their subordinate devices/
gateways as needed. RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW can synchronize these lists with the
subordinate devices/gateways by collecting the most current passwords and giving
them to the target device/gateway. This can be done in a single operation, either
once, at a future time, or on a recurring basis.

NOTICE
Only devices/gateways for which the PasswordsKnownTo parameter is configured
will be included in this operation. For more information about this parameter, refer
to "Available Advanced Parameters" (Page 341).

Note
Passwords are synchronized using the Sync Managed Passwords special operation,
which is only supported by select devices/gateways. For information about which
devices/gateways support this operation, refer to "Special Operations Supported by
Device Family/Type" (Page 357).

To synchronize the user or administrator password for devices/gateways, do the

following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. Locate the desired facility, device group or device family.
• For information about locating facilities, refer to "Viewing the Field
Layout" (Page 71)
• For information about locating device groups, refer to "Viewing a List of
Device Groups" (Page 222)
• For information about locating device families, refer to "Viewing a List of
Device Families and Types" (Page 230)
3. Right-click the facility, device group or device family, point to Special
Operations, and then click Sync Managed Passwords. The Scheduling Sync
Managed Passwords dialog box appears.

154 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.14 Managing Password Sets

1
4

2
6

3
7

1 Description Box
2 Repetition Lists
3 Start Time Options
4 OK Button
5 Cancel Button
6 Repetition Values
7 Start Time Box
Figure 4.70 Scheduling Sync Managed Passwords Dialog Box

4. [Optional] Under Description, type a description that describes the operation.

Include such details as the affected target, the purpose of the operation, etc.
This description will appear in the list of scheduled operations.
5. Under Repetition, select the interval and value (if applicable).
6. Under Start Time (On Server), select Now or Specific Time. If Now is selected,
proceed to step 8 (Page 155).
7. Select a date and time at which the operation should occur.
8. Click OK to save changes. The operation will commence at the selected time.
For information about how to monitor scheduled operations, refer to "Viewing
Scheduled Operations and Log Reports" (Page 266).
9. If a Station Access Controller (SAC) belongs to the same facility, update
the SAC database. For more information, refer to "Updating the SAC
Database" (Page 90).

4.5.14 Managing Password Sets

Password sets are used to group device logins with enabled device types.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 155
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.14 Managing Password Sets

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW is preconfigured with three password sets: Administrator,

Engineer, and User. New device types added to RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW following a
product upgrade are automatically added to the appropriate built-in set.
Additional sets are configurable via the Client interface. System administrators are
responsible for adding the new logins to their custom sets.

4.5.14.1 Viewing a List of Password Change Sets

To view a list of password change sets available in RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client,
do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login.
2. On the toolbar, select System Administration, then click Password Change
Sets. The Password Change Sets dialog box appears.

1 Available Password Sets List

2 OK Button
Figure 4.71 Password Change Sets Dialog Box

The password set name, description and status (enabled or disabled) are
displayed.

4.5.14.2 Enabling/Disabling Password Change Sets

To enable or disable a password change set in RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client, do
the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login.

156 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.14 Managing Password Sets

2. On the toolbar, select System Administration, then click Password Change

Sets. The Password Change Sets dialog box appears.

1 Available Password Sets List

2 OK Button
Figure 4.72 Password Change Sets Dialog Box

3. Right-click the desired password change sets and then click either Enable or
Disable, as applicable. The Status column updates accordingly.
4. Click OK to save changes.

4.5.14.3 Adding a Password Change Set

To add a password change set, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, select System Administration, then click Password Change
Sets. The Password Change Sets dialog box appears.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 157
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.14 Managing Password Sets

1 Available Password Sets List

2 OK Button
Figure 4.73 Password Change Sets Dialog Box

3. Right-click anywhere in the Password Change Sets pane and then click Add.
The Password Change Set Add dialog box appears.

1 5

2 6

1 Name Box
2 Description Box
3 Status Box
4 Password Change Set List
5 OK Button

158 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.14 Managing Password Sets

6 Cancel Button
Figure 4.74 Password Change Set Add Dialog Box

4. Configure the following parameters:

Parameter Description

Name The name of the password change set, up to 40 characters. The

name must be unique.

Description A description of the password change set, up to 256 characters.

This parameter is optional.

5. In the password change set list, select the desired device type(s) to be associated
with the password set.
6. Click OK. The dialog box closes.
7. Click OK to save changes.

4.5.14.4 Deleting a Password Change Set

To delete a password change set, do the following:

NOTICE
Built-in password sets cannot be deleted.

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM

CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, select System Administration, then click Password Change
Sets. The Password Change Sets dialog box appears.

1 Available Password Sets List

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 159
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.14 Managing Password Sets

2 OK Button
Figure 4.75 Password Change Sets Dialog Box

3. On the Password Change Sets pane, right-click the desired password change
set, and then click Delete. A confirmation dialog box appears.
4. Click Yes.
5. Click OK to save changes.

4.5.14.5 Editing a Password Change Set

Note
The three preconfigured password change sets Administrator, Engineer and
User cannot be edited, as they contain a set of default logins used internally by
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW.

To edit a password change set, do the following:

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, select System Administration, then click Password Change
Sets. The Password Change Sets dialog box appears.

1 Available Password Sets List

2 OK Button
Figure 4.76 Password Change Sets Dialog Box

3. On the Password Change Sets pane, right-click the desired password change
set, and then click Edit. The Password Change Sets Edit dialog box appears.

160 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.14 Managing Password Sets

1 5

2 6

1 Name Box
2 Description Box
3 Status Box
4 Password Change Set List
5 OK Button
6 Cancel Button
Figure 4.77 Password Change Set Edit Dialog Box

4. Configure the following parameters:

Parameter Description

Name The name of the password change set, up to 40 characters. The

name must be unique.

Description A description of the password change set, up to 256 characters.

This parameter is optional.

5. In the password change set list, select the desired device type(s) to be associated
with the password set.
6. Click OK. The dialog box closes.
7. Click OK to save changes.

4.5.14.6 Copying a Password Change Set

To copy a password change set, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 161
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.14 Managing Password Sets

2. On the toolbar, select System Administration, then click Password Change

Sets. The Password Change Sets dialog box appears.

1 Available Password Sets List

2 OK Button
Figure 4.78 Password Change Sets Dialog Box

3. On the Password Change Sets pane, right-click the desired password change
set, and then click Copy. The Password Change Sets Edit dialog box appears.

1 5

2 6

1 Name Box
2 Description Box
3 Status Box
4 Password Change Set List

162 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.15 Managing Login Access Sets

5 OK Button
6 Cancel Button
Figure 4.79 Password Change Set Edit Dialog Box

4. Configure the following parameters:

Parameter Description

Name The name of the password change set, up to 40 characters. The

name must be unique.

Description A description of the password change set, up to 256 characters.

This parameter is optional.

5. In the password change set list, select the desired device type(s) to be associated
with the password set.
6. Click OK. The dialog box closes.
7. Click OK to save changes.

4.5.15 Managing Login Access Sets

Login Access sets are used to associate user groups with enabled device types.
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW is preconfigured with three login access sets:
Administrator, Engineer, and User. New device types added to RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW following a product upgrade are automatically added to these built-in
sets.
Additional sets are configurable via the Client interface.

Note
System administrators are responsible for adding custom device logins to their
custom login access sets, otherwise actions such as checking out passwords may not
function properly.
For more information about device type logins, refer to "Configuring a Device Type
Login" (Page 257).

4.5.15.1 Viewing a List of Login Access Sets

To view a list of login access sets available in RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client, do the
following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login.
2. On the toolbar, select System Administration, then click Login Access Sets.
The Login Access Sets dialog box appears.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 163
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.15 Managing Login Access Sets

1 Available Login Access Sets List

2 OK Button
Figure 4.80 Login Access Sets Dialog Box

The login access set name, description and status (enabled or disabled) are
displayed.

4.5.15.2 Enabling/Disabling Login Access Sets

To enable or disable a login access set in RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client, do the
following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login.
2. On the toolbar, select System Administration, then click Login Access Sets.
The Login Access Sets dialog box appears.

164 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.15 Managing Login Access Sets

1 Available Login Access Sets List

2 OK Button
Figure 4.81 Login Access Sets Dialog Box

3. Right-click the desired login access set and then click either Enable or Disable,
as applicable. The Status column updates accordingly.
4. Click OK to save changes.

4.5.15.3 Adding a Login Access Set

To add a login access set, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, select System Administration, then click Login Access Sets.
The Login Access Sets dialog box appears.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 165
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.15 Managing Login Access Sets

1 Available Login Access Sets List

2 OK Button
Figure 4.82 Login Access Sets Dialog Box

3. Right-click anywhere in the Login Access Sets pane and then click Add. The
Login Access Set Add dialog box appears.

1 5

2 6

1 Name Box
2 Description Box
3 Status Box

166 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.15 Managing Login Access Sets

4 Login Access Set List

5 OK Button
6 Cancel Button
Figure 4.83 Login Access Set Add Dialog Box

4. Configure the following parameters:

Parameter Description

Name The name of the login access set, up to 40 characters. The

name must be unique.

Description A description of the login access set, up to 256 characters. This

parameter is optional.

NOTICE
A login access set must be enabled before associating a user group with a
device type.
For more information about enabling login access sets, refer to "Enabling/
Disabling Login Access Sets" (Page 164).

5. In the login access set list, select the desired device type(s) to be associated with
the user group.
6. Click OK. The dialog box closes.
7. Click OK to save changes.

4.5.15.4 Deleting a Login Access Set

To delete a login access set, do the following:

NOTICE
Built-in password sets cannot be deleted.

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM

CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, select System Administration, then click Login Access Sets.
The Login Access Sets dialog box appears.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 167
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.15 Managing Login Access Sets

1 Available Login Access Sets List

2 OK Button
Figure 4.84 Login Access Sets Dialog Box

3. On the Login Access Sets pane, right-click the desired login access set, and then
click Delete. A confirmation dialog box appears.
4. Click Yes.
5. Click OK to save changes.

4.5.15.5 Editing a Login Access Set

Note
The three preconfigured login access sets Administrator, Engineer and User cannot
be edited, as they contain a set of default logins used internally by RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW.

To edit a login access set, do the following:

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, select System Administration, then click Login Access Sets.
The Login Access Sets dialog box appears.

168 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.15 Managing Login Access Sets

1 Available Login Access Sets List

2 OK Button
Figure 4.85 Login Access Sets Dialog Box

3. On the Login Access Sets pane, right-click the desired login access set, and then
click Edit. The Login Access Sets Edit dialog box appears.

1 5

2 6

1 Name Box
2 Description Box
3 Status Box

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 169
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.15 Managing Login Access Sets

4 Login Access Set List

5 OK Button
6 Cancel Button
Figure 4.86 Login Access Set Edit Dialog Box

4. Configure the following parameters:

Parameter Description

Name The name of the login access set, up to 40 characters. The

name must be unique.

Description A description of the login access set, up to 256 characters. This

parameter is optional.

NOTICE
A login access set must be enabled before associating a user group with a
device type. For more information about enabling login access sets, refer to
"Enabling/Disabling Login Access Sets" (Page 164).

5. In the login access set list, select the desired device type(s) to be associated with
the password set.
6. Click OK. The dialog box closes.
7. Click OK to save changes.

4.5.15.6 Copying a Login Access Set

To copy a login access set, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, select System Administration, then click Login Access Sets.
The Login Access Sets dialog box appears.

170 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.15 Managing Login Access Sets

1 Available Login Access Sets List

2 OK Button
Figure 4.87 Login Access Sets Dialog Box

3. On the Login Access Sets pane, right-click the desired login access set, and then
click Copy. The Login Access Sets Edit dialog box appears.

1 5

2 6

1 Name Box
2 Description Box
3 Status Box

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 171
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.16 Managing Device/Gateway Configurations

4 Login Access Set List

5 OK Button
6 Cancel Button
Figure 4.88 Login Access Set Edit Dialog Box

4. Configure the following parameters:

Parameter Description

Name The name of the login access set, up to 40 characters. The

name must be unique.

Description A description of the login access set, up to 256 characters. This

parameter is optional.

NOTICE
A login access set must be enabled before associating a user group with a
device type. For more information about enabling login access sets, refer to
"Enabling/Disabling Login Access Sets" (Page 164).

5. In the login access set list, select the desired device type(s) to be associated with
the password set.
6. Click OK. The dialog box closes.
7. Click OK to save changes.

4.5.16 Managing Device/Gateway Configurations

This section describes how to manage the configuration of devices and gateways.

4.5.16.1 Understanding Configuration Files

Configuration files may be downloaded from a device or created from responses to a
series of commands sent to a device.

Configuration Retrieval Parameters

Some devices have a Config_Retrieval advanced parameter that allows users to
select individual tasks to be performed during the config-retrieval process.
Tasks include:
• Perform SHO commands: Enabling this option allows the user to retrieve the
information by performing SHO commands. SHO commands are configured in
the Config_SHO_Components advanced parameter.
• Download Settings file: Enabling this option downloads the configuration
directly from the device in .txt format without running the SHO commands.

172 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.16 Managing Device/Gateway Configurations

Returned files include SET_ALL.TXT, SET_1.TXT, etc., along with the file
_ListOfSettingsFiles.txt
• Download SET_61850.CID file: Enabling this option retrieves the configuration in
the .cid file format.
• Download CFG.XML file: Enabling this option retrieves the configuration in
the .xml file format.

Configuration Retrieval Special Operations

Two config-retrieval special operations, each with different functionality, perform the
individual config-retrieval tasks and process each configuration file that is retrieved
or created:
• The Retrieve Configuration special operation stores a file if it is new, or if it
differs from its last stored version.
• The Get And Approve Configuration special operation stores a file if it is new or if
it differs from the last-stored version, marks the file as Approved, and clears any
configuration-mismatch alert associated with the file.
For information about which devices/gateways support these operations, refer to
"Special Operations Supported by Device Family/Type" (Page 357).
For information about viewing the configuration files collected from devices and
gateways, refer to "Viewing Device Files" (Page 196).

Config Compare CAM

The Config Compare CAM also performs individual config-retrieval tasks and
processes each configuration file that is retrieved or created.
The CAM first runs the Retrieve Configuration special operation, which stores each
file if it differs from the last-stored version.
Once the special operation has completed all the config-retrieval tasks, the CAM
performs a comparison of the newest and approved versions for each configuration
file that has an approved version. If the approved version differs from the newest
version, the CAM will raise a Configuration-Mismatch alert unless such an alert
already exists for the file. A Configuration-Mismatch alert can be cleared by running
the GetAndApproveConfiguration special operation.

Multi-File Config-Retrieval Operations

Multiple configuration files are processed for some devices during the config-
retrieval operation. For example, some devices have multiple Settings files, which
can be downloaded and stored. Other devices have a single zipped config file which
is downloaded and unzipped, and the individual files are stored.
A list of files stored during the multi-file config-retrieval operation is stored
as a separate Configuration file. The file's name begins with "_ListOf" (e.g.
ListOfConfigFiles, ListOfSettingsFiles). The Config Compare CAM includes this file
during its comparison process and raises alerts on the file as appropriate. This allows

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 173
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.16 Managing Device/Gateway Configurations

users to quickly determine whether new files have been stored, or previously-
approved files are missing during the current process.

4.5.16.2 Retrieving the Current Configuration for a Device/Gateway

To retrieve the current configuration version(s) for a device/gateway, use one of the
following methods:

Retrieving the Current Configuration Version(s)

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. Locate the desired device type, device or gateway.
• For information about locating devices and gateways, refer to "Locating
Devices/Gateways" (Page 111)
• For information about locating device types, refer to "Viewing a List of
Device Families and Types" (Page 230)
3. Right-click the target, point to Special Operations and then click Retrieve
Configuration. The operation begins immediately.
For information about how to monitor scheduled operations, refer to "Viewing
Scheduled Operations and Log Reports" (Page 266).

Retrieving and Approving the Current Configuration Version(s)

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. Locate the desired region, facility, device or gateway.
• For information about locating facilities, refer to "Viewing the Field
Layout" (Page 71)
• For information about locating devices and gateways, refer to "Locating
Devices/Gateways" (Page 111)
3. Right-click the target, point to Special Operations and then click Get and
Approve Configuration. The Scheduling Get and Approve Configuration
Version dialog box appears.

174 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.16 Managing Device/Gateway Configurations

1
4

2
6

3
7

1 Description Box
2 Repetition Lists
3 Start Time Options
4 OK Button
5 Cancel Button
6 Repetition Values
7 Start Time Box
Figure 4.89 Scheduling Get and Approve Configuration Dialog Box

4. [Optional] Under Description, type a description that describes the operation.

Include such details as the affected target, the purpose of the operation, etc.
This description will appear in the list of scheduled operations.
5. Under Repetition, select the interval and value (if applicable).
6. Under Start Time (On Server), select Now or Specific Time. If Now is selected,
proceed to step 8 (Page 175).
7. Select a date and time at which the operation should occur.
8. Click OK to save changes. The operation will commence at the selected time.
For information about how to monitor scheduled operations, refer to "Viewing
Scheduled Operations and Log Reports" (Page 266).

4.5.16.3 Restoring a Configuration

The configuration for devices/gateways belonging to a specific facility, device group
or device family can be restored from the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW database in a
single operation, either once, at a future time, or on a recurring basis.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 175
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.16 Managing Device/Gateway Configurations

To restore the configuration for devices/gateways belonging to the same facility,

device group or device family, do the following:

Note
On some devices, the ActiveConfigFile advanced parameter may need to be defined
in order to restore configurations. For more information about which devices
support this parameter, refer to "Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/
Type" (Page 374).

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation and launch RUGGEDCOM

CROSSBOW Client.
2. Locate the desired facility, device group or device family.
• For information about locating facilities, refer to "Viewing the Field
Layout" (Page 71)
• For information about locating device groups, refer to "Viewing a List of
Device Groups" (Page 222)
• For information about locating device families, refer to "Viewing a List of
Device Families and Types" (Page 230)
3. Right-click the target, point to Special Operations and then click Restore
Configuration. The Scheduling Restore Configuration dialog box appears.

1
4

2
6

3
7

1 Description Box
2 Repetition Lists
3 Start Time Options
4 OK Button
5 Cancel Button
6 Repetition Values
7 Start Time Box
Figure 4.90 Scheduling Change Password Dialog Box

176 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.17 Managing Firmware

4. [Optional] Under Description, type a description that describes the operation.

Include such details as the affected target, the purpose of the operation, etc.
This description will appear in the list of scheduled operations.
5. Under Repetition, select the interval and value (if applicable).
6. Under Start Time (On Server), select Now or Specific Time. If Now is selected,
proceed to step 8 (Page 177).
7. Select a date and time at which the operation should occur.
8. Click OK to save changes. The operation will commence at the selected time.
For information about how to monitor scheduled operations, refer to "Viewing
Scheduled Operations and Log Reports" (Page 266).

4.5.17 Managing Firmware

This section describes how to manage firmware files in the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW
database and update the firmware on devices/gateways.
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW supports multiple firmware versions per device/gateway.

4.5.17.1 Understanding Firmware Files

The version(s) of the firmware installed on one or more devices/gateways can be
retrieved and recorded in the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW database. Depending on the
device type, it can also be marked automatically as the approved version(s). This is
required by the Firmware Version CAM to establish a baseline.

Note
The firmware version is displayed in the Firmware field on the Device Properties
Identification tab.

Firmware Retrieval Parameters and Special Operations

Some devices have a Firmware_Retrieval advanced parameter that allows users to
select the firmware format.
Two firmware-retrieval special operations, each with different functionality, perform
the individual firmware-retrieval tasks and process each configuration file that is
retrieved or created:
• The Retrieve Firmware special operation stores the firmware information in the
Device Properties Firmware field. For those devices whose Firmware_Retrieval
advanced parameter includes "Firmware File", it also stores a firmware file if it is
new or if it differs from its last stored version.
• The Get And Approve Firmware special operation stores the firmware
information in the Device Properties Firmware field, and also in the CAM
Properties Firmware Version Override field. For those devices whose
Firmware_Retrieval advanced parameter includes "Firmware File", it also stores

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 177
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.17 Managing Firmware

a firmware file if it is new or if it differs from its last-stored version, marks the file
as Approved, and clears any Firmware File-Mismatch alert associated with the
file.
For information about which devices/gateways support these operations, refer to
"Special Operations Supported by Device Family/Type" (Page 357).

Firmware CAM
The Firmware CAM also performs individual firmware-retrieval tasks and processes
each firmware file that is retrieved or created.
The CAM first runs the Retrieve Firmware special operation, which stores the
firmware information in the Device Properties Firmware field, and for those devices
whose Firmware_Retrieval advanced parameter includes "Firmware File", it also
stores a firmware file if it is new or if it differs from its last-stored version.
Once the special operation has completed all firmware-retrieval tasks, the CAM
performs a comparison of the newest firmware information with the information
stored in the CAM Properties Firmware Version Override field. A Firmware Alert is
raised if the comparison fails. For devices that support a Firmware file, the CAM also
compares the newest and approved versions.
If the approved version differs from the newest version, the CAM will raise a
Firmware File-Mismatch alert unless such an alert already exists for the file. Both
the Firmware alert and Firmware File-Mismatch alert can be cleared by running the
GetAndApproveFirmware special operation. The Firmware File-Mismatch alert can
also be cleared by deleting the Firmware file that raised the alert.

4.5.17.2 Setting the Expected Firmware Version(s)

The expected firmware version(s) can be set at the device type or individual device/
gateway level.

Setting the Expected Firmware Version(s) for a Device Type

To set the expected firmware version(s) for a device type, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. [Optional] Determine the format of the firmware version(s) required by the
target devices/gateways by updating and reviewing the Firmware Version
CAM report. For more information, refer to "Retrieving the Current Firmware
Version(s) for a Device/Gateway" (Page 181).
3. Locate the desired device type, device or gateway.
• For information about locating devices and gateways, refer to "Locating
Devices/Gateways" (Page 111)

178 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.17 Managing Firmware

• For information about locating device types, refer to "Viewing a List of

Device Families and Types" (Page 230)
4. Once located, right-click the desired device type, device or gateway, and then
click Properties. The Device Type Properties, Device Properties or Gateway
Properties dialog box appears.
5. Click the CAMs tab. The CAMs screen appears.

2 3 4
1

1 Available CAMs
2 Run Now Button
3 Properties Button
4 Set Enabled Button
5 OK Button
6 Cancel Button
Figure 4.91 CAMs Screen (Example)

6. For the Firmware Version CAM, click Properties. The Properties for Firmware
Version CAM dialog box appears.

1 Default Firmware Version Box

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 179
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.17 Managing Firmware

2 OK Button
3 Cancel Button
Figure 4.92 Properties for Firmware Version CAM Dialog Box

7. Enter the version number(s) for the firmware that should be running on devices/
gateways belonging to the device type.
8. Click OK to save changes.

Setting the Expected Firmware Version(s) for a Device/Gateway

To set the expected firmware version(s) for a device or gateway, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. Locate the desired device/gateway. For more information, refer to "Locating
Devices/Gateways" (Page 111).
3. Once located, right-click the device/gateway and then click Properties. The
Device Properties or Gateway Properties dialog box appears.
4. Click the CAMs tab. The CAMs screen appears.

1
2 3 4

1 Available CAMs
2 Run Now Button
3 Properties Button
4 Enabled Check Box
5 OK Button
6 Cancel Button
Figure 4.93 CAMs Screen (Example)

5. For the Firmware Version CAM, click Properties. The Properties for Firmware
Version CAM dialog box appears.

180 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.17 Managing Firmware

1 Firmware Version Override Box

2 OK Button
3 Cancel Button
Figure 4.94 Properties for Firmware Version CAM Dialog Box

6. Enter the version numbers for the firmware that should be running on the
device/gateway.
7. Click OK to save changes.
8. Click OK.

4.5.17.3 Retrieving the Current Firmware Version(s) for a Device/Gateway

To retrieve the current firmware version(s) for a device/gateway, use one of the
following methods:

Retrieving the Current Firmware Version(s)

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. Locate the desired device type, device or gateway.
• For information about locating devices and gateways, refer to "Locating
Devices/Gateways" (Page 111)
• For information about locating device types, refer to "Viewing a List of
Device Families and Types" (Page 230)
3. Right-click the target, point to Special Operations and then click Retrieve
Firmware Version. The operation begins immediately.
For information about how to monitor scheduled operations, refer to "Viewing
Scheduled Operations and Log Reports" (Page 266).
4. For multiple devices/gateways, generate and review the Firmware Version CAM
report. The current firmware version(s) is listed for each device/gateway in the

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 181
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.17 Managing Firmware

Current Version column. For information about how to view the CAM reports,
refer to "Viewing CAM Reports" (Page 301).
For individual devices/gateways, refer to the identification properties for
the device/gateway. The Firmware parameter lists the current firmware
version(s). For more information, refer to "Configuring Identification
Properties" (Page 126).

Retrieving and Approving the Current Firmware Version(s)

Note
The Get and Approve Firmware Version special operation marks a firmware
version as approved by setting it as the expected firmware version override for
the target device/gateway. For more information about setting the expected
firmware version for a device/gateway, refer to "Setting the Expected Firmware
Version(s)" (Page 178).

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM

CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. Locate the desired region, facility, device or gateway.
• For information about locating facilities, refer to "Viewing the Field
Layout" (Page 71)
• For information about locating devices and gateways, refer to "Locating
Devices/Gateways" (Page 111)
3. Right-click the target, point to Special Operations and then click Get and
Approve Firmware Version. The Scheduling Get and Approve Firmware
Version dialog box appears.

1
4

3
6

1 Description Box
2 Repetition Lists

182 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.17 Managing Firmware

3 Start Time Options

4 OK Button
5 Cancel Button
6 Start Time Box
Figure 4.95 Scheduling Get and Approve Firmware Version Dialog Box

4. [Optional] Under Description, type a description that describes the operation.

Include such details as the affected target, the purpose of the operation, etc.
This description will appear in the list of scheduled operations.
5. Under Repetition, select the interval and value (if applicable).
6. Under Start Time (On Server), select Now or Specific Time. If Now is selected,
proceed to step 8 (Page 183).
7. Select a date and time at which the operation should occur.
8. Click OK to save changes. The operation will commence at the selected time.
For information about how to monitor scheduled operations, refer to "Viewing
Scheduled Operations and Log Reports" (Page 266).
9. Generate and review the Firmware Version CAM report. The current firmware
version is listed for each device/gateway in the Current Version column.
For information about how to view the CAM reports, refer to "Viewing CAM
Reports" (Page 301).

4.5.17.4 Adding Firmware to RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW

Firmware for devices/gateways must first be added to RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW
before it is distributed.
To add firmware to RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW for devices/gateways, do the following:

Note
The ability to add/delete firmware is not available for some devices/gateways, such as
select Novatech or GE UR Relay devices.

Note
Firmware for other devices and gateways stored in the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW
database and are version controlled, making it possible to store multiple versions for
future use or reference.

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM

CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration and then click Device Types. The
Device Types dialog box appears.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 183
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.17 Managing Firmware

1 2 3

1 Device Families
2 Device Types
3 Devices and Gateways
Figure 4.96 Device Types Dialog Box

3. Right-click the device type for the desired devices/gateways and then click
Properties. The Device Type Properties dialog box appears.
4. Click the Firmware tab. The Firmware screen appears.

184 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.17 Managing Firmware

4 5 6

1 Available Firmware
2 OK Button
3 Cancel Button
4 Add File Button
5 Delete File Button
6 Select File Button
Figure 4.97 Firmware Screen

5. Click Add File. The New Firmware File dialog box appears.

1 4

5
2
6

1 Device Type Box

2 Version Box
3 Set As Target Version Check Box
4 OK Button
5 Cancel Button
6 Firmware File Box
7 Browse Button
Figure 4.98 New Firmware File Dialog Box

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 185
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.17 Managing Firmware

6. In the Version box, type the firmware version.

7. Click Browse and select the firmware file. The file name and network path
appear in the Firmware File box.
8. [Optional] Select the file and then click Set As Target Version to set the
firmware version as the standard version for all devices belonging to this device
type. When the Firmware Version CAM is run on a device belonging to this
device type, RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW will notify the user if the device does not
have the same firmware version installed.
9. Click OK. The firmware file is added to the list.
10. [Optional] Select the firmware file to be installed on devices belonging
to this device type during the next firmware update operation. For more
information, refer to "Selecting the Version to Use for the Next Firmware
Update" (Page 188).
11. Click OK. The dialog box closes.
12. Start the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Main Server service. For more information,
refer to the "RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server Configuration Manual".

4.5.17.5 Deleting Firmware from RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW

To delete firmware for devices/gateways from RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW, do the
following:

Note
The ability to add/delete firmware is not available for some devices/gateways, such as
select Novatech or GE UR Relay devices.

Note
This procedure only describes how to delete firmware for non-Gauntlet devices and
gateways, for which there can be many firmware files stored in the RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW database. Only a single firmware file is retained for Gauntlet gateways on
the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW server, which is updated each time a new firmware file
is uploaded. It is recommended this file be retained.

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM

CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration and then click Device Types. The
Device Types dialog box appears.

186 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.17 Managing Firmware

1 2 3

1 Device Families
2 Device Types
3 Devices and Gateways
Figure 4.99 Device Types Dialog Box

3. Right-click the device type for the desired devices/gateways and then click
Properties. The Device Type Properties dialog box appears.
4. Click the Firmware tab. The Firmware screen appears.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 187
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.17 Managing Firmware

4 5 6

1 Available Firmware
2 OK Button
3 Cancel Button
4 Add File Button
5 Delete File Button
6 Select File Button
Figure 4.100 Firmware Screen

5. Select the desired firmware file and then click Delete. A confirmation dialog box
appears.
6. Click Yes. The file is removed from the list.
7. Click OK to save changes.

4.5.17.6 Selecting the Version to Use for the Next Firmware Update
To select the firmware version to be installed during the next firmware update for a
specific device type, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration and then click Device Types. The
Device Types dialog box appears.

188 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.17 Managing Firmware

1 2 3

1 Device Families
2 Device Types
3 Devices and Gateways
Figure 4.101 Device Types Dialog Box

3. Right-click the device type for the desired devices/gateways and then click
Properties. The Device Type Properties dialog box appears.
4. Click the Firmware tab. The Firmware screen appears.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 189
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.17 Managing Firmware

4 5 6

1 Available Firmware
2 OK Button
3 Cancel Button
4 Add File Button
5 Delete File Button
6 Select File Button
Figure 4.102 Firmware Screen

5. Select the desired firmware file and then click Select File. An asterisk (*)
appears next to the selected file in the Selected column.
6. Click OK to save changes.

4.5.17.7 Updating Firmware

Firmware for individual devices/gateways can be updated in a single operation, either
once, at a future time, or on a recurring basis.

Updating Firmware for Gauntlet Gateways

To update the firmware for a Gauntlet gateway, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.

190 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.17 Managing Firmware

2. Make sure the desired firmware is available in the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW

database. For more information, refer to "Adding Firmware to RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW" (Page 183).
3. Locate the desired device/gateway.
4. Right-click the gateway, point to Special Operations, and then click Update
Firmware. A confirmation dialog box appears.
5. Click OK. The operation begins immediately. For information about how to
monitor scheduled operations, refer to "Viewing Scheduled Operations and Log
Reports" (Page 266).

Updating Firmware for All Other Devices/Gateways

To update the firmware for a specific device or gateway, other than a Gauntlet
gateway, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. Make sure the desired firmware is available in the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW
database and selected as the expected version. For more information, refer to
"Adding Firmware to RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW" (Page 183) and "Setting the
Expected Firmware Version(s)" (Page 178).
3. Locate the desired device/gateway.
4. Right-click the device/gateway, point to Special Operations, and then click
Update Firmware. The Scheduling Update Firmware dialog box appears.

1
6

3
8

1 Description Box
2 Repetition Lists
3 Start Time Options
4 From Version Box
5 To Version Box

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 191
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.18 Viewing Device Data

6 OK Button
7 Cancel Button
8 Start Time Box
Figure 4.103 Scheduling Update Firmware

5. [Optional] Under Description, type a description that describes the operation.

Include such details as the affected target, the purpose of the operation, etc.
This description will appear in the list of scheduled operations.
6. Under Repetition, select the interval and value (if applicable).
7. Under Start Time (On Server), select Now or Specific Time. If Now is selected,
proceed to step 10 (Page 192).
8. Select a date and time at which the operation should occur.
9. In the To Version box, confirm or set the firmware version to be installed on the
target devices.
10. Click OK to save changes. The operation will commence at the selected time.
For information about how to monitor scheduled operations, refer to "Viewing
Scheduled Operations and Log Reports" (Page 266).

4.5.18 Viewing Device Data

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW uses the Data CAM to retrieve various types of data from
gateways and end-devices. For more information about the Data CAM, refer to "Data
CAM" (Page 298).

Note
If the Data CAM runs on a serial device that contains numerous event files, the CAM
may require a significant amount of time (30 minutes or more) to complete.

4.5.18.1 Viewing Fault Records for a Device

To view faults that have occurred for a single device, all devices at a facility, or all
devices within a region, do the following:

Note
If a mechanism for retrieving fault records from devices/gateways exists outside of
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW, configure the Event File Service (EFS) to automatically
retrieve event files from the specified network directories so they can be displayed
within RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW. For more information, refer to "Configuring the
Event File Service" (Page 63).

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM

CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.

192 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.18 Viewing Device Data

2. Locate the desired region, facility, device or gateway.

• For information about locating regions or facilities, refer to "Viewing the
Field Layout" (Page 71)
• For information about locating devices and gateways, refer to "Locating
Devices/Gateways" (Page 111)
3. Right-click the target, point to Show Data and then click Faults. The Data For
dialog box appears with the Faults screen selected.

3 4 5

1 Filter Bar
2 Faults
3 Open Button
4 Export Button
5 Details Button
6 OK Button
7 Refresh Button
8 Auto Refresh Check Box
Figure 4.104 Data For Dialog Box – Faults

The Faults screen lists the faults that have occurred on the selected device or
group of devices.
4. [Optional] Filter the data as required. For more information, refer to "Filtering
Data" (Page 74)
5. [Optional] Select a fault and click Open. The related waveform file opens in the
associated viewer.
6. [Optional] Select a fault and click Export to export the related waveform file.
7. [Optional] Select a fault and click Details. The Fault Details dialog box appears.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 193
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.18 Viewing Device Data

1
7

2 8
3

10 11

1 Facility Box
2 Device Box
3 Timestamp Box
4 Metadata Box
5 Event Details
6 Fault Type Box
7 OK Button
8 Location Box
9 Sliders
10 Minus (-) Button
11 Plus (+) Button
Figure 4.105 Fault Details Dialog Box

8. Click OK when done.

194 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.18 Viewing Device Data

4.5.18.2 Viewing Sequence of Events (SOE) Data for a Device

To view Sequence of Events (SOEs) data for a single device, all devices at a facility, or
all devices within a region, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. Locate the desired region, facility, device or gateway.
• For information about locating regions or facilities, refer to "Viewing the
Field Layout" (Page 71)
• For information about locating devices and gateways, refer to "Locating
Devices/Gateways" (Page 111)
3. Right-click the target, point to Show Data and then click SOEs. The Data For
dialog box appears with the SOEs screen selected.

1 Filter Bar
2 Events
3 OK Button
4 Refresh Button
5 Auto Refresh Check Box
Figure 4.106 Data For Dialog Box – SOEs

The SOE screen lists events for each selected device as they occurred over the
specified time period.
4. [Optional] Filter the data as required. For more information, refer to "Filtering
Data" (Page 74)
5. Click OK when done.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 195
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.19 Managing Device Files

4.5.18.3 Viewing Device Files

To view the files stored by RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW for a device, gateway, facility or
region, do the following:

Note
All files stored in the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW database are version controlled. When
a file is updated, either by a CAM or a user, a new version of the file is created.

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM

CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. Locate the desired region, facility, device or gateway.
• For information about locating regions or facilities, refer to "Viewing the
Field Layout" (Page 71)
• For information about locating devices and gateways, refer to "Locating
Devices/Gateways" (Page 111)
3. If the target is a facility or region, make sure the device tree under the facility or
region is collapsed. Some files may not appear otherwise.
4. Right-click the target, point to Show Data and then click Files. The Data For
dialog box appears with the Files screen selected.

1 Available Files
2 OK Button
Figure 4.107 Data For Dialog Box – Files

All files stored in the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW database are listed.

To help sort the list, add labels to each file. Labels help categorize files, making it
easier to locate files of a specific type. For more information about applying labels to
files, refer to "Labeling Device Files" (Page 208).

4.5.19 Managing Device Files

Using the Data CAM, RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW collects important files from each
gateway and end-device and stores them in its database. Users and administrators
can perform a number of actions on these files, such as view the version history for

196 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.19 Managing Device Files

each file, open a file locally, check files out for editing, import a new file, and much
more.

Note
The Data CAM must be installed to perform actions on device files. For more
information about installing the Data CAM, refer to the "RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW
Server Configuration Manual".

4.5.19.1 Retrieving Logs from Devices/Gateways

Log files can be imported from some devices/gateways into the RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW database in a single operation, either once, at a future time, or on a
recurring basis.

Note
Log files are retrieved using the Retrieve Device Logs special operation, which is
only supported by select devices/gateways. For information about which devices/
gateways support this operation, refer to "Special Operations Supported by Device
Family/Type" (Page 357).

Note
For information about how to view the logs collected from devices/gateways, refer to
"Viewing Device Files" (Page 196).

To retrieve the logs from a device/gateway belonging to specific facility, device group
or device family, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation and launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client.
2. Locate the desired facility, device group or device family.
• For information about locating facilities, refer to "Viewing the Field
Layout" (Page 71)
• For information about locating device groups, refer to "Viewing a List of
Device Groups" (Page 222)
• For information about locating device families, refer to "Viewing a List of
Device Families and Types" (Page 230)
3. Right-click the facility, device group or device family, point to Special
Operations, then click Retrieve Device Logs. The Scheduling Retrieve Device
Logs dialog box appears.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 197
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.19 Managing Device Files

1
4

3
6

1 Description Box
2 Repetition Lists
3 Start Time Options
4 OK Button
5 Cancel Button
6 Start Time Box
Figure 4.108 Scheduling Retrieve Device Logs Dialog Box

4. [Optional] Under Description, type a description that describes the operation.

Include such details as the affected target, the purpose of the operation, etc.
This description will appear in the list of scheduled operations.
5. Under Repetition, select the interval and value (if applicable).
6. Under Start Time (On Server), select Now or Specific Time. If Now is selected,
proceed to step 8 (Page 198).
7. Select a date and time at which the operation should occur.
8. Click OK to save changes. The operation will commence at the selected time.
For information about how to monitor scheduled operations, refer to "Viewing
Scheduled Operations and Log Reports" (Page 266).

4.5.19.2 Clearing Logs from Gauntlet Gateways

To clear log files for a Gauntlet gateway, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. Locate the desired gateway.
3. Right-click the gateway, select Special Operations and then click Clear Device
Logs Without Download. A confirmation dialog box appears.

198 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.19 Managing Device Files

4. Click OK. RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW connects to the gateway and removes all log
files.

4.5.19.3 Viewing a File's Version History

All files stored in the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW database are version controlled. When
a file is updated, either by a CAM or a user, a new version of the file is created.
To view the version history of a file, do the following:
1. Display the files stored for the target device/gateway. For more information,
refer to "Viewing Device Files" (Page 196).
2. Right-click the desired file and click View File Versions. A dialog box appears
listing all versions of the selected file.

Figure 4.109 File Version History Dialog Box

All file versions stored in the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW database are listed.
To help sort the list, add labels to each file version. Labels help categorize files,
making it easier to locate files of a specific type. For more information about applying
labels to files, refer to "Labeling Device Files" (Page 208).

4.5.19.4 Viewing a File Activity Report

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW records all events associated each file, such as creation,
views, addition of new versions, etc.
To view a report listing the events for a specific file, do the following:
1. Display the files stored for the target device/gateway, refer to "Viewing Device
Files" (Page 196).

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 199
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.19 Managing Device Files

2. Right-click the desired file and click View File Activity. The report appears in a
new window.

Figure 4.110 File Activity Report

4.5.19.5 Opening Device Files

To open a file for a device/gateway stored in the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW database,
do the following:

NOTICE
Security hazard – risk of unauthorized access and/or exploitation
Some files may contain sensitive, proprietary information, such as passwords.
Access should be restricted to only trusted personnel.

Note
Opening a file creates a temporary version on the user's workstation.

1. Display the files stored for the target device/gateway.

• For information about how to view the latest files, refer to "Viewing Device
Files" (Page 196)
• For information about how to view the previous versions of a specific file,
refer to "Viewing a File's Version History" (Page 199)
2. Right-click the desired file and then click either Open or Open With.
• Open opens the file using the default application associated with the file
type. If a application has not been associated with the file type, a wizard will
appear. Follow the on-screen instructions to find an application.

200 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.19 Managing Device Files

• Open With opens the Open With dialog box, which lists applications
installed on the workstation that may be able to open the selected file.
Select the desired application and then click OK.

Figure 4.111 Open With Dialog Box

4.5.19.6 Sending File Notifications to Other Users

E-mails can be sent via RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW to other users, user groups or a
specific e-mail address to bring attention to a specific file. If required, the file itself
can also be attached.
To send an e-mail notification for a file, do the following:
• Sending An E-Mail Notification to a Specific User
1. Display the files stored for the target device/gateway.
• For information about how to view the latest files, refer to "Viewing
Device Files" (Page 196)
• For information about how to view the previous versions of a specific
file, refer to "Viewing a File's Version History" (Page 199)
2. Right-click the desired file, point to Send File Notification To, and then click
CrossBow User. A dialog box appears.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 201
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.19 Managing Device Files

1 Available Users
2 OK Button
3 Cancel Button
Figure 4.112 Dialog Box

3. Select a user and then click OK. A confirmation dialog box appears asking
whether or not to attach the file to the e-mail.
4. Click Yes to attach the file, or click No to exclude the file. The e-mail is sent
to the target user.
• Sending An E-Mail Notification to a Specific User Group
1. Display the files stored for the target device/gateway.
• For information about how to view the latest files, refer to "Viewing
Device Files" (Page 196)
• For information about how to view the previous versions of a specific
file, refer to "Viewing a File's Version History" (Page 199)
2. Right-click the desired file, point to Send File Notification To, and then click
CrossBow User Group. A dialog box appears.

1 Available User Groups

2 OK Button
3 Cancel Button
Figure 4.113 Dialog Box

3. Select a user group and then click OK. A confirmation dialog box appears
asking whether or not to attach the file to the e-mail.
4. Click Yes to attach the file, or click No to exclude the file. The e-mail is sent
to all users belonging to the target user group.
• Sending An E-Mail Notification to a Specific E-Mail Address
1. Display the files stored for the target device/gateway.

202 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.19 Managing Device Files

• For information about how to view the latest files, refer to "Viewing
Device Files" (Page 196)
• For information about how to view the previous versions of a specific
file, refer to "Viewing a File's Version History" (Page 199)
2. Right-click the desired file, point to Send File Notification To, and then click
Other Mail Recipient. A dialog box appears.

2
1 3

1 E-Mail Address Box

2 OK Button
3 Cancel Button
Figure 4.114 Dialog Box

3. Type the recipient's e-mail address in the box, and then click OK. A
confirmation dialog box appears asking whether or not to attach the file to
the e-mail.
4. Click Yes to attach the file, or click No to exclude the file. The e-mail is sent
to the recipient.

4.5.19.7 Checking Out Device Files

Files for devices/gateways can be checked out from the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW
database, modified, and then checked in as a new version.

Note
Files cannot be modified by other users when they are checked out. An Administrator
can, however, unlock a file if necessary. For more information about unlocking a file,
refer to "Locking/Unlocking Device Files" (Page 207).

To check out a file, do the following:

1. Display the files stored for the target device/gateway. For more information,
refer to "Viewing Device Files" (Page 196).
2. Right-click the desired file and then click Check Out Latest Version. The Save
As dialog box appears.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 203
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.19 Managing Device Files

1 Save Button
Figure 4.115 Save As Dialog Box

3. Select where to save the file and then click Save. While the file is checked out,
the color of the file information in the list changes and the Status column
indicates the user who checked out the file.
4. When finished modifying the file, import it back into the RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW as a new version. For more information, refer to "Checking In Device
Files" (Page 204).

4.5.19.8 Checking In Device Files

Files for devices/gateways that have been checked out from the RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW database can be checked back in as a new version.
To check in a file, do the following:
1. Display the files stored for the target device/gateway. For more information,
refer to "Viewing Device Files" (Page 196).
2. Right-click the desired file and then click Check In New Version. The Check In
File dialog box appears.

Note
To avoid conflicts with a SAM-L in a facility, a device file cannot be checked in if
the SAM-L is performing or awaiting an activity on the file at the same time.

204 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.19 Managing Device Files

1
5
3 2 6

1 Filename Box
2 Browse Button
3 File Label List
4 OK Button
5 Cancel Button
6 Description Box
Figure 4.116 Check In File Dialog Box

3. Click Browse and select the file to check in. The file name and path appear
under Filename.
4. [Optional] Under File Label, type or select a file label. Pre-defined file labels
include Archive, As Built, As Left, IFC and Working.
5. [Optional] Under Description, replace the default description with a custom
description of the file.

Note
When a new version of an existing file is checked in, the new description is
applied to the file version only. The overall file description in the Files tab will
not be changed.

6. Click OK to check in the file.

4.5.19.9 Exporting Device Files

Files can be exported from the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW database without checking
them out.
To export a file for a device/gateway, do the following:
1. Display the files stored for the target device/gateway.
• For information about how to view the latest files, refer to "Viewing Device
Files" (Page 196)
• For information about how to view the previous versions of a specific file,
refer to "Viewing a File's Version History" (Page 199)
2. Right-click the desired file and then click Export Latest Version. The Save As
dialog box appears.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 205
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.19 Managing Device Files

1 Save Button
Figure 4.117 Save As Dialog Box

3. Select where to save the file and then click Save.

4.5.19.10 Importing Device Files

Rather than checking in a new version of an existing file, new files for a device/
gateway can be imported directly into the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW database.

Note
New files are associated with the database entity selected, including devices,
facilities, etc. For example, if viewing files for devices/gateways that belong to a
facility, any file imported will be associated with the facility.
To import a new file and associate it with a specific device, view the files for the
device specifically and not its parent gateway, facility or region.

To import a file for a device/gateway, do the following:

1. Display the files stored for the target device/gateway.
• For information about how to view the latest files, refer to "Viewing Device
Files" (Page 196)
• For information about how to view the previous versions of a specific file,
refer to "Viewing a File's Version History" (Page 199)
2. Right-click any blank area and then click Import New File. The Import New File
dialog box appears.

206 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.19 Managing Device Files

1 4

2 5

3 6

1 Filename Box
2 Browse Button
3 File Label List
4 OK Button
5 Cancel Button
6 File Type List
7 Description Box
Figure 4.118 Import New File Dialog Box

3. Click Browse and select the file to import. The file name and path appear under
Filename.
4. [Optional] Under File Label, type or select a file label. Pre-defined file labels
include Archive, As Built, As Left, IFC and Working.
5. Under File Type, select the file type. Options include General, EventFile,
Configuration and Configuration Text.
6. [Optional] Under Description, replace the default description with a custom
description of the file.
7. Click OK to import the file.

4.5.19.11 Locking/Unlocking Device Files

Files in the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW can be locked by an individual user to prevent
other users from modifying them. This action is similar to checking out a file, but a
new version is not created when the file is unlocked.
Locked files can only be unlocked by the user that locked them, or by an
Administrator if required.
Unlock files that were previously locked or unlock files that were previously checked
out to skip checking in a new version of the file.
To lock or unlock a file for a device/gateway, do the following:
1. Display the files stored for the target device/gateway. For more information,
refer to "Viewing Device Files" (Page 196).
2. Right-click the desired file and then click Lock File or Unlock File, whichever is
available. A confirmation dialog box appears.
3. Click Yes. If the file is locked, the color of the file information in the list changes
and the Status column indicates the user who locked the file.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 207
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.19 Managing Device Files

4. Click OK to save changes.

4.5.19.12 Editing Device File Properties

To edit the properties for a file, do the following:
1. Display the files stored for the target device/gateway.
• For information about how to view the latest files, refer to "Viewing Device
Files" (Page 196)
• For information about how to view the previous versions of a specific file,
refer to "Viewing a File's Version History" (Page 199)
2. Right-click the desired file and then click Edit Properties. The Edit Description
dialog box appears.

3
1
4

1 File Label List

2 Description Box
3 OK Button
4 Cancel Button
Figure 4.119 Edit Description Dialog Box

3. [Optional] Under File Label, type or select a file label. Pre-defined file labels
include Archive, As Built, As Left, IFC and Working.
4. [Optional] Under Description, replace the default description with a custom
description of the file.
5. Click OK to save changes.

4.5.19.13 Labeling Device Files

Each file can be assigned a custom label to help sort the files and file versions
available for devices/gateways. The label appears in the Label column, which can be
selected to sort the files/file versions in ascending or descending order. Labels are
defined by administrators in RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server. For information about
adding a custom label, refer to the "RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server Configuration
Manual".
Labels can be applied when files are checked in, imported, or their properties are
edited.

208 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.19 Managing Device Files

To quickly set the label for a file without checking it in, importing the file, or editing
its properties, do the following:
1. Display the versions available for the target file. For more information, refer to
"Viewing a File's Version History" (Page 199).
2. Right-click the desired file version, point to Set Label To and then select one of
the available labels.

4.5.19.14 Approving Device Files

When a specific version of a file is marked as approved, certain special operations
and CAMs (e.g. Configuration Compare CAM) can raise an alarm if the associated file
on the device/gateway does not match.

Marking Files as Approved

To mark a specific file as approved, do the following:
1. Display the versions available for the target file. For more information, refer to
"Viewing a File's Version History" (Page 199).
2. Right-click the desired version and then click Approve. The word Yes appears in
the Approved column for the file.

Removing the Approved Mark

To remove the approved mark from a file, do the following:
1. Display the versions available for the target file. For more information, refer to
"Viewing a File's Version History" (Page 199).
2. Right-click the desired version and then click Disapprove. The word Yes is
removed from the Approved column for the file.

4.5.19.15 Deleting Device Files

To delete a file for a device/gateway, do the following:
1. Display the files stored for the target device/gateway.
• For information about how to view the latest files, refer to "Viewing Device
Files" (Page 196)
• For information about how to view the previous versions of a specific file,
refer to "Viewing a File's Version History" (Page 199)
2. Right-click the desired file and then click Delete. A confirmation dialog box
appears.
3. Click Yes.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 209
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.20 Importing/Exporting Device/Gateway Information

4.5.19.16 Comparing Device Files

To open a file for a device/gateway stored in the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW database,
do the following:

Note
A file difference viewer must be configured to compare configuration files. This can
be either a default file difference viewer for file types, or a custom configuration file
difference viewer configured specifically for the parent device type.
For more information, refer to either "Configuring a Default File Difference
Viewer" (Page 66) or "Configuring an Alternate Configuration File Difference
Viewer" (Page 235).

1. Display the versions available for the target file. For more information, refer to
"Viewing a File's Version History" (Page 199).
2. Select two configuration file versions, then right-click the files and click
Compare Versions. The configurations are displayed in the available file
difference viewer.

4.5.20 Importing/Exporting Device/Gateway Information

Information related to devices/gateways in the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW database
can be imported and exported using RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW's Bulk Import/
Export feature. This feature allows an administrator to export the data from the
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW database into a Microsoft® Excel spreadsheet, and/or
import data from the spreadsheet back into the database. The spreadsheet contains
sections for regions, facilities, devices and other entities that are configured in
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW.
The Bulk Import/Export feature can also generate a blank spreadsheet for users to
create entirely new devices/gateways.

NOTICE
Security hazard – risk of unauthorized access and/or exploitation
The database may contain confidential information. Access to information exported
from the database should be restricted to trusted personnel only.

210 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.20 Importing/Exporting Device/Gateway Information

4.5.20.1 Importing Device/Gateway Information

To import an Excel spreadsheet containing device/gateway related information
into the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW database using RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW's Bulk
Importer utility, do the following:

NOTICE
The spreadsheet must conform to a format compatible with Bulk Importer v5.4. Do
not use spreadsheets created from previous releases of this tool. Instead, export and
modify a new spreadsheet, or generate a blank spreadsheet.
For more information, refer to "Exporting a Blank or Populated
Spreadsheet" (Page 212).
For information about modifying a spreadsheet, refer to "Creating/Modifying a
Spreadsheet" (Page 214).

Note
The Bulk Importer only accepts Microsoft Office Excel spreadsheets with the XLSX
(*.xlsx) extension. Spreadsheets with the XLS (*.xls) extension are not accepted for
import.

NOTICE
If the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW database is encrypted, passwords for users, devices
and gateways are encrypted as they are imported.

1. Make sure to be connected to the SAM-P throughout this procedure.

For more information about logging into a SAM-P, refer to the "RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Server Configuration Manual".
2. Make sure a compatible Excel spreadsheet is available.
3. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
4. On the toolbar, click System Administration, select Bulk Import/Export, and
then click Import. The RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Bulk Importer dialog box
appears.

1 5

1 Files List
2 Load Button

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 211
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.20 Importing/Exporting Device/Gateway Information

3 Remove Button
4 Validate Button
5 Import Button
6 View Log(s) Button
Figure 4.120 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Bulk Importer

5. Click the Load button and choose the desired Excel spreadsheet from the
workstation/network. The file is loaded to the file list window. Repeat as
necessary to add additional files.
6. Select the desired file(s) and click Validate. Each file is checked for compatibility.
7. If a validation error appears, do the following:
a. Click View Log(s). A log file appears detailing the error(s).
b. Fix the error(s) and repeat step 5 (Page 212) and step 6 (Page 212) until
no further errors appear.
8. If permissions worksheets (i.e. Device Group Permissions, User Group
Permissions and Global Permissions) exist in the file to be imported, an alert will
appear. To include permissions worksheets, click Yes. Otherwise click No.
9. Click Import. A dialog box appears temporarily displaying the progress of the
import until it has completed.

4.5.20.2 Exporting a Blank or Populated Spreadsheet

The Bulk Importer can export device/gateway related information from the
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW database to a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet (*.xlsx) or it can
create a blank spreadsheet for users that wish to create new devices/gateways.

NOTICE
Security hazard – risk of unauthorized access and/or exploitation
Encrypted data in the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW database is exported in cleartext
by the Bulk Importer tool. Make sure the output is saved in a secure location only
accessible by trusted personnel.

Note
The described menu items are only visible via the SAM-P.

To export device/gateway related information from the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW

database or create a blank spreadsheet, do the following:
1. Make sure to be connected to the SAM-P throughout this procedure.
For more information about logging into a SAM-P, refer to the "RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Server Configuration Manual".
2. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.

212 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.20 Importing/Exporting Device/Gateway Information

3. To export a blank spreadsheet: On the toolbar, click System Administration,

select Bulk Import/Export, and then click Export Blank.
4. To export a populated spreadsheet, do the following:
a. On the toolbar, click System Administration, select Bulk Import/Export,
and then click Export. A dialog box appears asking whether or not to
include the permissions tabs as part of the export.
b. To include permissions worksheets (i.e. Device Group Permissions, User
Group Permissions and Global Permissions), click Yes. Otherwise click No.
For information about opening, saving and deleting blank or populated files,
refer to "Opening, Saving and Deleting Exported Files" (Page 213).

4.5.20.3 Opening, Saving and Deleting Exported Files

To open, save or delete exported files from the database, do the following:
1. Make sure to be connected to the SAM-P throughout this procedure.
For more information about logging into a SAM-P, refer to the "RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Server Configuration Manual".
2. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
3. To open a spreadsheet, do the following:
a. On the toolbar, click System Administration, select Bulk Import/Export,
and then click Exported Files.
b. Right-click the desired file then click Open. The spreadsheet opens in Excel.
4. To save a spreadsheet, do the following:
a. On the toolbar, click System Administration, select Bulk Import/Export,
and then click Exported Files. A dialog box appears.
b. Name the file as desired and click Save. The spreadsheet will be saved in
the location defined by the user according to the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW
database format.
5. To delete a spreadsheet from the database, do the following:

Note
Only the owner of a particular file can delete it from the database. If a user
selects a file they did not generate, the Delete option will be disabled.

a. On the toolbar, click System Administration, select Bulk Import/Export,

and then click Exported Files.
b. Right-click the desired file then click Delete. A dialog box appears.
c. Click Yes. The file is deleted from the database.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 213
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.20 Importing/Exporting Device/Gateway Information

4.5.20.4 Creating/Modifying a Spreadsheet

Spreadsheets exported using the Bulk Importer utility, whether blank or containing
data from the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW database, can be modified and imported
back into the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW database. The spreadsheet can contain the
complete database or a portion that is to be merged with the existing database.

Modifying Worksheets
Whether modifying information exported from the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW
database or working with a blank spreadsheet, note the following before modifying a
spreadsheet:
• Many worksheets rely on information defined in previous worksheets. Make sure
to complete the previous worksheet before moving to the next.
• Some fields accept multiple values. When permitted, add additional values as a
comma separated list (e.g. value1,value2,value3).
• Not all fields are required. For instance, a phone number is not required for a
network-based device type. There is no harm in specifying a value for such fields,
but it will have no affect.
• Regions, facilities, device types, custom fields and BES Cyber Systems removed/
excluded from the spreadsheet will not be removed from the RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW database upon import. This can only be done via the RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client.
• Renamed devices or devices moved from one facility to another are treated as
entirely new devices.

Available Worksheets
Each spreadsheet contains the following worksheets:
Worksheet Description
Regions This worksheet lists the regions to be created (column 1) and
their parent regions (column 2). The regions must be created in
hierarchical order. Specifically, a region must be defined before it
can be used as a parent region in later rows.
Facilities This worksheet lists the facilities to be created (column 1) and
specifies their parent regions (column 2).
DeviceGroups This worksheet lists the device groups to be created.
CustomFields This worksheet defines custom fields for devices, including their
values, used on the Devices worksheet to identify devices. Each
custom field is defined by its name (row 2), its type (row 3), and its
allowed values (starting in row 4).
A total of 10 custom fields can be defined.

Note
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Bulk Importer currently supports
only list type custom fields.

214 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.20 Importing/Exporting Device/Gateway Information

Worksheet Description
BESCyberSystems This worksheet defines the BES Cyber System available to users via
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client. For each system, the worksheet
lists the name of the BES Cyber System (column 1), its impact
(column 2), and a description (column 3).
Devices This worksheet lists the devices that are to be created. Each device
is listed in hierarchical order. Specifically, a gateway must be
defined before the IED to which it is connected.

Note
Blank is an accepted value for most columns in this worksheet.
If in doubt about a specific column, leave the cell blank. The Bulk
Importer will indicate during import if the column requires a value.

Note
Some columns on this worksheet include a comment that indicates
if a property is required. It also includes a brief description to help
users understand which value is required.

For each device, the following groups of data are listed:

• Location: This group defines the facility name, parent type, and
parent gateway (if applicable) for both devices and gateways.

Note
If the parent type is Facility, the parent gateway must be blank.
However, if the parent type is Gateway, the parent gateway
must be defined.

• Identification: This group defines the device name, type,

status, and any custom fields (defined under the CustomFields
worksheet). A brief description for each device can also be
defined, if required.
• Connection: This group defines information required to
connect to each device.
• Interfaces: This group defines the parent gateway port,
network ports, proxy ports, and device group for each device.

Note
The Parent Gateway Port column must be formatted as
text in the spreadsheet to avoid being read as an integer in
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW. Either format the column as text, or
add a single quote (') in front of the port number.

• Applications: This group defines pop-up text for each device.

All other application-related fields are inherited from the
associated device type.
• NERC CIP: This group defines information related to BES Cyber
Systems.
• Advanced: This group allows users to define specific
advanced parameters for applicable devices. Options
include: LMD_PrefixAddress, ModbusDeviceAddress, and
EscapeSequence. All other advanced parameters are inherited
from the device's device type.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 215
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.20 Importing/Exporting Device/Gateway Information

Worksheet Description
For more information about the advanced parameters that
can be defined on this worksheet, refer to the "RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client Configuration Manual".
• DeviceFilesExportEnabled: If true, the files for this device will
be exported via the FileExportService.
• Device ID: The device's unique key.
• Delete Device: If true, this device will be deleted rather than
updated.
• Rename Device: If true, this device's name will be updated.

DeviceLogins This worksheet defines the login information, including device type
and passwords, assigned to devices.

NOTICE
When importing a device, the credentials in the DeviceLogins
worksheet will be applied. If no credentials are specified for a
device in the worksheet, the credentials will be cleared on the
device inRUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW.

FileLabels This worksheet defines the labels assigned to files on the Files
worksheet.
Files This worksheet lists files to be imported from specific devices. Each
row in this worksheet defines the name of the file (column 1),
the device's facility (column 2), the name and full path to the file
(column 3), and the file label (column 4).
Device Group Permissions This worksheet lists the device group permissions that are to be
created.

Note
Blank is an accepted value for most columns in this worksheet.
If in doubt about a specific column, leave the cell blank. The Bulk
Importer will indicate during import if the column requires a value

Note
Some columns on this worksheet include a comment that indicates
if a property is required. It also includes a brief description to help
users understand which value is required.

For each device, the following groups of data are listed:

• User Group Name
• Device Group Name
• Device Group Administration
• Connect Access
• Command List Level
• Login Access Set
• Password Checkout Level
• Auto Login
• Alerts
• File
• Status
• Faults

216 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.20 Importing/Exporting Device/Gateway Information

Worksheet Description
• Access Level
• Change Password
• Clear DeviceLogs
• Discover Connected Devices
• Enable or Disable Ports
• Get and Approve Configuration
• Get And Approve Firmware Version
• Push SAC Database
• Program and Activate Device
• Program Device
• Push to ADM Agent
• Restore Configuration
• Retrieve Communications Summary Report
• Retrieve Configuration
• Retrieve Device Logs
• Retrieve Firmware Version
• Sync Managed Passwords
• Update Firmware
• Verify All Passwords
• Config Compare CAM
• Connectivity CAM
• Data CAM
• Firmware Version CAM
User Group Administration This worksheet lists the user group administration fields that are to
be created.

Note
Blank is an accepted value for most columns in this worksheet.
If in doubt about a specific column, leave the cell blank. The Bulk
Importer will indicate during import if the column requires a value.

Note
Some columns on this worksheet include a comment that indicates
if a property is required. It also includes a brief description to help
users understand which value is required.

For each device, the following groups of data are listed:

• User Group Name
• Administered User Group Name
• User Group Administration
Global Permissions This worksheet lists the global permissions that are to be created.

Note
Blank is an accepted value for most columns in this worksheet.
If in doubt about a specific column, leave the cell blank. The Bulk
Importer will indicate during import if the column requires a value.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 217
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.21 Managing BES Cyber Systems

Worksheet Description

Note
Some columns on this worksheet include a comment that indicates
if a property is required. It also includes a brief description to help
users understand which value is required.

For each device, the following groups of data are listed:

• User Group Name
• Reports
• Applications
• Server Logs
• Show Credentials When Login Unsupported
Reference This worksheet is used for looking up values in other parts of the
spreadsheet. Do not modify this worksheet.

4.5.21 Managing BES Cyber Systems

All devices in RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW, including Station Access Controllers, must be
assigned to a BES Cyber System for NERC CIP compliance.

4.5.21.1 Viewing Available BES Cyber Systems

To view the BES cyber systems configured in RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW, do the
following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. In the toolbar, click System Administration and then select BES Cyber
Systems. The BES Cyber Systems screen appears.

218 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.21 Managing BES Cyber Systems

Figure 4.121 BES Cyber Systems Screen

4.5.21.2 Adding/Configuring a BES Cyber System

To add a new BES cyber system or configure an existing one, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration and then click BES Cyber Systems.
The BES Cyber Systems dialog box appears.

1 4

1 Available BES Cyber Systems

2 Done Button
3 Add Button

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 219
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.21 Managing BES Cyber Systems

4 Edit Button
5 Delete Button
Figure 4.122 BES Cyber Systems Dialog Box

3. Click Add to add a new BES cyber system, or select an existing system and then
click Edit. The BES Cyber System dialog box appears.

1
3

4
2
5

1 Name Box
2 Impact List
3 Description Box
4 OK Button
5 Cancel Button
Figure 4.123 BES Cyber System Dialog Box

4. Configure the following parameters:

Parameter Description

Name The name of the BES cyber system.

Impact Synopsis: [ Not Applicable | High | Low | Medium ]

The impact rating.

Description A description of the BES cyber system. This parameter is

optional.

5. Click OK to save changes.

6. [Optional] Assign the BES cyber system to one or more devices or Station
Access Controllers (SACs). For more information, refer to "Assigning a BES Cyber
System" (Page 220).

4.5.21.3 Assigning a BES Cyber System

BES cyber systems can be assigned to devices and Station Access Controllers (SACs)
in RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW.
• For information about assigning a BES cyber system to a device or gateway, refer
to "Configuring NERC CIP Properties" (Page 137)
• For information about assigning a BES cyber system to a SAC, refer to
"Configuring NERC CIP Properties" (Page 89)
• For information about assigning a BES cyber system to a SAM-L, refer to
"Configuring NERC CIP Properties" (Page 106)

220 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.5.21 Managing BES Cyber Systems

4.5.21.4 Deleting a BES Cyber System

To delete a BES cyber system, do the following:

Note
When a BES Cyber System is deleted, any devices/gateways that were assigned to it
will become unassigned. Unassigned devices/gateways must be assigned to a BES
Cyber System before any other configuration changes can be saved for the device.

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM

CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration and then click BES Cyber Systems.
The BES Cyber Systems dialog box appears.

1 4

1 Available BES Cyber Systems

2 Done Button
3 Add Button
4 Edit Button
5 Delete Button
Figure 4.124 BES Cyber Systems Dialog Box

3. Select the desired BES cyber system and then click Delete. A confirmation dialog
box appears.
4. Click OK.
5. Click Done.
6. For each device/gateway previously assigned to the BES cyber system, assign
them to one of the other available systems. For more information, refer to
"Assigning a BES Cyber System" (Page 220).

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 221
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.6 Managing Device Groups

4.6 Managing Device Groups

All devices/gateways must be assigned to a device group. When RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW is first installed, a single device group called (Unassigned) is created. All
newly created devices/gateways have all of their interfaces assigned to this group by
default to prevent accidental user access.
Device/gateway interfaces assigned to the default (Unassigned) group are not
accessible by users. To allow access, new device groups must be created and the
devices/gateways must be assigned to them.

Note
A device/gateway can only be assigned to one device group at a time. However,
different interfaces on a device/gateway can be assigned to multiple device groups.

4.6.1 Viewing a List of Device Groups

To view a list of device groups available in RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client, do the
following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login.
2. On the toolbar, select System Administration, then click Device Groups. The
Device Groups dialog box appears.

2 3

1 Include Disabled Interfaces Check Box

2 Device Groups List
3 Device List
Figure 4.125 Device Groups Dialog Box

3. [Optional] Select Include Disabled Interfaces to include disabled interfaces, or

clear Include Disabled Interfaces to exclude disabled interfaces.
Selecting any device group in the left pane will display the associated devices,
gateways or Station Access Controllers (SACs) in the right pane.

222 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.6.2 Adding a Device Group

4.6.2 Adding a Device Group

To add a new device group, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration and then click Device Groups. The
Device Groups dialog box appears.

2 3

1 Device Groups Pane

2 Devices/Gateways Pane
Figure 4.126 Device Groups Dialog Box

3. Right-click anywhere in the Device Groups pane and then click Add Device
Group. The Device Group Properties dialog box appears.

1
4

5
2

1 Name Box
2 Description Box
3 Tabs
4 OK Button
5 Cancel Button
Figure 4.127 Device Group Properties Dialog Box

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 223
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.6.3 Deleting a Device Group

4. In the Name box, type the name of the new device group.
5. In the Description box, type a description of the new device group.
6. Configure the level of access individual user groups have to devices within the
device group. For more information, refer to "Assigning Access Privileges to a
User Group" (Page 225).
7. Configure the type of information available to individual user groups for devices
within the device group. For more information, refer to "Assigning Information
Privileges to a User Group" (Page 227).
8. Enable/disabled the available CAMs, if applicable. For more information, refer to
"Enabling/Disabling CAMs" (Page 303).
9. Click OK. The dialog box closes.
10. Click OK to save changes.
11. Assign devices and gateways to the device group as needed. For more
information, refer to "Configuring Interfaces" (Page 129).

4.6.3 Deleting a Device Group

To delete a device group, do the following:

Note
The (Unassigned) device group cannot be deleted.

Note
Device groups associated with devices and/or user groups cannot be deleted. Devices
and user groups must be associated with another device group before the target
device group can be deleted.

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM

CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration and then click Device Groups. The
Device Groups dialog box appears.

2 3

1 Include Disabled Interfaces Button

2 Device Groups Pane

224 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.6.4 Assigning Access Privileges to a User Group

3 Devices/Gateways Pane
Figure 4.128 Device Groups Dialog Box

3. On the Device Groups pane, right-click the desired device group, and then click
Delete. A confirmation dialog box appears.
4. Click Yes.

4.6.4 Assigning Access Privileges to a User Group

Access privileges control which devices/gateways a user group can access from
within RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW, and what they can do with those devices.

Note
The same access privileges can be controlled when configuring a device group. For
information about how to assign access privileges when configuring a device group,
refer to "Assigning Device Group Access Privileges" (Page 35).

NOTICE
Access privileges are granted by device interface, not by the device itself. Therefore,
users can be given access to some interfaces, but be blocked from others on the
same device.
For example, in the case of a RUGGEDCOM ROX II device, one user group
representing operators can be granted access to the device's Web-based interface,
while another group representing administrators can be given access to both the
Web-based and SSH interfaces.

To assign device access privileges to a user group, do the following:

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration and then click Device Groups. The
Device Groups dialog box appears.

2 3

1 Include Disabled Interfaces Button

2 Device Groups Pane

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 225
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.6.4 Assigning Access Privileges to a User Group

3 Devices/Gateways Pane
Figure 4.129 Device Groups Dialog Box

3. On the Device Groups pane, right-click the desired device group and then click
Properties. The Device Group Properties dialog box appears displaying the
Access Privileges tab.

4 5 6 7

1 User Groups
2 OK Button
3 Cancel Button
4 Command List Level List
5 Login Access List
6 Password Checkout Level List
7 Auto Login List
Figure 4.130 Access Privileges Tab

4. Select the user groups that will require access to the device group and then
configure the following for each:
Parameter Description

Command List Level Synopsis: [ 1 | 2 | 3 ]

Default: 1

Controls which command should be logged or blocked when

connected to a device within the device group. Commands
that can be logged or blocked are chosen at the device group
level. For more information about logging/blocking commands
for select device groups, refer to "Logging/Blocking Interface
Commands" (Page 237).

226 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.6.5 Assigning Information Privileges to a User Group

Parameter Description

Login Access Synopsis: [ User Access | Administrator Access | Engineer

Access ]
Default: User Access

Specifies the user group's level of access when connecting to

devices within the device group. Only compatible with devices
that support multiple level logins.

Password Checkout Lev Synopsis: [ None | Approval Required | Allowed ]

el
Default: None

Determines if the user group is permitted to checkout

passwords for devices/gateways within the device group.
Options include:
• None – The selected user group is not permitted to
checkout passwords for devices belonging to the device
group
• Approval Required – The selected user group is permitted
to checkout passwords for devices belonging to the device
group, but each request must first be approved by an
administrator
• Allowed – The selected user group is permitted to checkout
passwords for devices belong to the device group

Auto Login Synopsis: [ Enabled | Disabled ]

Default: Enabled

Determines if the user group is permitted to automatically log

in to the device group. Options include:
• Enabled – The user group is allowed to automatically log in
to the device group
• Disabled – The user group is still allowed to automatically
log in to the device group, but at connect time will not be
able to select any other login than None

5. Click OK to save changes.

4.6.5 Assigning Information Privileges to a User Group

Information privileges determine the types of data a user group can collect from each
device group.

Note
The same information privileges can be controlled when configuring a user group.
For information about how to assign information privileges when configuring a user
group, refer to "Assigning Device Group Information Privileges" (Page 38).

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 227
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.6.5 Assigning Information Privileges to a User Group

Note
Access to device/gateway data is independent from the user group's access
privileges. Specifically, a user group may be unable to connect to devices within a
specific device group, but still have access to the device data.

To assign information privileges to a user group, do the following:

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration and then click Device Groups. The
Device Groups dialog box appears.

2 3

1 Include Disabled Interfaces Button

2 Device Groups Pane
3 Devices/Gateways Pane
Figure 4.131 Device Groups Dialog Box

3. On the Device Groups pane, right-click the desired device group and then click
Properties. The Device Group Properties dialog box appears.
4. Click the Information Privileges tab. The Information Privileges screen
appears.

1 4 5 6

1 Device Groups

228 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.7 Managing Device Types

2 OK Button
3 Cancel Button
4 Alerts Check Box
5 Faults Check Box
6 File Access Level List
Figure 4.132 Information Privileges Screen

5. For each device group, configure the following:

Parameter Description

Alerts When enabled (selected), the user group can view all alerts
generated by devices/gateways within the device group.

Faults When enabled (selected), the user group can view all fault
messages generated by devices/gateways within the device
group.

File Access Level Synopsis: [ None | Export Only | Full ]

Default: None

Controls the user groups level of access to files on devices/

gateways within the device group. Options include
• None – The user group has no access to files.
• Export Only – The user group can only export files from
devices/gateways within the device group.
• Full – The user group has full access to files from devices/
gateways within the device group.

6. Click OK to save changes.

4.7 Managing Device Types

All devices added to RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW belong to a specific device type. The
concept of a device type is key to how RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW manages devices.
The device type information maintained by RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW defines the
fundamental nature of each type of device, including what type(s) of interface(s)
are used to access devices of that type (e.g. network, serial, dial-up, etc.), how to log
into devices of that type (if appropriate), how to change passwords for those devices,
etc.
For organizational purposes, device types are grouped into device families. A device
family is simply a container for multiple, closely related device types. It provides
a convenient way to refer to a group of such device types, for example when
scheduling special operations. Device families and device types appear as folders
in the Device Type pane. When a new device is created in the Connectivity pane,
it also appears in the folder for its specified device type. The device types in turn
appear inside the folder for their containing device family.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 229
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.7.1 Viewing a List of Device Families and Types

Note
Every device type is a member of a device family. However, there are cases where a
unique device type is the one and only member of its containing device family (i.e.
it is a family of one). In this case, there is no separate folder displayed for the device
family.

A wide variety of device types are pre-defined in RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW. However,

new device types can also be created by cloning an existing device type.
Properties assigned to each device type by administrators control the default values
for all devices of that type that are subsequently created. Many of the default
values set in the device type properties can be overridden in each individual device’s
properties.
Interfaces and applications that are enabled in the device type properties can still be
disabled in an individual device’s properties. However, interfaces and applications
that are disabled in the device type properties cannot be enabled in an individual
device’s properties.

4.7.1 Viewing a List of Device Families and Types

To view a list of device types and their parent device families, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login.
2. On the toolbar, select System Administration and then click Device Types. The
Device Types dialog box appears.

1 2 3

1 Show Enabled Option

230 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.7.2 Cloning a Device Type

2 Device Types Pane

3 Show All Option
Figure 4.133 Device Types Dialog Box

3. [Optional] Select Show Enabled to show enabled device types, or select Show
All to show all device types.
4. Device types are listed in the Device Types pane under their associated device
families. To assist navigation, device types and families are displayed in bold
when a device of that type exists in the system. Expand/collapse the list to locate
the desired device type.
Selecting any device type in the left pane will display the associated devices,
gateways or Station Access Controllers (SACs) in the right pane.

4.7.2 Cloning a Device Type

To clone a device type, do the following:

Note
The cloned device type has the same device support as the source device type.
Upgrades to future versions of RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW may break this support.

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM

CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration and then click Device Types. The
Device Types dialog box appears.

1 2 3

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 231
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.7.3 Deleting a Cloned Device Type

1 Device Families
2 Device Types
3 Devices and Gateways
Figure 4.134 Device Types Dialog Box

3. Locate and right-click the desired device type, and then click Clone. A dialog box
appears.

2
1 3

1 Name Box
2 OK Button
3 Cancel Button
Figure 4.135 Dialog Box

4. Replace the current name with a new name for the device type and then click
OK. The new clone is added to the Device Types pane. If the original device
type was part of a device family, the new device type is added to the same
family. Otherwise, a new device family is automatically created and both device
types are included.
Any scripts associated with the original device type are also cloned. For
information about scripts, refer to "Managing Scripts" (Page 280).

4.7.3 Deleting a Cloned Device Type

To delete a device type that has been cloned, do the following:

Note
Only cloned device types can be deleted, and only when there are no existing
instances of the device type in the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW database.

Note
When a cloned device type is deleted, all scripts associated with it are automatically
removed as well.

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM

CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration and then click Device Types. The
Device Types dialog box appears.

232 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.7.4 Enabling/Disabling Device Types

1 2 3

1 Device Families
2 Device Types
3 Devices and Gateways
Figure 4.136 Device Types Dialog Box

3. Locate and right-click the desired device type clone, and then click Delete. A
confirmation dialog box appears.
4. Click Yes. The clone and all associated scripts are deleted.
If the clone was part of a device family and only one device type remains, the
other device type is automatically unwrapped from the device family.

4.7.4 Enabling/Disabling Device Types

To enable or disable a device type, do the following:

Note
Device types associated with a device are automatically enabled.

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM

CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration and then click Device Types. The
Device Types dialog box appears.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 233
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.7.4 Enabling/Disabling Device Types

1 2 3

1 Device Families
2 Device Types
3 Devices and Gateways
Figure 4.137 Device Types Dialog Box

3. Locate and right-click the desired device type, and then click Properties. The
Device Type Properties dialog box appears displaying the Identification tab.

5
1

1 Name Box
2 Description Box

234 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.7.5 Configuring an Alternate Configuration File Difference Viewer

3 Enable Check Box

4 OK Button
5 Cancel Button
Figure 4.138 Identification Tab

4. Select Enable to enable the device type, or clear Enable to disable the device
type.
5. Click OK to save changes.

4.7.5 Configuring an Alternate Configuration File Difference Viewer

In place of the default file difference viewer, each device type can be assigned an
alternative file difference viewer specifically for comparing current and previous
configuration files.
To configure an alternative file difference viewer for a device type, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration and then click Device Types. The
Device Types dialog box appears.

1 2 3

1 Device Families
2 Device Types
3 Devices and Gateways
Figure 4.139 Device Types Dialog Box

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 235
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.7.5 Configuring an Alternate Configuration File Difference Viewer

3. Locate and right-click the desired device type, and then click Properties. The
Device Type Properties dialog box appears.
4. Click the Applications tab. The Applications screen appears.

1 Available Applications
2 Available Interface Sets
3 OK Button
4 Cancel Button
5 Application Box
6 Browse Button
7 Arguments Box
Figure 4.140 Applications Screen

5. Under Custom Configuration File Difference Viewer, configure the following

parameters:
Parameter Description

Application The local path to the viewer's executable file. Type the path or
click the browse button (...) to browse for the file.

Arguments One or more tokens or command-line arguments required to

run the application. For example:

%BaseFile %CompareFile

These tokens are replaced by the names of the files to be

compared by the application.

6. Click OK to save changes.

236 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.7.6 Logging/Blocking Interface Commands

4.7.6 Logging/Blocking Interface Commands

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW can be configured to log and/or block specific commands
when users are connected to devices/gateways belonging to a specific device type.
Commands can be either a single byte or a series of characters. They can also be
individually logged/blocked for either the device's gateway ports or interfaces.
When a command is blocked, RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW automatically blocks the
command when it detects it in an outgoing communication. It will also display a
Command Blocked dialog box to notify the user the command has been blocked.
Commands that are logged are recorded in the System Activity report for auditing
purposes. For more information about generating the System Activity report, refer to
"Generating a Report" (Page 317).
To define a command that should be logged and/or blocked for a device's gateway
ports or for a specific interface, do the following:

Note
Only specific connection port types support command blocking. For more
information about supported connection port types, refer to "Adding/Configuring an
Application" (Page 275).

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM

CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration and then click Device Types. The
Device Types dialog box appears.

1 2 3

1 Device Families
2 Device Types

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 237
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.7.6 Logging/Blocking Interface Commands

3 Devices and Gateways

Figure 4.141 Device Types Dialog Box

3. Locate and right-click the desired device type, and then click Properties. The
Device Type Properties dialog box appears.

5
1

1 Name Box
2 Description Box
3 Enable Check Box
4 OK Button
5 Cancel Button
Figure 4.142 Applications Screen

4. Click the Gateway Ports or Interfaces tab. The Gateway Ports or Interfaces
screen appears.

238 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.7.6 Logging/Blocking Interface Commands

3 4 5 6 7

1 OK Button
2 Cancel Button
3 Available Interface Commands
4 Command Box
5 Type List
6 Description Box
7 User Level Check Boxes
Figure 4.143 Gateway Ports Screen

4 5 6 7 8

1 OK Button
2 Cancel Button

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 239
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.7.7 Exporting Device/Gateway Information by Device Type

3 Available Interfaces
4 Available Interface Commands
5 Command Box
6 Type List
7 Description Box
8 User Level Check Boxes
Figure 4.144 Interfaces Screen

5. If logging/blocking a command for an interface, select the interface from the

upper pane. Otherwise, proceed to the next step.

Note
The logging/blocking of commands for gateway ports apply to all gateway ports.
Only the logging/blocking of interface commands for interface connections are
specific to each interface.

6. In the bottom pane, define the name of the command, the command type, and
provide a short description (optional).
7. Select the user levels (L1 through L3) for which the command should be logged
and/or blocked.
8. Click OK to save changes.
9. [Optional] Review the Command List Level for the user group based on the new
configuration. For more information, refer to "Assigning Device Group Access
Privileges" (Page 35).

4.7.7 Exporting Device/Gateway Information by Device Type

To export device/gateway information by device type, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration and then click Device Types. The
Device Types dialog box appears.

240 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.7.8 Configuring a Device Type

1 2 3

1 Device Families
2 Device Types
3 Devices and Gateways
Figure 4.145 Device Types Dialog Box

3. Locate and right-click the desired device type, and then click Bulk Export. A
dialog box appears.
4. Click Yes.
For information about opening, saving and deleting exported files, refer to
"Opening, Saving and Deleting Exported Files" (Page 213).

4.7.8 Configuring a Device Type

This section describes how to configure a device type.

4.7.8.1 Configuring Identification Properties

To configure the identification properties (e.g. name, description, etc.) for a device
type, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration and then click Device Types. The
Device Types dialog box appears.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 241
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.7.8 Configuring a Device Type

1 2 3

1 Device Families
2 Device Types
3 Devices and Gateways
Figure 4.146 Device Types Dialog Box

3. Locate and right-click the desired device type, and then click Properties. The
Device Type Properties dialog box appears displaying the Identification tab.

5
1

1 Name Box
2 Description Box

242 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.7.8 Configuring a Device Type

3 Enable Check Box

4 OK Button
5 Cancel Button
Figure 4.147 Identification Tab

4. Configure the following parameters:

Parameter Description

Name The name of the device type.

Description A description of the device type. This parameter is optional.

Note
For information about enabling/disabling a device type, refer to "Enabling/
Disabling Device Types" (Page 233).

5. Click OK to save changes.

4.7.8.2 Configuring Gateway Ports

To configure gateway ports for a device type, do the following:

Note
Gateway ports can also be configured at the individual gateway level. For more
information, refer to "Configuring Gateway Ports" (Page 133).

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM

CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration and then click User Groups. The
Device Types dialog box appears.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 243
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.7.8 Configuring a Device Type

1 2 3

1 Device Families
2 Device Types
3 Devices and Gateways
Figure 4.148 Device Types Dialog Box

3. Locate and right-click the desired device type, and then click Properties. The
Device Type Properties dialog box appears.
4. Click the Gateway Ports tab. The Gateway Ports screen appears.

1 OK Button

244 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.7.8 Configuring a Device Type

2 Cancel Button
3 Available Ports
4 Available Interface Commands
Figure 4.149 Gateway Ports Screen

Note
If necessary, updated network ports from the Gateway Ports tab can be pushed
down to device instances of the same type in that system.

5. [Optional] If ports are associated with the device type, change the port number
of each desired port by double-clicking then editing the existing port number.
Click OK. A prompt appears.

Figure 4.150 Prompt

Select Yes to update the settings of all associated devices with the new
configuration, or No to update only the current device.
6. [Optional] Define the interface commands that should be logged or blocked for
all gateway ports associated with the device type. For more information, refer to
"Logging/Blocking Interface Commands" (Page 237).
7. [Optional] If network ports are associated with the device type, change the port
number of each desired port by double-clicking then editing the existing port
number.
8. [Optional] Define the interface commands that should be logged or blocked for
all gateway ports associated with the device type. For more information, refer to
"Logging/Blocking Interface Commands" (Page 237).
9. Click OK to save changes.
10. If port numbers were updated, a confirmation message appears asking if the
port settings should be pushed to other gateways belonging to the same device
type.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 245
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.7.8 Configuring a Device Type

Figure 4.151 Confirmation Message

Select Yes to update the other gateways, or No to update only the current
gateway.

4.7.8.3 Configuring Interface Properties

To configure the interfaces available for a device type, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration and then click Device Types. The
Device Types dialog box appears.

1 2 3

1 Device Families
2 Device Types
3 Devices and Gateways
Figure 4.152 Device Types Dialog Box

246 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.7.8 Configuring a Device Type

3. Locate and right-click the desired device type, and then click Properties. The
Device Type Properties dialog box appears.
4. Click the Interfaces tab. The Interfaces screen appears.

5 6
3

1 OK Button
2 Cancel Button
3 Available Interfaces
4 Available Interface Commands
5 Show Credentials Check Box
6 Enabled Check Box
Figure 4.153 Interfaces Screen

5. For each available interface, define either the network port, gateway port,
or TCP proxy port used by the interface as appropriate. Only one port type is
applicable to the interface type.
6. Select Enabled for all interfaces that can be used to connect to devices
belonging to the device type. Clear Enabled for those that should not be used.

Note
The Show password credentials when login unsupported check box in the
application properties must also be enabled for the password to be presented.
For more information, refer to "Adding/Configuring an
Application" (Page 275).

7. [Optional] Select Show Credentials for all interfaces where the password should
be presented. Clear Show Credentials for those that should not have passwords
presented.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 247
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.7.8 Configuring a Device Type

8. [Optional] Define the interface commands that should be logged or blocked for
all interfaces associated with the device type. For more information, refer to
"Logging/Blocking Interface Commands" (Page 237).
9. Click OK to save changes.

4.7.8.4 Configuring Interface Sets

An interface set is a named set of the existing interfaces for a device type.
To configure an interface set for a device type, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration and then click Device Types. The
Device Types dialog box appears.

1 2 3

1 Device Families
2 Device Types
3 Devices and Gateways
Figure 4.154 Device Types Dialog Box

3. Locate and right-click the desired device type, and then click Properties. The
Device Type Properties dialog box appears.
4. Click the Interface Sets tab. The Interface Sets screen appears.

248 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.7.8 Configuring a Device Type

3
1

1 Available Interfaces
2 OK Button
3 Cancel Button
Figure 4.155 Interface Sets Screen

Adding an Interface Set

To add an interface set, do the following:
1. Right-click in the white space and select Add. The Interface Set Properties
dialog box appears.

1 4

1 Interface Set Name Box

2 Included Interfaces List
3 OK Button
4 Cancel Button
5 Included Check Box
Figure 4.156 Interface Set Properties Dialog Box

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 249
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.7.8 Configuring a Device Type

Note
An interface set requires a name and at least one included interface to be
configured.

2. Enter an interface name in the Interface Set Name box.

3. Select the check box next to the desired interface(s).
4. Click OK to save changes.

Editing an Interface Set

To edit an interface set, do the following:
1. Right-click the desired interface set and select Edit. The Interface Set Properties
dialog box appears.

1 4

2
5

1 Interface Set Name Box

2 Included Interfaces List
3 OK Button
4 Cancel Button
5 Included Check Box
Figure 4.157 Interface Set Properties Dialog Box

Note
Interface sets marked as Required = True cannot be edited.

2. Edit the interface set name in the Interface Set Name box.
3. Select the desired interfaces in the Included Interfaces list.
4. Click OK to save changes.

Deleting an Interface Set

Note
Interface sets marked as Required = True cannot be deleted.

250 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.7.8 Configuring a Device Type

To delete an interface set, do the following:

1. Right-click the applicable interface set and select Delete. A confirmation dialog
appears.
2. Click Yes.
3. Click OK to save changes.

4.7.8.5 Enabling/Disabling Applications

To enable or disable applications for a device type, do the following:

Note
Applications enabled at the device type level can be disabled at the individual device/
gateway level. However, if an application is disabled at the device type level, it
cannot be enabled at the individual device level.

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM

CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration and then click Device Types. The
Device Types dialog box appears.

1 2 3

1 Device Families
2 Device Types
3 Devices and Gateways
Figure 4.158 Device Types Dialog Box

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 251
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.7.8 Configuring a Device Type

3. Locate and right-click the desired device type, and then click Properties. The
Device Type Properties dialog box appears.
4. Click the Applications tab. The Applications screen appears.

1 Available Applications
2 Available Interface Sets
3 OK Button
4 Cancel Button
5 Application Box
6 Browse Button
7 Arguments Box
Figure 4.159 Applications Screen

5. [Optional] For each application listed, select the interface sets to which the
application is applicable.
6. Click OK to save changes.
7. If application associations were updated, a confirmation message appears asking
if the application settings should be pushed to other devices belonging to the
same device type.

252 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.7.8 Configuring a Device Type

Figure 4.160 Confirmation Message

Select Yes to update the other devices, or No to update only the current device.

4.7.8.6 Configuring Password Rules

To configure the rules for passwords that RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW automatically
generates for devices, do the following:

NOTICE
Password rules set at the device type level will not override any password defined
in the Change Password operation generated using the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW
Scheduler. If a specific password is defined in the Scheduler, the characters entered
will be used regardless of whether or not they conform to the password rules set for
the device type.

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM

CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration and then click Device Types. The
Device Types dialog box appears.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 253
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.7.8 Configuring a Device Type

1 2 3

1 Device Families
2 Device Types
3 Devices and Gateways
Figure 4.161 Device Types Dialog Box

3. Locate and right-click the desired device type, and then click Properties. The
Device Type Properties dialog box appears.
4. Click the Password Rules tab. The Password Rules screen appears.

1 OK Button

254 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.7.8 Configuring a Device Type

2 Cancel Button
3 Maximum/Minimum Character Options
4 Allowed Character Options
5 Required Character Options
6 Prohibited Characters and Strings List (Example)
Figure 4.162 Password Rules Screen

5. Under Number of Characters, set the maximum and minimum number of

characters in the password.

Note
The following characters are not permitted in passwords and will be ignored if
defined in the password rules:
• single quote (')
• semi-colon (;)
• pipe (|)

Note
A device-type specific list of prohibited characters and strings is displayed. The
list is non-configurable. Do not use the displayed characters or strings when
creating passwords.

6. Under Allowed Characters, select the types of characters that can be used in
the password and/or define specific characters.
7. Under Required Characters, select the types of characters for which there
must be at least one in the password. Specific characters can only be selected if
defined under Allowed Characters.
8. Click OK to save changes.

4.7.8.7 Configuring Advanced Properties

To configure advanced properties for a device type, do the following:

Note
Some advanced parameter settings may not be applicable to all devices/gateways
belonging to the same device type. Some devices/gateways may have specific
requirements depending on the firmware version installed. In such cases, consider
creating a clone of the device type and define unique settings for the associated
devices/gateways.

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM

CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 255
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.7.8 Configuring a Device Type

2. On the toolbar, click System Administration and then click Device Types. The
Device Types dialog box appears.

1 2 3

1 Device Families
2 Device Types
3 Devices and Gateways
Figure 4.163 Device Types Dialog Box

3. Locate and right-click the desired device type, and then click Properties. The
Device Type Properties dialog box appears.
4. Click the Advanced tab. The Advanced screen appears.

256 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.7.9 Configuring a Device Type Login

4 5

1 OK Button
2 Cancel Button
3 Properties
4 Default Value List
5 Set/Edit Button
Figure 4.164 Advanced Screen

5. Review the available properties and their values. For more information, refer to
"Available Advanced Parameters" (Page 341).
6. For each property that needs to be modified, do one of the following:
a. Select the property, type or select an alternate value from the drop down
list, then click Set; or
b. Select the property, click Edit, then select an alternate value from the Edit
Special Parameter Default Value list.
7. Click OK to save changes.

4.7.9 Configuring a Device Type Login

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW is preconfigured with device type logins specific for the
device type. Additional device logins are configurable via the Client interface for
supported device types.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 257
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.7.9 Configuring a Device Type Login

Note
System administrators are responsible for adding custom device logins to their
custom login access sets, otherwise actions such as checking out passwords may not
function properly.
For more information about login access sets, refer to "Managing Login Access
Sets" (Page 163).

This section describes how to configure a device type login.

4.7.9.1 Enabling/Disabling a Device Type Login

To edit a device type login, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration and then click Device Types. The
Device Types dialog box appears.

1 2 3

1 Device Families
2 Device Types
3 Devices and Gateways
Figure 4.165 Device Types Dialog Box

3. Locate and right-click the desired device type, and then click Properties. The
Device Type Properties dialog box appears.
4. Click the Logins tab. The Logins screen appears.

258 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.7.9 Configuring a Device Type Login

1 Device Type Login List

2 OK Button
3 Cancel Button
Figure 4.166 Logins Screen

Note
The built-in device type logins that have been marked as Required = True cannot
be disabled.

5. Right-click the desired device type login and then click either Enable or Disable,
as applicable. A confirmation dialog box appears.
6. Click Yes. The Status column updates accordingly.
7. Click OK to save changes.

4.7.9.2 Adding a Device Type Login

To add a device type login, do the following:

Note
Only certain devices support adding new logins. This feature is unavailable on
unsupported devices.

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM

CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration and then click Device Types. The
Device Types dialog box appears.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 259
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.7.9 Configuring a Device Type Login

1 2 3

1 Device Families
2 Device Types
3 Devices and Gateways
Figure 4.167 Device Types Dialog Box

3. Locate and right-click the desired device type, and then click Properties. The
Device Type Properties dialog box appears.
4. Click the Logins tab. The Logins screen appears.

1 Device Type Login List

2 OK Button

260 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.7.9 Configuring a Device Type Login

3 Cancel Button
Figure 4.168 Logins Screen

5. Right-click anywhere in the Device Type Login pane and then click Add. The
Device Type Login Add dialog box appears.

1
4

5
2
6

3 8

1 Login Reference Name Box

2 Login Display Name Box
3 Status List
4 OK Button
5 Cancel Button
6 Supports User Name Check Box
7 Supports Password Check Box
8 Supports Password Change Check Box
Figure 4.169 Device Type Login Add Dialog Box

6. Configure the following parameters:

Parameter Description

Login Reference Name The name of the login reference, up to 40 characters. The name
must be unique within the device type.

Login Display Name The name of the login display, up to 40 characters. The name
must be unique within the device type, and cannot be the same
as another login reference name.

7. [Optional] Select the Supports User Name check box if a user name is required
as part of the credentials login.
8. [Optional] Select the Supports Password check box if a password is required as
part of the credentials login.
9. [Optional] Select the Supports Password Change check box to allow
management of password sets by RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW. For
more information about password sets, refer to "Managing Password
Sets" (Page 155).

Note
Added device type logins are enabled by default. For more information about
enabling or disabling device type logins, refer to "Enabling/Disabling a Device
Type Login" (Page 258).

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 261
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.7.9 Configuring a Device Type Login

10. Click OK. The dialog box closes.

11. Click OK to save changes.

4.7.9.3 Deleting a Device Type Login

To delete a device type login, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration and then click Device Types. The
Device Types dialog box appears.

1 2 3

1 Device Families
2 Device Types
3 Devices and Gateways
Figure 4.170 Device Types Dialog Box

3. Locate and right-click the desired device type, and then click Properties. The
Device Type Properties dialog box appears.
4. Click the Logins tab. The Logins screen appears.

262 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.7.9 Configuring a Device Type Login

1 Device Type Login List

2 OK Button
3 Cancel Button
Figure 4.171 Logins Screen

Note
The built-in device type logins that have been marked as Required = True cannot
be deleted.

5. On the Device Type Login pane, right-click the desired device type login, and
then click Delete. A confirmation dialog box appears.
6. Click Yes.
7. Click OK to save changes.

4.7.9.4 Editing a Device Type Login

To edit a device type login, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration and then click Device Types. The
Device Types dialog box appears.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 263
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.7.9 Configuring a Device Type Login

1 2 3

1 Device Families
2 Device Types
3 Devices and Gateways
Figure 4.172 Device Types Dialog Box

3. Locate and right-click the desired device type, and then click Properties. The
Device Type Properties dialog box appears.
4. Click the Logins tab. The Logins screen appears.

1 Device Type Login List

2 OK Button

264 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.7.9 Configuring a Device Type Login

3 Cancel Button
Figure 4.173 Logins Screen

5. Right-click anywhere in the Device Type Login pane and then click Edit. The
Device Type Login Edit dialog box appears.

1
4

5
2
6

3 8

1 Login Reference Name Box

2 Login Display Name Box
3 Status List
4 OK Button
5 Cancel Button
6 Supports User Name Check Box
7 Supports Password Check Box
8 Supports Password Change Check Box
Figure 4.174 Device Type Login Add Dialog Box

NOTICE
Only the login display name can be edited for the built-in device type logins
Administrator, None, and User1.

6. Configure the following parameters:

Parameter Description

Login Reference Name The name of the login reference, up to 40 characters. The name
must be unique within the device type.

Login Display Name The name of the login display, up to 40 characters. The name
must be unique within the device type, and cannot be the same
as another login reference name.

7. [Optional] Select the Supports User Name check box if a user name is required
as part of the credentials login.
8. [Optional] Select the Supports Password check box if a password is required as
part of the credentials login.
9. [Optional] Select the Supports Password Change check box to allow
management of password sets by RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW. For
more information about password sets, refer to "Managing Password
Sets" (Page 155).

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 265
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.8 Managing Special Operations

Note
Added device type logins are enabled by default. For more information about
enabling or disabling device type logins, refer to "Enabling/Disabling a Device
Type Login" (Page 258).

10. Click OK. The dialog box closes.

11. Click OK to save changes.

4.8 Managing Special Operations

Special operations are automated tasks that can be performed on devices/gateways.
The operations available vary by device type, but common operations include
changing device passwords, determining what version of firmware is in a given
device instance, etc.
Operations can be performed by a user on-demand, at a scheduled interval, or by a
CAM as part of its functionality.

Note
For information about each special operation available in RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW and which devices/gateways support them, refer to "Available Special
Operations" (Page 339) and "Special Operations Supported by Device Family/
Type" (Page 357).

Note
Special operations may only be scheduled by users with the necessary administrative
privileges.

4.8.1 Viewing Scheduled Operations and Log Reports

Special operations and CAM operations either run manually by a user or scheduled to
run at a specific time are listed on the Automation Summary window.
To view a list of scheduled operations and related log reports, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration, then click Automation Summary.
The Automation Summary window appears.

266 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.8.1 Viewing Scheduled Operations and Log Reports

1 Scheduled Operations
Figure 4.175 Automation Summary Window

The Automation Summary window provides a high-level summary of both CAMs

and special operations automation. System automation can be administered from
this form by users with the necessary administrative privileges. The form can be
filtered to display tasks scheduled by other users as well as scheduled activities that
have completed.
Double-clicking an operation opens the Execution History window, which provides
details about an operation's scheduled run time, status, success rate and execution
time. The execution history of tasks that have been configured with a periodic
execution time (i.e. a frequency other than "once") contains a list of past executions.

Figure 4.176 Execution History Window

Double-clicking a row in the Execution History list opens the Execution Details
window, which provides further details about target devices, status details, and
duration. The results can be filtered to view specific operation details such as the
facility, device type and execution status.
For more information about filtering, refer to "Filtering Data" (Page 74).

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 267
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.8.2 Performing Special Operations

Figure 4.177 Execution Details Window

If a scheduled operation is pending, the target devices for the scheduled operation
are populated approximately five minutes before the operation is executed.
Special operations can be stopped before the activity has started on a target. Once
a special operation has started on a target device, it will continue until it has been
completed. For more information about stopping a special operation, refer to
"Stopping an Operation" (Page 272).
Special operations can be cleared from the list by deleting them. For more
information, refer to "Deleting/Canceling an Operation" (Page 273).
Special operations that have failed can be retried. For more information, refer to
"Retrying a Failed Operation" (Page 271).
Scheduled Activity information is retained in the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW
database according to the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW database growth management
configuration. For more information about managing database growth, refer to the
"RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server Configuration Manual".
To view the properties of a device that has completed a special operation, select the
operation in the Execution Details window, and then click Device Properties. The
Device Properties or Gateway Properties dialog box appears.

4.8.2 Performing Special Operations

Special operations are initiated by right-clicking a device, facility, device group,
device family or device type, selecting Special Operations, then clicking the desired
special operation.

4.8.3 Scheduling an Operation

Special operations can be scheduled to take place once in the future, or on a
recurring basis to help manage multiple devices, enforce security policies, etc. For
example, a special operation to change the admin passwords for select devices/
gateways can be configured to occur once every month.

268 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.8.3 Scheduling an Operation

Each time a user attempts to perform a special operation, they are given the option
to run the operation immediately or configure a schedule for the operation. The
operation can be set to occur on a specific date/time, or after a certain number of
days, weeks, months or years. Once set, the operation appears in the Automation
Summary window.
When a device, gateway or SAM-L is out of service, any scheduled special operations
targeting it will be skipped until it is back in service. If a SAM-L is out of service, new
or updated special operations will not be able to be synced to it until the SAM-L is
back in service.

Note
For more information about viewing scheduled special operations, refer to "Viewing
Scheduled Operations and Log Reports" (Page 266).

If a special operation is scheduled to be performed on multiple devices, RUGGEDCOM

CROSSBOW automatically verifies whether or not the target devices/gateways
support the selected operation. If a device/gateway does not support the operation,
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW skips the device/gateway when executing the operation.
Skipped devices/gateways are listed in the Scheduler Report and are not factored into
overall success or failure of the operation.
If a condition exists that blocks a device from being updated after the activity's
targets have already been populated, clearing the condition will not cause
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW to recalculate the status.
If a special operation runs longer than its scheduled repeat time, the operation will
complete regardless of the scheduled recurrence. Intermediate operations will be
skipped during this time, and will begin executing at the next available recurrence.
For example, if an operation scheduled to repeat every minute takes 90 seconds to
complete, it will execute to completion (i.e. 90 seconds), then run again at the next
available scheduled interval. Skipped operations are listed in the Scheduler Report
and are not factored into overall success or failure of the operation.
To demonstrate how a special operation is scheduled to recur, consider the following
example:
1. A user wishes to change the administrator passwords for a group of devices, all
of which are located in the same facility.
2. Following the instructions in "Changing Passwords for Devices/
Gateways" (Page 151), the user schedules the operation to apply a random
administrator password to each device every month starting at the end of the
current month.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 269
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.8.4 Running an Operation Ahead of Schedule

Figure 4.178 Example: Scheduling a Password Change for Multiple Devices Every Month

4.8.4 Running an Operation Ahead of Schedule

To manually run an operation currently queued to run at a future time and date, do
the following:

Note
Operations can only be stopped when they are in progress.

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation and launch RUGGEDCOM

CROSSBOW Client.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration, then click Automation Summary.
The Automation Summary window appears.

1 Scheduled Operations

270 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.8.5 Retrying a Failed Operation

2 Operation Details
Figure 4.179 Automation Summary Window

3. Right-click the desired operation, and then select View Execution History. The
Execution History window appears.
4. Right-click the desired pending operation, and then select View Execution
Details. The Execution Details window appears.
5. Right-click the target, and then select Show Automation History. The
Automation Summary window for the selected device appears.
Details of all the special operations run on the target devices/gateways are
displayed.

1 Details
2 Run Now Button
Figure 4.180 Automation Summary Dialog Box

6. Click Run Now for the desired special operation. The associated configuration
form appears.For information about how to run specific special operations, refer
to "Performing Special Operations" (Page 268).

4.8.5 Retrying a Failed Operation

To retry a failed operation, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation and launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration, then click Automation Summary.
The Automation Summary window appears.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 271
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.8.6 Stopping an Operation

1 Scheduled Operations
2 Operation Details
Figure 4.181 Automation Summary Window

Note
Failed operations are displayed in red.

3. Right-click the desired operation, and then select View Execution History. The
Execution History window appears.
4. Right-click the desired operation, and then select View Execution Details. The
Execution Details window appears.
5. Right-click the desired failed operation and click Retry Operation. RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW will rerun the failed operation(s).

4.8.6 Stopping an Operation

Special operations can be stopped before the activity has started on a target. Once
a special operation has started on a target device, it will continue until it has been
completed. The operation will then be stopped for all other devices in the queue.
To stop a special operation, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation and launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration, then click Automation Summary.
The Automation Summary window appears.

272 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.8.7 Deleting/Canceling an Operation

1 Scheduled Operations
2 Operation Details
Figure 4.182 Automation Summary Window

3. Right-click the desired operation and click Stop. A confirmation dialog box
appears.
4. Click Yes.

4.8.7 Deleting/Canceling an Operation

To delete/cancel a pending special operation or delete an operation that has been
completed, do the following:

Note
Operations can only be deleted/canceled when they are either pending or completed.

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation and launch RUGGEDCOM

CROSSBOW Client.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration, then click Automation Summary.
The Automation Summary window appears.

1 Scheduled Operations
2 Operation Details
Figure 4.183 Automation Summary Window

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 273
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.9 Managing Applications

3. Right-click the desired operation and click Delete. A confirmation dialog box
appears.
4. Click Yes.

4.9 Managing Applications

For RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW to use a local or network-based application to connect
to devices and gateways, the application must first be defined in RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW client. By default, the following applications are predefined:

Note
Default application definitions cannot be deleted.

Default Application Definition Description

a
HyperTerminal Launches HyperTerminal for Windows.
Windows Telnet Launches Windows Telnet.
Web Browser Launches a Web browser using the HTTP protocol.
Secure Web Browser Launches a Web browser using the HTTPS
protocol.
CrossBow Web Browser Launches a built-in Web browser for connecting to
SAGE RTU devices. The Web Browser and Secure
Web Browser applications are recommended for
all other device types.
Microsoft Remote Desktop (RDP) Launches Microsoft's Remote Desktop Protocol.
CrossBow Terminal Emulator Launches a built-in terminal emulator that
allows users to have multiple sessions open
simultaneously. It uses a VT100 terminal
emulation window, similar to HyperTerminal
and other serial-based terminal emulators. The
primary difference is the CrossBow Terminal
Emulator does not use the virtual serial port,
for which only one is configured per client.
The Terminal Emulator offers such features as
file capturing, pasting to a remote source, and
handling of CR/LF responses from devices.
a
If installed. This application is available for software versions prior to v4.5.

For a full list of available applications by device family and device type, refer to
"Applications Supported by Device Family/Type" (Page 503).
Administrators are allowed to create definitions for any other applications that may
be required.
Individual users are also permitted to override the default definition and either
launch a different application and/or change how the application runs. All overrides
are stored locally on the users workstation.

274 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.9.1 Adding/Configuring an Application

4.9.1 Adding/Configuring an Application

To add a new application or configure an existing application, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration and then click Applications. The
Applications screen appears.

1 Available Applications
Figure 4.184 Applications Screen

3. Right-click an existing application and then click Properties, or right-click

elsewhere in the pane and then click Add Application. The Application
Properties dialog box appears.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 275
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.9.1 Adding/Configuring an Application

1
9

10
2
11
3

12
4

8
6

13

14

1 Name Box
2 Description Box
3 Defaults EXE Path Box
4 Personal Overrides EXE Path Box
5 Connection Port Type Options
6 Network Address Options
7 Network Specific Check Box
8 Launch Once Only Check Box
9 OK Button
10 Cancel Button
11 Defaults Arguments Box
12 Personal Overrides Arguments Box
13 Settings Box
14 Show Credentials When Login Unsupported Box
Figure 4.185 Application Properties Dialog Box

4. Configure the following parameters as required:

Parameter Description

Name The name of the application.

Description A description of the application. This parameter is optional.

Note
Users are only permitted to configure an alternative executable and/or
command-line argument different from the default settings configured by
administrators. Overrides apply only to the users workstation.

5. Under Defaults, select the application by configuring the following parameters:

276 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.9.1 Adding/Configuring an Application

Parameter Description

EXE Path The local path to the application's executable file. Type the path
or click … to browse for the file.

Arguments One or more command-line arguments required to run the

application. For example, the default argument for the Web
Browser application definition is as follows when the Proxy Real
Device Address mechanism is used:

http://<ipaddress>:<D1>

Where:
• <ipaddress> is a placeholder for the device's IP address,
inserted by RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW when launching
the application. If the Proxy Using Localhost Address
mechanism is used, this would be replaced by localhost.
• <D1> is a placeholder for the port number, inserted by
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW when launching the application.

6. Under Personal Overrides, define personal settings by configuring the following

parameters:
Parameter Description

EXE Path The local path to an alternative executable file. Type the path or
click … to browse for the file.

Arguments One or more alternative command-line arguments required

to run the application. For more information, refer to the
description for the Arguments parameter under step
5 (Page 276).

7. Under Connection Port Type, select the type of port the application will use to
connect to the device/gateway. Options include:
• Virtual Serial Port – The application opens a virtual serial port on the Client
side to connect to the device/gateway. This command-blocking and stream-
oriented protocol can be used for text interfaces, for example.
• Network Port – The application opens a network port on the Client side
to connect to the device/gateway. This port type is typically used for text-
based stream-oriented protocols such as Telnet and SSH, where command
blocking can be implemented. A proxy mechanism must be selected.
• Network Proxy Port – The application opens a network proxy port on the
Client side to connect to the device/gateway. The user defines the network
port for the application to connect with (e.g. RDP, FTP). This port type can be
used for any network-based protocols, but is typically used for proprietary
and encrypted traffic. It does not support command line blocking. A proxy
mechanism must be selected.
8. If the Network Port or Network Proxy Port is selected, under Network
Address, select a proxy mechanism. Options include:

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 277
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.9.1 Adding/Configuring an Application

• Real Device Address – The application must specify the device's real IP
address when establishing a connection. Even though the real IP address is
specified, the connection is still proxied through the server.
• Localhost Address – The application must access the Client machine
localhost proxy when establishing a connection.
With either option, the traffic will be routed through RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW.
9. [Optional] Select Network Specific to have the application connect via a
network port, instead of the local (virtual) serial port. When selected, this option
allows the application to be launched multiple times (simultaneously) for user
connections to devices in the field.
10. [Optional] If Network Specific is selected, select Launch Once Only.
When selected, this option allows the application to be selected for multiple
simultaneous user connections to devices in the field, but only a single instance
of the application will be launched. The user will be expected to use the already-
running application instance for all of the associated RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW
device connections.
11. Under Advanced CrossBow Configuration, configure the following parameter
as required:
Parameter Description

Settings Controls how external applications access the RUGGEDCOM

CROSSBOW Client using a virtual serial port (Vport). Options
include:
• VportReadInterCharacterTimeoutMsec:nn – The time in
milliseconds (ms) to wait after receiving the first character,
where nn is a value between 0 and 5000.
If the value is 0, no buffering occurs and all data is sent to
the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW server as received from the
Vport.
If the value is not 0, data is buffered and only sent to the
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW server when the buffer fills or the
inter-character timeout elapses.
The default value is 20.
• VportReadBufferSize:nn - The buffer size, where nn is a
value between 1 and 8192. The default value is 8192.
• VportXoffXonDelayMsecOnFullReadBuffer:nn - The
time in milliseconds (ms) to wait after an XOFF command
is sent to an external application before sending an XON
command, where nn is a value between 0 and 5000. The
default is 0.

12. [Optional] Select the Show Credentials When Login Unsupported check box to
allow interface and device group passwords to be displayed.
Credentials will be displayed when the corresponding device groups and
interfaces are also configured to show credentials.
For more information about configuring access to device groups, refer to
"Assigning Device Group Access Privileges" (Page 35).

278 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.9.2 Deleting an Application

For more information about configuring interfaces, refer to "Configuring

Interface Properties" (Page 246).
13. Enable/disable the application for the desired device type interfaces. For more
information, refer to "Configuring Interface Properties" (Page 246).
14. Click OK to save changes.

4.9.2 Deleting an Application

To delete an application, do the following:
Deleting an application only removes the application's definition within the
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW database. The application itself on the user's workstation is
not deleted.

Note
Default application definitions cannot be deleted.

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM

CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration and then click Applications. The
Applications screen appears.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 279
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.10 Managing Scripts

1 Available Applications
Figure 4.186 Applications Screen

3. Right-click an application and then click Delete. A confirmation dialog box

appears.
4. Click Yes.

4.10 Managing Scripts

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW uses scripts to control advanced communications with
end-devices, such as logging into the device or navigating through a pass-through
gateway. Scripts allow users to develop solutions for field-level issues without
waiting for a future RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW release.
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW comes with a variety of pre-installed baseline scripts,
each designed specifically for use with a specific device type. When a device type is
cloned, so are the scripts associated with it.

280 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.10 Managing Scripts

Each baseline script can be customized as required to either enhance the current
functionality or change the behavior of the script entirely. For information about how
to develop scripts, script requirements, and available variables and functions, refer to
the "RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Scripting Reference Guide".
Customized scripts can also be reverted back to their original state at any time.
If a script fails during operation, RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW logs an error message
in the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Logger and creates a copy of the script for
troubleshooting purposes. For information about how to troubleshoot script errors,
refer to "Scripts" (Page 336).

NOTICE
Scripting requires a firm understanding of the communication mechanisms,
protocols and commands used to communicate with specific end devices. It also
requires knowledge of advanced programming language concepts.
As such, only advanced users with the appropriate training and experience should
participate in the development of scripts for RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW. Leaving a
script in an invalid state will result in the inability to communicate with a device(s).

NOTICE
When RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW is upgraded, some baseline scripts may be updated
to optimize their performance with the new release. However, versions of these
baseline scripts that have been customized will be unaffected. Users are prompted
to save and revert edited scripts on upgrade.
Siemens recommends reviewing any updated baseline scripts and mirroring the
enhancements in the customized versions where applicable.

Note
Scripts cannot be deleted. However, any scripts created when a device type was
cloned will be removed automatically when the associated device type is deleted.

Note
The name of each script indicates which device type it is associated with and its basic
function. For example, the sel_login.vbs script controls the login process for SEL
devices, while the sel_3354_login.vbs script controls the login process specifically for
SEL 3354 devices.
Scripts that are created when a device type is cloned adopt the name of
their associated device type in their file name. For example, when creating
a clone called Cisco 2900 Test, a copy of the Cisco_2900_login.vbs script
associated with the original device type is created with the name Cisco 2900 Test
(Clone)_Cisco_2900_login.vbs.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 281
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.10.1 Viewing Available Scripts

4.10.1 Viewing Available Scripts

To view the scripts currently available, do the following:

Note
Scripts are not required for all device types.

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM

CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration and then click Scripts. The Scripts
screen appears.

2 3

1 Available Scripts
2 Edit Script Button
3 Revert Script Button
Figure 4.187 Scripts Screen

The available scripts are displayed in a table, which displays the following
information about each script:
• The name of the script.
• The script type.
• A description of the script. This parameter is optional.
• The status of the script. If the status is base, the script has not been modified
from its original version. However, if the status is Edited, the script has been
modified.

282 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.10.2 Editing a Script

4.10.2 Editing a Script

To edit an existing script, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration and then click Scripts. The Scripts
screen appears.

2 3

1 Available Scripts
2 Edit Script Button
3 Revert Script Button
Figure 4.188 Scripts Screen

3. Select the desired script and then click Edit Script. The Script Properties dialog
box appears.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 283
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.10.3 Reverting a Script

1 OK Button
2 Cancel Button
3 Edit Window
Figure 4.189 Script Properties Dialog Box

Note
For easier editing, copy the contents of the script to an external editor, then
copy the modified version back into the Script Properties dialog box.

4. Modify the script as required. For information about how to develop scripts,
script requirements, and/or available variables and functions, refer to the
"RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Scripting Reference Guide".
5. Click OK. The status of the script on the Scripts screen changes automatically to
Edited to indicate the script has been modified from its baseline version.

4.10.3 Reverting a Script

Scripts can be reverted back to their baseline state after being modified. This may
be required if modifications have been unsuccessful, if the script stops working
following a RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW update, or when a newer version of the
baseline script is installed that includes appealing updates.
To revert a script back to its original baseline version, do the following:

Note
All modifications will be lost permanently. To retain the modifications for future use
or reference, copy the contents to an external editor and save them.

284 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.11 Managing Password Checkouts

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM

CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration and then click Scripts. The Scripts
screen appears.

2 3

1 Available Scripts
2 Edit Script Button
3 Revert Script Button
Figure 4.190 Scripts Screen

3. Select the desired script and then click Revert Script. A confirmation dialog box
appears.
4. Click Yes. The status of the script on the Scripts screen changes automatically to
Base to indicate the script has not been modified from its baseline version.

4.11 Managing Password Checkouts

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW allows select users to temporarily check out the passwords
for one or more devices or gateways. This is useful when a user will be working
directly with one or more devices on-site and does not have access to RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW or a Station Access Controller (SAC).
The password(s) will be e-mailed to the user for the target device(s) and be active
for a specified period of time. Other users/processes will be unable to change
the password(s) until the time expires or the passwords are checked back into
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 285
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.11.1 Viewing Passwords Currently Checked Out

If the password(s) was previously generated by RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW, and all

passwords have been checked back in, a new random password is automatically
generated for the target device(s).

NOTICE
Depending on the access privileges set for the requester's user group, password
checkout requests may be blocked or require prior approval from an administrator.
For information about configuring the access privileges for user groups, refer to
"Assigning Device Group Access Privileges" (Page 35).

Note
Passwords can be checked out on behalf of other users when needed to support
individuals in the field.

4.11.1 Viewing Passwords Currently Checked Out

To view passwords that are currently checked out by users, do the following:

Note
Once a password is checked back in or the time expires, the entry is automatically
removed from the list.

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation and launch RUGGEDCOM

CROSSBOW Client.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration and then click Password
Checkouts. The Password Checkouts screen appears.

286 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.11.2 Checking Out Passwords

1 Passwords Checked Out

Figure 4.191 Password Checkouts Screen

3. [Optional] Right-click a row to view more details about passwords that have
been checked out. The Checked Out Passwords Detail dialog box appears.

Figure 4.192 Password Checkouts Screen

4.11.2 Checking Out Passwords

To checkout the password for a device or gateway, do the following:

NOTICE
Depending on the access privilege settings for the requester's user group or the
device group to which the device or gateway belongs, password checkout requests
may be blocked or require prior approval from an administrator. Contact an
administrator for more information.

Note
An e-mail address must be defined in the requester's user profile to checkout
passwords. For more information, refer to "Configuring a User Profile" (Page 29).

NOTICE
Security hazard – risk of unauthorized access and/or exploitation
E-mails sent to requesters are unencrypted. Administrators are responsible for
making sure passwords are only checked out when necessary. Requesters are
responsible for making sure passwords are kept secure and confidential upon
receipt.

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation and launch RUGGEDCOM

CROSSBOW Client.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 287
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.11.2 Checking Out Passwords

2. Locate the desired device/gateway. For more information, refer to "Locating

Devices/Gateways" (Page 111).
3. Once located, right-click the device/gateway and then click Checkout
Passwords. The Password Checkout Request dialog box appears.

1
4

5
2
6
3
7

1 Target Box
2 Start Time Box
3 On Behalf Of Check Box
4 OK Button
5 Cancel Button
6 End Time List
7 Reason Box
8 On Behalf Of Check List
Figure 4.193 Password Checkout Request Dialog Box

Note
If the OK button is inactive, password checkout requests are not allowed for the
selected device/gateway.

4. In the End Time list, select the date at which the password will be automatically
checked back in by RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW. The minimum duration is one
hour from the moment the request is initiated.
5. In the Reason box, type the reason for checking out the password.
6. [Optional] If the request is on behalf of another user, select the check box and
then select the user from the list. The e-mail notification will be sent to the
selected user.
7. Click OK. An e-mail is automatically sent under the following conditions:
• Approval Required
If approval is required by the device group or the requester's user group, an
e-mail is sent to all members of the administrative user group, excluding
the requester if they are part of the administrative user group. A secondary
e-mail is sent to the requester indicating whether or not the request was
approved. If the request was approved, the e-mail includes the user name
and password for the target device/gateway.

288 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.11.3 Checking In Passwords

• Approval Is Not Required

If approval is not required by either the device group or the requester's user
group, an e-mail is sent automatically to the requester containing the user
name and password for the target device/gateway.

4.11.3 Checking In Passwords

To check in the password for a device or gateway, do the following:

Note
If a password is not manually checked in before the checkout period ends, it is
automatically checked in by RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW.

Note
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW can be configured to automatically run the firmware
version CAM or Configuration CAM on the device/gateway once the password has
been checked in. For more information, refer to "Running CAMs Automatically After
Password Check-Ins" (Page 290).

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation and launch RUGGEDCOM

CROSSBOW Client.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration and then click Password
Checkouts. The Password Checkouts screen appears.

1 Passwords Checked Out

Figure 4.194 Password Checkouts Screen

3. Right-click the desired checkout request, and then click Check In Passwords.
The entry is automatically removed. If all users have checked in their passwords,

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 289
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.11.4 Running CAMs Automatically After Password Check-Ins

a new random password is automatically generated for the device/gateway if it

was previously generated by RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW.

4.11.4 Running CAMs Automatically After Password Check-Ins

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW can be configured to automatically run the Configuration
Compare and/or Firmware Version CAMs after the password for a device/gateway is
checked in.

Note
For more information about these CAMS, refer to either "Configuration Compare
CAM" (Page 297) or "Firmware Version CAM" (Page 299).

To enable or disable the Configuration Compare or Firmware Version CAMs to run

automatically, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration, select CAMs, and then click
Configure CAMs. The CAMs dialog box appears.

2 3 4 5

1 Available CAMs
2 Report Button
3 Run Now Button
4 Properties Button
5 Enabled Check Box
Figure 4.195 CAMs Dialog Box (Example)

3. Click Properties next to the chosen CAM. The Properties for {Name} CAM
dialog box appears.

290 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.11.5 Processing Password Checkout Requests

3
1

1 Run After Password Check In Check Box

2 OK Button
3 Cancel Button
Figure 4.196 Properties for Firmware Version CAM Screen (Example)

4. Select Run After Password Check In to enable this feature for the chosen CAM,
or clear the check box to disable the feature.
5. Click OK to save changes.

4.11.5 Processing Password Checkout Requests

Some password checkout requests may require prior approval from a member of the
administrative user group, depending on the access privileges configured for the
user's user group or the targeted device's device group.

Note
For information about permitting and blocking password checkout requests, refer to
"Adding a User Group" (Page 33) or "Adding a Device Group" (Page 223).

If approval is required, RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW automatically broadcasts the

request to the administrative group via e-mail (excluding the requester if they are
part of the administrative group). Administrators then have the option to approve or
deny the request.
An administrator may also wish to revoke a password checkout.
To approve, deny or revoke a password checkout request, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration and then click Password
Checkouts. The Password Checkouts screen appears.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 291
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.12 Viewing the System Dashboard

1 Passwords Checked Out

Figure 4.197 Password Checkouts Screen

The State column indicates which checkout requests are awaiting approval.
3. Right-click the desired checkout request, and then click either Approve Request,
Deny Request or Revoke Request. An e-mail is immediately sent to the
requester informing them of the decision.

4.12 Viewing the System Dashboard

The System Dashboard provides system administrators a high-level overview of the
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW system. It displays a summary of current alerts, devices
status, user and device connections, event counts, and other system-level summary
information. Each category is displayed in its own panel within the categories pane.
The dashboard is available by clicking System Administration, then System
Dashboard.

292 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.12 Viewing the System Dashboard

5
1

1 Categories Pane
2 OK Button
3 Configure Button
4 Cancel Button
5 Auto Refresh Check Box
Figure 4.198 System Dashboard (Default View, Partially Shown)

Information in the dashboard can be updated manually on demand by clicking the

Refresh button, or can be configured to automatically refresh every 60 seconds by
checking the Auto Refresh checkbox.
Users can customize the dashboard by clicking the Configure button. A separate
window will appear allowing users to rearrange the panels by moving them up or
down. Users can also choose which panels to display or hide by enabling or disabling
them. Clicking the Default button enables all the panels.
The following categories are available in the dashboard:
• Unacknowledged Alerts
This panel displays a bar graph indicating the number of unacknowledged
critical, warning and information alerts. The counts include alerts raised against
devices at the system level only, and excludes alerts raised against users and user
groups (e.g. report alerts).
For more information about device alerts, refer to "Viewing/Acknowledging
Device Alerts" (Page 81).
• CAM Alerts
This panel displays a bar graph with one bar for each CAM, indicating the
number of alerts associated with that CAM. For all CAMS except the Data CAM,
the count includes the number of currently active (uncleared) alerts. For the Data
CAM, the count includes all unacknowledged Event File Retrieval alerts.
For more information about CAM alerts, refer to "Viewing/Acknowledging All
Alerts" (Page 79).

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 293
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.12 Viewing the System Dashboard

• Device Status
This panel displays a bar graph indicating the number of devices in the system
that have the following state(s): In Service, Out of Service, Discovered and
Maintenance Mode. As Maintenance Mode is not mutually exclusive to the
other states, the sum total of all four bars in this graph is not necessarily equal to
the total number of devices in the system.
• Connections
This panel displays the currently connected users in the system.
For more information about connected users, refer to "Managing Users, Groups
and Authentication" (Page 23).
• Most Recent Alerts
This panel displays the most recent chronological alerts, up to a maximum of
seven alerts.
For more information about alerts, refer to "Viewing/Acknowledging All
Alerts" (Page 79).
• Password Checkouts
This panel displays passwords currently checked out by users.
For more information about password checkouts, refer to "Managing Password
Checkouts" (Page 285).
• Event Log Record Counts
This panel displays the number of records that appear in the Event Log over
various time frames. The Today total includes events logged since midnight. The
Last 7 Days and Last 30 Days totals include the Today total, starting at midnight
on the start days.
For more information about the event log, refer to the "RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW
Server Configuration Manual".
• Active Automation Tasks
This panel displays the automation tasks in progress on each server in a cluster.
For more information about automation tasks, refer to "Managing Special
Operations" (Page 266).
• Recently Completed Automation Tasks
This panel displays the last 10 completed automation tasks, including SAM-L
automation tasks.
For more information about automation tasks, refer to "Managing Special
Operations" (Page 266).
• Licenses
This panel displays the license limits for certain objects (users, devices, etc.) in
the database according to the license installed on the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW
server, as well as the counts of those objects currently in the database.
For more information about licenses, refer to the "RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW
Server Configuration Manual".

294 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.12 Viewing the System Dashboard

• File Data Use

This panel displays a quick overview of the types of files saved in the database
and the amount of space they occupy, in MB. File types include event files
retrieved by the Data CAM, firmware files uploaded for use with the Update
Firmware special operation, device configuration files retrieved by the
Configuration CAM, bulk import and export files, user-created report files, and
audit log files, generally created during user sessions or the Change Password
special operation. A General section is also included to display non-defined items
such as device files and files uploaded by users.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 295
Managing Regions, Facilities, Devices and
Gateways
4.12 Viewing the System Dashboard

296 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
Managing CAMs
5
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Application Modules (CAMs) are separately licensed
plug-ins that can be purchased and installed to add advanced functionality to
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW.
CAMs can be run manually or at scheduled intervals for all or select devices and
gateways.

5.1 Available CAMs

The following RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Application Modules (CAMs) are available for
use with RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW:
• Firmware Version CAM
The Firmware Version CAM determines the firmware version installed on
target devices/gateways and reports if the version installed is different than the
expected version.
• Configuration Compare CAM
The Configuration Compare CAM compares the configuration of target devices/
gateways to their most recently approved baseline configuration.
• Time Compare CAM
The Time Compare CAM compares the system time on the server to the system
time on the targeted devices/gateways.
• Data CAM
The Data CAM retrieves and stores fault/event data from targeted devices/
gateways.
• Connectivity CAM
The Connectivity CAM tests connectivity with target devices/gateways.

5.1.1 Configuration Compare CAM

The Configuration Compare CAM compares the configuration settings for a wide
range of devices against a baseline. If the configuration for a specific device differs
from the baseline, the designated users are notified. Results are also recorded in
the Configuration Configure CAM Report. For more information about viewing CAM
reports, refer to "Viewing CAM Reports" (Page 301)

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 297
Managing CAMs
5.1.2 Time Compare CAM

Note
The Configuration Compare CAM is a separately licensed plug-in that can be be
added to any RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW server (v4.0 or later). For more information
about installing a CAM, refer to the "RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server Configuration
Manual".

For information about establishing a configuration baseline, refer to "Retrieving the

Current Configuration for a Device/Gateway" (Page 174).

5.1.2 Time Compare CAM

The Time Compare CAM compares the system time on the target devices against the
system time of the SAM-P/SAM-L. If the times differ too much from each other, the
designated users are notified. Results are also recorded in the Time Compare CAM
Report. For more information about viewing CAM reports, refer to "Viewing CAM
Reports" (Page 301)

Note
The Time Compare CAM is a separately licensed plug-in that can be be added to any
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW server (v4.0 or later). For more information about installing
a CAM, refer to the "RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server Configuration Manual".

5.1.3 Data CAM

The Data CAM automates the collection of fault and event data from substation
relays and Digital Fault Recorders (DFRs). To do so, RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW requires
on-demand connectivity to all managed devices.

Note
The Data CAM is a separately licensed plug-in that can be be added to any
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW server (v4.1 or later). For more information about installing
a CAM, refer to the "RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server Configuration Manual".

Note
If the Data CAM runs on a serial device that contains numerous event files, the CAM
may require a significant amount of time (30 minutes or more) to complete.

The Data CAM can gather the following data from IEDs:
• Target status
• Sequence of event (SOE) data
• Fault reports
• Oscillography files

298 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing CAMs
5.1.4 Firmware Version CAM

All data collected is stored in the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW database, along with the
time and date it was last updated.
For information about how to view data collected by the Data CAM, refer to "Viewing
Device Data" (Page 192).

5.1.4 Firmware Version CAM

The Firmware Version CAM determines which firmware/software versions are
installed on devices. It connects to a managed device, reads the firmware/software
version currently running, and compares the current value(s) to the value(s)
expected by RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW for that device. If the current firmware
version is different from the expected version, the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW
administrator group is notified. Results are also recorded in the Firmware Version
CAM Report. For more information about viewing CAM reports, refer to "Viewing
CAM Reports" (Page 301)
For information about how to set the expected firmware version, refer to "Setting the
Expected Firmware Version(s)" (Page 178).

Note
The Firmware Version CAM is a separately licensed plug-in that can be be added to
any RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW server (v4.0 or later). For more information about
installing a CAM, refer to the "RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server Configuration
Manual".

For information about how to use the Firmware CAM, refer to "Setting the Expected
Firmware Version(s)" (Page 178) and "Retrieving the Current Firmware Version(s) for
a Device/Gateway" (Page 181).

5.1.5 Connectivity CAM

The Connectivity CAM monitors RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW's ability to connect
to devices. The intent is to make sure devices are available for other CrossBow
communications (e.g. end user connections, other CAMs, etc.) and to alert an
administrator when it is not. Such testing can be configured to occur periodically
such that if a device becomes uncommunicative it can be detected preemptively,
instead of detecting the failure only when a user next tries to access the device.

Note
The Connectivity CAM is a separately licensed plug-in that can be be added to any
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW server (v4.3 or later). For more information about installing
a CAM, refer to the "RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server Configuration Manual".

The Connectivity CAM must be enabled for specific devices and/or device types.
When enabled, the CAM collects and manages the following statistics for each device
and/or devices belonging to the device type:

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 299
Managing CAMs
5.1.5 Connectivity CAM

• The date and time of the last connectivity test

• Whether or not the connectivity test was successful
• The date and time of the last successful connectivity test for the device
Connectivity data is updated for each device individually when it is tested, either
on a scheduled basis or on-demand. All gathered data is stored in the RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW database.
The Connectivity CAM tests connectivity with a device or device type using
one of the available communication interfaces defined within RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW, including the connectivity path through any intervening gateways.
Where possible, the CAM will also attempt to verify connectivity by actively soliciting
a communications response from the device(s), such as a prompt, a menu, or a
protocol response.

Note
In most cases, the Connectivity CAM does not attempt to log into a device(s)/
gateway(s). Therefore, connectivity testing does not include verify passwords. One
exception is SSH interfaces, where authentication is an integral part of the protocol.

5.1.5.1 Connectivity Tests

Note
For a list of supported CAMs, refer to "CAMs Supported by Device Family/
Type" (Page 557).

The following details the mechanisms by which connectivity is tested (i.e. what
defines a successful connection):
Device Type Connectivity Test
Newline response After the Connectivity CAM establishes a text-
based connection to the device, it sends a newline
(e.g. carriage return/line feed combination or a
single carriage return only, depending on the
device type) and listens for a response. The
connection test is considered successful if any
response is received. This could be a password
prompt, a command prompt, or a text-based
menu, for example.
In most cases the CAM does not analyze the
response in any way, it simply detects whether or
not it received one. One exception is SEL devices,
where the CAM verifies that it received a properly
formatted SEL prompt using existing SEL scripts.
SSH connection The Connectivity CAM establishes a typical Secure
Shell (SSH) connection to devices that support it.
As long as the SSH connection is successful, the
CAM considers the connection test successful.
Telnet Connection A Connectivity CAM establishes a Telnet
connection with the device. This makes sure the

300 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing CAMs
5.2 Viewing CAM Reports

Device Type Connectivity Test

device is able to accept a network connection and
actively process the Telnet protocol.
TCP The Connectivity CAM establishes a straight
Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) connection
with the device. This makes sure the device is
able to accept network connections, but does not
verify communications at any higher level.
Modbus Firmware Register Read Used specifically for GE UR devices, this method
actively reads a Modbus register from the
end-device, either over a typical serial or
TCP connection. This method verifies that
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW is able to send a
Modbus command and receive corresponding
response from the end-device.
Connection Path Only Certain device types are defined as generic
serial devices, which inherently means that
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW does not know anything
specific about how such devices operate. As a
result, RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW does not know
how to elicit any response from such a device.
Connectivity testing in this case is limited to the
connectivity path between the RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW server and the end-device.
For example, such a device will generally be
below a gateway (or perhaps chain of gateways)
of a specific type that is known to RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW. As long as RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW
can successfully navigate through that gateway
chain to the point where it would normally hand-
off communication to the user’s application, the
connection test is considered successful.
Note that in this case RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW
cannot positively verify the functioning of the
end-device itself.

5.2 Viewing CAM Reports

A report can be generated for each CAM detailing when the CAM was last run and
the results for each device/gateway for which it is enabled.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 301
Managing CAMs
5.2 Viewing CAM Reports

1 Report Details
2 Close Button
Figure 5.1 Sample CAM Report

To generate a report for a CAM, do the following:

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration, select CAMs, and then click
Configure CAMs. The CAMs dialog box appears.

2 3 4 5

1 Available CAMs
2 Report Button
3 Run Now Button
4 Properties Button
5 Enabled Check Box
Figure 5.2 CAMs Dialog Box (Example)

3. Click Report for the desired CAM. The report appears in a new window.
4. When done, click OK.

302 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing CAMs
5.3 Enabling/Disabling CAMs

5.3 Enabling/Disabling CAMs

CAMs can be enabled or disabled at any level of the device/gateway structure.

Note
A CAM can only be enabled if it is first enabled at the global level.

5.3.1 Enabling/Disabling a CAM for All Devices/Gateways

To enable or disable a RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Application Module (CAM) for all
devices/gateways managed by RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration, select CAMs, and then click
Configure CAMs. The CAMs dialog box appears.

2 3 4 5

1 Available CAMs
2 Report Button
3 Run Now Button
4 Properties Button
5 Enabled Check Box
Figure 5.3 CAMs Dialog Box (Example)

3. For the desired CAM, select Enabled to enable the CAM, or clear Enabled to
disable the CAM.

5.3.2 Enabling/Disabling a CAM for Multiple Devices/Gateways

To enable or disable a RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Application Module (CAM) for
multiple devices/gateways managed by RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW:

Note
The CAM must first be enabled for all devices/gateways. For more information, refer
to "Enabling/Disabling a CAM for All Devices/Gateways" (Page 303).

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 303
Managing CAMs
5.3.2 Enabling/Disabling a CAM for Multiple Devices/Gateways

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM

CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration, select CAMs, and then click Bulk
Enable/Disable CAMs. The Bulk Enable/Disable Devices for CAMs dialog box
appears.

2
4
3

1 CAM List
2 Filter By Lists
3 Enable All In List Button
4 Disable All In List Button
5 Available Devices/Gateways
Figure 5.4 Bulk Enable/Disable Devices for CAMs Dialog Box

3. Under CAM, select the desired CAM.

4. Under Filter By, select which devices/gateways to display based on device
family, device group, device type, facility or region.
5. Select the devices/gateways for which to enable the selected CAM, or clear the
devices/gateways for which the CAM should be disabled. Alternatively, click
Enable All In List to select all the devices/gateways listed, or click Disable All In
List to clear all selections.
6. Close the dialog box. CAMs are enabled/disabled instantly for the selected
devices/gateways.

304 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing CAMs
5.3.3 Enabling/Disabling a CAM for Specific Devices/Gateways

5.3.3 Enabling/Disabling a CAM for Specific Devices/Gateways

To enable or disable a RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Application Module (CAM) for
specific devices/gateways:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. Locate the parent region, facility, device group, device family or device type for
the desired device/gateway.
• For information about locating regions or facilities, refer to "Viewing the
Field Layout" (Page 71)
• For information about locating device groups, refer to "Viewing a List of
Device Groups" (Page 222)
• For information about locating device families or types, refer to "Viewing a
List of Device Families and Types" (Page 230)
3. Right-click the target and then click Properties. The associated Properties dialog
box appears.
4. Click the CAMs tab. The CAMs screen appears.

1
2 3 4

1 Available CAMs
2 Run Now Button
3 Properties Button
4 Enabled Check Box
5 OK Button
6 Cancel Button
Figure 5.5 CAMs Screen (Example)

5. Select the Enabled check box next to the desired CAM. A confirmation dialog
box appears.
6. Click OK. The dialog box closes.
7. Click OK to save changes.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 305
Managing CAMs
5.4 Scheduling/Running a CAM

5.4 Scheduling/Running a CAM

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Application Modules (CAMs) can be scheduled to run at a
specific time in the future, either once or at recurring intervals. Users can also run a
CAM manually.

5.4.1 Scheduling a CAM for All Devices/Gateways

To schedule a CAM to run for all devices/gateways, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the Field Layout tab, right-click Global Region, point to CrossBow
Application Modules and then select the desired CAM. The Scheduling {Name}
CAM dialog box appears.

1 2

4
5

6
7

1 Description Box
2 OK Button
3 Cancel Button
4 Repetition Lists
5 Repetition Values
6 Start Time Options
7 Start Time Box
Figure 5.6 Scheduling Data CAM (Example)

3. [Optional] Under Description, type a description that describes the operation.

Include such details as the affected target, the purpose of the operation, etc.
This description will appear in the list of scheduled operations.
4. Under Repetition, select the interval and value (if applicable).
5. Under Start Time (On Server), select Now or Specific Time. If Now is selected,
proceed to step 7 (Page 307).

306 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing CAMs
5.4.2 Scheduling a CAM for Specific Devices/Gateways

6. Select a date and time at which the operation should occur.

7. Click OK to save changes. The operation will commence at the selected time.
For information about how to monitor scheduled operations, refer to "Viewing
Scheduled Operations and Log Reports" (Page 266).

5.4.2 Scheduling a CAM for Specific Devices/Gateways

To schedule a CAM to run for specific devices/gateways, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. Locate the desired device/gateway. For more information, refer to "Locating
Devices/Gateways" (Page 111).
3. Once located, right-click the device/gateway, point to CrossBow Application
Modules and then select the desired CAM. The Scheduling {Name} CAM dialog
box appears.

1
4

3
6

1 Description Box
2 Repetition Lists
3 Start Time Options
4 OK Button
5 Cancel Button
6 Start Time Box
Figure 5.7 Scheduling Config Compare CAM (Example)

4. [Optional] Under Description, type a description that describes the operation.

Include such details as the affected target, the purpose of the operation, etc.
This description will appear in the list of scheduled operations.
5. Under Repetition, select the interval and value (if applicable).

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 307
Managing CAMs
5.4.3 Running a CAM for All Devices/Gateways

6. Under Start Time (On Server), select Now or Specific Time. If Now is selected,
proceed to step 8 (Page 308).
7. Select a date and time at which the operation should occur.
8. Click OK to save changes. The operation will commence at the selected time.
For information about how to monitor scheduled operations, refer to "Viewing
Scheduled Operations and Log Reports" (Page 266).

5.4.3 Running a CAM for All Devices/Gateways

To run a CAM manually for all devices/gateways, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration, select CAMs, and then click
Configure CAMs. The CAMs dialog box appears.

2 3 4 5

1 Available CAMs
2 Report Button
3 Run Now Button
4 Properties Button
5 Enabled Check Box
Figure 5.8 CAMs Dialog Box (Example)

3. Click Run Now. The task is added to the scheduler and the following appears in
the Messages pane:
Scheduler: Schedule activity created.
Activity sent to the Scheduler

4. Click OK. The dialog box closes.

5. View the status of the operation to determine if it was successful. For
more information, refer to "Viewing Scheduled Operations and Log
Reports" (Page 266).

308 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing CAMs
5.4.4 Running a CAM for Specific Devices/Gateways

5.4.4 Running a CAM for Specific Devices/Gateways

To run a CAM manually for specific devices/gateways, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. Locate the desired device/gateway. For more information, refer to "Locating
Devices/Gateways" (Page 111).
3. Once located, right-click the specific device/gateway and then click Properties.
The associated Properties dialog box appears.
4. Click the CAMs tab. The CAMs dialog box appears.

1
2 3 4

1 Available CAMs
2 Run Now Button
3 Properties Button
4 Enabled Check Box
5 OK Button
6 Cancel Button
Figure 5.9 CAMs Dialog Box (Example)

5. Click Run Now. The task is added to the scheduler and the following appears in
the Messages pane:
Scheduler: Schedule activity created.
Activity sent to the Scheduler

6. Click OK. The dialog box closes.

7. View the status of the operation to determine if it was successful. For
more information, refer to "Viewing Scheduled Operations and Log
Reports" (Page 266).

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 309
Managing CAMs
5.4.4 Running a CAM for Specific Devices/Gateways

310 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
Managing Generated Audit Logs
6
Audit logs detail the activities of users when they are connected to remote devices.
The audit logs are stored in the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW database, and can be
retrieved by administrators or users in user groups with audit log administrator
permissions.
This section describes how to view, search and delete audit logs, and to change
settings for individual devices and gateways.

NOTICE
Raw transmitted or received device data must be enabled on the RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Server to generate audit logs. Default audit levels for raw data and other
sensitive information are configurable via the Server.
For more information about managing audit logs at the system level, refer to the
"RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server Configuration Manual".

6.1 Viewing Audit Logs

To view active audit log files, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, select System Administration then click Audit Log Files. The
Audit Log Files dialog box appears.

1 Available Logs
2 OK Button

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 311
Managing Generated Audit Logs
6.2 Searching for an Audit Log by ID Number

3 Refresh Button
Figure 6.1 Audit Log Files Dialog Box

3. [Optional] Click the Refresh button to update the list of active audit files.
4. Select one or more audit logs, right click then select Open Audit Log File(s) to
open the selected file(s). Alternatively, select Open Audit Log File(s) With and
choose an application such as Notepad to open the desired file(s).
5. Click OK to close the Audit Log Files form.

6.2 Searching for an Audit Log by ID Number

To search for a generated audit log by its audit log ID, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. Generate a System Activity report.
For more information about generating a System Activity report, refer to
"Generating a Report" (Page 317).
3. On the toolbar, select System Administration then click Audit Log Lookup. The
Audit Log Lookup dialog box appears.

Figure 6.2 Audit Log Lookup Dialog Box

4. Enter the ID number of the audit log from the System Activity report, then click
Open. The audit log appears as a Notepad file in a separate window.

6.3 Deleting an Audit Log

To delete an audit log file, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, select System Administration then click Audit Log Files. The
Audit Log Files dialog box appears.

312 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Generated Audit Logs
6.4 Changing the Audit Log Setting for an Individual Device or Gateway

1 Available Logs
2 OK Button
3 Refresh Button
Figure 6.3 Audit Log Files Dialog Box

3. Right-click the desired log file(s), then click Delete Log File. Multiple files can be
selected at once.
4. A confirmation dialog appears. Click Yes.
5. When done, click OK to close the Audit Log Files form.

6.4 Changing the Audit Log Setting for an Individual Device or

Gateway
To change the audit log settings for an individual device or gateway, do the
following:

NOTICE
Raw transmitted or received device data must be enabled on the RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Server to generate audit logs. Default audit levels for raw data and other
sensitive information are configurable via the Server.
For more information about managing audit logs at the system level, refer to the
"RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server Configuration Manual".

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM

CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. Locate the desired device/gateway. For more information, refer to "Locating
Devices/Gateways" (Page 111).
3. Once located, right-click the device/gateway and then click Properties. The
Device Properties or Gateway Properties dialog box appears.
4. Click the Interfaces tab. The Interfaces screen appears.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 313
Managing Generated Audit Logs
6.4 Changing the Audit Log Setting for an Individual Device or Gateway

2 3 4 5 6 7
1

1 Available Interfaces
2 Enable Check Box
3 Network Port
4 Gateway Port
5 Proxy Ports Box
6 Device Group List
7 Audit Level List
8 OK Button
9 Cancel Button
Figure 6.4 Interfaces Screen (Example)

5. Under Audit Level, click the drop down menu and select the desired audit level
for the device or gateway.
6. Repeat step 5 (Page 314) for each desired interface.
7. Click OK to save changes.

314 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
Managing Reports
7
This section describes how to generate and view reports.

NOTICE
Generated reports may contain sensitive information, such as IP addresses and
credentials. The user generating these reports is responsible for the proper storage
and distribution of this material.

Note
Reports can only be generated by administrators and sub-administrators. For
information about how to grant the ability to generate reports to a user, refer to
"Assigning Administrative Privileges" (Page 40).

7.1 Available Reports

The following reports can be generated by RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW:
Report Name Description
Alert Report The Alert report lists alerts raised by RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW
Application Modules (CAMs) against devices, gateways, etc.
Asset Detection Report The Asset Detection Report details assets discovered by the ADM,
inclusing when they were discovered.
Asset Inventory Report The Asset Inventory Report details all assets in a system, including
devices, their logins and the CAM operation executed on those
devices at a specific date and time.
Configuration CAM Report The Configuration CAM Report lists the configuration settings for a
wide range of devices.
Connectivity CAM Report The Connectivity CAM Report lists the devices to which
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW can connect.
Data CAM Report The Data CAM Report lists fault and event data from substation
relays and Digital Fault Recorders (DFRs).
Device Connection Information The Device Connection Information Report provides a list of the
Report devices and their ports/interfaces as defined in RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW.
Device History Report The Device History Report lists the current and historical device
group information for a specified device.
Device Password History Report The Device Password History Report lists the current and historical
device password information for a specified device.
Device Password Report The Device Password Report lists, for each device, the device
name, host address (if networked) or phone number (if dial-up),
administrator password and user password (if applicable). This

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 315
Managing Reports
7.1 Available Reports

Report Name Description

report can be generated and printed by an authorized user to serve
as a disaster recovery mechanism.
Device Password Status Report The Device Password Status report lists, for each device family, the
device type, login name, and access level (Administrator, Engineer
or User).
Device Type Login Access Set Login access sets are used to grant users permission to login to an
Report end device using a specific set of credentials. The login access set
report shows which of the logins for the various device types are in
which set, helping to ensure the right access is being provided to
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW users.
Device Type Login Password Set Password change sets are used to group passwords together when
Report performing a password change special operation. The password
change set helps ensure the users know which device passwords
will be changed when an operation is performed.
Firmware Version CAM Report The Firmware Version CAM report lists which firmware/software
versions are installed on devices.
SSH and SFTP Algorithms The SSH and SFTP Algorithms Configuration report lists any SSH/
Configuration Report SFTP algorithms in use for existing devices.
System Activity Report The System Activity report is a collection of system events over a
specified time period.
Table and File Size Report The Table and File Size report lists the types of tables and files
saved in the database, and the amount of space they occupy, in
MB. The number of files and table rows is also displayed. Categories
include audit logs, bulk exports/imports, configuration files, event
files, and server logs.

NOTICE
For this report to be generated, the
DatabaseCapacityCheckEnabled global advanced parameter
must be set to True.
For more information about configuring global advanced
parameters, refer to the "RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server
Configuration Manual".

Time Compare CAM Report The Time Compare CAM Report lists the device time retrieved
versus the database server time, and whether this difference is
considered a mismatch for the device type.
User Authorization Report The User Authorization Report lists the access privileges and
permissions for a specified user.
User Information Report The User Information report lists general information about each
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW user, including their full name, e-mail
address, current status, the age of their password, and user group
memberships.
Administrators will see information about all users, while sub-
administrators may see a reduced list of users and associated user
groups based on the sub-administrator's assigned privileges.

Note
The password age listed in the report refers to the user's password
for accessing RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW. It is not tied to passwords
used for strong authentication, such as RSA or Active Directory.

316 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Reports
7.2 Generating a Report

Report Name Description

The RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW basic password is used if the
system is configured for basic authentication (not typical in a
commissioned system). It is also used as a fallback password
for authenticating to Station Access Controllers (SACs) in some
circumstances. Administrators can configure an expiry date for
such passwords, making this report particularly useful for making
sure all users that require a basic password are within the expected
password age limits.

7.2 Generating a Report

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW allows users to generate a variety of reports based on
criteria such as incident type, location, device(s), and user(s). Customized reporting
criteria can be saved for future use. Once generated, reports can be viewed in
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW and/or sent to users via email.
To generate a report, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click Reports, then click Report Generator. The Generate
Report dialog box appears.

2 4
1 5

1 Save Filters Button

2 Select Report List
3 Clear All Button
4 Generate Button
5 Close Button
Figure 7.1 Generate Report Dialog Box

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 317
Managing Reports
7.2 Generating a Report

Note
Not all parameters apply to each report type. The form will display the available
parameters depending on the selected criteria.

3. Configure the following parameters as required:

Parameter Description

Select Report Synopsis: [ Alert Report | Asset Detection Report | Asset

Inventory Report | Configuration CAM Report | Connectivity
CAM Report | Data CAM Report | Device History Report | Device
Password History Report | Device Password Report | Device
Password Status Report | Device Type Login Access Set Report |
Device Type Login Password Set Report | Firmware Version CAM
Report | System Activity Report | User Authorization Report |
User Information Report ]

The target report. Available filtering options will appear based

on the chosen report type.

Filter by Time Filters the report based on a specified time period. Options
include:
• From/To – The desired start and end date/time to report.
• Last – The last number of minutes, hours, days, weeks,
months or years to display.

Filter by Scope Filters the report based on specified devices and/or users.
Options include:
• Devices – The device list to display. Options include:
• Device Type
• Device Group
• Individual Device
• Individual Device (Historical)
• Devices in a Facility
• Devices in a Region
• Users – The user group or individual user to display.

Filter by Alert De Filters the report based on the type, severity and/or source of
tails alert. Options include:
• Type – The type of alert. Options include Configuration
Mismatch, Connectivity Test Failed, and Scheduled Activity
Failed. For the complete list, select the drop-down menu.
• Severity – The severity level. Options include:
• INFO
• WARNING
• CRITICAL
• Source – The alert source (e.g. Configuration Compare
CAM).

318 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Reports
7.2 Generating a Report

Parameter Description

Note
Reports are generated with a minute timestamp resolution.
Alerts generated immediately before a report is created may not
appear in the report.

Filter by Activity Synopsis: [ Device Access | Security | Crossbow Server Activity |

Type Alerts | Device Activity | Configuration Change | External Syslog
| File Activity | Scheduler ]

The category of activity to report.

4. [Optional] Click Save Filters and name the file to save the configuration for
future use, or Delete Filters to delete any existing saved filters.
5. Click Generate. The Scheduling Report Operation dialog box appears.

6
7

10 9

11

1 Description Box
2 OK Button
3 Cancel Button
4 Activity Type Box
5 Target Type Box
6 Target Box
7 Repetition Options
8 Start Time (on Server) Options
9 Report Format Options

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 319
Managing Reports
7.3 Viewing a Report

10 Assign Report To Options

11 Also Send to Users with Email Check Box
Figure 7.2 Scheduling Report Operation

6. Under Repetition, choose Once to run the report a single time or select the
desired frequency to repeat the report generation.
7. Select Now to run the report immediately, or choose a specific time to run the
report.
8. Under Report Format, choose to output the file as either PDF or Excel.
9. Under Assign Report To, choose the user, user group or a specific email address
as the assignee of the report. The report will be available to the assignee as well
as the user who generated the report.
10. [Optional] Select the Also Send to Users with Email check box to send the
report via email to the recipient(s) configured in step 9 (Page 320). The sender
email address will be the user who generated the report.
11. When done, click OK to generate the report or Cancel to cancel the operation.

Note
There may be a delay between the alert and the report availability, depending
on the size and type of report being generated.
To confirm if report generation has started, check its status in the Automation
Summary window. For more information, refer to "Viewing Scheduled
Operations and Log Reports" (Page 266).

When the report has been fully generated, the logged in user will receive an
alert notifying that the report is available for viewing. For information about
viewing a report, refer to "Viewing a Report" (Page 320).

7.3 Viewing a Report

To view a report, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click Reports, then click My Reports. The Available Reports for
Admin form appears.

320 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Managing Reports
7.3 Viewing a Report

1 Available Reports
2 OK Button
Figure 7.3 Available Reports for Admin

3. Double click the desired report. The report opens in either PDF or Excel format,
as configured. For information about configuring the report format, refer to
"Generating a Report" (Page 317).
4. When done, click OK to close the Available Reports for Admin form.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 321
Managing Reports
7.3 Viewing a Report

322 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
Troubleshooting
8
This chapter describes troubleshooting techniques and some common issues that
may be encountered when using RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW.

8.1 Generating a System Overview

The System Overview feature is used to capture the general profile of a user's system.
Once captured, this data can then be pasted into a document (i.e. email, text file ,
Word file) and shared with Siemens Customer Support for troubleshooting purposes.
Confidential or sensitive information such as passwords, IP addresses, etc. are not
captured using this feature.
To generate a system overview, do the following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click Help, then click System Overview. A message appears,
confirming that the system overview has been copied to the clipboard.
3. Paste the output into the desired document.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 323
Troubleshooting
8.1 Generating a System Overview

Figure 8.1 Sample System Overview

The output details the following system profile information:

• Regions – The name of each region and the number of child regions and
facilities within it
• Facilities – The name of each facility and the number of devices within it
• User Groups: The name of each user group, whether it is the Administrator
user group or a device administrator group, and the number of users
assigned to it
• Users – The total number of users
• Device Groups: The name of each device group, and the number of devices
assigned to that group
• Devices – The total number of devices
• Device Types: The name of each device type in use, as well as the number of
devices of that type
• Schedule History: The number of Schedule History records
• Event Logs: The number of event log records

324 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Troubleshooting
8.2 Enabling/Disabling Maintenance Mode

8.2 Enabling/Disabling Maintenance Mode

Maintenance mode is available for select devices when an Admin user needs access
to one or more devices and needs to temporarily disable the device password. In this
mode, device passwords are reset to their default values. Devices are put offline and
rendered inaccessible for user or automated connections.
Maintenance mode can be disabled manually, or otherwise expires daily at midnight.
Once disabled, a new random password is automatically generated for the target
device(s).

NOTICE
Security hazard – risk of unauthorized access and/or exploitation
Administrators are responsible for making sure maintenance mode is enabled
only when necessary, and is disabled when no longer needed. For added security,
maintenance mode is automatically disabled daily, at midnight.

Note
Maintenance mode configuration is only available to Admin users or users with
password change permissions.

To enable maintenance mode for a device/gateway, do the following:

Enabling Maintenance Mode

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. Locate the desired device type, device or gateway.
• For information about locating devices and gateways, refer to "Locating
Devices/Gateways" (Page 111)
• For information about locating device types, refer to "Viewing a List of
Device Families and Types" (Page 230)
3. Right-click the target, and then click Enable Maintenance Mode. The status
appears beside the target.
For information about how to monitor scheduled operations, refer to "Viewing
Scheduled Operations and Log Reports" (Page 266).

Disabling Maintenance Mode

1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. Locate the desired device type, device or gateway.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 325
Troubleshooting
8.3 Logging Messages

• For information about locating devices and gateways, refer to "Locating

Devices/Gateways" (Page 111)
• For information about locating device types, refer to "Viewing a List of
Device Families and Types" (Page 230)
3. Right-click the target, and then click Disable Maintenance Mode. The status
appears beside the target.
For information about how to monitor scheduled operations, refer to "Viewing
Scheduled Operations and Log Reports" (Page 266).

Device Status
The following details the device status when maintenance mode is enabled or
disabled:
Status Description
Enabling Maintenance Maintenance mode is enabled and password
change operations are still in progress.
Maintenance Enabled Maintenance mode is enabled and all password
change operations have completed with no errors.
Maintenance Enabled - Error(s) Maintenance mode is enabled and all password
change operations have completed, with at least
one error.
Disabling Maintenance Maintenance mode is disabled and password
change operations are still in progress.
No Label (Blank) Maintenance mode is disabled and all password
change operations have completed (with or
without errors).

8.3 Logging Messages

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW includes tools for logging events as they occur:
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Logger and RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Background Logger.
Both tools detail interactions between RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW clients and the
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW server where the logger is installed, and offer various tools
for displaying and exporting logs.

Note
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Logger is automatically installed alongside both
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW server and RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client.
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Background Logger is automatically installed alongside the
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW server.
For more information about installing RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW, refer to the
"RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server Configuration Manual".

326 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Troubleshooting
8.3.1 Logging Messages Using RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Logger

Note
To capture all interactions between RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW clients and the
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW server(s), a logger must be present on the machine hosting
each component.

8.3.1 Logging Messages Using RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Logger

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Logger displays all log messages as they occur in real-
time from the moment the tool is launched. The Logger can display up to 300,000
characters at a time. Once the number of characters exceeds 300,000 characters,
older log messages are removed.

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 Messages
2 Input Filter Check Box
3 Input Filter Box
4 Invert Check Box
5 Font Button
6 Set Level Button
7 Open Button
8 Save Button
9 Disable/Enable Button
10 Clear Button
11 Close Button
Figure 8.2 CROSSBOW Logger Dialog Box

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 327
Troubleshooting
8.3.1 Logging Messages Using RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Logger

Launching Logger
Launch RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Logger by either:
• Double-clicking the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Logger shortcut icon on the
desktop
• Clicking Start, selecting All Programs, selecting RuggedCom, selecting
CrossBow Logger, then selecting CrossBow Logger

Filtering Messages
The log can be filtered to show or hide messages that match or contain a specific
string. Simply select Input Filter and then type the string. Only messages that match
or contain that string will display going forward.
To exclude messages that match or contain the specified string, select Invert.

Note
Filtering only applies when it is enabled. It does not apply to previous log messages.

Customizing the Display Font

Customize the display font by clicking Font. A dialog box appears listing the various
options.

Setting the Log Level

The Set Level function instructs specific RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW services to use a
specific log level. By default, this is set to level 5 (debug) for all services and should
not be changed unless requested by Siemens Customer Support.

Opening the Log In a Text Editor

To open the current list of messages in a text editor, click Open. The current list is
opened in the application associated with text files.

Saving the Log

To save the log locally for future analysis or retention, click Save and then select the
location and file name for the log file.

Enabling/Disabling Logger
To disable any further logging of messages without closing RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW
Logger, click Disable. To re-enable logging, click Enable.

328 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Troubleshooting
8.3.2 Logging Messages Using RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Background Logger

Clearing the Log

To clear the message log, click Clear.

Closing Logger
To close RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Logger, click Close.

8.3.2 Logging Messages Using RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Background Logger

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Background Logger allows users to collect log messages in
the background until a specified number of log files (of a specific size each) are filled
with data. The Background Logger can write a maximum of 25 files per server, each
up to 250 MB in size.

Note
To log messages, the Background Logger Service must be configured and running
on the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server. For more information about configuring
the Background Logger Service, refer to the "RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server
Configuration Manual".

Note
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Background Logger does not automatically stop writing log
messages. If the log files are full, RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Background Logger will
automatically delete the first file and start a new one until the user stops the process.

To start logging using RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Background Logger, do the

following:
1. Access the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW client workstation, launch RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Client, and login as a user with the necessary administrative
privileges.
2. On the toolbar, click System Administration, then click Server Logs. The
Server Logs screen appears.

1 5

1 Log Files List

2 OK Button

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 329
Troubleshooting
8.4 Common Issues

3 Refresh Button
4 Auto Refresh Box
5 Rotate Now Button
Figure 8.3 Server Logs Screen

3. Click the Refresh button to manually refresh the log.

4. Click the Auto Refresh box to automatically refresh the log every 60 seconds.
5. Click the Rotate Now button to start a new background log file.
6. Click OK to save changes.

Exporting Log Files

Export the log files as a single compressed Zip file to a desired location by right
clicking the log file name then clicking Export Log File. The File Activity screen
appears showing the progress and status of the export.
The Zip file is automatically saved to the desired location with the file name
CXBLog{date_and_time}.zip.

Note
If CXBLog.zip already exists, RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Background Logger will ask
whether or not to overwrite the file. Click Yes to overwrite, or No to cancel.

Opening Log Files

Once RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Background Logger has finished logging or has been
stopped, the log files can be opened directly.
To view the log files, click Open File on the File Activity screen. Each log file is
opened in the application associated with text files.
Log files can also be opened separately from their file location.

Deleting Log Files

Once RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Background Logger has finished logging or has been
stopped, the log files can be deleted.
To delete a log file, click System Administration, then click Server Logs. Right click
the server log to be deleted.

8.4 Common Issues

This section describes troubleshooting steps for common issues that may be
encountered when using RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW.

330 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Troubleshooting
8.4.1 Devices/Gateways

Note
For further assistance, contact Siemens Customer Support.

8.4.1 Devices/Gateways
The following details potential problems related to devices and gateways and how to
troubleshoot them:
Problem Potential Cause Suggested Solution
Configuration mismatch The approved configuration First compare the approved and
does not match the current current configurations by doing
configuration. the following:
1. Make sure a configuration
file difference viewer
is configured. This can
either be a default viewer
for all file types or a
custom viewer specifically
configured for the parent
device type. For more
information, refer to
either "Configuring a
Default File Difference
Viewer" (Page 66)
or "Configuring an
Alternate Configuration
File Difference
Viewer" (Page 235).
2. View the list of alerts
for the device. For more
information, refer to
"Viewing/Acknowledging
Device Alerts" (Page 81).
3. Right-click the configuration
mismatch alert and
click Compare. The
configurations are displayed
in the configuration file
difference viewer.
4. Review the differences
between the two
configurations.
Depending on the device
type, update the configuration
either directly or remotely via
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW.
Firmware mismatch The approved firmware does not Depending on the device type,
match the current firmware. update the firmware directly or
via RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW.
For information about updating
the firmware via RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW, refer to "Managing
Firmware" (Page 177).

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 331
Troubleshooting
8.4.1 Devices/Gateways

Problem Potential Cause Suggested Solution

Unable to find a gateway in the The gateway has not been Gateways are only accessible/
Field Layout tab configured to be accessible/ visible when configured to be
visible. accessed as an end-device,
with the exception of Gauntlet
gateways, which cannot be
accessed as devices.
For information about how
to configure a gateway to be
access as an end-device, refer
to "Configuring Connection
Properties" (Page 127).
Unable to connect to a device/ An application has not been • Make sure the correct
gateway enabled for the device/gateway application has been
or its device type. enabled for the device/
gateway. For more
information, refer to
"Enabling/Disabling
Applications" (Page 136).
• Make sure the application
has been enabled at the
device type level. For
more information, refer
to "Enabling/Disabling
Applications" (Page 251).
• Make sure the device/
gateway is online.
• Make sure any devices/
gateways upstream of the
target device/gateway are
online.
The SMP gateway license does Update the license on the
not support pass-through gateway.
Failed SSH/SFTP handshake Verify the SSH
EncryptionAlgorithms
advanced parameter on
the device/gateway for
compatibility.
Weak ciphers detected during Make sure enabled ciphers are
the handshake process, causing security grade 4 or higher.
connection delay or failure. For more information about
managing cipher suites, refer to
the "RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW
Server Configuration Manual".
Connection to device/gateway The session has expired. RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW
lost automatically terminates
dormant connections after a
period of time. Reconnect to the
device/gateway if required.
The network connection has Make sure the network
been lost or the device/gateway connection and device/gateway
has gone offline. are accessible before attempting
to restore the connection.

332 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Troubleshooting
8.4.1 Devices/Gateways

Problem Potential Cause Suggested Solution

Receiving the following error In the case of a SAC or SAM-L, Import the updated fingerprint
when connecting to a device/ the stored fingerprint value must from the SAM-P. For more
gateway via SSH or SFTP: be aligned with the value stored information, refer to "Updating
by the SAM-P. the SAC Database" (Page 90).
Error: Device Finger
print did not match In the case of a SAM-P, the Change the fingerprint
stored Fingerprint, fingerprint value needs to be handling mode for the
connection was abort updated. associated device type via the
ed SSHFingerPrintHandling or
SFTPFingerPrintHandling
parameter. For more
information, refer to
"Configuring Advanced
Properties" (Page 255).
Configuration information An error similar to the Make sure all port numbers
missing from a gateway following is received when are properly configured for
trying to connect to a the gateway's device type.
gateway: For more information, refer
to "Configuring Gateway
This device or one of Ports" (Page 243).
its parent devices is
missing some needed If the problem persists, review
configuration infor the configuration for the device
mation. Please ensure type and gateway to make sure
that any required ad the necessary parameters are
dresses and port num properly configured.
bers for this device
and its parents are
filled in before con
necting.

This error may occur if one or

more port numbers are set to
default (Unassigned).
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW An error similar to the Make sure all port numbers
is unable to find the following is received when are properly configured for
communication application trying to connect to a device/ the gateway's device type.
gateway: For more information, refer
to "Configuring Gateway
Application not in Ports" (Page 243).
configured location.
If the problem persists, review
the configuration for the device
type and gateway to make sure
the necessary parameters are
properly configured.
Missing Device/Gateway Device group not assigned for If a device group is not assigned
the device/gateway. when a new device or gateway is
added, RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW
automatically adds them to the
default (unassigned) device
group. If the device/gatway is in
the (unassigned) device group,
make sure it is assigned to the
proper device group.
For more information
about assigning a device/
gateway to a device group,
refer to "Configuring

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 333
Troubleshooting
8.4.2 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client

Problem Potential Cause Suggested Solution

Interfaces" (Page 129)
(standard devices/gateways)
or "Configuring Connection
Properties" (Page 146) (Gauntlet
gateways).
Device or Gateway Name A device/gateway within the Devices/gateways cannot
Already In Use target facility already has the have the same name as other
same name. devices/gateways within the
same facility. A device/gateway
name can only be reused
when the devices/gateways
are subordinate to different
facilities.
User is prompted for the 2AC The user has logged in to a Do one of the following:
password despite being logged SEL IED from RUGGEDCOM • Configure a TEAM server
in CROSSBOW using the 2AC device in RUGGEDCOM
password and is attempting to CROSSBOW and sync the
read configuration files. The RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW
AcSELerator application sends passwords to AcSELerator.
the ACC command during the
file read. After modifying the For more information about
file, when the user attempts synchronizing passwords
to send the settings files, the with a SEL TEAM Server,
user is prompted for the 2AC refer to the "RUGGEDCOM
password. CROSSBOW Companion
Reference Manual".
• Configure command
blocking to block the ACC
command for the SEL IED.
During the AcSELerator
read configuration file
operation, the user will be
prompted that RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW has blocked
the ACC command from
AcSELerator, but the
AcSELerator configuration
file read will eventually
continue with the device still
at the 2AC level.
For more information about
configuring command
blocking, refer to "Logging/
Blocking Interface
Commands" (Page 237).

8.4.2 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client

The following details potential problems related to the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW
Client and how to troubleshoot them:
Problem Potential Cause Suggestion
Unable to login The user has been Contact an administrator or sub-administrator to
set to Inactive by an reactivate the user's profile. For information about

334 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Troubleshooting
8.4.3 CAMs

Problem Potential Cause Suggestion

administrator or sub- activating a user's profile, refer to "Configuring a
administrator. User Profile" (Page 29).
The user has exceeded When a user fails to login a specified number
the maximum number of times, their user profile is automatically
of login attempts. locked by RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW. Contact an
administrator or sub-administrator to reactivate
the user's profile. For information about activating
a user's profile, refer to "Configuring a User
Profile" (Page 29).
The maximum number of failed login attempts
permitted by RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW is based
on the authentication method in use:
• For Basic authentication, the maximum
number of failed login attempts is set in
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW server. For more
information, refer to the "RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Server Configuration Manual".
• For Active Directory or RSA SecurID,
the lockout policy for the respective
authentication method is respected.
Scheduled task did not The task failed. If the task ran, but failed, view the history of the
run task to determine the point of failure. For more
information about viewing the history of a task,
refer to "Viewing Scheduled Operations and Log
Reports" (Page 266).
Failed SSH/SFTP Verify the SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
handshake advanced parameter on the device/gateway for
compatibility.
The date and time were Recreate the task.
set incorrectly.
An occurrence of the
task was canceled/
deleted.
Files/Versions Not File transfer in progress. A file version may exist in the database (i.e. a
Available FileData record is present), but the matching
FileContents record does not exist. This typically
occurs when the file has only been partially
transferred by the SAM-L. This is a short-term
issue that will resolve itself once the file has been
fully transferred.

8.4.3 CAMs
The following details potential problems related to the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW
Application Modules (CAMs) and how to troubleshoot them:
Problem Description Suggested Solution
Unable to locate executable A new CAM has been installed, This alert appears if the
but the following alert is CAM has not been properly
generated whenever it is run: installed. Make sure the installer
(*.msi) has been run. For
more information, refer to the

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 335
Troubleshooting
8.4.4 Scripts

Problem Description Suggested Solution

Alert raised: {CAM "RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server
Name} CAM for {Device Configuration Manual".
Type} completed with
Blocked status. De
tails: Unable to lo
cate executable, CAM
may not be installed.

Unable to run a CAM The CAM is visible, but 1. Make sure the CAM
unavailable when right-clicking a is enabled. For more
device/gateway information, refer to
"Enabling/Disabling
CAMs" (Page 303).
2. Make sure the parent device/
gateway is online.

8.4.4 Scripts
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW's typical behavior when running scripts is to:
1. Create a temporary run-time version of the script (typically under C:\Windows
\TEMP), which includes any other scripts that are referenced, in place of the
#include directive. The file name for the run-time script is made unique by
appending a unique code, such as sel_login_a07704.vbs.
2. Run the run-time script.
3. Delete the temporary run-time script.
However, if an error is encountered when running the script, RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW moves the run-time script to C:\{install-directory}\Ruggedcom
\CrossBow\ScriptErrors for troubleshooting and renames it. Each script in the
ScriptErrors folder is named ScriptError_{original-name}.{py|vbs}, where {original-
name} is the name of the original script (e.g. ScriptError_sel_login.vbs).
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW also logs an error in the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Debug
Logger to indicate which script failed and which line caused the error. In the
following example, an error was detected at character 1 on line 539 in the file C:
\Windows\TEMP\sel_login_a07704.vbs:
14:46:50.204: WinRC (1359425606.1 7708: ScriptRunner::ScriptThread():88: Script
stdout:
14:46:50.204: WinRC (1359425606.1 7708: ScriptRunner::ScriptThread():94: Microsoft
(R) Windows Script Host Version 5.8
14:46:50.204: WinRC (1359425606.1 7708: ScriptRunner::ScriptThread():94: Copyright
(C) Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
14:46:50.204: WinRC (1359425606.1 7708: ScriptRunner::ScriptThread():102: Script
stderr:
14:46:50.204: WinRC (1359425606.1 7708: ScriptRunner::ScriptThread():108: C:\Win
dows\TEMP\sel_login_a07704.vbs(539, 1) Microsoft VBScript runtime error: Variable
is undefined: 'LoginLevel'
14:46:50.204: WinRC (1359425606.1 7708: ScriptRunner::ScriptThread():114: ***
Contents detected script stderr even though exit code was 0. Considering this a
script error.

336 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Troubleshooting
8.4.5 Automation

To troubleshoot a script error similar to this, refer to the temporary run-time script
saved in the ScriptErrors folder. The line number referenced in the error message
aligns with this version, not the original script.
Any modifications required for the script following troubleshooting must be made to
the original script via RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client.

8.4.5 Automation
The following is a list of common issues related to special operations and how to
troubleshoot them:
Problem/Message Description Suggested Solution
At least one device in this device The device or parent gateway Make sure the desired device
chain is not in service has been tagged as out of or gateway is in service. For
service in the RUGGEDCOM more information, refer to
CROSSBOW Client. The scheduler "Configuring Identification
will skip this activity. Properties" (Page 126).
Automation and auto-login to The event log is nearing its Connect to the device manually.
GarrettCom 6K devices fail storage capacity limit. Special If you see the prompt "Event Log
operations and auto login fail Storage Space is almost full. Do
until the prompt is cleared. you want to clean up? [Y/N]",
select Y to clear the prompt.
For more information about
connecting to a device, refer
to "Connecting to a Device/
Gateway" (Page 114).
SMP special operation A Cooper Power Systems device Install the Cooper Power
fails. The event log shows is in use. The RUGGEDCOM Systems Root CA on the
"W:SMPSpecialOperations:: CROSSBOW Server requires the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW
Login():103: Post call failed: Cooper Power Systems Root CA Server. The certificate is installed
Server certificate verification to be installed. with the SMP Manager, so this
failed. Connection aborted". software can be installed on the
server. Alternatively, if the SMP
Manager is installed elsewhere,
the certificate can be exported
from that server and installed
on the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW
Server. For more information
about managing certificates,
refer to the "RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW Server Configuration
Manual".
The device does not have a The device configuration is Adjust the configuration of
parent gateway port selected. incomplete. the child device to select
the appropriate gateway
port on the parent device.
For more information,
refer to "Configuring
Interfaces" (Page 129).
ERROR: Did not Rx a recognized Potential baud rate issue. Verify the baud rate set in the
SEL prompt. Gateways have device matches the baud rate
been successfully traversed and set on the parent gateway port
a CRLF sent to the appropriate connected to the device. For
serial port, but the SEL device

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 337
Troubleshooting
8.4.5 Automation

Problem/Message Description Suggested Solution

has not responded in an more information, consult the
expected manner. SEL documentation.
The device is not physically Verify all physical connections.
connected.
The device is not a SEL device. The operation can only be
performed on SEL devices.
The timeout for the device is too Adjust the Timeout_Total
short and should be increased. parameter. For more
information, refer to
"Available Advanced
Parameters" (Page 341).
Target device unexpectedly On an SSH connection, the log-in Verify the device passwords.
disconnected. credentials may be incorrect. For more information, refer
to "Configuring Connection
Properties" (Page 127).
There is a potential mis- Verify the
configuration in the port SpecialOpTerminalMethod
configuration (e.g. user is parameter. For more
connecting to a Telnet port, but information, refer to
using SSH). "Available Advanced
Parameters" (Page 341).
User is attempting to connecting Verify the connection port.
to the wrong port on an RTAC For more information,
device. refer to "Configuring
Interfaces" (Page 129).
Target device disconnected The device is not listening on the Verify the port settings.
(Error encountered during port in question. For more information,
network connection: [10030] refer to "Configuring
Connection timed out). Interfaces" (Page 129).
A connect or send request failed Adjust the client connection
because the connected party timeout. For more information,
did not properly respond after a refer to the "RUGGEDCOM
period of time. CROSSBOW Server Configuration
Manual".
Target device disconnected No response (either positive or Verify firewall settings between
(Error encountered during negative) was received from the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW
network connection: Connection the remote host when the TCP and the target device.
Failed: A connection attempt connection attempt took place.
failed because the connected A firewall may be blocking the
party did…….). response from the server.
The IP address is incorrect. Verify the IP address of the
device or gateway.
The target device is off. Make sure the target device is
on.
Target device disconnected The stored fingerprint for the Configure the
(Error: Device Finger print did device or gateway has changed. SSHFingerPrintHandling
not match stored Finger print, parameter. For more
connection was aborted). information, refer to
"Available Advanced
Parameters" (Page 341).

338 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
Reference
9
This chapter describes the available special operations, advanced parameters and
applications that can be used in RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW for specific device families
and device types.

9.1 Available Special Operations

Available special operations include:

Note
For a list of which special operations are supported by specific device families
and device types, refer to "Special Operations Supported by Device Family/
Type" (Page 357).

Special Execution Level Description

Operation Device/Gateway Facility Device Device Device
Group Family Type
Change Password ü ü ü ü ü Changes one or more passwords of a device
to a specific or randomly-generated password.
For more information about how to use
this special operation, refer to "Changing
Passwords for Devices/Gateways" (Page 151).
Clear Device ü Clears the log files from the target Gauntlet
Logs Without gateway without first copying them to the
Download RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW database. For
more information about how to use this
special operation, refer to "Clearing Logs from
Gauntlet Gateways" (Page 198).
Discover ü ü ü Discovers devices connected to a target
Connected gateway. For more information about
Devices how to use this special operation, refer
to "Discovering Devices Connected to a
Gateway" (Page 122).
Enable/Disable ü ü ü ü ü Enables or disables a communications port,
Ports as specified by the Enable_Disable_Ports
Advanced Parameter. For more information
about how to use this special operation, refer
to "Enabling/Disabling Ports" (Page 134).
Get and Approve ü ü ü ü ü Retrieves the configuration files from the
Configuration target devices/gateways, stores them in
the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW database,
and marks them as the approved version.
For more information about how to use
this special operation, refer to "Retrieving

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 339
Reference
9.1 Available Special Operations

Special Execution Level Description

Operation Device/Gateway Facility Device Device Device
Group Family Type
the Current Configuration for a Device/
Gateway" (Page 174).
Get and Approve ü ü ü ü ü Determines the current firmware version
Firmware Version installed on a target device/gateway, records
it in the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW database,
and updates the expected firmware version
setting for the device/gateway. The expected
version is considered the approved version.
For more information about how to use this
special operation, refer to "Retrieving the
Current Firmware Version(s) for a Device/
Gateway" (Page 181).
For more information about setting the
expected firmware version, refer to "Setting
the Expected Firmware Version(s)" (Page 178).
Program ü Configures the target Gauntlet gateway
based on settings defined in the RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW database. For more information
about how to use this special operation,
refer to "Programming a Gauntlet
Gateway" (Page 150).
Program and ü Configures the target Gauntlet gateway
Activate based on settings defined in the RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW database and activates
the gateway. For more information
about how to use this special operation,
refer to "Programming a Gauntlet
Gateway" (Page 150).
Push to ADM ü ü Updates the database for a target Asset
Agent Discovery and Management Agent (ADM) with
the latest information from the RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW database. For more information
about how to use this special operation, refer
to "Updating the ADM Database" (Page 99).
Push SAC ü ü Updates the database for a target Station
Database Access Controller (SAC) with the latest
information from the RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW database. For more information
about how to use this special operation, refer
to "Updating the SAC Database" (Page 90).
Restore ü ü ü ü ü Restores the configuration stored in the
Configuration RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW database to the
target device/gateway. For more information
about how to use this special operation, refer
to "Restoring a Configuration" (Page 175).
Retrieve ü ü ü ü ü Executes a COM command, as specified by
Communications the DataCAM_COM_Commands Advanced
Summary Report Parameter, and stores the resulting report.
Retrieve ü ü ü ü ü Determines the current configuration installed
Configuration on the target device/gateway and records
the value in the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW
database. For more information about how to
use this special operation, refer to "Retrieving

340 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.2 Available Advanced Parameters

Special Execution Level Description

Operation Device/Gateway Facility Device Device Device
Group Family Type
the Current Configuration for a Device/
Gateway" (Page 174).
Retrieve Device ü ü ü ü ü Retrieves log files from the target device/
Logs gateway and stores them in the RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW database. For more information
about how to use this special operation,
refer to "Retrieving Logs from Devices/
Gateways" (Page 197).
Retrieve ü ü ü ü ü Determines the current firmware version
Firmware Version installed on the target device/gateway
and records the value in the RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW database. For more information
about how to use this special operation, refer
to "Retrieving the Current Firmware Version(s)
for a Device/Gateway" (Page 181).
Sync Managed ü ü ü ü ü Updates the list of passwords for subordinate
Passwords devices in the target device/gateway. For more
information about how to use this special
operation, refer to "Synchronizing Managed
Passwords" (Page 154).
Update Firmware ü Installs the firmware marked as approved
in the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW database
on the target devices/gateways. For
more information about how to use this
special operation, refer to "Updating
Firmware" (Page 190).
Verify All ü ü ü ü ü Tests all passwords and generates an alert for
Passwords any device with invalid passwords.

9.2 Available Advanced Parameters

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW supports both system-level global advanced parameters
and device-specific advanced parameters.
The following is a list of all available advanced parameters:

Note
For more information about configuring system-level global advanced parameters,
refer to the "RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server Configuration Manual".

Note
For a list of which advanced parameters are supported by specific device families
and device types, refer to "Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/
Type" (Page 374).

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 341
Reference
9.2 Available Advanced Parameters

Parameter Description

ActiveConfigFile Default: Blank

Name of the currently-active configuration file.

AlternateIPAddressForMMS Some SIPROTEC protection relays have a primary IP address,

typically used for DIGSI connections, and a secondary address for
Multimedia Messaging Service (MMS) file transfers. This parameter
specifies the relay's secondary IP address.

ApplicationDeviceIdenti The DIGSI 4 Application has both a network and serial version. This
fier parameter specifies the VD (Virtual Device) address configured on
the device.

BaudRate Synopsis: [ 4800 | 7200 | 9600 | 14400 | 19200 | 31250 | 38400 |

56000 | 57600 | 76800 | 115200 ]
Default: 38400

The speed in bits per second in which the data is being

communicated to the serial port.

BulkImporterEDISLock Default: 60
Timeout
The EDIS and Bulk Importer do not process their imports at the
same time. Each obtains a lock via the database before proceeding
with their import. This parameter defines the period in seconds
each will wait for the lock before either proceeding or failing.
To proceed, the other process must finish and unlock within the
specified timeout. For the EDIS, failing means it will not proceed
with the current cycle's import, but will wait for the next one. For
the Bulk Importer, the requested Validate or Import operation will
be marked as Failed.
This is a system-level parameter configurable via RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW server.

CaptureCount Default: 40

The maximum number of packets to acquire in a capture period.

The time period over which this may occur depends upon the
frequency of packets observed on the network interface. In
environments with little traffic, there can be a significant wait even
for small capture counts.

CaptureDelay Default: 2

The number of seconds to wait once a capture period closes and is

processed, before beginning another capture session.

CaptureDuration Default: 10

The maximum number of seconds to wait for the capture count

to be satisfied. During periods of high traffic volume, the capture
count will dominate, while during periods of light traffic volume
the capture duration will dominate. Because of the dependency on
traffic density, the duration of a capture period is neither fixed nor
predictable.

ClientPresentSubSvrCon Default: False

nectionList
Determines if the Client should present a connection list of SAC and
SAM-L Servers.

342 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.2 Available Advanced Parameters

Parameter Description
This is a system-level parameter configurable via RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW server.

Command_AccessLevel0 Default: QUIT (most devices) or empty.

This parameter specifies the SEL command that will cause the
device to return to access level 0 without dropping the connection
to RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW. If the device does not have an access
level 0, or if the device will drop the connection if it receives a
command to return to access level 0, this parameter should be left
blank.

CommandPWEntryReg Default: Device type specific

This parameter specifies the register to which the Modbus

COMMAND password entry is written during login.

Note
For information about which value to use, refer to the relay
manufacturer's documentation.

CommandPWSettingReg Default: Device type specific

This parameter specifies the number of the register that is used

to change (set) the COMMAND password. Writing to this register
changes the COMMAND password.

Note
For information about which value to use, refer to the relay
manufacturer's documentation.

Config_Retrieval Default: Device type specific

This parameter identifies files to be downloaded for configuration-

related special operations (i.e. Get and Approve Configuration and
Backup Configuration) and the Config Compare CAM.

Config_SHO_Delay Default: 200 ms

This parameter specifies the wait time between issuing the SHO
commands for configuration related special operations.

Config_SHO_Components Default: Device type specific

This parameter specifies which SHOW commands are to be

performed for configuration-related special operations (i.e. Get
And Approve Configuration, Backup Configuration) and the
Config Compare CAM. If SHO commands is checked as part of the
Config_Retrieval advanced parameter, the individual commands
contained in the Config_SHO_Components will be performed.

ConfigurationSections This parameter identifies which Modbus Registers to read when

the device's configuration is compared to the version saved in the
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW database. Registers are selected in a
separate dialog box.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 343
Reference
9.2 Available Advanced Parameters

Parameter Description

Note
Discrepancies have been identified between the Register names
in the GE documentation and those defined by the devices
themselves. Changes to the spelling of some Registers may be
required. For assistance, contact Siemens Customer Support.

DatabaseCapacityCheckEn Synopsis: [ True | False ]

abled
Default: False

When configured to True, the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW server

checks hourly the current size of the database ROWS Data files
against their Maximum File Size, as configured in SQL Server. If any
ROWS Data files exist where the Maximum File Size is configured
as unlimited, no size check is made. If all ROWS Data files have a
configured Maximum File Size, the sum of the sizes for all ROWS
Data files is compared to the sum of the Maximum File Size for all
ROWS Data files. If the summed current size is greater than 90% of
the summed maxiumum size, an alert is raised.
This is a system-level parameter configurable via RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW server.

DataCAM_CEV_Command This parameter specifies the command(s) used by the Data CAM
to obtain a Compressed Event History report from SEL devices.
Multiple CEV commands must be separated by a comma (,). The
commands are device-specific - SEL relays are capable of reporting
event history in different resolutions.

DataCAM_CHI_Command Default: CHI

This parameter specifies the number of Compressed Event History

reports to be retrieved by the Data CAM. For example: CHI 1 will
retrieve only the most recent event history, CHI 4 will retrieve the
four most recent event histories, etc.

DataCAM_COM_Commands Default: COM

This parameter specifies the command(s) used by the Data CAM

to obtain a Mirrored Bits report from SEL devices. Multiple COM
commands must be separated by a comma (,). For example, COM
A,COM B retrieves the Channel A records, followed by the Channel
B records. Check the device vendor documentation for available
syntax and parameters.

DataCAM_EventFileRe This parameter specifies the date criteria used by the Data CAM to
trievalMaxAgeDays filter fault files. This allows users with a long device fault history
to filter out items older than the configured date the first time the
CAM is run.

DataCAM_HIS_Commands This parameter specifies the command(s) used by the Data CAM
to obtain an Event History report from SEL devices. Multiple HIS
commands must be separated by a comma (,). For example,
HIS,HIS C retrieves the Event History report, then clears the history
buffer.

DataCAM_LDP_Commands This parameter specifies the command(s) used by the Data CAM
to obtain a Load Profile report from SEL devices. Multiple LDP
commands must be separated by a comma (,). For example,

344 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.2 Available Advanced Parameters

Parameter Description
LDP,LDP C will retrieve the Load Profile report, then clear the signal
profile data.

DataCAM_SER_Commands Default: SER 500

This parameter specifies the command to be used by the Data

CAM to retrieve Sequence of Events (SoE) data from SEL devices.
Multiple SER commands must be separated by a comma (,). For
example, SER 500,SER C retrieves 500 events, then clears the SER
records.

DataCAM_Tasks Default: Device type specific

This parameter specifies which components of the Data CAM are to

be performed on SEL devices.

DataFrame Synopsis: [ 8E(ven)1 | 8O(dd)1 | 8N(o)2 ]

Default: S8E(ven)1

The serial port communication protocol. Defines the number of bits

(8), parity (even/odd) and stop bit (1/0).

Date_Format Default: Device type specific

This parameter must match the device's configured date format,

which is usually specified by the Global DATE_F setting.

DeviceFamilyForChild Default: SEL - Relays

PasswordManagement
This parameter is used in conjunction with the
GatewayStartupString parameter. If set to SEL – Relays, when a
child SEL device has its password changed, the parent SEL Gateway
will update its internal Startup string.

DeviceInterface Synopsis: [ Operator - PNP | Operator - No PNP | Service ]

Default: Service

The device communication protocol. PNP ("Plug and Play") allows

DIGSI/RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW to automatically read out the baud
rate and data frame from the device.

DeviceModemInitString This parameter sets the modem initialization string (the AT

command sent to a modem). If non-blank, this string overrides the
modem initialization string defined for a modem in the modem
pool. For more information about the modem pool, refer to the
"RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server Configuration Manual".

DevicePasswordAgeMoni Synopsis: [ True | False ]

toringEnabled
Default: False

Enables/disables password age monitoring. When enabled,

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW checks hourly and raises an alert when
the device password is older than maximum number of days
specified in the DevicePasswordMaxAcceptableAge parameter.
Alerts are cleared when the password age no longer exceeds the
limit.
This is a system-level parameter configurable via RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW server.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 345
Reference
9.2 Available Advanced Parameters

Parameter Description

DevicePasswordMaxAccept Default: 90
ableAge
Defines the maximum acceptable age (in days) for a device
password in RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW. This parameter is available
only when DevicePasswordAgeMonitoringEnabled is set to True.
This is a system-level parameter configurable via RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW server.

DirectTransparentPorts This parameter defines a comma-separated list of port numbers

(e.g. 2,5,7) that use Direct Transport mode instead of transparent
communications.

DiscoveredDeviceName This parameter specifies the prefix for the name of the discovered
device.

DiscoveredDeviceType Default: Generic IED - Network

This parameter specifies the device type to assign to the discovered

device.

DisableNERCCIPFields Synopsis: [ True | False ]

Default: False

Enables/disables the NERC CIP questions when configuring a

device.
This is a system-level parameter configurable via RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW server.

DisplayNameEnabled Synopsis: [ True | False ]

Default: False

Enables/disables the Display Name parameter for device/gateway

identification properties.
This is a system-level parameter configurable via RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW server.

EDISIntegrationPeriod Synopsis: An integer between 5 and 1440

Default: 5

The time in minutes between import cycles on the External

Database Integration Service.

Note
For best performance, it is recommended that the
EDISIntegrationPeriod and GuardianTimerDelay parameters be
set to the same intervals.

Enable_Disable_Ports This parameter defines a comma-separated list of port numbers

that can be enabled or disabled. For example, DF,E3 disables the
front port and enables port 3.

EnableShowCredential Default: True

sWhenLoginUnsupported
Enables presentation of device passwords to configured users
connecting to specific devices with specific applications where
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW cannot automatically log in to the device.

346 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.2 Available Advanced Parameters

Parameter Description
When enabled, the Show password credentials when login
unsupported check box appears on the User Group Properties
form. For more information, refer to "Assigning Device Group
Access Privileges" (Page 35).
This is a system-level parameter configurable via RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW server.

EscapeSequence This parameter specifies the characters to be used by RUGGEDCOM

CROSSBOW to disconnect from a device downstream of a gateway
in pass-through or transparent mode.
The escape sequence is specific to individual device types, with
a dropdown list presented for each device type. Note that the ^
character represents Ctrl.

Extended_Logging Default: 0

This parameter specifies the wait time to be used during extended

DataCAM logging (50 ms is usually satisfactory); 0 = no extended
logging

FaultReportIndexing Default: 12320

This parameter specifies the location of the Fault Report Indexing

register in a GE UR relay. This register stores the current number of
fault reports in the device.

FaultReportsAddressStart Default: 12336

This parameter specifies the first register where fault reports are
stored on a GE UR relay.

FileTransferTimeout Default: 30000

The maximum time period in milliseconds to wait for a file transfer

to complete.

FirmwareVersionReg Default: 2

This parameter specifies the Modbus register where the firmware

version of a GE UR Relay is stored.

FirstSeenRate Default: 5

The minimum time period in seconds to wait between database

updates involving newly discovered devices.

Firmware_Format This parameter specifies the format of the firmware version

displayed in the Device Properties dialog box, as well as whether
the device's complete response to an ID command is to be stored as
a firmware file.

FtpFilePath This parameter specifies the location of the configuration and log
files in the device. It is used for transferring files to and from the
device when executing special operations. For example, the file
path for a Novatech Orion5r gateway is mnt/c/diskonship.

FTP_Port Default: 21

Port number to be used for FTP downloads.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 347
Reference
9.2 Available Advanced Parameters

Parameter Description

FtpPort This parameter specifies the port on a Novatech Orion5r or OrionLX

gateway used for sending and receiving files when executing
special operations.

GatewayStartupString Default: acc\n<L1PASSWORD>\n2ac\n<L2PASSWORD>\n

This parameter is used in conjunction with the

DeviceFamilyForChildPasswordManagement parameter. It
specifies the startup string in a parent gateway after RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW changes the password for a downstream device.

GuardianTimerDelay Synopsis: An integer between 5 and 1440

Default: 5

The time delay in minutes for Guardian operations.

Note
For best performance, it is recommended that the
EDISIntegrationPeriod and GuardianTimerDelay parameters be
set to the same intervals.

HTTP_or_HTTPS Default: HTTP

This parameter is used to specify whether HTTP or HTTPS is to be

used for the web browser protocol.

IgnoreChecksums Synopsis: [ Yes | No ]

Default: No

This parameter specifies whether or not checksums are to be

ignored when event history files are retrieved by the Data CAM.

IntegrationDbRemoteAc Default: 1433

cessPort
The port number the ADM Agent will use to connect to the
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW EDIS.

LastSeenRate Default: 30

The period to wait between database updates involving device last

seen rate timestamp updates.

LMD_PrefixAddress This parameter specifies the LMD address required for SEL devices
using the SEL Distributed Port Switch (LMD) serial protocol. Valid
characters are @, #, $, % or &, followed by the numbers 01 to 99
(e.g. @56).

LogLevel Synopsis: [ debug | info | warning | error | critical ]

Default: info

This parameter is used to control the log level for local logging
from the ADM Agent. Can be set to debug, info, warning, error,
or critical, with debug being the lowest level and critical being the
highest level. When set to a particular level, all messages at that
level or higher are logged, meaning debug logs all messages for all
levels, while critical only logs critical messages.

348 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.2 Available Advanced Parameters

Parameter Description

MaintenanceModeAllowed Default: False

Enables the Maintenance Mode feature for SEL devices. In this

mode, device passwords are reset to their default values. Devices
are put offline and rendered inaccessible for user or automated
connections. Maintenance Mode expires daily, at midnight.
This is a system-level parameter configurable via RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW server.

MLFBAndVersion This parameter is auto set when the user performs a

GetAndApproveConfiguration, RetrieveConfiguration or
ConfigCAM operation.

ModbusDeviceAddress Default: Device type specific

This parameter specifies the address of the device in the Modbus

protocol.

NonSecureTransferCode Default: ,,TT,TT,TT,TT

Pattern
This parameter specifies the AT modem command to use when
contacting the target Gauntlet gateway. For example:

ATDT5555555,,88,88,88,88

Where:
• D – The Dial command.
• T – The Tone command.
• , – The pause command. Additional pauses may be required if
the Gauntlet gateway requires more time to pick up (i.e. it is on
a remote phone line).
• 88 – The transfer code. In this example, 88 refers to port 8 on
the Gauntelt gateway. It is recommended to repeat the transfer
code four times for consistent results.

NozomiTypeFilter This parameter is a list of device classifications used by the

Nozomi service to determine the type(s) of devices to import into
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW.

PassThroughMethod Synopsis: [ Menu | iDial ]

Default: Menu

This parameter specifies the method for connecting to child

devices from a Novatech Orion5r or OrionLX gateway. For Orion5r
gateways only, the network port for the pass-through interface
must be configured based on the chosen pass-through method.
Options include:

Note
The chosen interface must match the pass-through interface
configured on the gateway.

• Menu – RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW connects to the gateway

using a menu-based pass-through interface. If selected, the
network port configured in RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW for the
pass-through interface must match the MMI TCP port originally
configured for the gateway.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 349
Reference
9.2 Available Advanced Parameters

Parameter Description
• iDial – RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW connects to the gateway
using the iDial interface. If selected, the network port
configured in RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW for the pass-through
interface must match the TCP port originally configured for the
gateway.
For information about configuring the network port for pass-
through interface, refer to "Configuring Interfaces" (Page 129).

PasswordsKnownTo This parameter specifies a comma-separated list of devices or SEL

TEAM servers with which RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW will synchronize
managed passwords.

PasswordProhibitedChar Default: Device type specific

acters
The individual characters, and combination of characters, that are
not allowed to be included in a new password for the device.

Platform Synopsis: [ VPE | APE ]

Default: VPE

This parameter specifies the ADM processing engine.

PostTerminationTimeout Default: 0

The time in milliseconds (ms) to wait after sending the

TerminationString.

PreTerminationTimeout Default: 1000

The time in milliseconds (ms) to wait before sending the

TerminationString.

ProtocolLayerLimit Default: 7

As the ADM Agent captures network traffic packets for a device,

any new IP traffic types are added to a list visible in the Device
Properties display in the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Client. This
setting limits the size of the list.

RebootDelaySeconds Default: 60

This parameter specifies the time (in seconds) to wait for an Orion
device to finish rebooting before verifying the device password
was successfully changed. The delay must be greater than the time
required by the device to complete a quick restart operation.

ReEnableLatchedAlerts Synopsis: [ True | False ]

Default: False

This parameter enables/disables alerts that have not been cleared

to appear in the UnAcknowledged Alerts list if the alert continues to
fail.
• False – If an acknowledged latched alert reoccurs, it will not
appear in the UnAcknowledged Alerts list.
• True – If an acknowledged latched alert reoccurs, the
acknowledge fields are cleared and the alert will reappear in
the UnAcknowledged Alerts list.

350 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.2 Available Advanced Parameters

Parameter Description
This is a system-level parameter configurable via RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW server.

RemoteConnectorRegistra Default: 120

tionTimeout
This parameter specifies the time (in seconds) after launching a
Remote Connecter that the Connection Manager will consider it
unresponsive.
This is a system-level parameter configurable via RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW server.

ReportRecordsLimit Default: 1000000

This parameter specifies the maximum number of records allowed

in a report. When the configured limit is exceeded, an alert and
report are generated.
This is a system-level parameter configurable via RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW server.

SAMLSyncTimerDelay Synopsis: An integer between 5 and 360

Default: 5

This parameter specifies the minimum delay time in minutes

for SAM-L sync operations. This parameter is only active when
SAMLSyncTimerMode is set to 1-progressive hold off with
minimum delay.
This is a system-level parameter configurable via RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW server.

SAMLSyncTimerMode Synopsis: [ 0-progressive error hold off | 1-progressive error hold

off with minimum delay (SAMLSyncTimerDelay) | 2-specific time of
day ]
Default: 0-progressive error hold off

This parameter specifies the SAM-L Sync Timer Mode. Options

include:
• 0-progressive error hold off – The sync time is calculated
based on previous SAM-L sync failures. As the count of previous
consecutive failures increases, a progressive delay is added,
and increases with each successive failure. The sync time
is calculated by adding the progressive delay to the last
attempted Sync time. The maximum a sync will be delayed
is 24 hours. If no failures are detected, the SAM-L sync is not
delayed and is preformed as soon as possible.
• 1-progressive error hold off with minimum delay
(SAMLSyncTimerDelay) – The progressive delay is calculated
in the same manner as mode 0, however a minimum
delay is enforced based on the global advanced parameter
SAMLSyncTimerdelay.
If the calculated progressive delay is greater than the
SAMLSyncTimerdelay, then the SAM-L sync Time is calculated
by adding the progressive delay to the last attempted sync
time.
If the calculated progressive delay is less than the
SAMLSyncTimerdelay, then the sync time is calculated by

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 351
Reference
9.2 Available Advanced Parameters

Parameter Description
adding the SAMLSyncTimerdelay to the last attempted sync
time.
• 2-specific time of day – In this mode, the SAM-L is synced as
soon as possible after the daily sync time, based on the Daily
Sync Time parameter as configured in the SAM-L.
For more information about the Daily Sync Time parameter,
refer to "Configuring Connection Properties" (Page 105).
This is a system-level parameter configurable via RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW server.

SAMPEnableSpecialOPDe Synopsis: [ True | False ]

viceConnections
Default: True

Determines if special operations can make device connections from

the SAM-P.
This is a system-level parameter configurable via RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW server.

SAMPEnableUserDeviceCon Synopsis: [ True | False ]

nections
Default: True

Determines if the user can make device connections when

connected to the SAM-P.
This is a system-level parameter configurable via RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW server.

SAMPMaxNumSAMLSyncOpera Synopsis: An integer between 1 and 1000

tions
Default: 10

Maximum number of simultaneous SAM-P to SAM-L sync

operations.
This is a system-level parameter configurable via RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW server.

ScheduleActivityRe Synopsis: An integer between 5 and 100

peatLimit
Default: 25

Maximum number of execution occurrences stored for each

scheduled activity. When the parameter is changed (e.g. lowered),
the new value resets in the Automation window at the next
scheduled run time.
This is a system-level parameter configurable via RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW server.

SendDisconnectToLogout Synopsis: [ Yes | No ]

Default: No

This parameter indicates whether or not to select the Disconnect

option before logging out.

ServerTimeoutOffline Default: 300

Maximum number of seconds until a server is considered to be

offline.

352 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.2 Available Advanced Parameters

Parameter Description
This is a system-level parameter configurable via RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW server.

ServerTimeoutOfflineFor Default: 30
BulkImporter
Number of seconds until the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Bulk
Importer considers a server to be offline.
This is a system-level parameter configurable via RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW server.

ServerTimeoutUnrespon Default: 60
sive
Maximum number of seconds until a server is considered
unresponsive.
This is a system-level parameter configurable via RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW server.

ServerTimeoutUnrespon Default: 5
siveForBulkImporter
Number of seconds until the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Bulk
Importer considers a server unresponsive.
This is a system-level parameter configurable via RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW server.

SettingPWEntryReg Default: Device type specific

This parameter specifies the register to which the Modbus

SETTINGS password entry is written during login.

Note
For information about which value to use, refer to the relay
manufacturer's documentation.

SettingPWSettingReg Default: Device type specific

This parameter specifies the number of the register that is used

to change (set) the SETTING password. Writing to this register
changes the SETTING password.

Note
For information about which value to use, refer to the relay
manufacturer's documentation.

SSH EncryptionAlgorithms This parameter specifies the list of supported encryption algorithms
used for negotiation during the SSH handshake process in device/
gateway connections.
The values in the list are assigned a security grade from 0 to 5.
Siemens recommends using grade 3 and above security grades.
Listed values with a security grade lower than 3 are to support
older devices.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 353
Reference
9.2 Available Advanced Parameters

Parameter Description

SSHFingerPrintHandling Synopsis: [ Store new devices fingerprint on next SSH connection |

Verify device fingerprint against stored fingerprint ]
Default: Store new devices fingerprint on next SSH connection

This parameter specifies how device fingerprints are handled by

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW. Options include:

Note
The handling mode is controlled by the Secure Access Manager
(SAM). The method can not be altered at the station Access
Controller (SAC) level, unless imported from the SAM.

• Store new devices fingerprint on next SSH connection – In

the case of the SAM, the fingerprint is accepted automatically
and stored in the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW database on the
next SSH connection. Once the fingerprint for a device is
stored, the handling mode is automatically changed to Verify
device fingerprint against stored fingerprint.
In the case of a SAC, any fingerprint is accepted until the
handling mode is changed by the SAM. The fingerprint is not
stored in the local database, nor is the handling mode changed
by the SAC.
• Verify device fingerprint against stored fingerprint – During
the next SSH connection, the fingerprint is compared against
the fingerprint stored in the database. If the fingerprints do not
match, the connection is rejected, a security event is logged,
and the following error message is displayed to the user:

Error: Device Fingerprint did not match stored

Fingerprint, connection was aborted

SSHFingerprintValue Default: Blank

This read-only parameter specifies the value of the SSH fingerprint

once retrieved from the device.

SSH HostKeyAlgorithms This parameter specifies the list of supported public key algorithms
used for negotiation during the SSH handshake process in device/
gateway connections.
The values in the list are assigned a security grade from 0 to 5.
Siemens recommends using grade 3 and above security grades.
Listed values with a security grade lower than 3 are to support
older devices.

SSH KeyExchangeAlgo This parameter specifies the list of supported key exchange
rithms algorithms used for negotiation during the SSH handshake process
in device/gateway connections.
The values in the list are assigned a security grade from 0 to 5.
Siemens recommends using grade 3 and above security grades.
Listed values with a security grade lower than 3 are to support
older devices.

SSH MacAlgorithms This parameter specifies the list of supported Mac algorithms
used for negotiation during the SSH handshake process in device/
gateway connections.

354 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.2 Available Advanced Parameters

Parameter Description
The values in the list are assigned a security grade from 0 to 5.
Siemens recommends using grade 3 and above security grades.
Listed values with a security grade lower than 3 are to support
older devices.

SSHNoneLoginEnable Default: False

This parameter enables/disables the None login when establishing

an SSH Connection.
This is a system-level parameter configurable via RUGGEDCOM
CROSSBOW server.

SpecialOpFileTransfer Default: Device type specific

Method
This parameters specifies the file transfer method used by select
special operations to transfer files to/from the target device/
gateway. The value must match the method configured for the
device/gateway.

Note
SFTP is not supported on Orion5r gateways.

SpecialOpTerminalMethod Default: { Telnet, SSH }

This parameter specifies the method by which RUGGEDCOM

CROSSBOW accesses the terminal for DynaStar and other
GarretCom devices.

SyncPasswords_Delay Default: 200

The time in milliseconds (ms) to wait after synching a password.

TeamDbName Default: SEL Master Database

This parameter specifies the SEL database to which RUGGEDCOM

CROSSBOW will synchronize managed passwords for SEL TEAM
servers.

TEAMGlobalDeviceId This parameter specifies the ID for the global TEAM server. The
value must be the same as the Global Device ID configured for the
SEL device in the AcSELerator Quickset®.

TerminationString Default: ^D

A string of characters used to terminate a transparent connection.

Timeout_InterByte Default: Device type specific

Maximum amount of time (milliseconds) to wait for the next

character to arrive during the reading of a message from a device.

Timeout_Total Default: Device type specific

Maximum amount of time (milliseconds) to wait for the first

expected character to arrive during the reading of a message from
a device. The first expected character could be any character or a
specific character.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 355
Reference
9.2 Available Advanced Parameters

Parameter Description

TimeMismatchAlertDiffer Default: Device type specific

ence
The maximum allowable difference in seconds between a device
time and the RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW Server time, before an alert
is raised by the Time Compare Cam.

TimeReg Default: Device type specific

This parameter specifies the Modbus register that the time is stored
on the specific device.

UseVPN Synopsis: [ Yes | No ]

Default: No

This parameter specifies whether or not a device will use a Virtual

Private Network (VPN) connection.

VerifyPasswords Synopsis: [ Yes | No ]

Default: Yes

This parameter specifies whether RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW should

verify a password on a SEL device by logging in to the device
following the completion of the password-change operation, if
RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW was unable to verify the password during
the password-change operation.
It is recommended to enable this feature for all devices.
However, in the case of an SEL device that is subordinate to a
Novatech gateway, VerifyPasswords may need to be disabled
if RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW encounters problems accessing an
SEL device after changing its password. Novatech gateways poll
or connect to subordinate SEL devices independently and may
attempt to access an SEL device in between a password change
operation and the follow-up password verification operation. In
the time between these operations, the Novatech may attempt to
access the device so often, it causes the SEL device to block further
login attempts. This would prevent RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW
from verifying the new password and then passing the updated
password to the Novatech gateway.

VPNAutoCreateRuleToGate Synopsis: [ Yes | No ]

way
Default: Yes

If selected, RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW automatically creates a rule

with an Endpoint 2 value of <end-device>/32.

VPNKeyEncryptionMainMode Synopsis: [ 3des | aes128 | aes192 | aes256 ]

Default: aes256

This parameter specifies the cipher used by RUGGEDCOM

CROSSBOW for encrypting IPSec negotiations with RUGGEDCOM
ROX/ROXII devices. Make sure the device is configured to accept the
chosen value.

VPNKeyExchangeMainMode Synopsis: [ dhgroup2 | dhgroup14 ]

Default: dhgroup2

This parameter specifies the Diffie-Hellman key exchange group.

356 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.3 Special Operations Supported by Device Family/Type

Parameter Description

VPNKeyIntegrityMainMode Synopsis: [ md5 | sha1 ]

Default: sha1

This parameter specifies the hash function to be used by

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW in IPSec negotiations with RUGGEDCOM
RX1000 devices. Make sure the device is configured to accept the
chosen value.

VPNKeyEncryptionQuick Synopsis: [ 3des | aes128 | aes192 | aes256 ]

Mode
Default: aes256

This parameter specifies the cipher used by RUGGEDCOM

CROSSBOW for encrypting IPSec negotiations with RUGGEDCOM
ROX/ROXII devices. Make sure the device is configured to accept the
chosen value.

VPNKeyExchangeQuickMode Synopsis: [ mainmode | dhgroup2 | dhgroup14 ]

Default: dhgroup2

This parameter specifies the Diffie-Hellman key exchange group.

VPNKeyIntegrityQuickMode Synopsis: [ md5 | sha1 ]

Default: sha1

This parameter specifies the hash function to be used by

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW in IPSec negotiations with RUGGEDCOM
RX1000 devices. Make sure the device is configured to accept the
chosen value.

VPNSubnetsBehindRemo This parameter specifies multiple different subnets behind the

teEndPoint tunnelEndpoint device as well as subnets within. Multiple subnets
can be configured if separated by commas on this field. (i.e.
x.x.x.x/24, n.n.n.n/25).

9.3 Special Operations Supported by Device Family/Type

Note
Some operations may be firmware-dependent. If a special operation is unsuccessful,
refer to the device manufacturer's instructions.

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 357
Reference
9.3 Special Operations Supported by Device Family/Type

Special operations are supported by the following device families and device types:

Retrieve Communications Summary Report

Clear Device Logs Without Download

Get and Approve Firmware Version

Push Current Time From Device

Get and Approve Configuration

Discover Connected Devices

Retrieve Firmware Version

Sync Managed Passwords

Enable or Disable Ports

Retrieve Configuration

Restore Configuration

Program and Activate

Retrieve Device Logs

Verify All Passwords

Push to ADM Agent

Push SAC Database
Change Password
Update Firmware

Program
Device
Family Device Type
ABB ABB AFS 66x - SSH Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
ABB ABB AFS 67x - SSH Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
ABB ABB PCD-2000 - Ÿ Ÿ
Serial
ABB ABB PCD-2000 - Ÿ Ÿ
Telnet
ABB ABB Relion 615 v2 - Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Network
ABB ABB Relion 670 v1 - Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Network
ABB ABB RTU560 -
Network
ABB ABB TPU/DPU - Serial
Bitronics Bitronics M57x - Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Serial
Bitronics Bitronics M57x - Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Telnet
Bitronics Bitronics M660/M661 Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
- Network
Cisco Cisco 2900 - SSH Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Cisco Cisco Catalyst 2960 - Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SSH
Cisco Cisco Catalyst 3750 - Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SSH
Cisco Cisco CGR 2010 - SSH Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Cisco Cisco CGS 2520 - SSH Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Comtrol ComtrolDeviceMaster8
CrossBow CrossBow ADM Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Asset Agent
Discovery &
Management

358 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.3 Special Operations Supported by Device Family/Type

Retrieve Communications Summary Report

Clear Device Logs Without Download

Get and Approve Firmware Version

Push Current Time From Device

Get and Approve Configuration

Discover Connected Devices

Retrieve Firmware Version

Sync Managed Passwords

Enable or Disable Ports

Retrieve Configuration

Restore Configuration

Program and Activate

Retrieve Device Logs

Verify All Passwords

Push to ADM Agent

Push SAC Database
Change Password
Update Firmware

Program
Device
Family Device Type
CrossBow Secure Access Ÿ
Secure Manager - Local
Access
Manager -
Local
CrossBow Station Access Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Station Controller
Access
Controller
Data Track Data Track T2700
DIGI DIGI TS1 - Prompted Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS1 - Prompted Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS16 - Prompted Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS16 - Prompted Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS2 - Prompted Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS2 - Prompted Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS4 - Prompted Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS4 - Prompted Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS8 - Prompted Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS8 - Prompted Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TSx - Mapped
SSH
DIGI DIGI TSx - Mapped
Telnet
GarrettCom DynaStar 1500 Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 359
Reference
9.3 Special Operations Supported by Device Family/Type

Retrieve Communications Summary Report

Clear Device Logs Without Download

Get and Approve Firmware Version

Push Current Time From Device

Get and Approve Configuration

Discover Connected Devices

Retrieve Firmware Version

Sync Managed Passwords

Enable or Disable Ports

Retrieve Configuration

Restore Configuration

Program and Activate

Retrieve Device Logs

Verify All Passwords

Push to ADM Agent

Push SAC Database
Change Password
Update Firmware

Program
Device
Family Device Type
GarrettCom DynaStar 2000 Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GarrettCom DynaStar 5000 Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GarrettCom GarrettCom 10RX Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GarrettCom GarrettCom 10XTS Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GarrettCom GarrettCom 6K Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GarrettCom GarrettCom 6K Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Secure
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX1000 Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX40 Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX800 Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX900 Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Gauntlet Gauntlet Bow 4-Port Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Gauntlet Gauntlet Bow 8-Port Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GE - Other GE RT430/RT434 Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Clock - Network
GE - UR GE UR B30 Network Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Relays
GE - UR GE UR B30 Network Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Relays v7.0+
GE - UR GE UR B30 Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Relays
GE - UR GE UR B30 Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Relays v7.0+
GE - UR GE UR B60 Network Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Relays
GE - UR GE UR B90 Network Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Relays
GE - UR GE UR B90 Network Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Relays v7.0+
GE - UR GE UR B90 Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Relays

360 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.3 Special Operations Supported by Device Family/Type

Retrieve Communications Summary Report

Clear Device Logs Without Download

Get and Approve Firmware Version

Push Current Time From Device

Get and Approve Configuration

Discover Connected Devices

Retrieve Firmware Version

Sync Managed Passwords

Enable or Disable Ports

Retrieve Configuration

Restore Configuration

Program and Activate

Retrieve Device Logs

Verify All Passwords

Push to ADM Agent

Push SAC Database
Change Password
Update Firmware

Program
Device
Family Device Type
GE - UR GE UR B90 Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Relays v7.0+
GE - UR GE UR C30 Network Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Relays
GE - UR GE UR C30 Network Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Relays v7.0+
GE - UR GE UR C30 Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Relays
GE - UR GE UR C30 Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Relays v7.0+
GE - UR GE UR C60 Network Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Relays
GE - UR GE UR C60 Network Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Relays v7.0+
GE - UR GE UR C60 Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Relays
GE - UR GE UR C60 Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Relays v7.0+
GE - UR GE UR C70 Network Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Relays
GE - UR GE UR C70 Network Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Relays v7.0+
GE - UR GE UR C70 Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Relays
GE - UR GE UR C70 Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Relays v7.0+
GE - UR GE UR C90 Plus Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Relays Network
GE - UR GE UR C90 Plus Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Relays Network v1.8+
GE - UR GE UR D30 Network Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Relays
GE - UR GE UR D30 Network Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Relays v7.0+

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 361
Reference
9.3 Special Operations Supported by Device Family/Type

Retrieve Communications Summary Report

Clear Device Logs Without Download

Get and Approve Firmware Version

Push Current Time From Device

Get and Approve Configuration

Discover Connected Devices

Retrieve Firmware Version

Sync Managed Passwords

Enable or Disable Ports

Retrieve Configuration

Restore Configuration

Program and Activate

Retrieve Device Logs

Verify All Passwords

Push to ADM Agent

Push SAC Database
Change Password
Update Firmware

Program
Device
Family Device Type
GE - UR GE UR D30 Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Relays
GE - UR GE UR D30 Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Relays v7.0+
GE - UR GE UR D60 Network Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Relays
GE - UR GE UR D60 Network Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Relays v7.0+
GE - UR GE UR D60 Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Relays
GE - UR GE UR D60 Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Relays v7.0+
GE - UR GE UR F35 Network Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Relays
GE - UR GE UR F35 Network Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Relays v7.0+
GE - UR GE UR F35 Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Relays
GE - UR GE UR F35 Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Relays v7.0+
GE - UR GE UR F60 Network Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Relays
GE - UR GE UR F60 Network Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Relays v7.0+
GE - UR GE UR F60 Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Relays
GE - UR GE UR F60 Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Relays v7.0+
GE - UR GE UR L90 Network Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Relays
GE - UR GE UR L90 Network Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Relays v7.0+
GE - UR GE UR L90 Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Relays

362 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.3 Special Operations Supported by Device Family/Type

Retrieve Communications Summary Report

Clear Device Logs Without Download

Get and Approve Firmware Version

Push Current Time From Device

Get and Approve Configuration

Discover Connected Devices

Retrieve Firmware Version

Sync Managed Passwords

Enable or Disable Ports

Retrieve Configuration

Restore Configuration

Program and Activate

Retrieve Device Logs

Verify All Passwords

Push to ADM Agent

Push SAC Database
Change Password
Update Firmware

Program
Device
Family Device Type
GE - UR GE UR L90 Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Relays v7.0+
GE - UR GE UR N60 Network Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Relays
GE - UR GE UR N60 Network Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Relays v7.0+
GE - UR GE UR T35 Network Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Relays
GE - UR GE UR T35 Network Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Relays v7.0+
GE - UR GE UR T60 Network Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Relays
GE - UR GE UR T60 Network Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Relays v7.0+
GE - UR GE UR T60 Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Relays
GE - UR GE UR T60 Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Relays v7.0+
Generic Generic Direct
Gateway - Serial
Generic Generic Direct
Gateway - Telnet
Generic Generic IED - Dial-Up
Generic Generic IED -
Network
Generic Generic IED -
Network/SSH/Telnet
Generic Generic IED - Serial
Generic Generic IED - SSH
Generic Generic IED - Telnet
Generic Unconnected Device
Generic Unconnected
Gateway

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 363
Reference
9.3 Special Operations Supported by Device Family/Type

Retrieve Communications Summary Report

Clear Device Logs Without Download

Get and Approve Firmware Version

Push Current Time From Device

Get and Approve Configuration

Discover Connected Devices

Retrieve Firmware Version

Sync Managed Passwords

Enable or Disable Ports

Retrieve Configuration

Restore Configuration

Program and Activate

Retrieve Device Logs

Verify All Passwords

Push to ADM Agent

Push SAC Database
Change Password
Update Firmware

Program
Device
Family Device Type
Lantronix Lantronix ETS16PR
Mapped TCP
Lantronix Lantronix ETS16PR
Type 2 Mapped TCP
Lantronix Lantronix ETS32PR
Mapped TCP
Lantronix Lantronix ETS32PR
Mapped Telnet
Lantronix Lantronix ETS32PR
Prompted Telnet
Lantronix Lantronix ETS32PR
Type 2 Mapped TCP
Lantronix Lantronix ETS8P
Mapped TCP
Lantronix Lantronix ETS8P
Mapped Telnet
Lantronix Lantronix ETS8P
Prompted Telnet
Novatech Novatech DDIO - Ÿ Ÿ
Network
Novatech Novatech DDIO - Ÿ Ÿ
Serial
Novatech Novatech Orion 5r - Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Telnet
Novatech Novatech Orion LX - Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SSH
Novatech Novatech Orion LX - Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Telnet
Nozomi Nozomi Guardian
Other Ametek Pulsar UPLC - Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Network
Other Beckwith M-2001D -
Network

364 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.3 Special Operations Supported by Device Family/Type

Retrieve Communications Summary Report

Clear Device Logs Without Download

Get and Approve Firmware Version

Push Current Time From Device

Get and Approve Configuration

Discover Connected Devices

Retrieve Firmware Version

Sync Managed Passwords

Enable or Disable Ports

Retrieve Configuration

Restore Configuration

Program and Activate

Retrieve Device Logs

Verify All Passwords

Push to ADM Agent

Push SAC Database
Change Password
Update Firmware

Program
Device
Family Device Type
Other Checkpoint Firewall - Ÿ Ÿ
SSH
Other Doble IDD Monitor -
Network
Other Dynamic Ratings DR- Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
E3 - Serial
Other Dynamic Ratings DR- Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
E3 - SSH
Other Dynamic Ratings DR- Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
E3 - Telnet
Other MiCOM Agile P44T -
Network
Other MiCOM P14x -
Network
Other MiCOM P14x - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Other Palo Alto PA-200 -
SSH
Other Palo Alto PA-820/850
- SSH
Other Qualitrol Transformer
Monitor ITM 509
Other ZIV Relay - Network
Other IOLAN STS16 - SSH
Gateways
Other IOLAN STS24 - SSH
Gateways
Other IOLAN STS4 - SSH
Gateways
Other IOLAN STS8 - SSH
Gateways
Other RFL 9660 - Serial
Gateways
Other SEL-20xx Emulator - Ÿ
Gateways Serial

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 365
Reference
9.3 Special Operations Supported by Device Family/Type

Retrieve Communications Summary Report

Clear Device Logs Without Download

Get and Approve Firmware Version

Push Current Time From Device

Get and Approve Configuration

Discover Connected Devices

Retrieve Firmware Version

Sync Managed Passwords

Enable or Disable Ports

Retrieve Configuration

Restore Configuration

Program and Activate

Retrieve Device Logs

Verify All Passwords

Push to ADM Agent

Push SAC Database
Change Password
Update Firmware

Program
Device
Family Device Type
Other SM1-16 Multiplexor -
Gateways Dial-Up
RuggedCom RuggedCom i800 - Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom i800 - Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RMC20/ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
RMC30 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RMC20/ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
RMC30 - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RMC40/ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
RMC41 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RMC40/ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
RMC41 - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS400/ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
RS401 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS400/ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
RS401 - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS416 - Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS416 - Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS8000 Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
- SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS8000 Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
- Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS900/ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
RS930/RS940/RS950
- SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS900/ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
RS930/RS940/RS950
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS910/ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
RS920 - SSH

366 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.3 Special Operations Supported by Device Family/Type

Retrieve Communications Summary Report

Clear Device Logs Without Download

Get and Approve Firmware Version

Push Current Time From Device

Get and Approve Configuration

Discover Connected Devices

Retrieve Firmware Version

Sync Managed Passwords

Enable or Disable Ports

Retrieve Configuration

Restore Configuration

Program and Activate

Retrieve Device Logs

Verify All Passwords

Push to ADM Agent

Push SAC Database
Change Password
Update Firmware

Program
Device
Family Device Type
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS910/ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
RS920 - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS969 - Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS969 - Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
RSG2100/RSG2200/
RSG2300 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
RSG2100/RSG2200/
RSG2300 Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
RSG2288/RSG2488 -
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
RSG2288/RSG2488 -
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
RSG907R/RSG909R -
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
RSG907R/RSG909R -
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
RSG908C/RSG910C -
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
RSG908C/RSG910C -
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
RSG920P - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
RSG920P - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSL910 Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
- SSH

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 367
Reference
9.3 Special Operations Supported by Device Family/Type

Retrieve Communications Summary Report

Clear Device Logs Without Download

Get and Approve Firmware Version

Push Current Time From Device

Get and Approve Configuration

Discover Connected Devices

Retrieve Firmware Version

Sync Managed Passwords

Enable or Disable Ports

Retrieve Configuration

Restore Configuration

Program and Activate

Retrieve Device Logs

Verify All Passwords

Push to ADM Agent

Push SAC Database
Change Password
Update Firmware

Program
Device
Family Device Type
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSL910 Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
- Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
RST2228/RST2228P -
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
RST2228/RST2228P -
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
RST916P/RST916C -
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
RST916P/RST916C -
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1000/ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
RX1100 v1 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1400 Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
- SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1500 Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
- SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1501 Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
- SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1510 Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
- SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1511/ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
RX1512 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1524 Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
- SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1536 Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
- SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX5000 Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
- SSH
SATEC SATEC PM17x - Serial Ÿ Ÿ
Schneider Schneider ION 7650 - Ÿ Ÿ
Network

368 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.3 Special Operations Supported by Device Family/Type

Retrieve Communications Summary Report

Clear Device Logs Without Download

Get and Approve Firmware Version

Push Current Time From Device

Get and Approve Configuration

Discover Connected Devices

Retrieve Firmware Version

Sync Managed Passwords

Enable or Disable Ports

Retrieve Configuration

Restore Configuration

Program and Activate

Retrieve Device Logs

Verify All Passwords

Push to ADM Agent

Push SAC Database
Change Password
Update Firmware

Program
Device
Family Device Type
Schneider Schneider Quantum
CPU - Network
SEL - 20xx SEL-2020 - Dial-Up Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Gateways
SEL - 20xx SEL-2020 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Gateways
SEL - 20xx SEL-2030/2032 - Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Gateways Dial-Up
SEL - 20xx SEL-2030/2032 - Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Gateways Serial
SEL - 20xx SEL-2030/2032 - Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Gateways Telnet
SEL - Other SEL TEAM Server Ÿ
SEL - Other SEL-2488 Clock -
Network
SEL - Other SEL-2885 - Serial
SEL - Other SEL-2890 - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Other SEL-3354 - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC
(APRs) - Dial-Up
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC
(APRs) - Serial
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC Ÿ
(APRs) - SSH
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC Ÿ
(APRs) - TCP
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC Ÿ
(APRs) - Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Server) - Dial-Up
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Server) - Serial
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Server) - SSH

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 369
Reference
9.3 Special Operations Supported by Device Family/Type

Retrieve Communications Summary Report

Clear Device Logs Without Download

Get and Approve Firmware Version

Push Current Time From Device

Get and Approve Configuration

Discover Connected Devices

Retrieve Firmware Version

Sync Managed Passwords

Enable or Disable Ports

Retrieve Configuration

Restore Configuration

Program and Activate

Retrieve Device Logs

Verify All Passwords

Push to ADM Agent

Push SAC Database
Change Password
Update Firmware

Program
Device
Family Device Type
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Server) - TCP
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Server) - Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 Ÿ Ÿ
- Mapped TCP
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 Ÿ Ÿ
- Mapped Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622
- Prompted Serial
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 Ÿ Ÿ
- Prompted SSH
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 Ÿ Ÿ
- Prompted Telnet
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-187V - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-2100 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-221F - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-2410 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-251 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-251D - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-2523 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-2533 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ

370 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.3 Special Operations Supported by Device Family/Type

Retrieve Communications Summary Report

Clear Device Logs Without Download

Get and Approve Firmware Version

Push Current Time From Device

Get and Approve Configuration

Discover Connected Devices

Retrieve Firmware Version

Sync Managed Passwords

Enable or Disable Ports

Retrieve Configuration

Restore Configuration

Program and Activate

Retrieve Device Logs

Verify All Passwords

Push to ADM Agent

Push SAC Database
Change Password
Update Firmware

Program
Device
Family Device Type
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-279H - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-287V - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-300G - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-311A - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-311B - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-321 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-351R - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-352 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-387 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-387A - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-387L - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 371
Reference
9.3 Special Operations Supported by Device Family/Type

Retrieve Communications Summary Report

Clear Device Logs Without Download

Get and Approve Firmware Version

Push Current Time From Device

Get and Approve Configuration

Discover Connected Devices

Retrieve Firmware Version

Sync Managed Passwords

Enable or Disable Ports

Retrieve Configuration

Restore Configuration

Program and Activate

Retrieve Device Logs

Verify All Passwords

Push to ADM Agent

Push SAC Database
Change Password
Update Firmware

Program
Device
Family Device Type
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-501 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-547 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-551 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-551C - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-587 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-587Z - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ

372 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.3 Special Operations Supported by Device Family/Type

Retrieve Communications Summary Report

Clear Device Logs Without Download

Get and Approve Firmware Version

Push Current Time From Device

Get and Approve Configuration

Discover Connected Devices

Retrieve Firmware Version

Sync Managed Passwords

Enable or Disable Ports

Retrieve Configuration

Restore Configuration

Program and Activate

Retrieve Device Logs

Verify All Passwords

Push to ADM Agent

Push SAC Database
Change Password
Update Firmware

Program
Device
Family Device Type
SEL - Relays SEL-701 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-749M - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-T401L - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Siemens Siemens SICAM PAS - Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SICAM PAS Network
Siemens Siemens SICAM SCC - Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SICAM SCC Network
Siemens Siemens SIPROTEC 4 Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SIPROTEC 4 - Network
Siemens Siemens SIPROTEC 4 Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SIPROTEC 4 - Serial
Siemens Siemens SIPROTEC 5 Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SIPROTEC 5 - Network

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 373
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Retrieve Communications Summary Report

Clear Device Logs Without Download

Get and Approve Firmware Version

Push Current Time From Device

Get and Approve Configuration

Discover Connected Devices

Retrieve Firmware Version

Sync Managed Passwords

Enable or Disable Ports

Retrieve Configuration

Restore Configuration

Program and Activate

Retrieve Device Logs

Verify All Passwords

Push to ADM Agent

Push SAC Database
Change Password
Update Firmware

Program
Device
Family Device Type
SMP SMP 16/CP - TCP Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SMP SMP 16/CP - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SMP SMP 16/SG - TCP Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SMP SMP 16/SG - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SMP SMP 4 - TCP Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SMP SMP 4 - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SMP SMP SG-4250 - TCP Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SMP SMP SG-4250 - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Telvent SAGE 1410 RTU - Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Network

9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Advanced parameters supported by specific device families and device types are as
follows:
Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters
Device Family Device Type Parameter Name
ABB ABB AFS 66x - SSH PasswordProhibitedCharacters
ABB ABB AFS 66x - SSH SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
ABB ABB AFS 66x - SSH SSH Fingerprint Handling
ABB ABB AFS 66x - SSH SSH Fingerprint Value
ABB ABB AFS 66x - SSH SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
ABB ABB AFS 66x - SSH SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
ABB ABB AFS 66x - SSH SSH MacAlgorithms
ABB ABB AFS 66x - SSH Timeout_InterByte
ABB ABB AFS 66x - SSH Timeout_Total
ABB ABB AFS 67x - SSH PasswordProhibitedCharacters
ABB ABB AFS 67x - SSH SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
ABB ABB AFS 67x - SSH SSH Fingerprint Handling

374 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

ABB ABB AFS 67x - SSH SSH Fingerprint Value
ABB ABB AFS 67x - SSH SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
ABB ABB AFS 67x - SSH SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
ABB ABB AFS 67x - SSH SSH MacAlgorithms
ABB ABB AFS 67x - SSH Timeout_InterByte
ABB ABB AFS 67x - SSH Timeout_Total
ABB ABB PCD-2000 - Serial ModbusDeviceAddress
ABB ABB PCD-2000 - Serial Timeout_InterByte
ABB ABB PCD-2000 - Serial Timeout_Total
ABB ABB PCD-2000 - Telnet ModbusDeviceAddress
ABB ABB PCD-2000 - Telnet Timeout_InterByte
ABB ABB PCD-2000 - Telnet Timeout_Total
ABB ABB Relion 615 v2 - Timeout_InterByte
Network
ABB ABB Relion 615 v2 - Timeout_Total
Network
ABB ABB Relion 670 v1 - Config_Retrieval
Network
ABB ABB Relion 670 v1 - RebootDelaySeconds
Network
ABB ABB Relion 670 v1 - Timeout_InterByte
Network
ABB ABB Relion 670 v1 - Timeout_Total
Network
Bitronics Bitronics M57x - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
Bitronics Bitronics M57x - Serial Timeout_InterByte
Bitronics Bitronics M57x - Serial Timeout_Total
Bitronics Bitronics M57x - Telnet PasswordProhibitedCharacters
Bitronics Bitronics M57x - Telnet Timeout_InterByte
Bitronics Bitronics M57x - Telnet Timeout_Total
Bitronics Bitronics M660/M661 - Config_Retrieval
Network
Cisco Cisco 2900 - SSH AdminPasswordMode
Cisco Cisco 2900 - SSH PasswordProhibitedCharacters
Cisco Cisco 2900 - SSH SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
Cisco Cisco 2900 - SSH SSH Fingerprint Handling
Cisco Cisco 2900 - SSH SSH Fingerprint Value
Cisco Cisco 2900 - SSH SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
Cisco Cisco 2900 - SSH SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
Cisco Cisco 2900 - SSH SSH MacAlgorithms
Cisco Cisco 2900 - SSH Timeout_InterByte
Cisco Cisco 2900 - SSH Timeout_Total
Cisco Cisco 2900 - SSH UserPasswordMode

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 375
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

Cisco Cisco Catalyst 2960 - AdminPasswordMode
SSH
Cisco Cisco Catalyst 2960 - PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SSH
Cisco Cisco Catalyst 2960 - SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
SSH
Cisco Cisco Catalyst 2960 - SSH Fingerprint Handling
SSH
Cisco Cisco Catalyst 2960 - SSH Fingerprint Value
SSH
Cisco Cisco Catalyst 2960 - SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
SSH
Cisco Cisco Catalyst 2960 - SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
SSH
Cisco Cisco Catalyst 2960 - SSH MacAlgorithms
SSH
Cisco Cisco Catalyst 2960 - Timeout_InterByte
SSH
Cisco Cisco Catalyst 2960 - Timeout_Total
SSH
Cisco Cisco Catalyst 2960 - UserPasswordMode
SSH
Cisco Cisco Catalyst 3750 - AdminPasswordMode
SSH
Cisco Cisco Catalyst 3750 - PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SSH
Cisco Cisco Catalyst 3750 - SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
SSH
Cisco Cisco Catalyst 3750 - SSH Fingerprint Handling
SSH
Cisco Cisco Catalyst 3750 - SSH Fingerprint Value
SSH
Cisco Cisco Catalyst 3750 - SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
SSH
Cisco Cisco Catalyst 3750 - SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
SSH
Cisco Cisco Catalyst 3750 - SSH MacAlgorithms
SSH
Cisco Cisco Catalyst 3750 - Timeout_InterByte
SSH
Cisco Cisco Catalyst 3750 - Timeout_Total
SSH
Cisco Cisco Catalyst 3750 - UserPasswordMode
SSH
Cisco Cisco CGR 2010 - SSH AdminPasswordMode
Cisco Cisco CGR 2010 - SSH PasswordProhibitedCharacters
Cisco Cisco CGR 2010 - SSH SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
Cisco Cisco CGR 2010 - SSH SSH Fingerprint Handling

376 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

Cisco Cisco CGR 2010 - SSH SSH Fingerprint Value
Cisco Cisco CGR 2010 - SSH SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
Cisco Cisco CGR 2010 - SSH SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
Cisco Cisco CGR 2010 - SSH SSH MacAlgorithms
Cisco Cisco CGR 2010 - SSH Timeout_InterByte
Cisco Cisco CGR 2010 - SSH Timeout_Total
Cisco Cisco CGR 2010 - SSH UserPasswordMode
Cisco Cisco CGS 2520 - SSH AdminPasswordMode
Cisco Cisco CGS 2520 - SSH PasswordProhibitedCharacters
Cisco Cisco CGS 2520 - SSH SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
Cisco Cisco CGS 2520 - SSH SSH Fingerprint Handling
Cisco Cisco CGS 2520 - SSH SSH Fingerprint Value
Cisco Cisco CGS 2520 - SSH SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
Cisco Cisco CGS 2520 - SSH SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
Cisco Cisco CGS 2520 - SSH SSH MacAlgorithms
Cisco Cisco CGS 2520 - SSH Timeout_InterByte
Cisco Cisco CGS 2520 - SSH Timeout_Total
Cisco Cisco CGS 2520 - SSH UserPasswordMode
CrossBow Asset CrossBow ADM Agent CaptureCount
Discovery &
Management
CrossBow Asset CrossBow ADM Agent CaptureDelay
Discovery &
Management
CrossBow Asset CrossBow ADM Agent CaptureDuration
Discovery &
Management
CrossBow Asset CrossBow ADM Agent DiscoveredDeviceName
Discovery &
Management
CrossBow Asset CrossBow ADM Agent DiscoveredDeviceType
Discovery &
Management
CrossBow Asset CrossBow ADM Agent FirstSeenRate
Discovery &
Management
CrossBow Asset CrossBow ADM Agent LastSeenRate
Discovery &
Management
CrossBow Asset CrossBow ADM Agent LogLevel
Discovery &
Management
CrossBow Asset CrossBow ADM Agent Platform
Discovery &
Management

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 377
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

CrossBow Asset CrossBow ADM Agent ProtocolLayerLimit
Discovery &
Management
CrossBow Asset CrossBow ADM Agent SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
Discovery &
Management
CrossBow Asset CrossBow ADM Agent SSH Fingerprint Handling
Discovery &
Management
CrossBow Asset CrossBow ADM Agent SSH Fingerprint Value
Discovery &
Management
CrossBow Asset CrossBow ADM Agent SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
Discovery &
Management
CrossBow Asset CrossBow ADM Agent SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
Discovery &
Management
CrossBow Asset CrossBow ADM Agent SSH MacAlgorithms
Discovery &
Management
CrossBow Asset CrossBow ADM Agent Timeout_Total
Discovery &
Management
CrossBow Secure Access Secure Access Manager CertificateExpirationAfter
Manager - Local - Local
CrossBow Secure Access Secure Access Manager CertificateExpirationBefore
Manager - Local - Local
CrossBow Secure Access Secure Access Manager CertificateSubjectName
Manager - Local - Local
CrossBow Secure Access Secure Access Manager CommonName
Manager - Local - Local
CrossBow Secure Access Secure Access Manager DailySyncTime
Manager - Local - Local
CrossBow Secure Access Secure Access Manager EncryptionEnabledStatus
Manager - Local - Local
CrossBow Secure Access Secure Access Manager EncryptionType
Manager - Local - Local
CrossBow Secure Access Secure Access Manager GlobalUpdatePreparationsEnabledStatus
Manager - Local - Local
CrossBow Secure Access Secure Access Manager LastEncryptionPasswordChange
Manager - Local - Local
CrossBow Secure Access Secure Access Manager ManualUpdatePreparationEnable
Manager - Local - Local
CrossBow Station Station Access CommonName
Access Controller Controller
CrossBow Station Station Access Platform
Access Controller Controller
Data Track Data Track T2700 DeviceModemInitString
Data Track Data Track T2700 Timeout_InterByte

378 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

Data Track Data Track T2700 Timeout_Total
DIGI DIGI TS1 - Prompted EscapeSequence
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS1 - Prompted Firmware_Format
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS1 - Prompted PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS1 - Prompted SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS1 - Prompted SSH Fingerprint Handling
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS1 - Prompted SSH Fingerprint Value
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS1 - Prompted SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS1 - Prompted SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS1 - Prompted SSH MacAlgorithms
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS1 - Prompted Timeout_InterByte
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS1 - Prompted Timeout_Total
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS1 - Prompted EscapeSequence
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS1 - Prompted Firmware_Format
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS1 - Prompted PasswordProhibitedCharacters
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS1 - Prompted Timeout_InterByte
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS1 - Prompted Timeout_Total
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS16 - Prompted EscapeSequence
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS16 - Prompted Firmware_Format
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS16 - Prompted PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS16 - Prompted SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS16 - Prompted SSH Fingerprint Handling
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS16 - Prompted SSH Fingerprint Value
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS16 - Prompted SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
SSH

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 379
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

DIGI DIGI TS16 - Prompted SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS16 - Prompted SSH MacAlgorithms
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS16 - Prompted Timeout_InterByte
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS16 - Prompted Timeout_Total
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS16 - Prompted EscapeSequence
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS16 - Prompted Firmware_Format
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS16 - Prompted PasswordProhibitedCharacters
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS16 - Prompted Timeout_InterByte
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS16 - Prompted Timeout_Total
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS2 - Prompted EscapeSequence
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS2 - Prompted Firmware_Format
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS2 - Prompted PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS2 - Prompted SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS2 - Prompted SSH Fingerprint Handling
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS2 - Prompted SSH Fingerprint Value
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS2 - Prompted SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS2 - Prompted SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS2 - Prompted SSH MacAlgorithms
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS2 - Prompted Timeout_InterByte
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS2 - Prompted Timeout_Total
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS2 - Prompted EscapeSequence
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS2 - Prompted Firmware_Format
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS2 - Prompted PasswordProhibitedCharacters
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS2 - Prompted Timeout_InterByte
Telnet

380 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

DIGI DIGI TS2 - Prompted Timeout_Total
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS4 - Prompted EscapeSequence
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS4 - Prompted Firmware_Format
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS4 - Prompted PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS4 - Prompted SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS4 - Prompted SSH Fingerprint Handling
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS4 - Prompted SSH Fingerprint Value
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS4 - Prompted SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS4 - Prompted SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS4 - Prompted SSH MacAlgorithms
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS4 - Prompted Timeout_InterByte
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS4 - Prompted Timeout_Total
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS4 - Prompted EscapeSequence
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS4 - Prompted Firmware_Format
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS4 - Prompted PasswordProhibitedCharacters
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS4 - Prompted Timeout_InterByte
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS4 - Prompted Timeout_Total
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS8 - Prompted EscapeSequence
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS8 - Prompted Firmware_Format
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS8 - Prompted PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS8 - Prompted SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS8 - Prompted SSH Fingerprint Handling
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS8 - Prompted SSH Fingerprint Value
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS8 - Prompted SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
SSH

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 381
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

DIGI DIGI TS8 - Prompted SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS8 - Prompted SSH MacAlgorithms
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS8 - Prompted Timeout_InterByte
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS8 - Prompted Timeout_Total
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS8 - Prompted EscapeSequence
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS8 - Prompted Firmware_Format
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS8 - Prompted PasswordProhibitedCharacters
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS8 - Prompted Timeout_InterByte
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS8 - Prompted Timeout_Total
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TSx - Mapped SSH SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
DIGI DIGI TSx - Mapped SSH SSH Fingerprint Handling
DIGI DIGI TSx - Mapped SSH SSH Fingerprint Value
DIGI DIGI TSx - Mapped SSH SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
DIGI DIGI TSx - Mapped SSH SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
DIGI DIGI TSx - Mapped SSH SSH MacAlgorithms
GarrettCom DynaStar 1500 PasswordProhibitedCharacters
GarrettCom DynaStar 1500 SpecialOpFileTransferMethod
GarrettCom DynaStar 1500 SpecialOpTerminalMethod
GarrettCom DynaStar 1500 SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
GarrettCom DynaStar 1500 SSH Fingerprint Handling
GarrettCom DynaStar 1500 SSH Fingerprint Value
GarrettCom DynaStar 1500 SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
GarrettCom DynaStar 1500 SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
GarrettCom DynaStar 1500 SSH MacAlgorithms
GarrettCom DynaStar 1500 Timeout_InterByte
GarrettCom DynaStar 1500 Timeout_Total
GarrettCom DynaStar 2000 PasswordProhibitedCharacters
GarrettCom DynaStar 2000 SpecialOpFileTransferMethod
GarrettCom DynaStar 2000 SpecialOpTerminalMethod
GarrettCom DynaStar 2000 SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
GarrettCom DynaStar 2000 SSH Fingerprint Handling
GarrettCom DynaStar 2000 SSH Fingerprint Value
GarrettCom DynaStar 2000 SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
GarrettCom DynaStar 2000 SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
GarrettCom DynaStar 2000 SSH MacAlgorithms

382 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

GarrettCom DynaStar 2000 Timeout_InterByte
GarrettCom DynaStar 2000 Timeout_Total
GarrettCom DynaStar 5000 PasswordProhibitedCharacters
GarrettCom DynaStar 5000 SpecialOpFileTransferMethod
GarrettCom DynaStar 5000 SpecialOpTerminalMethod
GarrettCom DynaStar 5000 SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
GarrettCom DynaStar 5000 SSH Fingerprint Handling
GarrettCom DynaStar 5000 SSH Fingerprint Value
GarrettCom DynaStar 5000 SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
GarrettCom DynaStar 5000 SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
GarrettCom DynaStar 5000 SSH MacAlgorithms
GarrettCom DynaStar 5000 Timeout_InterByte
GarrettCom DynaStar 5000 Timeout_Total
GarrettCom GarrettCom 10RX PasswordProhibitedCharacters
GarrettCom GarrettCom 10RX SpecialOpFileTransferMethod
GarrettCom GarrettCom 10RX SpecialOpTerminalMethod
GarrettCom GarrettCom 10RX SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
GarrettCom GarrettCom 10RX SSH Fingerprint Handling
GarrettCom GarrettCom 10RX SSH Fingerprint Value
GarrettCom GarrettCom 10RX SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
GarrettCom GarrettCom 10RX SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
GarrettCom GarrettCom 10RX SSH MacAlgorithms
GarrettCom GarrettCom 10RX Timeout_InterByte
GarrettCom GarrettCom 10RX Timeout_Total
GarrettCom GarrettCom 10XTS PasswordProhibitedCharacters
GarrettCom GarrettCom 10XTS SpecialOpFileTransferMethod
GarrettCom GarrettCom 10XTS SpecialOpTerminalMethod
GarrettCom GarrettCom 10XTS SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
GarrettCom GarrettCom 10XTS SSH Fingerprint Handling
GarrettCom GarrettCom 10XTS SSH Fingerprint Value
GarrettCom GarrettCom 10XTS SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
GarrettCom GarrettCom 10XTS SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
GarrettCom GarrettCom 10XTS SSH MacAlgorithms
GarrettCom GarrettCom 10XTS Timeout_InterByte
GarrettCom GarrettCom 10XTS Timeout_Total
GarrettCom GarrettCom 6K PasswordProhibitedCharacters
GarrettCom GarrettCom 6K SpecialOpTerminalMethod
GarrettCom GarrettCom 6K SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
GarrettCom GarrettCom 6K SSH Fingerprint Handling
GarrettCom GarrettCom 6K SSH Fingerprint Value
GarrettCom GarrettCom 6K SSH HostKeyAlgorithms

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 383
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

GarrettCom GarrettCom 6K SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
GarrettCom GarrettCom 6K SSH MacAlgorithms
GarrettCom GarrettCom 6K Timeout_InterByte
GarrettCom GarrettCom 6K Timeout_Total
GarrettCom GarrettCom 6K Secure PasswordProhibitedCharacters
GarrettCom GarrettCom 6K Secure SpecialOpTerminalMethod
GarrettCom GarrettCom 6K Secure SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
GarrettCom GarrettCom 6K Secure SSH Fingerprint Handling
GarrettCom GarrettCom 6K Secure SSH Fingerprint Value
GarrettCom GarrettCom 6K Secure SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
GarrettCom GarrettCom 6K Secure SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
GarrettCom GarrettCom 6K Secure SSH MacAlgorithms
GarrettCom GarrettCom 6K Secure Timeout_InterByte
GarrettCom GarrettCom 6K Secure Timeout_Total
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX1000 PasswordProhibitedCharacters
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX1000 SpecialOpFileTransferMethod
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX1000 SpecialOpTerminalMethod
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX1000 SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX1000 SSH Fingerprint Handling
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX1000 SSH Fingerprint Value
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX1000 SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX1000 SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX1000 SSH MacAlgorithms
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX1000 Timeout_InterByte
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX1000 Timeout_Total
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX40 PasswordProhibitedCharacters
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX40 SpecialOpFileTransferMethod
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX40 SpecialOpTerminalMethod
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX40 SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX40 SSH Fingerprint Handling
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX40 SSH Fingerprint Value
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX40 SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX40 SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX40 SSH MacAlgorithms
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX40 Timeout_InterByte
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX40 Timeout_Total
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX800 PasswordProhibitedCharacters
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX800 SpecialOpFileTransferMethod
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX800 SpecialOpTerminalMethod
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX800 SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX800 SSH Fingerprint Handling

384 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

GarrettCom GarrettCom DX800 SSH Fingerprint Value
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX800 SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX800 SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX800 SSH MacAlgorithms
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX800 Timeout_InterByte
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX800 Timeout_Total
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX900 PasswordProhibitedCharacters
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX900 SpecialOpFileTransferMethod
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX900 SpecialOpTerminalMethod
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX900 SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX900 SSH Fingerprint Handling
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX900 SSH Fingerprint Value
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX900 SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX900 SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX900 SSH MacAlgorithms
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX900 Timeout_InterByte
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX900 Timeout_Total
Gauntlet Gauntlet Bow 4-Port DeviceModemInitString
Gauntlet Gauntlet Bow 4-Port NonSecureTransferCodePattern
Gauntlet Gauntlet Bow 8-Port DeviceModemInitString
Gauntlet Gauntlet Bow 8-Port NonSecureTransferCodePattern
GE - Other GE RT430/RT434 Clock - HTTP_or_HTTPS
Network
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Network CommandPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Network CommandPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Network ConfigurationSections
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Network DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Network DataCAM_Tasks
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Network FaultReportIndexing
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Network FaultReportsAddressStart
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Network FirmwareVersionReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Network ModbusDeviceAddress
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Network RegNum_NameOfFileToRead
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Network RegNum_OscNumTriggers
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Network SettingPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Network SettingPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Network TimeMismatchAlertDifference
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Network Timeout_InterByte
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Network Timeout_Total
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Network TimeReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Network CommandPWEntryReg
v7.0+

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 385
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Network CommandPWSettingReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Network Config_Retrieval
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Network ConfigurationSections
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Network DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Network DataCAM_Tasks
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Network FirmwareVersionReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Network ModbusDeviceAddress
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Network RegNum_NameOfFileToRead
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Network RegNum_OscNumTriggers
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Network SettingPWEntryReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Network SettingPWSettingReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Network SpecialOpFileTransferMethod
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Network SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Network SSH Fingerprint Handling
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Network SSH Fingerprint Value
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Network SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Network SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Network SSH MacAlgorithms
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Network TimeMismatchAlertDifference
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Network Timeout_InterByte
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Network Timeout_Total
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Network TimeReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Serial CommandPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Serial CommandPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Serial ConfigurationSections
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays

386 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Serial DataCAM_Tasks
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Serial FaultReportIndexing
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Serial FaultReportsAddressStart
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Serial FirmwareVersionReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Serial ModbusDeviceAddress
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Serial RegNum_NameOfFileToRead
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Serial RegNum_OscNumTriggers
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Serial SettingPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Serial SettingPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Serial Timeout_InterByte
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Serial Timeout_Total
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Serial TimeReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Serial v7.0+ CommandPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Serial v7.0+ CommandPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Serial v7.0+ ConfigurationSections
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Serial v7.0+ DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Serial v7.0+ DataCAM_Tasks
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Serial v7.0+ FirmwareVersionReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Serial v7.0+ ModbusDeviceAddress
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Serial v7.0+ RegNum_NameOfFileToRead
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Serial v7.0+ RegNum_OscNumTriggers
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Serial v7.0+ SettingPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Serial v7.0+ SettingPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Serial v7.0+ TimeMismatchAlertDifference
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Serial v7.0+ Timeout_InterByte
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Serial v7.0+ Timeout_Total
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Serial v7.0+ TimeReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR B60 Network CommandPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR B60 Network CommandPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR B60 Network ConfigurationSections
GE - UR Relays GE UR B60 Network DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
GE - UR Relays GE UR B60 Network DataCAM_Tasks
GE - UR Relays GE UR B60 Network FaultReportIndexing
GE - UR Relays GE UR B60 Network FaultReportsAddressStart
GE - UR Relays GE UR B60 Network FirmwareVersionReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR B60 Network ModbusDeviceAddress
GE - UR Relays GE UR B60 Network RegNum_NameOfFileToRead
GE - UR Relays GE UR B60 Network RegNum_OscNumTriggers
GE - UR Relays GE UR B60 Network SettingPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR B60 Network SettingPWSettingReg

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 387
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

GE - UR Relays GE UR B60 Network TimeMismatchAlertDifference
GE - UR Relays GE UR B60 Network Timeout_InterByte
GE - UR Relays GE UR B60 Network Timeout_Total
GE - UR Relays GE UR B60 Network TimeReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Network CommandPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Network CommandPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Network ConfigurationSections
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Network DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Network DataCAM_Tasks
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Network FaultReportIndexing
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Network FaultReportsAddressStart
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Network FirmwareVersionReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Network ModbusDeviceAddress
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Network RegNum_NameOfFileToRead
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Network RegNum_OscNumTriggers
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Network SettingPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Network SettingPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Network TimeMismatchAlertDifference
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Network Timeout_InterByte
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Network Timeout_Total
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Network TimeReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Network CommandPWEntryReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Network CommandPWSettingReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Network Config_Retrieval
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Network ConfigurationSections
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Network DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Network DataCAM_Tasks
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Network FirmwareVersionReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Network ModbusDeviceAddress
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Network RegNum_NameOfFileToRead
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Network RegNum_OscNumTriggers
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Network SettingPWEntryReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Network SettingPWSettingReg
v7.0+

388 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Network SpecialOpFileTransferMethod
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Network SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Network SSH Fingerprint Handling
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Network SSH Fingerprint Value
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Network SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Network SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Network SSH MacAlgorithms
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Network TimeMismatchAlertDifference
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Network Timeout_InterByte
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Network Timeout_Total
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Network TimeReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Serial CommandPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Serial CommandPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Serial ConfigurationSections
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Serial DataCAM_Tasks
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Serial FaultReportIndexing
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Serial FaultReportsAddressStart
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Serial FirmwareVersionReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Serial ModbusDeviceAddress
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Serial RegNum_NameOfFileToRead
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Serial RegNum_OscNumTriggers
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Serial SettingPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Serial SettingPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Serial Timeout_InterByte
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Serial Timeout_Total
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Serial TimeReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Serial v7.0+ CommandPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Serial v7.0+ CommandPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Serial v7.0+ ConfigurationSections
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Serial v7.0+ DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Serial v7.0+ DataCAM_Tasks
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Serial v7.0+ FirmwareVersionReg

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 389
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Serial v7.0+ ModbusDeviceAddress
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Serial v7.0+ RegNum_NameOfFileToRead
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Serial v7.0+ RegNum_OscNumTriggers
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Serial v7.0+ SettingPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Serial v7.0+ SettingPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Serial v7.0+ TimeMismatchAlertDifference
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Serial v7.0+ Timeout_InterByte
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Serial v7.0+ Timeout_Total
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Serial v7.0+ TimeReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Network CommandPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Network CommandPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Network ConfigurationSections
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Network DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Network DataCAM_Tasks
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Network FaultReportIndexing
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Network FaultReportsAddressStart
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Network FirmwareVersionReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Network ModbusDeviceAddress
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Network RegNum_NameOfFileToRead
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Network RegNum_OscNumTriggers
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Network SettingPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Network SettingPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Network TimeMismatchAlertDifference
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Network Timeout_InterByte
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Network Timeout_Total
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Network TimeReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Network CommandPWEntryReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Network CommandPWSettingReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Network Config_Retrieval
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Network ConfigurationSections
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Network DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Network DataCAM_Tasks
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Network FirmwareVersionReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Network ModbusDeviceAddress
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Network RegNum_NameOfFileToRead
v7.0+

390 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Network RegNum_OscNumTriggers
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Network SettingPWEntryReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Network SettingPWSettingReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Network SpecialOpFileTransferMethod
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Network SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Network SSH Fingerprint Handling
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Network SSH Fingerprint Value
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Network SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Network SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Network SSH MacAlgorithms
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Network TimeMismatchAlertDifference
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Network Timeout_InterByte
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Network Timeout_Total
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Network TimeReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Serial CommandPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Serial CommandPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Serial ConfigurationSections
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Serial DataCAM_Tasks
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Serial FaultReportIndexing
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Serial FaultReportsAddressStart
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Serial FirmwareVersionReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Serial ModbusDeviceAddress
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Serial RegNum_NameOfFileToRead
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Serial RegNum_OscNumTriggers
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Serial SettingPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Serial SettingPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Serial Timeout_InterByte
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Serial Timeout_Total
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Serial TimeReg

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 391
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Serial v7.0+ CommandPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Serial v7.0+ CommandPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Serial v7.0+ ConfigurationSections
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Serial v7.0+ DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Serial v7.0+ DataCAM_Tasks
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Serial v7.0+ FirmwareVersionReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Serial v7.0+ ModbusDeviceAddress
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Serial v7.0+ RegNum_NameOfFileToRead
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Serial v7.0+ RegNum_OscNumTriggers
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Serial v7.0+ SettingPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Serial v7.0+ SettingPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Serial v7.0+ TimeMismatchAlertDifference
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Serial v7.0+ Timeout_InterByte
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Serial v7.0+ Timeout_Total
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Serial v7.0+ TimeReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network CommandPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network CommandPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network ConfigurationSections
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network DataCAM_Tasks
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network FaultReportIndexing
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network FaultReportsAddressStart
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network FirmwareVersionReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network ModbusDeviceAddress
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network RegNum_NameOfFileToRead
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network RegNum_OscNumTriggers
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network SettingPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network SettingPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network TimeMismatchAlertDifference
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network Timeout_InterByte
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network Timeout_Total
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network TimeReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network CommandPWEntryReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network CommandPWSettingReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network Config_Retrieval
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network ConfigurationSections
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
v7.0+

392 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network DataCAM_Tasks
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network FaultReportIndexing
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network FaultReportsAddressStart
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network FirmwareVersionReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network ModbusDeviceAddress
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network RegNum_NameOfFileToRead
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network RegNum_OscNumTriggers
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network SettingPWEntryReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network SettingPWSettingReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network SpecialOpFileTransferMethod
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network SSH Fingerprint Handling
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network SSH Fingerprint Value
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network SSH MacAlgorithms
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network TimeMismatchAlertDifference
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network Timeout_InterByte
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network Timeout_Total
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network TimeReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Serial CommandPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Serial CommandPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Serial ConfigurationSections
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Serial DataCAM_Tasks
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Serial FaultReportIndexing
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Serial FaultReportsAddressStart

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 393
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Serial FirmwareVersionReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Serial ModbusDeviceAddress
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Serial RegNum_NameOfFileToRead
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Serial RegNum_OscNumTriggers
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Serial SettingPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Serial SettingPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Serial Timeout_InterByte
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Serial Timeout_Total
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Serial TimeReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Serial v7.0+ CommandPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Serial v7.0+ CommandPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Serial v7.0+ ConfigurationSections
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Serial v7.0+ DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Serial v7.0+ DataCAM_Tasks
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Serial v7.0+ FaultReportIndexing
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Serial v7.0+ FaultReportsAddressStart
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Serial v7.0+ FirmwareVersionReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Serial v7.0+ ModbusDeviceAddress
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Serial v7.0+ RegNum_NameOfFileToRead
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Serial v7.0+ RegNum_OscNumTriggers
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Serial v7.0+ SettingPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Serial v7.0+ SettingPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Serial v7.0+ TimeMismatchAlertDifference
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Serial v7.0+ Timeout_InterByte
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Serial v7.0+ Timeout_Total
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Serial v7.0+ TimeReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Network CommandPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Network CommandPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Network ConfigurationSections
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Network DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Network DataCAM_Tasks
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Network FaultReportIndexing
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Network FaultReportsAddressStart
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Network FirmwareVersionReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Network ModbusDeviceAddress
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Network RegNum_NameOfFileToRead
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Network RegNum_OscNumTriggers
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Network SettingPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Network SettingPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Network TimeMismatchAlertDifference

394 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Network Timeout_InterByte
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Network Timeout_Total
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Network TimeReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Network CommandPWEntryReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Network CommandPWSettingReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Network Config_Retrieval
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Network ConfigurationSections
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Network DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Network DataCAM_Tasks
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Network FirmwareVersionReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Network ModbusDeviceAddress
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Network RegNum_NameOfFileToRead
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Network RegNum_OscNumTriggers
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Network SettingPWEntryReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Network SettingPWSettingReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Network SpecialOpFileTransferMethod
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Network SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Network SSH Fingerprint Handling
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Network SSH Fingerprint Value
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Network SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Network SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Network SSH MacAlgorithms
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Network TimeMismatchAlertDifference
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Network Timeout_InterByte
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Network Timeout_Total
v7.0+

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 395
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Network TimeReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Serial CommandPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Serial CommandPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Serial ConfigurationSections
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Serial DataCAM_Tasks
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Serial FaultReportIndexing
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Serial FaultReportsAddressStart
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Serial FirmwareVersionReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Serial ModbusDeviceAddress
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Serial RegNum_NameOfFileToRead
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Serial RegNum_OscNumTriggers
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Serial SettingPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Serial SettingPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Serial Timeout_InterByte
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Serial Timeout_Total
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Serial TimeReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Serial v7.0+ CommandPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Serial v7.0+ CommandPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Serial v7.0+ ConfigurationSections
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Serial v7.0+ DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Serial v7.0+ DataCAM_Tasks
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Serial v7.0+ FirmwareVersionReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Serial v7.0+ ModbusDeviceAddress
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Serial v7.0+ RegNum_NameOfFileToRead
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Serial v7.0+ RegNum_OscNumTriggers
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Serial v7.0+ SettingPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Serial v7.0+ SettingPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Serial v7.0+ TimeMismatchAlertDifference
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Serial v7.0+ Timeout_InterByte
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Serial v7.0+ Timeout_Total
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Serial v7.0+ TimeReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C90 Plus Network CommandPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C90 Plus Network CommandPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C90 Plus Network DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
GE - UR Relays GE UR C90 Plus Network DataCAM_Tasks
GE - UR Relays GE UR C90 Plus Network FirmwareVersionReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C90 Plus Network ModbusDeviceAddress
GE - UR Relays GE UR C90 Plus Network RegNum_NameOfFileToRead
GE - UR Relays GE UR C90 Plus Network RegNum_OscNumTriggers

396 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

GE - UR Relays GE UR C90 Plus Network SettingPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C90 Plus Network SettingPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C90 Plus Network TimeMismatchAlertDifference
GE - UR Relays GE UR C90 Plus Network Timeout_InterByte
GE - UR Relays GE UR C90 Plus Network Timeout_Total
GE - UR Relays GE UR C90 Plus Network TimeReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR C90 Plus Network CommandPWEntryReg
v1.8+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C90 Plus Network CommandPWSettingReg
v1.8+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C90 Plus Network DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
v1.8+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C90 Plus Network DataCAM_Tasks
v1.8+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C90 Plus Network FirmwareVersionReg
v1.8+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C90 Plus Network ModbusDeviceAddress
v1.8+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C90 Plus Network RegNum_NameOfFileToRead
v1.8+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C90 Plus Network RegNum_OscNumTriggers
v1.8+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C90 Plus Network SettingPWEntryReg
v1.8+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C90 Plus Network SettingPWSettingReg
v1.8+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C90 Plus Network TimeMismatchAlertDifference
v1.8+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C90 Plus Network Timeout_InterByte
v1.8+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C90 Plus Network Timeout_Total
v1.8+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C90 Plus Network TimeReg
v1.8+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network CommandPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network CommandPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network ConfigurationSections
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network DataCAM_Tasks
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network FaultReportIndexing
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network FaultReportsAddressStart
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network FirmwareVersionReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network ModbusDeviceAddress
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network RegNum_NameOfFileToRead
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network RegNum_OscNumTriggers

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 397
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network SettingPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network SettingPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network TimeMismatchAlertDifference
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network Timeout_InterByte
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network Timeout_Total
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network TimeReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network CommandPWEntryReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network CommandPWSettingReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network Config_Retrieval
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network ConfigurationSections
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network DataCAM_Tasks
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network FaultReportIndexing
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network FaultReportsAddressStart
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network FirmwareVersionReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network ModbusDeviceAddress
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network RegNum_NameOfFileToRead
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network RegNum_OscNumTriggers
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network SettingPWEntryReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network SettingPWSettingReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network SpecialOpFileTransferMethod
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network SSH Fingerprint Handling
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network SSH Fingerprint Value
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
v7.0+

398 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network SSH MacAlgorithms
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network TimeMismatchAlertDifference
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network Timeout_InterByte
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network Timeout_Total
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network TimeReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Serial CommandPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Serial CommandPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Serial ConfigurationSections
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Serial DataCAM_Tasks
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Serial FaultReportIndexing
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Serial FaultReportsAddressStart
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Serial FirmwareVersionReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Serial ModbusDeviceAddress
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Serial RegNum_NameOfFileToRead
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Serial RegNum_OscNumTriggers
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Serial SettingPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Serial SettingPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Serial Timeout_InterByte
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Serial Timeout_Total
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Serial TimeReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Serial v7.0+ CommandPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Serial v7.0+ CommandPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Serial v7.0+ ConfigurationSections
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Serial v7.0+ DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Serial v7.0+ DataCAM_Tasks
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Serial v7.0+ FaultReportIndexing
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Serial v7.0+ FaultReportsAddressStart
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Serial v7.0+ FirmwareVersionReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Serial v7.0+ ModbusDeviceAddress
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Serial v7.0+ RegNum_NameOfFileToRead
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Serial v7.0+ RegNum_OscNumTriggers
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Serial v7.0+ SettingPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Serial v7.0+ SettingPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Serial v7.0+ TimeMismatchAlertDifference
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Serial v7.0+ Timeout_InterByte
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Serial v7.0+ Timeout_Total

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 399
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Serial v7.0+ TimeReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network CommandPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network CommandPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network ConfigurationSections
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network DataCAM_Tasks
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network FaultReportIndexing
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network FaultReportsAddressStart
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network FirmwareVersionReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network ModbusDeviceAddress
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network RegNum_NameOfFileToRead
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network RegNum_OscNumTriggers
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network SettingPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network SettingPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network TimeMismatchAlertDifference
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network Timeout_InterByte
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network Timeout_Total
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network TimeReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network CommandPWEntryReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network CommandPWSettingReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network Config_Retrieval
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network ConfigurationSections
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network DataCAM_Tasks
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network FaultReportIndexing
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network FaultReportsAddressStart
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network FirmwareVersionReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network ModbusDeviceAddress
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network RegNum_NameOfFileToRead
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network RegNum_OscNumTriggers
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network SettingPWEntryReg
v7.0+

400 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network SettingPWSettingReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network SpecialOpFileTransferMethod
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network SSH Fingerprint Handling
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network SSH Fingerprint Value
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network SSH MacAlgorithms
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network TimeMismatchAlertDifference
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network Timeout_InterByte
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network Timeout_Total
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network TimeReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Serial CommandPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Serial CommandPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Serial ConfigurationSections
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Serial DataCAM_Tasks
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Serial FaultReportIndexing
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Serial FaultReportsAddressStart
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Serial FirmwareVersionReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Serial ModbusDeviceAddress
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Serial RegNum_NameOfFileToRead
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Serial RegNum_OscNumTriggers
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Serial SettingPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Serial SettingPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Serial Timeout_InterByte
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Serial Timeout_Total
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Serial TimeReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Serial v7.0+ CommandPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Serial v7.0+ CommandPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Serial v7.0+ ConfigurationSections
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Serial v7.0+ DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 401
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Serial v7.0+ DataCAM_Tasks
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Serial v7.0+ FaultReportIndexing
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Serial v7.0+ FaultReportsAddressStart
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Serial v7.0+ FirmwareVersionReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Serial v7.0+ ModbusDeviceAddress
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Serial v7.0+ RegNum_NameOfFileToRead
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Serial v7.0+ RegNum_OscNumTriggers
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Serial v7.0+ SettingPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Serial v7.0+ SettingPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Serial v7.0+ TimeMismatchAlertDifference
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Serial v7.0+ Timeout_InterByte
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Serial v7.0+ Timeout_Total
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Serial v7.0+ TimeReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network CommandPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network CommandPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network ConfigurationSections
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network DataCAM_Tasks
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network FaultReportIndexing
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network FaultReportsAddressStart
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network FirmwareVersionReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network ModbusDeviceAddress
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network RegNum_NameOfFileToRead
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network RegNum_OscNumTriggers
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network SettingPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network SettingPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network TimeMismatchAlertDifference
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network Timeout_InterByte
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network Timeout_Total
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network TimeReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network CommandPWEntryReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network CommandPWSettingReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network Config_Retrieval
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network ConfigurationSections
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network DataCAM_Tasks
v7.0+

402 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network FaultReportIndexing
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network FaultReportsAddressStart
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network FirmwareVersionReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network ModbusDeviceAddress
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network RegNum_NameOfFileToRead
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network RegNum_OscNumTriggers
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network SettingPWEntryReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network SettingPWSettingReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network SpecialOpFileTransferMethod
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network SSH Fingerprint Handling
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network SSH Fingerprint Value
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network SSH MacAlgorithms
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network TimeMismatchAlertDifference
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network Timeout_InterByte
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network Timeout_Total
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network TimeReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Serial CommandPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Serial CommandPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Serial ConfigurationSections
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Serial DataCAM_Tasks
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Serial FaultReportIndexing
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Serial FaultReportsAddressStart
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Serial FirmwareVersionReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Serial ModbusDeviceAddress

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 403
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Serial RegNum_NameOfFileToRead
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Serial RegNum_OscNumTriggers
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Serial SettingPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Serial SettingPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Serial Timeout_InterByte
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Serial Timeout_Total
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Serial TimeReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Serial v7.0+ CommandPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Serial v7.0+ CommandPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Serial v7.0+ ConfigurationSections
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Serial v7.0+ DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Serial v7.0+ DataCAM_Tasks
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Serial v7.0+ FaultReportIndexing
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Serial v7.0+ FaultReportsAddressStart
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Serial v7.0+ FirmwareVersionReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Serial v7.0+ ModbusDeviceAddress
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Serial v7.0+ RegNum_NameOfFileToRead
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Serial v7.0+ RegNum_OscNumTriggers
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Serial v7.0+ SettingPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Serial v7.0+ SettingPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Serial v7.0+ TimeMismatchAlertDifference
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Serial v7.0+ Timeout_InterByte
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Serial v7.0+ Timeout_Total
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Serial v7.0+ TimeReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network CommandPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network CommandPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network ConfigurationSections
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network DataCAM_Tasks
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network FaultReportIndexing
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network FaultReportsAddressStart
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network FirmwareVersionReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network ModbusDeviceAddress
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network RegNum_NameOfFileToRead
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network RegNum_OscNumTriggers
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network SettingPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network SettingPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network TimeMismatchAlertDifference
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network Timeout_InterByte
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network Timeout_Total

404 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network TimeReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network CommandPWEntryReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network CommandPWSettingReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network Config_Retrieval
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network ConfigurationSections
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network DataCAM_Tasks
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network FaultReportIndexing
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network FaultReportsAddressStart
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network FirmwareVersionReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network ModbusDeviceAddress
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network RegNum_NameOfFileToRead
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network RegNum_OscNumTriggers
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network SettingPWEntryReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network SettingPWSettingReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network SpecialOpFileTransferMethod
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network SSH Fingerprint Handling
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network SSH Fingerprint Value
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network SSH MacAlgorithms
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network TimeMismatchAlertDifference
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network Timeout_InterByte
v7.0+

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 405
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network Timeout_Total
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network TimeReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Serial CommandPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Serial CommandPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Serial ConfigurationSections
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Serial DataCAM_Tasks
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Serial FaultReportIndexing
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Serial FaultReportsAddressStart
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Serial FirmwareVersionReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Serial ModbusDeviceAddress
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Serial RegNum_NameOfFileToRead
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Serial RegNum_OscNumTriggers
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Serial SettingPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Serial SettingPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Serial Timeout_InterByte
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Serial Timeout_Total
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Serial TimeReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Serial v7.0+ CommandPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Serial v7.0+ CommandPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Serial v7.0+ ConfigurationSections
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Serial v7.0+ DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Serial v7.0+ DataCAM_Tasks
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Serial v7.0+ FaultReportIndexing
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Serial v7.0+ FaultReportsAddressStart
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Serial v7.0+ FirmwareVersionReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Serial v7.0+ ModbusDeviceAddress
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Serial v7.0+ RegNum_NameOfFileToRead
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Serial v7.0+ RegNum_OscNumTriggers
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Serial v7.0+ SettingPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Serial v7.0+ SettingPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Serial v7.0+ TimeMismatchAlertDifference
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Serial v7.0+ Timeout_InterByte
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Serial v7.0+ Timeout_Total
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Serial v7.0+ TimeReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network CommandPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network CommandPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network ConfigurationSections
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays

406 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network DataCAM_Tasks
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network FaultReportIndexing
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network FaultReportsAddressStart
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network FirmwareVersionReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network ModbusDeviceAddress
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network RegNum_NameOfFileToRead
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network RegNum_OscNumTriggers
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network SettingPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network SettingPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network TimeMismatchAlertDifference
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network Timeout_InterByte
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network Timeout_Total
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network TimeReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network CommandPWEntryReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network CommandPWSettingReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network Config_Retrieval
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network ConfigurationSections
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network DataCAM_Tasks
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network FaultReportIndexing
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network FaultReportsAddressStart
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network FirmwareVersionReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network ModbusDeviceAddress
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network RegNum_NameOfFileToRead
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network RegNum_OscNumTriggers
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network SettingPWEntryReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network SettingPWSettingReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network SpecialOpFileTransferMethod
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
v7.0+

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 407
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network SSH Fingerprint Handling
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network SSH Fingerprint Value
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network SSH MacAlgorithms
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network TimeMismatchAlertDifference
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network Timeout_InterByte
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network Timeout_Total
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network TimeReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Serial CommandPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Serial CommandPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Serial ConfigurationSections
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Serial DataCAM_Tasks
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Serial FaultReportIndexing
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Serial FaultReportsAddressStart
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Serial FirmwareVersionReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Serial ModbusDeviceAddress
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Serial RegNum_NameOfFileToRead
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Serial RegNum_OscNumTriggers
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Serial SettingPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Serial SettingPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Serial Timeout_InterByte
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Serial Timeout_Total
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Serial TimeReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Serial v7.0+ CommandPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Serial v7.0+ CommandPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Serial v7.0+ ConfigurationSections
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Serial v7.0+ DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Serial v7.0+ DataCAM_Tasks
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Serial v7.0+ FaultReportIndexing
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Serial v7.0+ FaultReportsAddressStart
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Serial v7.0+ FirmwareVersionReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Serial v7.0+ ModbusDeviceAddress

408 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Serial v7.0+ RegNum_NameOfFileToRead
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Serial v7.0+ RegNum_OscNumTriggers
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Serial v7.0+ SettingPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Serial v7.0+ SettingPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Serial v7.0+ TimeMismatchAlertDifference
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Serial v7.0+ Timeout_InterByte
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Serial v7.0+ Timeout_Total
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Serial v7.0+ TimeReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR N60 Network CommandPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR N60 Network CommandPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR N60 Network ConfigurationSections
GE - UR Relays GE UR N60 Network DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
GE - UR Relays GE UR N60 Network DataCAM_Tasks
GE - UR Relays GE UR N60 Network FaultReportIndexing
GE - UR Relays GE UR N60 Network FaultReportsAddressStart
GE - UR Relays GE UR N60 Network FirmwareVersionReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR N60 Network ModbusDeviceAddress
GE - UR Relays GE UR N60 Network RegNum_NameOfFileToRead
GE - UR Relays GE UR N60 Network RegNum_OscNumTriggers
GE - UR Relays GE UR N60 Network SettingPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR N60 Network SettingPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR N60 Network TimeMismatchAlertDifference
GE - UR Relays GE UR N60 Network Timeout_InterByte
GE - UR Relays GE UR N60 Network Timeout_Total
GE - UR Relays GE UR N60 Network TimeReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR N60 Network CommandPWEntryReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR N60 Network CommandPWSettingReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR N60 Network Config_Retrieval
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR N60 Network ConfigurationSections
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR N60 Network DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR N60 Network DataCAM_Tasks
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR N60 Network FirmwareVersionReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR N60 Network ModbusDeviceAddress
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR N60 Network RegNum_NameOfFileToRead
v7.0+

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 409
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

GE - UR Relays GE UR N60 Network RegNum_OscNumTriggers
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR N60 Network SettingPWEntryReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR N60 Network SettingPWSettingReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR N60 Network SpecialOpFileTransferMethod
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR N60 Network SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR N60 Network SSH Fingerprint Handling
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR N60 Network SSH Fingerprint Value
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR N60 Network SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR N60 Network SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR N60 Network SSH MacAlgorithms
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR N60 Network TimeMismatchAlertDifference
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR N60 Network Timeout_InterByte
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR N60 Network Timeout_Total
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR N60 Network TimeReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T35 Network CommandPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR T35 Network CommandPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR T35 Network ConfigurationSections
GE - UR Relays GE UR T35 Network DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
GE - UR Relays GE UR T35 Network DataCAM_Tasks
GE - UR Relays GE UR T35 Network FaultReportIndexing
GE - UR Relays GE UR T35 Network FaultReportsAddressStart
GE - UR Relays GE UR T35 Network FirmwareVersionReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR T35 Network ModbusDeviceAddress
GE - UR Relays GE UR T35 Network RegNum_NameOfFileToRead
GE - UR Relays GE UR T35 Network RegNum_OscNumTriggers
GE - UR Relays GE UR T35 Network SettingPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR T35 Network SettingPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR T35 Network TimeMismatchAlertDifference
GE - UR Relays GE UR T35 Network Timeout_InterByte
GE - UR Relays GE UR T35 Network Timeout_Total
GE - UR Relays GE UR T35 Network TimeReg

410 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

GE - UR Relays GE UR T35 Network CommandPWEntryReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T35 Network CommandPWSettingReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T35 Network Config_Retrieval
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T35 Network ConfigurationSections
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T35 Network DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T35 Network DataCAM_Tasks
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T35 Network FirmwareVersionReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T35 Network ModbusDeviceAddress
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T35 Network RegNum_NameOfFileToRead
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T35 Network RegNum_OscNumTriggers
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T35 Network SettingPWEntryReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T35 Network SettingPWSettingReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T35 Network SpecialOpFileTransferMethod
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T35 Network SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T35 Network SSH Fingerprint Handling
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T35 Network SSH Fingerprint Value
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T35 Network SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T35 Network SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T35 Network SSH MacAlgorithms
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T35 Network TimeMismatchAlertDifference
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T35 Network Timeout_InterByte
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T35 Network Timeout_Total
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T35 Network TimeReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Network CommandPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Network CommandPWSettingReg

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 411
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Network ConfigurationSections
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Network DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Network DataCAM_Tasks
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Network FaultReportIndexing
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Network FaultReportsAddressStart
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Network FirmwareVersionReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Network ModbusDeviceAddress
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Network RegNum_NameOfFileToRead
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Network RegNum_OscNumTriggers
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Network SettingPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Network SettingPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Network TimeMismatchAlertDifference
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Network Timeout_InterByte
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Network Timeout_Total
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Network TimeReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Network CommandPWEntryReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Network CommandPWSettingReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Network Config_Retrieval
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Network ConfigurationSections
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Network DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Network DataCAM_Tasks
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Network FirmwareVersionReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Network ModbusDeviceAddress
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Network RegNum_NameOfFileToRead
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Network RegNum_OscNumTriggers
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Network SettingPWEntryReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Network SettingPWSettingReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Network SpecialOpFileTransferMethod
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Network SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Network SSH Fingerprint Handling
v7.0+

412 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Network SSH Fingerprint Value
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Network SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Network SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Network SSH MacAlgorithms
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Network TimeMismatchAlertDifference
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Network Timeout_InterByte
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Network Timeout_Total
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Network TimeReg
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Serial CommandPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Serial CommandPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Serial ConfigurationSections
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Serial DataCAM_Tasks
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Serial FaultReportIndexing
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Serial FaultReportsAddressStart
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Serial FirmwareVersionReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Serial ModbusDeviceAddress
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Serial RegNum_NameOfFileToRead
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Serial RegNum_OscNumTriggers
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Serial SettingPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Serial SettingPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Serial Timeout_InterByte
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Serial Timeout_Total
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Serial TimeReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Serial v7.0+ CommandPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Serial v7.0+ CommandPWSettingReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Serial v7.0+ ConfigurationSections
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Serial v7.0+ DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Serial v7.0+ DataCAM_Tasks
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Serial v7.0+ FirmwareVersionReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Serial v7.0+ ModbusDeviceAddress
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Serial v7.0+ RegNum_NameOfFileToRead
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Serial v7.0+ RegNum_OscNumTriggers
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Serial v7.0+ SettingPWEntryReg
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Serial v7.0+ SettingPWSettingReg

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 413
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Serial v7.0+ TimeMismatchAlertDifference
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Serial v7.0+ Timeout_InterByte
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Serial v7.0+ Timeout_Total
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Serial v7.0+ TimeReg
Generic Generic IED - Dial-Up DeviceModemInitString
Generic Generic IED - Network/ SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
SSH/Telnet
Generic Generic IED - Network/ SSH Fingerprint Handling
SSH/Telnet
Generic Generic IED - Network/ SSH Fingerprint Value
SSH/Telnet
Generic Generic IED - Network/ SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
SSH/Telnet
Generic Generic IED - Network/ SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
SSH/Telnet
Generic Generic IED - Network/ SSH MacAlgorithms
SSH/Telnet
Generic Generic IED - SSH SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
Generic Generic IED - SSH SSH Fingerprint Handling
Generic Generic IED - SSH SSH Fingerprint Value
Generic Generic IED - SSH SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
Generic Generic IED - SSH SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
Generic Generic IED - SSH SSH MacAlgorithms
Lantronix Lantronix ETS16PR Timeout_InterByte
Mapped TCP
Lantronix Lantronix ETS16PR Timeout_Total
Mapped TCP
Lantronix Lantronix ETS16PR Type Timeout_InterByte
2 Mapped TCP
Lantronix Lantronix ETS16PR Type Timeout_Total
2 Mapped TCP
Lantronix Lantronix ETS32PR Timeout_InterByte
Mapped TCP
Lantronix Lantronix ETS32PR Timeout_Total
Mapped TCP
Lantronix Lantronix ETS32PR Timeout_InterByte
Mapped Telnet
Lantronix Lantronix ETS32PR Timeout_Total
Mapped Telnet
Lantronix Lantronix ETS32PR Timeout_InterByte
Prompted Telnet
Lantronix Lantronix ETS32PR Timeout_Total
Prompted Telnet
Lantronix Lantronix ETS32PR Type Timeout_InterByte
2 Mapped TCP
Lantronix Lantronix ETS32PR Type Timeout_Total
2 Mapped TCP

414 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

Lantronix Lantronix ETS8P Timeout_InterByte
Mapped TCP
Lantronix Lantronix ETS8P Timeout_Total
Mapped TCP
Lantronix Lantronix ETS8P Timeout_InterByte
Mapped Telnet
Lantronix Lantronix ETS8P Timeout_Total
Mapped Telnet
Lantronix Lantronix ETS8P Timeout_InterByte
Prompted Telnet
Lantronix Lantronix ETS8P Timeout_Total
Prompted Telnet
Novatech Novatech DDIO - PasswordProhibitedCharacters
Network
Novatech Novatech DDIO - SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
Network
Novatech Novatech DDIO - SSH Fingerprint Handling
Network
Novatech Novatech DDIO - SSH Fingerprint Value
Network
Novatech Novatech DDIO - SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
Network
Novatech Novatech DDIO - SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
Network
Novatech Novatech DDIO - SSH MacAlgorithms
Network
Novatech Novatech DDIO - Timeout_InterByte
Network
Novatech Novatech DDIO - Timeout_Total
Network
Novatech Novatech DDIO - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
Novatech Novatech DDIO - Serial Timeout_InterByte
Novatech Novatech DDIO - Serial Timeout_Total
Novatech Novatech Orion 5r - ActiveConfigFile
Telnet
Novatech Novatech Orion 5r - EscapeSequence
Telnet
Novatech Novatech Orion 5r - FtpFilePath
Telnet
Novatech Novatech Orion 5r - FtpPort
Telnet
Novatech Novatech Orion 5r - PassThroughMethod
Telnet
Novatech Novatech Orion 5r - PasswordProhibitedCharacters
Telnet
Novatech Novatech Orion 5r - RebootDelaySeconds
Telnet

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 415
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

Novatech Novatech Orion 5r - SpecialOpFileTransferMethod
Telnet
Novatech Novatech Orion 5r - SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
Telnet
Novatech Novatech Orion 5r - SSH Fingerprint Handling
Telnet
Novatech Novatech Orion 5r - SSH Fingerprint Value
Telnet
Novatech Novatech Orion 5r - SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
Telnet
Novatech Novatech Orion 5r - SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
Telnet
Novatech Novatech Orion 5r - SSH MacAlgorithms
Telnet
Novatech Novatech Orion 5r - Timeout_InterByte
Telnet
Novatech Novatech Orion 5r - Timeout_Total
Telnet
Novatech Novatech Orion LX - ActiveConfigFile
SSH
Novatech Novatech Orion LX - EscapeSequence
SSH
Novatech Novatech Orion LX - FtpFilePath
SSH
Novatech Novatech Orion LX - FtpPort
SSH
Novatech Novatech Orion LX - PassThroughMethod
SSH
Novatech Novatech Orion LX - PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SSH
Novatech Novatech Orion LX - RebootDelaySeconds
SSH
Novatech Novatech Orion LX - SpecialOpFileTransferMethod
SSH
Novatech Novatech Orion LX - SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
SSH
Novatech Novatech Orion LX - SSH Fingerprint Handling
SSH
Novatech Novatech Orion LX - SSH Fingerprint Value
SSH
Novatech Novatech Orion LX - SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
SSH
Novatech Novatech Orion LX - SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
SSH
Novatech Novatech Orion LX - SSH MacAlgorithms
SSH
Novatech Novatech Orion LX - Timeout_InterByte
SSH

416 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

Novatech Novatech Orion LX - Timeout_Total
SSH
Novatech Novatech Orion LX - ActiveConfigFile
Telnet
Novatech Novatech Orion LX - EscapeSequence
Telnet
Novatech Novatech Orion LX - FtpFilePath
Telnet
Novatech Novatech Orion LX - FtpPort
Telnet
Novatech Novatech Orion LX - PassThroughMethod
Telnet
Novatech Novatech Orion LX - PasswordProhibitedCharacters
Telnet
Novatech Novatech Orion LX - RebootDelaySeconds
Telnet
Novatech Novatech Orion LX - SendDisconnectToLogout
Telnet
Novatech Novatech Orion LX - SpecialOpFileTransferMethod
Telnet
Novatech Novatech Orion LX - SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
Telnet
Novatech Novatech Orion LX - SSH Fingerprint Handling
Telnet
Novatech Novatech Orion LX - SSH Fingerprint Value
Telnet
Novatech Novatech Orion LX - SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
Telnet
Novatech Novatech Orion LX - SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
Telnet
Novatech Novatech Orion LX - SSH MacAlgorithms
Telnet
Novatech Novatech Orion LX - Timeout_InterByte
Telnet
Novatech Novatech Orion LX - Timeout_Total
Telnet
Nozomi Nozomi Guardian Nozomi Type Filter
Nozomi Nozomi Guardian SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
Nozomi Nozomi Guardian SSH Fingerprint Handling
Nozomi Nozomi Guardian SSH Fingerprint Value
Nozomi Nozomi Guardian SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
Nozomi Nozomi Guardian SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
Nozomi Nozomi Guardian SSH MacAlgorithms
Other Ametek Pulsar UPLC - Timeout_InterByte
Network
Other Ametek Pulsar UPLC - Timeout_Total
Network

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 417
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

Other Checkpoint Firewall - PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SSH
Other Checkpoint Firewall - SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
SSH
Other Checkpoint Firewall - SSH Fingerprint Handling
SSH
Other Checkpoint Firewall - SSH Fingerprint Value
SSH
Other Checkpoint Firewall - SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
SSH
Other Checkpoint Firewall - SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
SSH
Other Checkpoint Firewall - SSH MacAlgorithms
SSH
Other Checkpoint Firewall - Timeout_InterByte
SSH
Other Checkpoint Firewall - Timeout_Total
SSH
Other Dynamic Ratings DR-E3 PasswordProhibitedCharacters
- Serial
Other Dynamic Ratings DR-E3 Timeout_InterByte
- Serial
Other Dynamic Ratings DR-E3 Timeout_Total
- Serial
Other Dynamic Ratings DR-E3 Config_Retrieval
- SSH
Other Dynamic Ratings DR-E3 PasswordProhibitedCharacters
- SSH
Other Dynamic Ratings DR-E3 SpecialOpFileTransferMethod
- SSH
Other Dynamic Ratings DR-E3 SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
- SSH
Other Dynamic Ratings DR-E3 SSH Fingerprint Handling
- SSH
Other Dynamic Ratings DR-E3 SSH Fingerprint Value
- SSH
Other Dynamic Ratings DR-E3 SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
- SSH
Other Dynamic Ratings DR-E3 SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
- SSH
Other Dynamic Ratings DR-E3 SSH MacAlgorithms
- SSH
Other Dynamic Ratings DR-E3 Timeout_InterByte
- SSH
Other Dynamic Ratings DR-E3 Timeout_Total
- SSH
Other Dynamic Ratings DR-E3 Config_Retrieval
- Telnet

418 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

Other Dynamic Ratings DR-E3 PasswordProhibitedCharacters
- Telnet
Other Dynamic Ratings DR-E3 SpecialOpFileTransferMethod
- Telnet
Other Dynamic Ratings DR-E3 SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
- Telnet
Other Dynamic Ratings DR-E3 SSH Fingerprint Handling
- Telnet
Other Dynamic Ratings DR-E3 SSH Fingerprint Value
- Telnet
Other Dynamic Ratings DR-E3 SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
- Telnet
Other Dynamic Ratings DR-E3 SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
- Telnet
Other Dynamic Ratings DR-E3 SSH MacAlgorithms
- Telnet
Other Dynamic Ratings DR-E3 Timeout_InterByte
- Telnet
Other Dynamic Ratings DR-E3 Timeout_Total
- Telnet
Other MiCOM Agile P44T - DataCAM_Tasks
Network
Other MiCOM Agile P44T - ProtocolVersion
Network
Other MiCOM P14x - Network DataCAM_Tasks
Other MiCOM P14x - Network ProtocolVersion
Other MiCOM P14x - Serial ActiveAccessLevelColRow
Other MiCOM P14x - Serial DeviceAddress
Other MiCOM P14x - Serial FirmwareValueColRow
Other MiCOM P14x - Serial Level1PasswordSettingColRow
Other MiCOM P14x - Serial Level2PasswordSettingColRow
Other MiCOM P14x - Serial PasswordEntryColRow
Other MiCOM P14x - Serial Timeout_InterByte
Other MiCOM P14x - Serial Timeout_Total
Other MiCOM P14x - Serial TransmissionMethod
Other Palo Alto PA-200 - SSH SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
Other Palo Alto PA-200 - SSH SSH Fingerprint Handling
Other Palo Alto PA-200 - SSH SSH Fingerprint Value
Other Palo Alto PA-200 - SSH SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
Other Palo Alto PA-200 - SSH SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
Other Palo Alto PA-200 - SSH SSH MacAlgorithms
Other Palo Alto PA-820/850 - SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
SSH
Other Palo Alto PA-820/850 - SSH Fingerprint Handling
SSH

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 419
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

Other Palo Alto PA-820/850 - SSH Fingerprint Value
SSH
Other Palo Alto PA-820/850 - SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
SSH
Other Palo Alto PA-820/850 - SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
SSH
Other Palo Alto PA-820/850 - SSH MacAlgorithms
SSH
Other Gateways IOLAN STS16 - SSH SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
Other Gateways IOLAN STS16 - SSH SSH Fingerprint Handling
Other Gateways IOLAN STS16 - SSH SSH Fingerprint Value
Other Gateways IOLAN STS16 - SSH SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
Other Gateways IOLAN STS16 - SSH SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
Other Gateways IOLAN STS16 - SSH SSH MacAlgorithms
Other Gateways IOLAN STS24 - SSH SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
Other Gateways IOLAN STS24 - SSH SSH Fingerprint Handling
Other Gateways IOLAN STS24 - SSH SSH Fingerprint Value
Other Gateways IOLAN STS24 - SSH SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
Other Gateways IOLAN STS24 - SSH SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
Other Gateways IOLAN STS24 - SSH SSH MacAlgorithms
Other Gateways IOLAN STS4 - SSH SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
Other Gateways IOLAN STS4 - SSH SSH Fingerprint Handling
Other Gateways IOLAN STS4 - SSH SSH Fingerprint Value
Other Gateways IOLAN STS4 - SSH SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
Other Gateways IOLAN STS4 - SSH SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
Other Gateways IOLAN STS4 - SSH SSH MacAlgorithms
Other Gateways IOLAN STS8 - SSH SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
Other Gateways IOLAN STS8 - SSH SSH Fingerprint Handling
Other Gateways IOLAN STS8 - SSH SSH Fingerprint Value
Other Gateways IOLAN STS8 - SSH SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
Other Gateways IOLAN STS8 - SSH SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
Other Gateways IOLAN STS8 - SSH SSH MacAlgorithms
Other Gateways RFL 9660 - Serial Timeout_InterByte
Other Gateways RFL 9660 - Serial Timeout_Total
Other Gateways SEL-20xx Emulator - Command_AccessLevel0
Serial
Other Gateways SEL-20xx Emulator - EscapeSequence
Serial
Other Gateways SEL-20xx Emulator - Timeout_InterByte
Serial
Other Gateways SEL-20xx Emulator - Timeout_Total
Serial
Other Gateways SM1-16 Multiplexor - DeviceModemInitString
Dial-Up

420 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

Other Gateways SM1-16 Multiplexor - EscapeSequence
Dial-Up
Other Gateways SM1-16 Multiplexor - Timeout_InterByte
Dial-Up
Other Gateways SM1-16 Multiplexor - Timeout_Total
Dial-Up
RuggedCom RuggedCom i800 - SSH PasswordProhibitedCharacters
RuggedCom RuggedCom i800 - SSH SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
RuggedCom RuggedCom i800 - SSH SSH Fingerprint Handling
RuggedCom RuggedCom i800 - SSH SSH Fingerprint Value
RuggedCom RuggedCom i800 - SSH SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
RuggedCom RuggedCom i800 - SSH SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
RuggedCom RuggedCom i800 - SSH SSH MacAlgorithms
RuggedCom RuggedCom i800 - SSH Timeout_InterByte
RuggedCom RuggedCom i800 - SSH Timeout_Total
RuggedCom RuggedCom i800 - PasswordProhibitedCharacters
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom i800 - Timeout_InterByte
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom i800 - Timeout_Total
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RMC20/ PasswordProhibitedCharacters
RMC30 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RMC20/ SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
RMC30 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RMC20/ SSH Fingerprint Handling
RMC30 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RMC20/ SSH Fingerprint Value
RMC30 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RMC20/ SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
RMC30 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RMC20/ SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
RMC30 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RMC20/ SSH MacAlgorithms
RMC30 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RMC20/ Timeout_InterByte
RMC30 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RMC20/ Timeout_Total
RMC30 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RMC20/ PasswordProhibitedCharacters
RMC30 - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RMC20/ Timeout_InterByte
RMC30 - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RMC20/ Timeout_Total
RMC30 - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RMC40/ PasswordProhibitedCharacters
RMC41 - SSH

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 421
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

RuggedCom RuggedCom RMC40/ SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
RMC41 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RMC40/ SSH Fingerprint Handling
RMC41 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RMC40/ SSH Fingerprint Value
RMC41 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RMC40/ SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
RMC41 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RMC40/ SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
RMC41 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RMC40/ SSH MacAlgorithms
RMC41 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RMC40/ Timeout_InterByte
RMC41 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RMC40/ Timeout_Total
RMC41 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RMC40/ PasswordProhibitedCharacters
RMC41 - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RMC40/ Timeout_InterByte
RMC41 - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RMC40/ Timeout_Total
RMC41 - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS400/ PasswordProhibitedCharacters
RS401 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS400/ SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
RS401 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS400/ SSH Fingerprint Handling
RS401 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS400/ SSH Fingerprint Value
RS401 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS400/ SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
RS401 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS400/ SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
RS401 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS400/ SSH MacAlgorithms
RS401 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS400/ Timeout_InterByte
RS401 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS400/ Timeout_Total
RS401 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS400/ PasswordProhibitedCharacters
RS401 - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS400/ Timeout_InterByte
RS401 - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS400/ Timeout_Total
RS401 - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS416 - PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SSH

422 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

RuggedCom RuggedCom RS416 - SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS416 - SSH Fingerprint Handling
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS416 - SSH Fingerprint Value
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS416 - SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS416 - SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS416 - SSH MacAlgorithms
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS416 - Timeout_InterByte
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS416 - Timeout_Total
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS416 - PasswordProhibitedCharacters
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS416 - Timeout_InterByte
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS416 - Timeout_Total
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS8000 - PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS8000 - SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS8000 - SSH Fingerprint Handling
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS8000 - SSH Fingerprint Value
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS8000 - SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS8000 - SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS8000 - SSH MacAlgorithms
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS8000 - Timeout_InterByte
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS8000 - Timeout_Total
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS8000 - PasswordProhibitedCharacters
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS8000 - Timeout_InterByte
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS8000 - Timeout_Total
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS900/ PasswordProhibitedCharacters
RS930/RS940/RS950 -
SSH

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 423
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

RuggedCom RuggedCom RS900/ SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
RS930/RS940/RS950 -
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS900/ SSH Fingerprint Handling
RS930/RS940/RS950 -
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS900/ SSH Fingerprint Value
RS930/RS940/RS950 -
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS900/ SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
RS930/RS940/RS950 -
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS900/ SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
RS930/RS940/RS950 -
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS900/ SSH MacAlgorithms
RS930/RS940/RS950 -
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS900/ Timeout_InterByte
RS930/RS940/RS950 -
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS900/ Timeout_Total
RS930/RS940/RS950 -
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS900/ PasswordProhibitedCharacters
RS930/RS940/RS950
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS900/ Timeout_InterByte
RS930/RS940/RS950
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS900/ Timeout_Total
RS930/RS940/RS950
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS910/ PasswordProhibitedCharacters
RS920 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS910/ SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
RS920 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS910/ SSH Fingerprint Handling
RS920 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS910/ SSH Fingerprint Value
RS920 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS910/ SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
RS920 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS910/ SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
RS920 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS910/ SSH MacAlgorithms
RS920 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS910/ Timeout_InterByte
RS920 - SSH

424 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

RuggedCom RuggedCom RS910/ Timeout_Total
RS920 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS910/ PasswordProhibitedCharacters
RS920 - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS910/ Timeout_InterByte
RS920 - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS910/ Timeout_Total
RS920 - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS969 - PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS969 - SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS969 - SSH Fingerprint Handling
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS969 - SSH Fingerprint Value
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS969 - SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS969 - SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS969 - SSH MacAlgorithms
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS969 - Timeout_InterByte
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS969 - Timeout_Total
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS969 - PasswordProhibitedCharacters
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS969 - Timeout_InterByte
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS969 - Timeout_Total
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG2100/ PasswordProhibitedCharacters
RSG2200/RSG2300 -
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG2100/ SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
RSG2200/RSG2300 -
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG2100/ SSH Fingerprint Handling
RSG2200/RSG2300 -
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG2100/ SSH Fingerprint Value
RSG2200/RSG2300 -
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG2100/ SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
RSG2200/RSG2300 -
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG2100/ SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
RSG2200/RSG2300 -
SSH

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 425
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG2100/ SSH MacAlgorithms
RSG2200/RSG2300 -
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG2100/ Timeout_InterByte
RSG2200/RSG2300 -
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG2100/ Timeout_Total
RSG2200/RSG2300 -
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG2100/ PasswordProhibitedCharacters
RSG2200/RSG2300
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG2100/ Timeout_InterByte
RSG2200/RSG2300
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG2100/ Timeout_Total
RSG2200/RSG2300
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG2288/ PasswordProhibitedCharacters
RSG2488 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG2288/ SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
RSG2488 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG2288/ SSH Fingerprint Handling
RSG2488 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG2288/ SSH Fingerprint Value
RSG2488 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG2288/ SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
RSG2488 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG2288/ SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
RSG2488 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG2288/ SSH MacAlgorithms
RSG2488 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG2288/ Timeout_InterByte
RSG2488 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG2288/ Timeout_Total
RSG2488 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG2288/ PasswordProhibitedCharacters
RSG2488 - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG2288/ Timeout_InterByte
RSG2488 - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG2288/ Timeout_Total
RSG2488 - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG907R/ PasswordProhibitedCharacters
RSG909R - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG907R/ SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
RSG909R - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG907R/ SSH Fingerprint Handling
RSG909R - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG907R/ SSH Fingerprint Value
RSG909R - SSH

426 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG907R/ SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
RSG909R - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG907R/ SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
RSG909R - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG907R/ SSH MacAlgorithms
RSG909R - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG907R/ Timeout_InterByte
RSG909R - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG907R/ Timeout_Total
RSG909R - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG907R/ PasswordProhibitedCharacters
RSG909R - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG907R/ Timeout_InterByte
RSG909R - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG907R/ Timeout_Total
RSG909R - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG908C/ PasswordProhibitedCharacters
RSG910C - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG908C/ SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
RSG910C - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG908C/ SSH Fingerprint Handling
RSG910C - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG908C/ SSH Fingerprint Value
RSG910C - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG908C/ SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
RSG910C - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG908C/ SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
RSG910C - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG908C/ SSH MacAlgorithms
RSG910C - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG908C/ Timeout_InterByte
RSG910C - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG908C/ Timeout_Total
RSG910C - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG908C/ PasswordProhibitedCharacters
RSG910C - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG908C/ Timeout_InterByte
RSG910C - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG908C/ Timeout_Total
RSG910C - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG920P - PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG920P - SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG920P - SSH Fingerprint Handling
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG920P - SSH Fingerprint Value
SSH

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 427
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG920P - SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG920P - SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG920P - SSH MacAlgorithms
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG920P - Timeout_InterByte
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG920P - Timeout_Total
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG920P - PasswordProhibitedCharacters
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG920P - Timeout_InterByte
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG920P - Timeout_Total
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSL910 - PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSL910 - SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSL910 - SSH Fingerprint Handling
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSL910 - SSH Fingerprint Value
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSL910 - SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSL910 - SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSL910 - SSH MacAlgorithms
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSL910 - Timeout_InterByte
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSL910 - Timeout_Total
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSL910 - PasswordProhibitedCharacters
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSL910 - Timeout_InterByte
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSL910 - Timeout_Total
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RST2228/ PasswordProhibitedCharacters
RST2228P - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RST2228/ SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
RST2228P - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RST2228/ SSH Fingerprint Handling
RST2228P - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RST2228/ SSH Fingerprint Value
RST2228P - SSH

428 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

RuggedCom RuggedCom RST2228/ SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
RST2228P - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RST2228/ SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
RST2228P - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RST2228/ SSH MacAlgorithms
RST2228P - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RST2228/ Timeout_InterByte
RST2228P - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RST2228/ Timeout_Total
RST2228P - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RST2228/ PasswordProhibitedCharacters
RST2228P - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RST2228/ Timeout_InterByte
RST2228P - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RST2228/ Timeout_Total
RST2228P - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RST916P/ PasswordProhibitedCharacters
RST916C - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RST916P/ SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
RST916C - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RST916P/ SSH Fingerprint Handling
RST916C - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RST916P/ SSH Fingerprint Value
RST916C - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RST916P/ SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
RST916C - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RST916P/ SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
RST916C - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RST916P/ SSH MacAlgorithms
RST916C - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RST916P/ Timeout_InterByte
RST916C - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RST916P/ Timeout_Total
RST916C - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RST916P/ PasswordProhibitedCharacters
RST916C - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RST916P/ Timeout_InterByte
RST916C - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RST916P/ Timeout_Total
RST916C - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1000/ PasswordProhibitedCharacters
RX1100 v1 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1000/ SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
RX1100 v1 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1000/ SSH Fingerprint Handling
RX1100 v1 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1000/ SSH Fingerprint Value
RX1100 v1 - SSH

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 429
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1000/ SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
RX1100 v1 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1000/ SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
RX1100 v1 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1000/ SSH MacAlgorithms
RX1100 v1 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1000/ Timeout_InterByte
RX1100 v1 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1000/ Timeout_Total
RX1100 v1 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1000/ UseVPN
RX1100 v1 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1000/ VPNAutoCreateRuleToGateway
RX1100 v1 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1000/ VPNKeyEncryptionMainMode
RX1100 v1 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1000/ VPNKeyEncryptionQuickMode
RX1100 v1 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1000/ VPNKeyExchangeMainMode
RX1100 v1 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1000/ VPNKeyExchangeQuickMode
RX1100 v1 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1000/ VPNKeyIntegrityMainMode
RX1100 v1 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1000/ VPNKeyIntegrityQuickMode
RX1100 v1 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1000/ VPNSubnetsBehindRemoteEndPoint
RX1100 v1 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1400 - Config_Format
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1400 - PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1400 - SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1400 - SSH Fingerprint Handling
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1400 - SSH Fingerprint Value
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1400 - SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1400 - SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1400 - SSH MacAlgorithms
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1400 - Timeout_InterByte
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1400 - Timeout_Total
SSH

430 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1400 - UseVPN
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1400 - VPNAutoCreateRuleToGateway
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1400 - VPNKeyEncryptionMainMode
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1400 - VPNKeyEncryptionQuickMode
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1400 - VPNKeyExchangeMainMode
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1400 - VPNKeyExchangeQuickMode
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1400 - VPNKeyIntegrityMainMode
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1400 - VPNKeyIntegrityQuickMode
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1400 - VPNSubnetsBehindRemoteEndPoint
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1500 - Config_Format
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1500 - PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1500 - SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1500 - SSH Fingerprint Handling
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1500 - SSH Fingerprint Value
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1500 - SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1500 - SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1500 - SSH MacAlgorithms
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1500 - Timeout_InterByte
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1500 - Timeout_Total
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1500 - UseVPN
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1500 - VPNAutoCreateRuleToGateway
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1500 - VPNKeyEncryptionMainMode
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1500 - VPNKeyEncryptionQuickMode
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1500 - VPNKeyExchangeMainMode
SSH

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 431
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1500 - VPNKeyExchangeQuickMode
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1500 - VPNKeyIntegrityMainMode
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1500 - VPNKeyIntegrityQuickMode
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1500 - VPNSubnetsBehindRemoteEndPoint
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1501 - Config_Format
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1501 - PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1501 - SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1501 - SSH Fingerprint Handling
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1501 - SSH Fingerprint Value
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1501 - SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1501 - SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1501 - SSH MacAlgorithms
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1501 - Timeout_InterByte
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1501 - Timeout_Total
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1501 - UseVPN
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1501 - VPNAutoCreateRuleToGateway
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1501 - VPNKeyEncryptionMainMode
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1501 - VPNKeyEncryptionQuickMode
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1501 - VPNKeyExchangeMainMode
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1501 - VPNKeyExchangeQuickMode
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1501 - VPNKeyIntegrityMainMode
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1501 - VPNKeyIntegrityQuickMode
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1501 - VPNSubnetsBehindRemoteEndPoint
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1510 - Config_Format
SSH

432 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1510 - PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1510 - SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1510 - SSH Fingerprint Handling
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1510 - SSH Fingerprint Value
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1510 - SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1510 - SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1510 - SSH MacAlgorithms
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1510 - Timeout_InterByte
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1510 - Timeout_Total
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1510 - UseVPN
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1510 - VPNAutoCreateRuleToGateway
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1510 - VPNKeyEncryptionMainMode
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1510 - VPNKeyEncryptionQuickMode
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1510 - VPNKeyExchangeMainMode
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1510 - VPNKeyExchangeQuickMode
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1510 - VPNKeyIntegrityMainMode
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1510 - VPNKeyIntegrityQuickMode
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1510 - VPNSubnetsBehindRemoteEndPoint
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1511/ Config_Format
RX1512 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1511/ PasswordProhibitedCharacters
RX1512 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1511/ SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
RX1512 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1511/ SSH Fingerprint Handling
RX1512 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1511/ SSH Fingerprint Value
RX1512 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1511/ SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
RX1512 - SSH

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 433
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1511/ SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
RX1512 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1511/ SSH MacAlgorithms
RX1512 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1511/ Timeout_InterByte
RX1512 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1511/ Timeout_Total
RX1512 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1511/ UseVPN
RX1512 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1511/ VPNAutoCreateRuleToGateway
RX1512 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1511/ VPNKeyEncryptionMainMode
RX1512 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1511/ VPNKeyEncryptionQuickMode
RX1512 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1511/ VPNKeyExchangeMainMode
RX1512 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1511/ VPNKeyExchangeQuickMode
RX1512 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1511/ VPNKeyIntegrityMainMode
RX1512 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1511/ VPNKeyIntegrityQuickMode
RX1512 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1511/ VPNSubnetsBehindRemoteEndPoint
RX1512 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1524 - Config_Format
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1524 - PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1524 - SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1524 - SSH Fingerprint Handling
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1524 - SSH Fingerprint Value
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1524 - SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1524 - SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1524 - SSH MacAlgorithms
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1524 - Timeout_InterByte
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1524 - Timeout_Total
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1524 - UseVPN
SSH

434 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1524 - VPNAutoCreateRuleToGateway
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1524 - VPNKeyEncryptionMainMode
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1524 - VPNKeyEncryptionQuickMode
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1524 - VPNKeyExchangeMainMode
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1524 - VPNKeyExchangeQuickMode
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1524 - VPNKeyIntegrityMainMode
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1524 - VPNKeyIntegrityQuickMode
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1524 - VPNSubnetsBehindRemoteEndPoint
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1536 - Config_Format
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1536 - PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1536 - SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1536 - SSH Fingerprint Handling
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1536 - SSH Fingerprint Value
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1536 - SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1536 - SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1536 - SSH MacAlgorithms
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1536 - Timeout_InterByte
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1536 - Timeout_Total
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1536 - UseVPN
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1536 - VPNAutoCreateRuleToGateway
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1536 - VPNKeyEncryptionMainMode
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1536 - VPNKeyEncryptionQuickMode
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1536 - VPNKeyExchangeMainMode
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1536 - VPNKeyExchangeQuickMode
SSH

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 435
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1536 - VPNKeyIntegrityMainMode
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1536 - VPNKeyIntegrityQuickMode
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1536 - VPNSubnetsBehindRemoteEndPoint
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX5000 - Config_Format
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX5000 - PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX5000 - SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX5000 - SSH Fingerprint Handling
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX5000 - SSH Fingerprint Value
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX5000 - SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX5000 - SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX5000 - SSH MacAlgorithms
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX5000 - Timeout_InterByte
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX5000 - Timeout_Total
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX5000 - UseVPN
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX5000 - VPNAutoCreateRuleToGateway
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX5000 - VPNKeyEncryptionMainMode
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX5000 - VPNKeyEncryptionQuickMode
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX5000 - VPNKeyExchangeMainMode
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX5000 - VPNKeyExchangeQuickMode
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX5000 - VPNKeyIntegrityMainMode
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX5000 - VPNKeyIntegrityQuickMode
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX5000 - VPNSubnetsBehindRemoteEndPoint
SSH
SATEC SATEC PM17x - Serial ModbusDeviceAddress
SATEC SATEC PM17x - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SATEC SATEC PM17x - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2020 - Dial-Up Command_AccessLevel0

436 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2020 - Dial-Up Config_SHO_Components
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2020 - Dial-Up Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2020 - Dial-Up Date_Format
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2020 - Dial-Up DeviceFamilyForChildPasswordManagement
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2020 - Dial-Up DeviceModemInitString
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2020 - Dial-Up DirectTransparentPorts
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2020 - Dial-Up EscapeSequence
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2020 - Dial-Up Extended_Logging
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2020 - Dial-Up Firmware_Format
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2020 - Dial-Up GatewayStartupString
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2020 - Dial-Up PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2020 - Dial-Up PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2020 - Dial-Up TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2020 - Dial-Up TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2020 - Dial-Up Timeout_InterByte
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2020 - Dial-Up Timeout_Total
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2020 - Dial-Up VerifyPasswords
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2020 - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2020 - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2020 - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2020 - Serial Date_Format
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2020 - Serial DeviceFamilyForChildPasswordManagement
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2020 - Serial DirectTransparentPorts
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2020 - Serial EscapeSequence
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2020 - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2020 - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2020 - Serial GatewayStartupString
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2020 - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2020 - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2020 - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2020 - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2020 - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2020 - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2020 - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Dial- Command_AccessLevel0
Up
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Dial- Config_SHO_Components
Up
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Dial- Config_SHO_Delay
Up
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Dial- Date_Format
Up

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 437
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Dial- DeviceFamilyForChildPasswordManagement
Up
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Dial- DeviceModemInitString
Up
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Dial- DirectTransparentPorts
Up
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Dial- EscapeSequence
Up
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Dial- Extended_Logging
Up
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Dial- Firmware_Format
Up
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Dial- GatewayStartupString
Up
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Dial- PasswordProhibitedCharacters
Up
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Dial- PasswordsKnownTo
Up
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Dial- TEAMGlobalDeviceId
Up
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Dial- TimeMismatchAlertDifference
Up
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Dial- Timeout_InterByte
Up
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Dial- Timeout_Total
Up
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Dial- VerifyPasswords
Up
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Serial Date_Format
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Serial DeviceFamilyForChildPasswordManagement
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Serial DirectTransparentPorts
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Serial EscapeSequence
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Serial GatewayStartupString
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Serial VerifyPasswords

438 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Telnet Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Telnet Config_SHO_Components
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Telnet Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Telnet Date_Format
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Telnet DeviceFamilyForChildPasswordManagement
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Telnet DirectTransparentPorts
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Telnet EscapeSequence
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Telnet Extended_Logging
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Telnet Firmware_Format
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Telnet GatewayStartupString
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Telnet PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Telnet PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Telnet TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Telnet TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Telnet Timeout_InterByte
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Telnet Timeout_Total
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Telnet VerifyPasswords
SEL - Other SEL TEAM Server TeamApiServerConfigured
SEL - Other SEL TEAM Server TeamApiServerHTTPSEnabled
SEL - Other SEL TEAM Server TeamDbName
SEL - Other SEL TEAM Server Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Other SEL TEAM Server Timeout_Total
SEL - Other SEL-2488 Clock - TEAMGlobalDeviceId
Network
SEL - Other SEL-2488 Clock - Timeout_InterByte
Network
SEL - Other SEL-2488 Clock - Timeout_Total
Network
SEL - Other SEL-2885 - Serial EscapeSequence
SEL - Other SEL-2885 - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Other SEL-2885 - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Other SEL-2885 - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Other SEL-2890 - Telnet Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Other SEL-2890 - Telnet Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Other SEL-2890 - Telnet Firmware_Format
SEL - Other SEL-2890 - Telnet PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Other SEL-2890 - Telnet TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Other SEL-2890 - Telnet Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Other SEL-2890 - Telnet Timeout_Total
SEL - Other SEL-2890 - Telnet VerifyPasswords
SEL - Other SEL-3354 - Telnet TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Other SEL-3354 - Telnet Timeout_InterByte

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 439
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Other SEL-3354 - Telnet Timeout_Total
SEL - Other SEL-3354 - Telnet VerifyPasswords
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - DirectTransparentPorts
Dial-Up
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - PerformAuthentication
Dial-Up
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - PostTerminationTimeout
Dial-Up
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - PreTerminationTimeout
Dial-Up
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - TEAMGlobalDeviceId
Dial-Up
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - TerminationString
Dial-Up
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - Timeout_InterByte
Dial-Up
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - Timeout_Total
Dial-Up
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - DirectTransparentPorts
Serial
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - PerformAuthentication
Serial
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - PostTerminationTimeout
Serial
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - PreTerminationTimeout
Serial
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - TEAMGlobalDeviceId
Serial
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - TerminationString
Serial
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - Timeout_InterByte
Serial
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - Timeout_Total
Serial
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - DirectTransparentPorts
SSH
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
SSH
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - SSH Fingerprint Handling
SSH
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - SSH Fingerprint Value
SSH
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
SSH
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
SSH
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - SSH MacAlgorithms
SSH

440 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - SyncPasswords_Delay
SSH
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SSH
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - TerminationString
SSH
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - Timeout_InterByte
SSH
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - Timeout_Total
SSH
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - DirectTransparentPorts
TCP
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - PerformAuthentication
TCP
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - SyncPasswords_Delay
TCP
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - TEAMGlobalDeviceId
TCP
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - TerminationString
TCP
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - Timeout_InterByte
TCP
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - Timeout_Total
TCP
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - DirectTransparentPorts
Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - PerformAuthentication
Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - SyncPasswords_Delay
Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - TEAMGlobalDeviceId
Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - TerminationString
Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - Timeout_InterByte
Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - Timeout_Total
Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL DirectTransparentPorts
Server) - Dial-Up
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL Firmware_Format
Server) - Dial-Up
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL PasswordProhibitedCharacters
Server) - Dial-Up
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL PerformAuthentication
Server) - Dial-Up
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL PostTerminationTimeout
Server) - Dial-Up

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 441
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL PreTerminationTimeout
Server) - Dial-Up
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL TEAMGlobalDeviceId
Server) - Dial-Up
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL TerminationString
Server) - Dial-Up
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL Timeout_InterByte
Server) - Dial-Up
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL Timeout_Total
Server) - Dial-Up
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL DirectTransparentPorts
Server) - Serial
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL Firmware_Format
Server) - Serial
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL PasswordProhibitedCharacters
Server) - Serial
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL PerformAuthentication
Server) - Serial
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL PostTerminationTimeout
Server) - Serial
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL PreTerminationTimeout
Server) - Serial
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL TEAMGlobalDeviceId
Server) - Serial
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL TerminationString
Server) - Serial
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL Timeout_InterByte
Server) - Serial
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL Timeout_Total
Server) - Serial
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL DirectTransparentPorts
Server) - SSH
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL Firmware_Format
Server) - SSH
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL PasswordProhibitedCharacters
Server) - SSH
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
Server) - SSH
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL SSH Fingerprint Handling
Server) - SSH
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL SSH Fingerprint Value
Server) - SSH
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
Server) - SSH
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
Server) - SSH
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL SSH MacAlgorithms
Server) - SSH

442 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL SyncPasswords_Delay
Server) - SSH
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL TEAMGlobalDeviceId
Server) - SSH
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL TerminationString
Server) - SSH
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL Timeout_InterByte
Server) - SSH
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL Timeout_Total
Server) - SSH
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL DirectTransparentPorts
Server) - TCP
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL Firmware_Format
Server) - TCP
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL PasswordProhibitedCharacters
Server) - TCP
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL PerformAuthentication
Server) - TCP
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL SyncPasswords_Delay
Server) - TCP
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL TEAMGlobalDeviceId
Server) - TCP
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL TerminationString
Server) - TCP
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL Timeout_InterByte
Server) - TCP
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL Timeout_Total
Server) - TCP
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL DirectTransparentPorts
Server) - Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL Firmware_Format
Server) - Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL PasswordProhibitedCharacters
Server) - Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL PerformAuthentication
Server) - Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL SyncPasswords_Delay
Server) - Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL TEAMGlobalDeviceId
Server) - Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL TerminationString
Server) - Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL Timeout_InterByte
Server) - Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL Timeout_Total
Server) - Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - Firmware_Format
Mapped TCP

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 443
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
Mapped TCP
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - SSH Fingerprint Handling
Mapped TCP
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - SSH Fingerprint Value
Mapped TCP
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
Mapped TCP
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
Mapped TCP
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - SSH MacAlgorithms
Mapped TCP
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - TEAMGlobalDeviceId
Mapped TCP
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - Timeout_InterByte
Mapped TCP
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - Timeout_Total
Mapped TCP
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - Firmware_Format
Mapped Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
Mapped Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - SSH Fingerprint Handling
Mapped Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - SSH Fingerprint Value
Mapped Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
Mapped Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
Mapped Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - SSH MacAlgorithms
Mapped Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - TEAMGlobalDeviceId
Mapped Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - Timeout_InterByte
Mapped Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - Timeout_Total
Mapped Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - EscapeSequence
Prompted Serial
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - TEAMGlobalDeviceId
Prompted Serial
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - Timeout_InterByte
Prompted Serial
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - Timeout_Total
Prompted Serial
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - EscapeSequence
Prompted SSH

444 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - Firmware_Format
Prompted SSH
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
Prompted SSH
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - SSH Fingerprint Handling
Prompted SSH
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - SSH Fingerprint Value
Prompted SSH
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
Prompted SSH
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
Prompted SSH
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - SSH MacAlgorithms
Prompted SSH
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - TEAMGlobalDeviceId
Prompted SSH
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - Timeout_InterByte
Prompted SSH
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - Timeout_Total
Prompted SSH
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - EscapeSequence
Prompted Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - Firmware_Format
Prompted Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - SSH EncryptionAlgorithms
Prompted Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - SSH Fingerprint Handling
Prompted Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - SSH Fingerprint Value
Prompted Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - SSH HostKeyAlgorithms
Prompted Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - SSH KeyExchangeAlgorithms
Prompted Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - SSH MacAlgorithms
Prompted Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - TEAMGlobalDeviceId
Prompted Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - Timeout_InterByte
Prompted Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - Timeout_Total
Prompted Telnet
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 445
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL IED - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Telnet Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Telnet Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Telnet Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Telnet DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Telnet DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Telnet DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Telnet DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Telnet DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Telnet DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Telnet DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Telnet DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Telnet Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Telnet Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Telnet Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Telnet Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Telnet IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Telnet PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Telnet PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Telnet TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Telnet TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Telnet Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Telnet Timeout_Total

446 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL IED - Telnet VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-187V - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-187V - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-187V - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-187V - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-187V - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-187V - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-187V - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-187V - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-187V - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-187V - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-187V - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-187V - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-187V - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-187V - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-187V - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-187V - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-187V - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-187V - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-187V - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-187V - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-187V - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-187V - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-187V - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-187V - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-2100 - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-2100 - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-2100 - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-2100 - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2100 - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-2100 - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2100 - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-2100 - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2100 - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2100 - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2100 - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-2100 - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-2100 - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-2100 - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-2100 - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-2100 - Serial IgnoreChecksums

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 447
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-2100 - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-2100 - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-2100 - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-2100 - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-2100 - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-2100 - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-2100 - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-2100 - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-221F - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-221F - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-221F - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-221F - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-221F - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-221F - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-221F - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-221F - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-221F - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-221F - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-221F - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-221F - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-221F - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-221F - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-221F - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-221F - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-221F - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-221F - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-221F - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-221F - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-221F - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-221F - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-221F - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-221F - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-2410 - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-2410 - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-2410 - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-2410 - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2410 - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-2410 - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2410 - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-2410 - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2410 - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands

448 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-2410 - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2410 - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-2410 - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-2410 - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-2410 - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-2410 - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-2410 - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-2410 - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-2410 - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-2410 - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-2410 - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-2410 - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-2410 - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-2410 - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-2410 - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Telnet Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Telnet Config_Retrieval

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 449
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Telnet Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Telnet Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Telnet DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Telnet DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Telnet DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Telnet DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Telnet DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Telnet DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Telnet DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Telnet DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Telnet Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Telnet Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Telnet Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Telnet Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Telnet FTP_Port
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Telnet IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Telnet PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Telnet PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Telnet TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Telnet TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Telnet Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Telnet Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Telnet VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters

450 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Telnet Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Telnet Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Telnet Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Telnet DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Telnet DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Telnet DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Telnet DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Telnet DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Telnet DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Telnet DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Telnet DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Telnet Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Telnet Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Telnet Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Telnet Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Telnet IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Telnet PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Telnet PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Telnet TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Telnet TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Telnet Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Telnet Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Telnet VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Serial Date_Format

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 451
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Telnet Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Telnet Config_Retrieval
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Telnet Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Telnet Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Telnet DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Telnet DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Telnet DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Telnet DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Telnet DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Telnet DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Telnet DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Telnet DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Telnet Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Telnet Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Telnet Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Telnet Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Telnet FTP_Port
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Telnet IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Telnet PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Telnet PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Telnet TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Telnet TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Telnet Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Telnet Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Telnet VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-251 - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-251 - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-251 - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-251 - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands

452 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-251 - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-251 - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-251 - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-251 - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-251 - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-251 - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-251 - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-251 - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-251 - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-251 - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-251 - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-251 - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-251 - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-251 - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-251 - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-251 - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-251 - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-251 - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-251 - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-251 - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-251D - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-251D - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-251D - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-251D - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-251D - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-251D - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-251D - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-251D - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-251D - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-251D - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-251D - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-251D - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-251D - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-251D - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-251D - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-251D - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-251D - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-251D - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-251D - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-251D - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-251D - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 453
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-251D - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-251D - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-251D - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-2523 - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-2523 - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-2523 - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-2523 - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2523 - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-2523 - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2523 - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-2523 - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2523 - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2523 - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2523 - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-2523 - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-2523 - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-2523 - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-2523 - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-2523 - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-2523 - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-2523 - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-2523 - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-2523 - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-2523 - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-2523 - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-2523 - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-2523 - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-2533 - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-2533 - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-2533 - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-2533 - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2533 - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-2533 - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2533 - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-2533 - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2533 - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2533 - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2533 - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-2533 - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-2533 - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-2533 - Serial Extended_Logging

454 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-2533 - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-2533 - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-2533 - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-2533 - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-2533 - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-2533 - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-2533 - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-2533 - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-2533 - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-2533 - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Telnet Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Telnet Config_Retrieval
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Telnet Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Telnet Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Telnet DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Telnet DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Telnet DataCAM_COM_Commands

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 455
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Telnet DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Telnet DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Telnet DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Telnet DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Telnet DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Telnet Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Telnet Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Telnet Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Telnet Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Telnet FTP_Port
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Telnet IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Telnet PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Telnet PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Telnet TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Telnet TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Telnet Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Telnet Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Telnet VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-279H - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-279H - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-279H - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-279H - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-279H - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-279H - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-279H - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-279H - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-279H - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-279H - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-279H - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-279H - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-279H - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-279H - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-279H - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-279H - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-279H - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-279H - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-279H - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-279H - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-279H - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-279H - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-279H - Serial Timeout_Total

456 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-279H - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-287V - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-287V - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-287V - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-287V - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-287V - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-287V - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-287V - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-287V - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-287V - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-287V - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-287V - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-287V - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-287V - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-287V - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-287V - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-287V - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-287V - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-287V - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-287V - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-287V - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-287V - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-287V - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-287V - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-287V - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-300G - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-300G - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-300G - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-300G - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-300G - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-300G - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-300G - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-300G - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-300G - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-300G - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-300G - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-300G - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-300G - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-300G - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-300G - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-300G - Serial IgnoreChecksums

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 457
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-300G - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-300G - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-300G - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-300G - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-300G - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-300G - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-300G - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-300G - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-311A - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-311A - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-311A - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-311A - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-311A - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-311A - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-311A - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-311A - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-311A - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-311A - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-311A - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-311A - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-311A - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-311A - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-311A - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-311A - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-311A - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-311A - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-311A - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-311A - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-311A - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-311A - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-311A - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-311A - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-311B - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-311B - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-311B - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-311B - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-311B - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-311B - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-311B - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-311B - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-311B - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands

458 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-311B - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-311B - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-311B - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-311B - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-311B - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-311B - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-311B - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-311B - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-311B - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-311B - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-311B - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-311B - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-311B - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-311B - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-311B - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Telnet Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Telnet Config_Retrieval

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 459
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Telnet Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Telnet Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Telnet DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Telnet DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Telnet DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Telnet DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Telnet DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Telnet DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Telnet DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Telnet DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Telnet Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Telnet Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Telnet Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Telnet Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Telnet FTP_Port
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Telnet IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Telnet PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Telnet PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Telnet TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Telnet TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Telnet Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Telnet Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Telnet VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters

460 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Telnet Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Telnet Config_Retrieval
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Telnet Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Telnet Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Telnet DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Telnet DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Telnet DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Telnet DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Telnet DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Telnet DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Telnet DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Telnet DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Telnet Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Telnet Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Telnet Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Telnet Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Telnet FTP_Port
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Telnet IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Telnet PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Telnet PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Telnet TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Telnet TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Telnet Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Telnet Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Telnet VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-321 - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-321 - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-321 - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-321 - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-321 - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-321 - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-321 - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-321 - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-321 - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-321 - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 461
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-321 - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-321 - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-321 - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-321 - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-321 - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-321 - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-321 - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-321 - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-321 - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-321 - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-321 - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-321 - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-321 - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-321 - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Telnet Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Telnet Config_Retrieval
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Telnet Config_SHO_Components

462 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Telnet Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Telnet DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Telnet DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Telnet DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Telnet DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Telnet DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Telnet DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Telnet DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Telnet DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Telnet Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Telnet Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Telnet Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Telnet Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Telnet FTP_Port
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Telnet IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Telnet PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Telnet PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Telnet TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Telnet TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Telnet Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Telnet Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Telnet VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Serial PasswordsKnownTo

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 463
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Telnet Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Telnet Config_Retrieval
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Telnet Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Telnet Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Telnet DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Telnet DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Telnet DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Telnet DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Telnet DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Telnet DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Telnet DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Telnet DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Telnet Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Telnet Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Telnet Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Telnet Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Telnet FTP_Port
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Telnet IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Telnet PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Telnet PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Telnet TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Telnet TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Telnet Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Telnet Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Telnet VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-351R - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-351R - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-351R - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-351R - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-351R - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-351R - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-351R - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-351R - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-351R - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-351R - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-351R - Serial DataCAM_Tasks

464 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-351R - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-351R - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-351R - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-351R - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-351R - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-351R - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-351R - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-351R - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-351R - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-351R - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-351R - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-351R - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-351R - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Telnet Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Telnet Config_Retrieval
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Telnet Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Telnet Config_SHO_Delay

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 465
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Telnet DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Telnet DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Telnet DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Telnet DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Telnet DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Telnet DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Telnet DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Telnet DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Telnet Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Telnet Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Telnet Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Telnet Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Telnet FTP_Port
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Telnet IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Telnet PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Telnet PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Telnet TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Telnet TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Telnet Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Telnet Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Telnet VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId

466 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Telnet Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Telnet Config_Retrieval
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Telnet Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Telnet Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Telnet DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Telnet DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Telnet DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Telnet DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Telnet DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Telnet DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Telnet DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Telnet DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Telnet Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Telnet Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Telnet Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Telnet Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Telnet FTP_Port
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Telnet IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Telnet PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Telnet PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Telnet TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Telnet TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Telnet Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Telnet Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Telnet VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-352 - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-352 - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-352 - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-352 - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-352 - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-352 - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-352 - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-352 - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-352 - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-352 - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-352 - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-352 - Serial Date_Format

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 467
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-352 - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-352 - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-352 - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-352 - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-352 - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-352 - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-352 - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-352 - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-352 - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-352 - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-352 - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-352 - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-387 - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-387 - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-387 - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-387 - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-387 - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-387 - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-387 - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-387 - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-387 - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-387 - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-387 - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-387 - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-387 - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-387 - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-387 - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-387 - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-387 - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-387 - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-387 - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-387 - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-387 - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-387 - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-387 - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-387 - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-387A - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-387A - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-387A - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-387A - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-387A - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command

468 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-387A - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-387A - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-387A - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-387A - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-387A - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-387A - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-387A - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-387A - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-387A - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-387A - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-387A - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-387A - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-387A - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-387A - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-387A - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-387A - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-387A - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-387A - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-387A - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Serial Timeout_InterByte

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 469
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Telnet Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Telnet Config_Retrieval
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Telnet Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Telnet Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Telnet DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Telnet DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Telnet DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Telnet DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Telnet DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Telnet DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Telnet DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Telnet DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Telnet Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Telnet Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Telnet Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Telnet Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Telnet FTP_Port
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Telnet IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Telnet PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Telnet PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Telnet TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Telnet TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Telnet Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Telnet Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Telnet VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-387L - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-387L - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-387L - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-387L - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-387L - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-387L - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-387L - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-387L - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-387L - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-387L - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-387L - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-387L - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-387L - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-387L - Serial Extended_Logging

470 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-387L - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-387L - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-387L - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-387L - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-387L - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-387L - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-387L - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-387L - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-387L - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-387L - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Telnet Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Telnet Config_Retrieval
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Telnet Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Telnet Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Telnet DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Telnet DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Telnet DataCAM_COM_Commands

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 471
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Telnet DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Telnet DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Telnet DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Telnet DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Telnet DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Telnet Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Telnet Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Telnet Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Telnet Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Telnet FTP_Port
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Telnet IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Telnet PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Telnet PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Telnet TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Telnet TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Telnet Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Telnet Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Telnet VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Serial Timeout_Total

472 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Telnet Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Telnet Config_Retrieval
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Telnet Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Telnet Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Telnet DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Telnet DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Telnet DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Telnet DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Telnet DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Telnet DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Telnet DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Telnet DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Telnet Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Telnet Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Telnet Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Telnet Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Telnet FTP_Port
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Telnet IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Telnet PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Telnet PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Telnet TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Telnet TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Telnet Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Telnet Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Telnet VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Serial Firmware_Format

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 473
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Telnet Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Telnet Config_Retrieval
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Telnet Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Telnet Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Telnet DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Telnet DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Telnet DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Telnet DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Telnet DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Telnet DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Telnet DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Telnet DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Telnet Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Telnet Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Telnet Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Telnet Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Telnet FTP_Port
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Telnet IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Telnet PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Telnet PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Telnet TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Telnet TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Telnet Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Telnet Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Telnet VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays

474 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Telnet Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Telnet Config_Retrieval
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Telnet Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Telnet Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Telnet DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Telnet DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Telnet DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Telnet DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Telnet DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Telnet DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Telnet DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Telnet DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Telnet Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Telnet Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Telnet Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Telnet Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Telnet FTP_Port
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Telnet IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Telnet PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Telnet PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Telnet TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Telnet TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Telnet Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Telnet Timeout_Total

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 475
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Telnet VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Telnet Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Telnet Config_Retrieval
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Telnet Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Telnet Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Telnet DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Telnet DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Telnet DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Telnet DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Telnet DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Telnet DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Telnet DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Telnet DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Telnet Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Telnet Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Telnet Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Telnet Firmware_Format

476 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Telnet FTP_Port
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Telnet IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Telnet PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Telnet PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Telnet TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Telnet TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Telnet Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Telnet Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Telnet VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Telnet Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Telnet Config_Retrieval
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Telnet Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Telnet Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Telnet DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Telnet DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Telnet DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Telnet DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 477
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Telnet DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Telnet DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Telnet DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Telnet DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Telnet Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Telnet Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Telnet Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Telnet Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Telnet FTP_Port
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Telnet IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Telnet PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Telnet PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Telnet TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Telnet TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Telnet Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Telnet Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Telnet VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Serial VerifyPasswords

478 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Telnet Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Telnet Config_Retrieval
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Telnet Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Telnet Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Telnet DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Telnet DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Telnet DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Telnet DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Telnet DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Telnet DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Telnet DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Telnet DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Telnet Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Telnet Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Telnet Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Telnet Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Telnet FTP_Port
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Telnet IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Telnet PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Telnet PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Telnet TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Telnet TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Telnet Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Telnet Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Telnet VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-501 - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-501 - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-501 - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-501 - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-501 - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-501 - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-501 - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-501 - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-501 - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-501 - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-501 - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-501 - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-501 - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-501 - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-501 - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-501 - Serial IgnoreChecksums

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 479
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-501 - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-501 - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-501 - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-501 - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-501 - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-501 - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-501 - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-501 - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-547 - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-547 - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-547 - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-547 - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-547 - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-547 - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-547 - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-547 - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-547 - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-547 - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-547 - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-547 - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-547 - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-547 - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-547 - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-547 - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-547 - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-547 - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-547 - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-547 - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-547 - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-547 - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-547 - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-547 - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-551 - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-551 - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-551 - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-551 - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-551 - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-551 - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-551 - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-551 - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-551 - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands

480 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-551 - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-551 - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-551 - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-551 - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-551 - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-551 - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-551 - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-551 - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-551 - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-551 - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-551 - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-551 - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-551 - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-551 - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-551 - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-551C - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-551C - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-551C - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-551C - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-551C - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-551C - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-551C - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-551C - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-551C - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-551C - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-551C - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-551C - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-551C - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-551C - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-551C - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-551C - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-551C - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-551C - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-551C - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-551C - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-551C - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-551C - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-551C - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-551C - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-587 - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-587 - Serial Config_SHO_Components

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 481
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-587 - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-587 - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-587 - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-587 - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-587 - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-587 - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-587 - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-587 - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-587 - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-587 - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-587 - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-587 - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-587 - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-587 - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-587 - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-587 - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-587 - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-587 - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-587 - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-587 - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-587 - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-587 - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-587Z - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-587Z - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-587Z - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-587Z - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-587Z - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-587Z - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-587Z - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-587Z - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-587Z - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-587Z - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-587Z - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-587Z - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-587Z - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-587Z - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-587Z - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-587Z - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-587Z - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-587Z - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-587Z - Serial PasswordsKnownTo

482 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-587Z - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-587Z - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-587Z - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-587Z - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-587Z - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Telnet Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Telnet Config_Retrieval
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Telnet Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Telnet Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Telnet DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Telnet DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Telnet DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Telnet DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Telnet DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Telnet DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Telnet DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Telnet DataCAM_Tasks

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 483
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Telnet Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Telnet Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Telnet Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Telnet Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Telnet FTP_Port
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Telnet IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Telnet PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Telnet PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Telnet TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Telnet TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Telnet Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Telnet Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Telnet VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Telnet Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Telnet Config_Retrieval
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Telnet Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Telnet Config_SHO_Delay

484 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Telnet DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Telnet DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Telnet DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Telnet DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Telnet DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Telnet DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Telnet DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Telnet DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Telnet Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Telnet Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Telnet Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Telnet Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Telnet FTP_Port
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Telnet IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Telnet PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Telnet PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Telnet TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Telnet TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Telnet Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Telnet Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Telnet VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 485
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Telnet Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Telnet Config_Retrieval
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Telnet Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Telnet Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Telnet DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Telnet DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Telnet DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Telnet DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Telnet DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Telnet DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Telnet DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Telnet DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Telnet Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Telnet Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Telnet Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Telnet Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Telnet FTP_Port
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Telnet IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Telnet PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Telnet PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Telnet TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Telnet TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Telnet Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Telnet Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Telnet VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Serial Date_Format

486 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Telnet Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Telnet Config_Retrieval
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Telnet Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Telnet Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Telnet DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Telnet DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Telnet DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Telnet DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Telnet DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Telnet DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Telnet DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Telnet DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Telnet Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Telnet Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Telnet Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Telnet Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Telnet FTP_Port
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Telnet IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Telnet PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Telnet PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Telnet TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Telnet TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Telnet Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Telnet Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Telnet VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 487
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Telnet Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Telnet Config_Retrieval
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Telnet Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Telnet Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Telnet DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Telnet DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Telnet DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Telnet DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Telnet DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Telnet DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Telnet DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Telnet DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Telnet Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Telnet Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Telnet Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Telnet Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Telnet FTP_Port
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Telnet IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Telnet PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Telnet PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Telnet TEAMGlobalDeviceId

488 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Telnet TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Telnet Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Telnet Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Telnet VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Telnet Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Telnet Config_Retrieval
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Telnet Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Telnet Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Telnet DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Telnet DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Telnet DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Telnet DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Telnet DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Telnet DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Telnet DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Telnet DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Telnet Date_Format

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 489
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Telnet Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Telnet Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Telnet Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Telnet FTP_Port
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Telnet IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Telnet PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Telnet PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Telnet TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Telnet TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Telnet Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Telnet Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Telnet VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-701 - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-701 - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-701 - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-701 - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-701 - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-701 - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-701 - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-701 - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-701 - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-701 - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-701 - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-701 - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-701 - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-701 - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-701 - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-701 - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-701 - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-701 - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-701 - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-701 - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-701 - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-701 - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-701 - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-701 - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command

490 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Telnet Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Telnet Config_Retrieval
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Telnet Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Telnet Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Telnet DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Telnet DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Telnet DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Telnet DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Telnet DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Telnet DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Telnet DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Telnet DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Telnet Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Telnet Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Telnet Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Telnet Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Telnet FTP_Port
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Telnet IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Telnet PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Telnet PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Telnet TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Telnet TimeMismatchAlertDifference

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 491
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Telnet Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Telnet Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Telnet VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Telnet Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Telnet Config_Retrieval
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Telnet Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Telnet Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Telnet DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Telnet DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Telnet DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Telnet DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Telnet DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Telnet DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Telnet DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Telnet DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Telnet Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Telnet Enable_Disable_Ports

492 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Telnet Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Telnet Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Telnet FTP_Port
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Telnet IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Telnet PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Telnet PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Telnet TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Telnet TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Telnet Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Telnet Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Telnet VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Telnet Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Telnet Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Telnet Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Telnet DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Telnet DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Telnet DataCAM_COM_Commands

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 493
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Telnet DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Telnet DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Telnet DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Telnet DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Telnet DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Telnet Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Telnet Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Telnet Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Telnet Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Telnet IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Telnet PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Telnet PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Telnet TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Telnet TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Telnet Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Telnet Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Telnet VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Serial VerifyPasswords

494 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Telnet Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Telnet Config_Retrieval
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Telnet Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Telnet Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Telnet DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Telnet DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Telnet DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Telnet DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Telnet DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Telnet DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Telnet DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Telnet DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Telnet Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Telnet Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Telnet Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Telnet Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Telnet FTP_Port
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Telnet IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Telnet PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Telnet PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Telnet TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Telnet TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Telnet Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Telnet Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Telnet VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-749M - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-749M - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-749M - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-749M - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-749M - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-749M - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-749M - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-749M - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-749M - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-749M - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-749M - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-749M - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-749M - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-749M - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-749M - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-749M - Serial IgnoreChecksums

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 495
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-749M - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-749M - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-749M - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-749M - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-749M - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-749M - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-749M - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-749M - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Telnet Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Telnet Config_Retrieval
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Telnet Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Telnet Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Telnet DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Telnet DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Telnet DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Telnet DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Telnet DataCAM_HIS_Commands

496 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Telnet DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Telnet DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Telnet DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Telnet Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Telnet Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Telnet Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Telnet Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Telnet FTP_Port
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Telnet IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Telnet PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Telnet PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Telnet TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Telnet TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Telnet Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Telnet Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Telnet VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Telnet Command_AccessLevel0

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 497
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Telnet Config_Retrieval
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Telnet Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Telnet Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Telnet DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Telnet DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Telnet DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Telnet DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Telnet DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Telnet DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Telnet DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Telnet DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Telnet Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Telnet Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Telnet Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Telnet Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Telnet FTP_Port
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Telnet IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Telnet PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Telnet PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Telnet TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Telnet TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Telnet Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Telnet Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Telnet VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress

498 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Telnet Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Telnet Config_Retrieval
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Telnet Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Telnet Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Telnet DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Telnet DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Telnet DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Telnet DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Telnet DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Telnet DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Telnet DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Telnet DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Telnet Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Telnet Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Telnet Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Telnet Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Telnet FTP_Port
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Telnet IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Telnet PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Telnet PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Telnet TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Telnet TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Telnet Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Telnet Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Telnet VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Serial Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 499
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Serial LMD_PrefixAddress
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Telnet Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Telnet Config_Retrieval
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Telnet Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Telnet Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Telnet DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Telnet DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Telnet DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Telnet DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Telnet DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Telnet DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Telnet DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Telnet DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Telnet Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Telnet Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Telnet Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Telnet Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Telnet FTP_Port
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Telnet IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Telnet PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Telnet PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Telnet TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Telnet TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Telnet Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Telnet Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Telnet VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Serial Command_AccessLevel0

500 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Serial Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Serial Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Serial DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Serial DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Serial DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Serial DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Serial DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Serial DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Serial DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Serial DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Serial Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Serial Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Serial Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Serial Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Serial IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Serial PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Serial PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Serial TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Serial TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Serial Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Serial Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Serial VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Telnet Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Telnet Config_Retrieval
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Telnet Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Telnet Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Telnet DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Telnet DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Telnet DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Telnet DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Telnet DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Telnet DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Telnet DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Telnet DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Telnet Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Telnet Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Telnet Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Telnet Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Telnet FTP_Port
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Telnet IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Telnet PasswordProhibitedCharacters

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 501
Reference
9.4 Advanced Parameters Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Telnet PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Telnet TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Telnet TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Telnet Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Telnet Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Telnet VerifyPasswords
SEL - Relays SEL-T401L - Telnet Command_AccessLevel0
SEL - Relays SEL-T401L - Telnet Config_Retrieval
SEL - Relays SEL-T401L - Telnet Config_SHO_Components
SEL - Relays SEL-T401L - Telnet Config_SHO_Delay
SEL - Relays SEL-T401L - Telnet DataCAM_CEV_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-T401L - Telnet DataCAM_CHI_Command
SEL - Relays SEL-T401L - Telnet DataCAM_COM_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-T401L - Telnet DataCAM_EventFileRetrievalMaxAgeDays
SEL - Relays SEL-T401L - Telnet DataCAM_HIS_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-T401L - Telnet DataCAM_LDP_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-T401L - Telnet DataCAM_SER_Commands
SEL - Relays SEL-T401L - Telnet DataCAM_Tasks
SEL - Relays SEL-T401L - Telnet Date_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-T401L - Telnet Enable_Disable_Ports
SEL - Relays SEL-T401L - Telnet Extended_Logging
SEL - Relays SEL-T401L - Telnet Firmware_Format
SEL - Relays SEL-T401L - Telnet FTP_Port
SEL - Relays SEL-T401L - Telnet IgnoreChecksums
SEL - Relays SEL-T401L - Telnet PasswordProhibitedCharacters
SEL - Relays SEL-T401L - Telnet PasswordsKnownTo
SEL - Relays SEL-T401L - Telnet TEAMGlobalDeviceId
SEL - Relays SEL-T401L - Telnet TimeMismatchAlertDifference
SEL - Relays SEL-T401L - Telnet Timeout_InterByte
SEL - Relays SEL-T401L - Telnet Timeout_Total
SEL - Relays SEL-T401L - Telnet VerifyPasswords
Siemens SIPROTEC 4 Siemens SIPROTEC 4 - AlternateIPAddressForMMS
Network
Siemens SIPROTEC 4 Siemens SIPROTEC 4 - ApplicationDeviceIdentifier
Network
Siemens SIPROTEC 4 Siemens SIPROTEC 4 - DataCAM_Tasks
Network
Siemens SIPROTEC 4 Siemens SIPROTEC 4 - ApplicationDeviceIdentifier
Serial
Siemens SIPROTEC 4 Siemens SIPROTEC 4 - BaudRate
Serial
Siemens SIPROTEC 4 Siemens SIPROTEC 4 - Config_Retrieval
Serial

502 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.5 Applications Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Supported Advanced Parameters

Siemens SIPROTEC 4 Siemens SIPROTEC 4 - DataCAM_Tasks
Serial
Siemens SIPROTEC 4 Siemens SIPROTEC 4 - DataFrame
Serial
Siemens SIPROTEC 4 Siemens SIPROTEC 4 - DeviceInterface
Serial
Siemens SIPROTEC 4 Siemens SIPROTEC 4 - MLFBAndVersion
Serial
Siemens SIPROTEC 5 Siemens SIPROTEC 5 - AlternateIPAddressForMMS
Network
Siemens SIPROTEC 5 Siemens SIPROTEC 5 - DataCAM_Tasks
Network
SMP SMP 16/CP - TCP EscapeSequence
SMP SMP 16/CP - TCP Timeout_InterByte
SMP SMP 16/CP - TCP Timeout_Total
SMP SMP 16/CP - Telnet EscapeSequence
SMP SMP 16/CP - Telnet Timeout_InterByte
SMP SMP 16/CP - Telnet Timeout_Total
SMP SMP 16/SG - TCP EscapeSequence
SMP SMP 16/SG - TCP Timeout_InterByte
SMP SMP 16/SG - TCP Timeout_Total
SMP SMP 16/SG - Telnet EscapeSequence
SMP SMP 16/SG - Telnet Timeout_InterByte
SMP SMP 16/SG - Telnet Timeout_Total
SMP SMP 4 - TCP EscapeSequence
SMP SMP 4 - TCP Timeout_InterByte
SMP SMP 4 - TCP Timeout_Total
SMP SMP 4 - Telnet EscapeSequence
SMP SMP 4 - Telnet Timeout_InterByte
SMP SMP 4 - Telnet Timeout_Total
SMP SMP SG-4250 - TCP EscapeSequence
SMP SMP SG-4250 - TCP Timeout_InterByte
SMP SMP SG-4250 - TCP Timeout_Total
SMP SMP SG-4250 - Telnet EscapeSequence
SMP SMP SG-4250 - Telnet Timeout_InterByte
SMP SMP SG-4250 - Telnet Timeout_Total

9.5 Applications Supported by Device Family/Type

Applications supported by specific device families and device types are as follows:
Device Family Device Type Interface Application
ABB ABB AFS 66x - SSH Secure Web Secure Web Browser

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 503
Reference
9.5 Applications Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Interface Application

ABB ABB AFS 66x - SSH SSH CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
ABB ABB AFS 67x - SSH Secure Web Secure Web Browser
ABB ABB AFS 67x - SSH SSH CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
ABB ABB PCD-2000 - Serial Serial AF Suite
ABB ABB PCD-2000 - Telnet Telnet AF Suite
ABB ABB Relion 615 v2 - Network Proxy ABB PCM600
Network
ABB ABB Relion 615 v2 - Web Web Browser
Network
ABB ABB Relion 670 v1 - Network Proxy ABB PCM600
Network
ABB ABB RTU560 - Network Secure Web Secure Web Browser
Bitronics Bitronics M57x - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
Bitronics Bitronics M57x - Telnet Network Proxy Bitronics 70 Series
Configurator
Bitronics Bitronics M57x - Telnet Network Proxy Bitronics BiView
Bitronics Bitronics M57x - Telnet Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
Bitronics Bitronics M660/M661 - Web Web Browser
Network
Cisco Cisco 2900 - SSH Secure Web Secure Web Browser
Cisco Cisco 2900 - SSH SSH CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
Cisco Cisco Catalyst 2960 - Secure Web Secure Web Browser
SSH
Cisco Cisco Catalyst 2960 - SSH CrossBow Terminal
SSH Emulator
Cisco Cisco Catalyst 3750 - Secure Web Secure Web Browser
SSH
Cisco Cisco Catalyst 3750 - SSH CrossBow Terminal
SSH Emulator
Cisco Cisco CGR 2010 - SSH Secure Web Secure Web Browser
Cisco Cisco CGR 2010 - SSH SSH CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
Cisco Cisco CGS 2520 - SSH Secure Web Secure Web Browser
Cisco Cisco CGS 2520 - SSH SSH CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
Comtrol ComtrolDeviceMaster8 Web Web Browser
DIGI DIGI TS1 - Prompted Secure Web Secure Web Browser
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS1 - Prompted SSH CrossBow Terminal
SSH Emulator
DIGI DIGI TS1 - Prompted Web Web Browser
SSH

504 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.5 Applications Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Interface Application

DIGI DIGI TS1 - Prompted Secure Web Secure Web Browser
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS1 - Prompted Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Telnet Emulator
DIGI DIGI TS1 - Prompted Web Web Browser
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS16 - Prompted Secure Web Secure Web Browser
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS16 - Prompted SSH CrossBow Terminal
SSH Emulator
DIGI DIGI TS16 - Prompted Web Web Browser
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS16 - Prompted Secure Web Secure Web Browser
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS16 - Prompted Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Telnet Emulator
DIGI DIGI TS16 - Prompted Web Web Browser
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS2 - Prompted Secure Web Secure Web Browser
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS2 - Prompted SSH CrossBow Terminal
SSH Emulator
DIGI DIGI TS2 - Prompted Web Web Browser
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS2 - Prompted Secure Web Secure Web Browser
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS2 - Prompted Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Telnet Emulator
DIGI DIGI TS2 - Prompted Web Web Browser
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS4 - Prompted Secure Web Secure Web Browser
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS4 - Prompted SSH CrossBow Terminal
SSH Emulator
DIGI DIGI TS4 - Prompted Web Web Browser
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS4 - Prompted Secure Web Secure Web Browser
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS4 - Prompted Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Telnet Emulator
DIGI DIGI TS4 - Prompted Web Web Browser
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS8 - Prompted Secure Web Secure Web Browser
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS8 - Prompted SSH CrossBow Terminal
SSH Emulator
DIGI DIGI TS8 - Prompted Web Web Browser
SSH

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 505
Reference
9.5 Applications Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Interface Application

DIGI DIGI TS8 - Prompted Secure Web Secure Web Browser
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS8 - Prompted Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Telnet Emulator
DIGI DIGI TS8 - Prompted Web Web Browser
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TSx - Mapped SSH Secure Web Secure Web Browser
DIGI DIGI TSx - Mapped SSH SSH CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
DIGI DIGI TSx - Mapped Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Telnet Emulator
DIGI DIGI TSx - Mapped Web Web Browser
Telnet
GarrettCom DynaStar 1500 SSH CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
GarrettCom DynaStar 1500 Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
GarrettCom DynaStar 2000 SSH CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
GarrettCom DynaStar 2000 Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
GarrettCom DynaStar 5000 SSH CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
GarrettCom DynaStar 5000 Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
GarrettCom GarrettCom 10RX Secure Web Secure Web Browser
GarrettCom GarrettCom 10RX SSH CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
GarrettCom GarrettCom 10RX Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
GarrettCom GarrettCom 10XTS Secure Web Secure Web Browser
GarrettCom GarrettCom 10XTS SSH CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
GarrettCom GarrettCom 10XTS Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
GarrettCom GarrettCom 6K Secure Web Secure Web Browser
GarrettCom GarrettCom 6K SSH CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
GarrettCom GarrettCom 6K Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
GarrettCom GarrettCom 6K Secure Secure Web Secure Web Browser
GarrettCom GarrettCom 6K Secure SSH CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
GarrettCom GarrettCom 6K Secure Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX1000 Secure Web Secure Web Browser

506 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.5 Applications Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Interface Application

GarrettCom GarrettCom DX1000 SSH CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX1000 Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX40 Secure Web Secure Web Browser
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX40 SSH CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX40 Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX800 Secure Web Secure Web Browser
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX800 SSH CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX800 Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX900 Secure Web Secure Web Browser
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX900 SSH CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX900 Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
GE - Other GE RT430/RT434 Clock - Web Web Browser
Network
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Network Network Proxy GE Enervista UR - Proxy
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Network Web Web Browser
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Network Network Proxy GE Enervista UR - Proxy
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Network Web Web Browser
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Serial Serial GE Enervista UR - VPort
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Serial v7.0+ Serial GE Enervista UR - VPort
GE - UR Relays GE UR B60 Network Network Proxy GE Enervista UR - Proxy
GE - UR Relays GE UR B60 Network Web Web Browser
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Network Network Proxy GE Enervista UR - Proxy
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Network Web Web Browser
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Network Network Proxy GE Enervista UR - Proxy
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Network Web Web Browser
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Serial Serial GE Enervista UR - VPort
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Serial v7.0+ Serial GE Enervista UR - VPort
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Network Network Proxy GE Enervista UR - Proxy
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Network Web Web Browser
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Network Network Proxy GE Enervista UR - Proxy
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Network Web Web Browser
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Serial Serial GE Enervista UR - VPort

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 507
Reference
9.5 Applications Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Interface Application

GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Serial v7.0+ Serial GE Enervista UR - VPort
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network Network Proxy GE Enervista UR - Proxy
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network Web Web Browser
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network Network Proxy GE Enervista UR - Proxy
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network Web Web Browser
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Serial Serial GE Enervista UR - VPort
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Serial v7.0+ Serial GE Enervista UR - VPort
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Network Network Proxy GE Enervista UR - Proxy
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Network Web Web Browser
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Network Network Proxy GE Enervista UR - Proxy
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Network Web Web Browser
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Serial Serial GE Enervista UR - VPort
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Serial v7.0+ Serial GE Enervista UR - VPort
GE - UR Relays GE UR C90 Plus Network Network Proxy GE Enervista URPlus
GE - UR Relays GE UR C90 Plus Network Network Proxy GE Enervista URPlus
v1.8+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network Network Proxy GE Enervista UR - Proxy
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network Web Web Browser
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network Network Proxy GE Enervista UR - Proxy
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network Web Web Browser
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Serial Serial GE Enervista UR - VPort
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Serial v7.0+ Serial GE Enervista UR - VPort
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network Network Proxy GE Enervista UR - Proxy
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network Web Web Browser
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network Network Proxy GE Enervista UR - Proxy
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network Web Web Browser
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Serial Serial GE Enervista UR - VPort
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Serial v7.0+ Serial GE Enervista UR - VPort
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network Network Proxy GE Enervista UR - Proxy
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network Web Web Browser
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network Network Proxy GE Enervista UR - Proxy
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network Web Web Browser
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Serial Serial GE Enervista UR - VPort
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Serial v7.0+ Serial GE Enervista UR - VPort
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network Network Proxy GE Enervista UR - Proxy

508 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.5 Applications Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Interface Application

GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network Web Web Browser
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network Network Proxy GE Enervista UR - Proxy
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network Web Web Browser
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Serial Serial GE Enervista UR - VPort
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Serial v7.0+ Serial GE Enervista UR - VPort
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network Network Proxy GE Enervista UR - Proxy
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network Web Web Browser
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network Network Proxy GE Enervista UR - Proxy
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network Web Web Browser
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Serial Serial GE Enervista UR - VPort
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Serial v7.0+ Serial GE Enervista UR - VPort
GE - UR Relays GE UR N60 Network Network Proxy GE Enervista UR - Proxy
GE - UR Relays GE UR N60 Network Web Web Browser
GE - UR Relays GE UR N60 Network Network Proxy GE Enervista UR - Proxy
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR N60 Network Web Web Browser
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T35 Network Network Proxy GE Enervista UR - Proxy
GE - UR Relays GE UR T35 Network Web Web Browser
GE - UR Relays GE UR T35 Network Network Proxy GE Enervista UR - Proxy
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T35 Network Web Web Browser
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Network Network Proxy GE Enervista UR - Proxy
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Network Web Web Browser
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Network Network Proxy GE Enervista UR - Proxy
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Network Web Web Browser
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Serial Serial GE Enervista UR - VPort
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Serial v7.0+ Serial GE Enervista UR - VPort
Generic Generic IED - Dial-Up Dial-Up CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
Generic Generic IED - Network/ Secure Web Secure Web Browser
SSH/Telnet
Generic Generic IED - Network/ SSH CrossBow Terminal
SSH/Telnet Emulator
Generic Generic IED - Network/ Telnet CrossBow Terminal
SSH/Telnet Emulator
Generic Generic IED - Network/ Web Web Browser
SSH/Telnet

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 509
Reference
9.5 Applications Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Interface Application

Generic Generic IED - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
Generic Generic IED - SSH SSH CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
Generic Generic IED - Telnet Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
Lantronix Lantronix ETS32PR Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Prompted Telnet Emulator
Lantronix Lantronix ETS8P Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Prompted Telnet Emulator
Novatech Novatech DDIO - Secure Web Secure Web Browser
Network
Novatech Novatech DDIO - SSH CrossBow Terminal
Network Emulator
Novatech Novatech DDIO - SSH NovaTech Configuration
Network Director
Novatech Novatech DDIO - Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Network Emulator
Novatech Novatech DDIO - Telnet NovaTech Configuration
Network Director
Novatech Novatech DDIO - Web Web Browser
Network
Novatech Novatech DDIO - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
Novatech Novatech Orion 5r - PassThrough CrossBow Terminal
Telnet Emulator
Novatech Novatech Orion 5r - PassThrough NovaTech Configuration
Telnet Director
Novatech Novatech Orion 5r - Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Telnet Emulator
Novatech Novatech Orion 5r - Web Web Browser
Telnet
Novatech Novatech Orion LX - Secure Web Secure Web Browser
SSH
Novatech Novatech Orion LX - SSH CrossBow Terminal
SSH Emulator
Novatech Novatech Orion LX - SSH NovaTech Configuration
SSH Director
Novatech Novatech Orion LX - Web Web Browser
SSH
Novatech Novatech Orion LX - Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Telnet Emulator
Novatech Novatech Orion LX - Telnet NovaTech Configuration
Telnet Director
Novatech Novatech Orion LX - Web Web Browser
Telnet
Nozomi Nozomi Guardian Secure Web Secure Web Browser

510 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.5 Applications Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Interface Application

Nozomi Nozomi Guardian SSH CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
Other Ametek Pulsar UPLC - Web CrossBow Web Browser
Network
Other Ametek Pulsar UPLC - Web Web Browser with Real
Network IP Address
Other Beckwith M-2001D - Network Proxy Beckwith TapTalk
Network
Other Checkpoint Firewall - Secure Web Secure Web Browser
SSH
Other Checkpoint Firewall - SSH CrossBow Terminal
SSH Emulator
Other Doble IDD Monitor - Web Web Browser
Network
Other Dynamic Ratings DR-E3 Serial CrossBow Terminal
- Serial Emulator
Other Dynamic Ratings DR-E3 Secure Web Secure Web Browser
- SSH
Other Dynamic Ratings DR-E3 SSH CrossBow Terminal
- SSH Emulator
Other Dynamic Ratings DR-E3 Telnet CrossBow Terminal
- Telnet Emulator
Other Dynamic Ratings DR-E3 Web Web Browser
- Telnet
Other MiCOM P14x - Serial Serial MiCOM S1 Studio
Other Palo Alto PA-200 - SSH Secure Web Secure Web Browser
Other Palo Alto PA-200 - SSH SSH CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
Other Palo Alto PA-820/850 - Secure Web Secure Web Browser
SSH
Other Palo Alto PA-820/850 - SSH CrossBow Terminal
SSH Emulator
Other Qualitrol Transformer Network Proxy Qualitrol ITM Manager
Monitor ITM 509
Other ZIV Relay - Network Network Proxy ZiverComm Plus
Other Gateways IOLAN STS16 - SSH Secure Web Secure Web Browser
Other Gateways IOLAN STS16 - SSH SSH CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
Other Gateways IOLAN STS24 - SSH Secure Web Secure Web Browser
Other Gateways IOLAN STS24 - SSH SSH CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
Other Gateways IOLAN STS4 - SSH Secure Web Secure Web Browser
Other Gateways IOLAN STS4 - SSH SSH CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
Other Gateways IOLAN STS8 - SSH Secure Web Secure Web Browser
Other Gateways IOLAN STS8 - SSH SSH CrossBow Terminal
Emulator

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 511
Reference
9.5 Applications Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Interface Application

Other Gateways RFL 9660 - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
Other Gateways SEL-20xx Emulator - Serial CrossBow Terminal
Serial Emulator
Other Gateways SM1-16 Multiplexor - Dial-Up CrossBow Terminal
Dial-Up Emulator
RuggedCom RuggedCom i800 - SSH Secure Web Secure Web Browser
RuggedCom RuggedCom i800 - SSH SSH CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
RuggedCom RuggedCom i800 - Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Telnet Emulator
RuggedCom RuggedCom i800 - Web Web Browser
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RMC20/ Secure Web Secure Web Browser
RMC30 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RMC20/ SSH CrossBow Terminal
RMC30 - SSH Emulator
RuggedCom RuggedCom RMC20/ Telnet CrossBow Terminal
RMC30 - Telnet Emulator
RuggedCom RuggedCom RMC20/ Web Web Browser
RMC30 - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RMC40/ Secure Web Secure Web Browser
RMC41 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RMC40/ SSH CrossBow Terminal
RMC41 - SSH Emulator
RuggedCom RuggedCom RMC40/ Telnet CrossBow Terminal
RMC41 - Telnet Emulator
RuggedCom RuggedCom RMC40/ Web Web Browser
RMC41 - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS400/ Secure Web Secure Web Browser
RS401 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS400/ SSH CrossBow Terminal
RS401 - SSH Emulator
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS400/ Telnet CrossBow Terminal
RS401 - Telnet Emulator
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS400/ Web Web Browser
RS401 - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS416 - Secure Web Secure Web Browser
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS416 - SSH CrossBow Terminal
SSH Emulator
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS416 - Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Telnet Emulator
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS416 - Web Web Browser
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS8000 - Secure Web Secure Web Browser
SSH

512 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.5 Applications Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Interface Application

RuggedCom RuggedCom RS8000 - SSH CrossBow Terminal
SSH Emulator
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS8000 - Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Telnet Emulator
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS8000 - Web Web Browser
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS900/ Secure Web Secure Web Browser
RS930/RS940/RS950 -
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS900/ SSH CrossBow Terminal
RS930/RS940/RS950 - Emulator
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS900/ Telnet CrossBow Terminal
RS930/RS940/RS950 Emulator
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS900/ Web Web Browser
RS930/RS940/RS950
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS910/ Secure Web Secure Web Browser
RS920 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS910/ SSH CrossBow Terminal
RS920 - SSH Emulator
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS910/ Telnet CrossBow Terminal
RS920 - Telnet Emulator
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS910/ Web Web Browser
RS920 - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS969 - Secure Web Secure Web Browser
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS969 - SSH CrossBow Terminal
SSH Emulator
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS969 - Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Telnet Emulator
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS969 - Web Web Browser
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG2100/ Secure Web Secure Web Browser
RSG2200/RSG2300 -
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG2100/ SSH CrossBow Terminal
RSG2200/RSG2300 - Emulator
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG2100/ Telnet CrossBow Terminal
RSG2200/RSG2300 Emulator
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG2100/ Web Web Browser
RSG2200/RSG2300
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG2288/ Secure Web Secure Web Browser
RSG2488 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG2288/ SSH CrossBow Terminal
RSG2488 - SSH Emulator

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 513
Reference
9.5 Applications Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Interface Application

RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG2288/ Telnet CrossBow Terminal
RSG2488 - Telnet Emulator
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG2288/ Web Web Browser
RSG2488 - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG907R/ Secure Web Secure Web Browser
RSG909R - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG907R/ SSH CrossBow Terminal
RSG909R - SSH Emulator
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG907R/ Telnet CrossBow Terminal
RSG909R - Telnet Emulator
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG907R/ Web Web Browser
RSG909R - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG908C/ Secure Web Secure Web Browser
RSG910C - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG908C/ SSH CrossBow Terminal
RSG910C - SSH Emulator
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG908C/ Telnet CrossBow Terminal
RSG910C - Telnet Emulator
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG908C/ Web Web Browser
RSG910C - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG920P - Secure Web Secure Web Browser
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG920P - SSH CrossBow Terminal
SSH Emulator
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG920P - Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Telnet Emulator
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG920P - Web Web Browser
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSL910 - Secure Web Secure Web Browser
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSL910 - SSH CrossBow Terminal
SSH Emulator
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSL910 - Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Telnet Emulator
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSL910 - Web Web Browser
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RST2228/ Secure Web Secure Web Browser
RST2228P - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RST2228/ SSH CrossBow Terminal
RST2228P - SSH Emulator
RuggedCom RuggedCom RST2228/ Telnet CrossBow Terminal
RST2228P - Telnet Emulator
RuggedCom RuggedCom RST2228/ Web Web Browser
RST2228P - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RST916P/ Secure Web Secure Web Browser
RST916C - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RST916P/ SSH CrossBow Terminal
RST916C - SSH Emulator

514 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.5 Applications Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Interface Application

RuggedCom RuggedCom RST916P/ Telnet CrossBow Terminal
RST916C - Telnet Emulator
RuggedCom RuggedCom RST916P/ Web Web Browser
RST916C - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1000/ SSH CrossBow Terminal
RX1100 v1 - SSH Emulator
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1000/ Webmin Secure Web Browser
RX1100 v1 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1400 - Secure Web Secure Web Browser
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1400 - SSH CrossBow Terminal
SSH Emulator
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1500 - Secure Web Secure Web Browser
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1500 - SSH CrossBow Terminal
SSH Emulator
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1501 - Secure Web Secure Web Browser
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1501 - SSH CrossBow Terminal
SSH Emulator
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1510 - Secure Web Secure Web Browser
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1510 - SSH CrossBow Terminal
SSH Emulator
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1511/ Secure Web Secure Web Browser
RX1512 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1511/ SSH CrossBow Terminal
RX1512 - SSH Emulator
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1524 - Secure Web Secure Web Browser
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1524 - SSH CrossBow Terminal
SSH Emulator
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1536 - Secure Web Secure Web Browser
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1536 - SSH CrossBow Terminal
SSH Emulator
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX5000 - Secure Web Secure Web Browser
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX5000 - SSH CrossBow Terminal
SSH Emulator
SATEC SATEC PM17x - Serial Serial SATEC PAS - VPort
Schneider Schneider ION 7650 - Network Proxy Schneider ION Setup
Network
Schneider Schneider ION 7650 - Web Web Browser
Network
Schneider Schneider Quantum Web Web Browser
CPU - Network

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 515
Reference
9.5 Applications Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Interface Application

SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2020 - Dial-Up Dial-Up CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2020 - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Dial- Dial-Up CrossBow Terminal
Up Emulator
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Telnet Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Other SEL-2488 Clock - Secure Web Secure Web Browser
Network
SEL - Other SEL-2890 - Telnet Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Other SEL-3354 - Telnet Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - Dial-Up CrossBow Terminal
Dial-Up Emulator
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - Serial CrossBow Terminal
Serial Emulator
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - Network Proxy AcSELerator Architect
SSH
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - Network Proxy AcSELerator RTAC
SSH
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - Secure Web Secure Web Browser
SSH
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - SSH CrossBow Terminal
SSH Emulator
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - Network Proxy AcSELerator Architect
TCP
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - Network Proxy AcSELerator RTAC
TCP
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - Secure Web Secure Web Browser
TCP
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - TCP CrossBow Terminal
TCP Emulator
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - Network Proxy AcSELerator Architect
Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - Network Proxy AcSELerator RTAC
Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - Secure Web Secure Web Browser
Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Telnet Emulator
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL Dial-Up CrossBow Terminal
Server) - Dial-Up Emulator
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL Serial CrossBow Terminal
Server) - Serial Emulator

516 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.5 Applications Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Interface Application

SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL Network Proxy AcSELerator Architect
Server) - SSH
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL Network Proxy AcSELerator RTAC
Server) - SSH
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL Secure Web Secure Web Browser
Server) - SSH
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL SSH CrossBow Terminal
Server) - SSH Emulator
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL Network Proxy AcSELerator Architect
Server) - TCP
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL Network Proxy AcSELerator RTAC
Server) - TCP
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL Secure Web Secure Web Browser
Server) - TCP
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL TCP CrossBow Terminal
Server) - TCP Emulator
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL Network Proxy AcSELerator Architect
Server) - Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL Network Proxy AcSELerator RTAC
Server) - Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL Secure Web Secure Web Browser
Server) - Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Server) - Telnet Emulator
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - Secure Web Secure Web Browser
Mapped TCP
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - Service CrossBow Terminal
Mapped TCP Emulator
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - Secure Web Secure Web Browser
Mapped Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - Service CrossBow Terminal
Mapped Telnet Emulator
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - Serial CrossBow Terminal
Prompted Serial Emulator
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - Secure Web Secure Web Browser
Prompted SSH
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - Service CrossBow Terminal
Prompted SSH Emulator
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - SSH CrossBow Terminal
Prompted SSH Emulator
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - Secure Web Secure Web Browser
Prompted Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - Service CrossBow Terminal
Prompted Telnet Emulator
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Prompted Telnet Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 517
Reference
9.5 Applications Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Interface Application

SEL - Relays SEL IED - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Telnet Network Proxy AcSELerator Architect
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Telnet Telnet AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Telnet Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-187V - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-187V - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-2100 - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-2100 - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-221F - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-221F - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-2410 - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-2410 - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Telnet Network Proxy AcSELerator Architect
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Telnet Telnet AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Telnet Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Telnet Network Proxy AcSELerator Architect
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Telnet Telnet AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network

518 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.5 Applications Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Interface Application

SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Telnet Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Telnet Network Proxy AcSELerator Architect
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Telnet Telnet AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Telnet Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-251 - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-251 - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-251D - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-251D - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-2523 - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-2523 - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-2533 - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-2533 - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Telnet Network Proxy AcSELerator Architect
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Telnet Telnet AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Telnet Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 519
Reference
9.5 Applications Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Interface Application

SEL - Relays SEL-279H - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-279H - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-287V - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-287V - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-300G - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-300G - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-311A - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-311A - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-311B - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-311B - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Telnet Network Proxy AcSELerator Architect
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Telnet Telnet AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Telnet Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Telnet Network Proxy AcSELerator Architect
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Telnet Telnet AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Telnet Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-321 - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort

520 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.5 Applications Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Interface Application

SEL - Relays SEL-321 - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Telnet Network Proxy AcSELerator Architect
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Telnet Telnet AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Telnet Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Telnet Network Proxy AcSELerator Architect
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Telnet Telnet AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Telnet Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-351R - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-351R - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Telnet Network Proxy AcSELerator Architect
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Telnet Telnet AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Telnet Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 521
Reference
9.5 Applications Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Interface Application

SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Telnet Network Proxy AcSELerator Architect
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Telnet Telnet AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Telnet Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-352 - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-352 - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-387 - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-387 - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-387A - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-387A - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Telnet Network Proxy AcSELerator Architect
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Telnet Telnet AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Telnet Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-387L - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-387L - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Telnet Network Proxy AcSELerator Architect
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Telnet Telnet AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network

522 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.5 Applications Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Interface Application

SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Telnet Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Telnet Network Proxy AcSELerator Architect
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Telnet Telnet AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Telnet Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Telnet Network Proxy AcSELerator Architect
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Telnet Telnet AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Telnet Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Telnet Network Proxy AcSELerator Architect
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Telnet Telnet AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Telnet Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 523
Reference
9.5 Applications Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Interface Application

SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Telnet Network Proxy AcSELerator Architect
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Telnet Telnet AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Telnet Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Telnet Network Proxy AcSELerator Architect
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Telnet Telnet AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Telnet Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Telnet Network Proxy AcSELerator Architect
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Telnet Telnet AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Telnet Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-501 - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-501 - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-547 - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-547 - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-551 - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort

524 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.5 Applications Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Interface Application

SEL - Relays SEL-551 - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-551C - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-551C - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-587 - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-587 - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-587Z - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-587Z - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Telnet Network Proxy AcSELerator Architect
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Telnet Telnet AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Telnet Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Telnet Network Proxy AcSELerator Architect
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Telnet Telnet AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Telnet Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Telnet Network Proxy AcSELerator Architect
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Telnet Telnet AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 525
Reference
9.5 Applications Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Interface Application

SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Telnet Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Telnet Network Proxy AcSELerator Architect
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Telnet Telnet AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Telnet Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Telnet Network Proxy AcSELerator Architect
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Telnet Telnet AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Telnet Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Telnet Network Proxy AcSELerator Architect
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Telnet Telnet AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Telnet Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-701 - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort

526 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.5 Applications Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Interface Application

SEL - Relays SEL-701 - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Telnet Network Proxy AcSELerator Architect
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Telnet Telnet AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Telnet Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Telnet Network Proxy AcSELerator Architect
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Telnet Telnet AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Telnet Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Telnet Network Proxy AcSELerator Architect
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Telnet Telnet AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Telnet Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Telnet Network Proxy AcSELerator Architect
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Telnet Telnet AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 527
Reference
9.5 Applications Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Interface Application

SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Telnet Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-749M - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-749M - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Telnet Network Proxy AcSELerator Architect
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Telnet Telnet AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Telnet Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Telnet Network Proxy AcSELerator Architect
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Telnet Telnet AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Telnet Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Telnet Network Proxy AcSELerator Architect
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Telnet Telnet AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Telnet Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network

528 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.5 Applications Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Interface Application

SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Telnet Network Proxy AcSELerator Architect
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Telnet Telnet AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Telnet Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Serial Serial AcSELerator QuickSet -
VPort
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Serial Serial CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Telnet Network Proxy AcSELerator Architect
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Telnet Telnet AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Telnet Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-T401L - Telnet Network Proxy AcSELerator Architect
SEL - Relays SEL-T401L - Telnet Telnet AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-T401L - Telnet Telnet CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SEL - Relays SEL-T401L - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
SEL - Relays SEL-T401L - Telnet Telnet + FTP AcSELerator QuickSet -
Network
Siemens SIPROTEC 4 Siemens SIPROTEC 4 - Network Proxy DIGSI 4 - Network
Network
Siemens SIPROTEC 4 Siemens SIPROTEC 4 - Serial DIGSI 4 - VPort
Serial
Siemens SIPROTEC 5 Siemens SIPROTEC 5 - Network Proxy DIGSI 5
Network
SMP SMP 16/CP - TCP Network Proxy SMP Manager
SMP SMP 16/CP - TCP PassThrough CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SMP SMP 16/CP - TCP Secure Web CrossBow Secure Web
Browser

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 529
Reference
9.5 Applications Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Interface Application

SMP SMP 16/CP - TCP Secure Web Secure Web Browser
SMP SMP 16/CP - Telnet Network Proxy SMP Manager
SMP SMP 16/CP - Telnet PassThrough CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SMP SMP 16/CP - Telnet Secure Web CrossBow Secure Web
Browser
SMP SMP 16/CP - Telnet Secure Web Secure Web Browser
SMP SMP 16/SG - TCP Network Proxy SMP Manager
SMP SMP 16/SG - TCP PassThrough CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SMP SMP 16/SG - TCP Secure Web CrossBow Secure Web
Browser
SMP SMP 16/SG - TCP Secure Web Secure Web Browser
SMP SMP 16/SG - Telnet Network Proxy SMP Manager
SMP SMP 16/SG - Telnet PassThrough CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SMP SMP 16/SG - Telnet Secure Web CrossBow Secure Web
Browser
SMP SMP 16/SG - Telnet Secure Web Secure Web Browser
SMP SMP 4 - TCP Network Proxy SMP Manager
SMP SMP 4 - TCP PassThrough CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SMP SMP 4 - TCP Secure Web CrossBow Secure Web
Browser
SMP SMP 4 - TCP Secure Web Secure Web Browser
SMP SMP 4 - Telnet Network Proxy SMP Manager
SMP SMP 4 - Telnet PassThrough CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SMP SMP 4 - Telnet Secure Web CrossBow Secure Web
Browser
SMP SMP 4 - Telnet Secure Web Secure Web Browser
SMP SMP SG-4250 - TCP Network Proxy SMP Manager
SMP SMP SG-4250 - TCP PassThrough CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SMP SMP SG-4250 - TCP Secure Web CrossBow Secure Web
Browser
SMP SMP SG-4250 - TCP Secure Web Secure Web Browser
SMP SMP SG-4250 - Telnet Network Proxy SMP Manager
SMP SMP SG-4250 - Telnet PassThrough CrossBow Terminal
Emulator
SMP SMP SG-4250 - Telnet Secure Web CrossBow Secure Web
Browser
SMP SMP SG-4250 - Telnet Secure Web Secure Web Browser
Telvent SAGE 1410 RTU - Web CrossBow Web Browser
Network

530 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.6 Interfaces Supported by Device Family/Type

9.6 Interfaces Supported by Device Family/Type

Interfaces supported by specific device families and device types are as follows:
Device Family Device Type Description Interface Count
ABB ABB AFS 66x - SSH Secure Web 1
ABB ABB AFS 66x - SSH SSH 1
ABB ABB AFS 66x - SSH Transparent Network 1
ABB ABB AFS 67x - SSH Secure Web 1
ABB ABB AFS 67x - SSH SSH 1
ABB ABB AFS 67x - SSH Transparent Network 1
ABB ABB PCD-2000 - Serial Serial 1
ABB ABB PCD-2000 - Telnet Telnet 1
ABB ABB Relion 615 v2 - Network Proxy 1
Network
ABB ABB Relion 615 v2 - Pseudo Interface 1
Network
ABB ABB Relion 615 v2 - Web 1
Network
ABB ABB Relion 670 v1 - Direct TCP 1
Network
ABB ABB Relion 670 v1 - Network Proxy 1
Network
ABB ABB Relion 670 v1 - Pseudo Interface 1
Network
ABB ABB RTU560 - Network Pseudo Interface 1
ABB ABB RTU560 - Network Secure Web 1
ABB ABB TPU/DPU - Serial Serial 1
Bitronics Bitronics M57x - Serial Serial 1
Bitronics Bitronics M57x - Telnet Network Proxy 1
Bitronics Bitronics M57x - Telnet Telnet 1
Bitronics Bitronics M660/M661 - Pseudo Interface 1
Network
Bitronics Bitronics M660/M661 - Web 1
Network
Cisco Cisco 2900 - SSH Secure Web 1
Cisco Cisco 2900 - SSH SSH 1
Cisco Cisco 2900 - SSH Transparent Network 1
Cisco Cisco Catalyst 2960 - Secure Web 1
SSH
Cisco Cisco Catalyst 2960 - SSH 1
SSH
Cisco Cisco Catalyst 2960 - Transparent Network 1
SSH
Cisco Cisco Catalyst 3750 - Secure Web 1
SSH

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 531
Reference
9.6 Interfaces Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Description Interface Count

Cisco Cisco Catalyst 3750 - SSH 1
SSH
Cisco Cisco Catalyst 3750 - Transparent Network 1
SSH
Cisco Cisco CGR 2010 - SSH Secure Web 1
Cisco Cisco CGR 2010 - SSH SSH 1
Cisco Cisco CGR 2010 - SSH Transparent Network 1
Cisco Cisco CGS 2520 - SSH Secure Web 1
Cisco Cisco CGS 2520 - SSH SSH 1
Cisco Cisco CGS 2520 - SSH Transparent Network 1
Comtrol ComtrolDeviceMaster8 Mapped TCP 8
Comtrol ComtrolDeviceMaster8 Web 1
CrossBow Asset CrossBow ADM Agent Pseudo Interface 1
Discovery &
Management
CrossBow Asset CrossBow ADM Agent SSH 1
Discovery &
Management
CrossBow Secure Access Secure Access Manager Direct CBL 1
Manager - Local - Local
CrossBow Station Station Access Direct CBL 1
Access Controller Controller
Data Track Data Track T2700 Dial-Up 1
Data Track Data Track T2700 Prompted Serial Out 4
DIGI DIGI TS1 - Prompted Prompted Serial Out 1
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS1 - Prompted Secure Web 1
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS1 - Prompted SSH 1
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS1 - Prompted Web 1
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS1 - Prompted Prompted Serial Out 1
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS1 - Prompted Secure Web 1
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS1 - Prompted Telnet 1
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS1 - Prompted Web 1
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS16 - Prompted Prompted Serial Out 16
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS16 - Prompted Secure Web 1
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS16 - Prompted SSH 1
SSH

532 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.6 Interfaces Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Description Interface Count

DIGI DIGI TS16 - Prompted Web 1
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS16 - Prompted Prompted Serial Out 16
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS16 - Prompted Secure Web 1
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS16 - Prompted Telnet 1
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS16 - Prompted Web 1
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS2 - Prompted Prompted Serial Out 2
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS2 - Prompted Secure Web 1
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS2 - Prompted SSH 1
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS2 - Prompted Web 1
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS2 - Prompted Prompted Serial Out 2
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS2 - Prompted Secure Web 1
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS2 - Prompted Telnet 1
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS2 - Prompted Web 1
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS4 - Prompted Prompted Serial Out 4
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS4 - Prompted Secure Web 1
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS4 - Prompted SSH 1
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS4 - Prompted Web 1
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS4 - Prompted Prompted Serial Out 4
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS4 - Prompted Secure Web 1
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS4 - Prompted Telnet 1
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS4 - Prompted Web 1
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS8 - Prompted Prompted Serial Out 8
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS8 - Prompted Secure Web 1
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS8 - Prompted SSH 1
SSH

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 533
Reference
9.6 Interfaces Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Description Interface Count

DIGI DIGI TS8 - Prompted Web 1
SSH
DIGI DIGI TS8 - Prompted Prompted Serial Out 8
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS8 - Prompted Secure Web 1
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS8 - Prompted Telnet 1
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TS8 - Prompted Web 1
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TSx - Mapped SSH Mapped TCP 16
DIGI DIGI TSx - Mapped SSH Pseudo Interface 1
DIGI DIGI TSx - Mapped SSH Secure Web 1
DIGI DIGI TSx - Mapped SSH SSH 1
DIGI DIGI TSx - Mapped Mapped TCP 16
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TSx - Mapped Pseudo Interface 1
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TSx - Mapped Telnet 1
Telnet
DIGI DIGI TSx - Mapped Web 1
Telnet
GarrettCom DynaStar 1500 Mapped TCP 8
GarrettCom DynaStar 1500 SSH 1
GarrettCom DynaStar 1500 Telnet 1
GarrettCom DynaStar 1500 Transparent Network 1
GarrettCom DynaStar 2000 Mapped TCP 32
GarrettCom DynaStar 2000 SSH 1
GarrettCom DynaStar 2000 Telnet 1
GarrettCom DynaStar 2000 Transparent Network 1
GarrettCom DynaStar 5000 Mapped TCP 80
GarrettCom DynaStar 5000 SSH 1
GarrettCom DynaStar 5000 Telnet 1
GarrettCom DynaStar 5000 Transparent Network 1
GarrettCom GarrettCom 10RX Mapped TCP 32
GarrettCom GarrettCom 10RX Secure Web 1
GarrettCom GarrettCom 10RX SSH 1
GarrettCom GarrettCom 10RX Telnet 1
GarrettCom GarrettCom 10RX Transparent Network 1
GarrettCom GarrettCom 10XTS Mapped TCP 32
GarrettCom GarrettCom 10XTS Secure Web 1
GarrettCom GarrettCom 10XTS SSH 1
GarrettCom GarrettCom 10XTS Telnet 1
GarrettCom GarrettCom 10XTS Transparent Network 1

534 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.6 Interfaces Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Description Interface Count

GarrettCom GarrettCom 6K Secure Web 1
GarrettCom GarrettCom 6K SSH 1
GarrettCom GarrettCom 6K Telnet 1
GarrettCom GarrettCom 6K Transparent Network 1
GarrettCom GarrettCom 6K Secure Secure Web 1
GarrettCom GarrettCom 6K Secure SSH 1
GarrettCom GarrettCom 6K Secure Telnet 1
GarrettCom GarrettCom 6K Secure Transparent Network 1
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX1000 Mapped TCP 12
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX1000 Secure Web 1
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX1000 SSH 1
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX1000 Telnet 1
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX1000 Transparent Network 1
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX40 Mapped TCP 2
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX40 Secure Web 1
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX40 SSH 1
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX40 Telnet 1
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX40 Transparent Network 1
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX800 Mapped TCP 4
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX800 Secure Web 1
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX800 SSH 1
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX800 Telnet 1
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX800 Transparent Network 1
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX900 Mapped TCP 4
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX900 Secure Web 1
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX900 SSH 1
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX900 Telnet 1
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX900 Transparent Network 1
Gauntlet Gauntlet Bow 4-Port Direct Gauntlet 1
Gauntlet Gauntlet Bow 4-Port Gauntlet Port 4
Gauntlet Gauntlet Bow 8-Port Direct Gauntlet 1
Gauntlet Gauntlet Bow 8-Port Gauntlet Port 8
GE - Other GE RT430/RT434 Clock - Pseudo Interface 1
Network
GE - Other GE RT430/RT434 Clock - Web 1
Network
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Network Modbus 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Network Network Proxy 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Network Pseudo Interface 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Network Web 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Network Modbus 1
v7.0+

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 535
Reference
9.6 Interfaces Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Description Interface Count

GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Network Network Proxy 1
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Network Pseudo Interface 1
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Network Web 1
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Serial Serial 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Serial v7.0+ Serial 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR B60 Network Modbus 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR B60 Network Network Proxy 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR B60 Network Pseudo Interface 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR B60 Network Web 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Network Modbus 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Network Network Proxy 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Network Pseudo Interface 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Network Web 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Network Modbus 1
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Network Network Proxy 1
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Network Pseudo Interface 1
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Network Web 1
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Serial Serial 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Serial v7.0+ Serial 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Network Modbus 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Network Network Proxy 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Network Pseudo Interface 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Network Web 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Network Modbus 1
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Network Network Proxy 1
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Network Pseudo Interface 1
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Network Web 1
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Serial Serial 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Serial v7.0+ Serial 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network Modbus 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network Network Proxy 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network Pseudo Interface 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network Web 1

536 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.6 Interfaces Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Description Interface Count

GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network Modbus 1
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network Network Proxy 1
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network Pseudo Interface 1
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network Web 1
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Serial Serial 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Serial v7.0+ Serial 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Network Modbus 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Network Network Proxy 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Network Pseudo Interface 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Network Web 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Network Modbus 1
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Network Network Proxy 1
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Network Pseudo Interface 1
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Network Web 1
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Serial Serial 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Serial v7.0+ Serial 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR C90 Plus Network Modbus 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR C90 Plus Network Network Proxy 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR C90 Plus Network Pseudo Interface 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR C90 Plus Network Modbus 1
v1.8+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C90 Plus Network Network Proxy 1
v1.8+
GE - UR Relays GE UR C90 Plus Network Pseudo Interface 1
v1.8+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network Modbus 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network Network Proxy 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network Pseudo Interface 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network Web 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network Modbus 1
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network Network Proxy 1
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network Pseudo Interface 1
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network Web 1
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Serial Serial 1

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 537
Reference
9.6 Interfaces Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Description Interface Count

GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Serial v7.0+ Serial 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network Modbus 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network Network Proxy 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network Pseudo Interface 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network Web 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network Modbus 1
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network Network Proxy 1
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network Pseudo Interface 1
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network Web 1
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Serial Serial 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Serial v7.0+ Serial 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network Modbus 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network Network Proxy 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network Pseudo Interface 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network Web 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network Modbus 1
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network Network Proxy 1
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network Pseudo Interface 1
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network Web 1
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Serial Serial 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Serial v7.0+ Serial 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network Modbus 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network Network Proxy 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network Pseudo Interface 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network Web 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network Modbus 1
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network Network Proxy 1
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network Pseudo Interface 1
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network Web 1
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Serial Serial 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Serial v7.0+ Serial 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network Modbus 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network Network Proxy 1

538 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.6 Interfaces Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Description Interface Count

GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network Pseudo Interface 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network Web 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network Modbus 1
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network Network Proxy 1
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network Pseudo Interface 1
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network Web 1
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Serial Serial 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Serial v7.0+ Serial 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR N60 Network Modbus 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR N60 Network Network Proxy 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR N60 Network Pseudo Interface 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR N60 Network Web 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR N60 Network Modbus 1
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR N60 Network Network Proxy 1
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR N60 Network Pseudo Interface 1
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR N60 Network Web 1
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T35 Network Modbus 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR T35 Network Network Proxy 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR T35 Network Pseudo Interface 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR T35 Network Web 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR T35 Network Modbus 1
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T35 Network Network Proxy 1
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T35 Network Pseudo Interface 1
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T35 Network Web 1
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Network Modbus 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Network Network Proxy 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Network Pseudo Interface 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Network Web 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Network Modbus 1
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Network Network Proxy 1
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Network Pseudo Interface 1
v7.0+

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 539
Reference
9.6 Interfaces Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Description Interface Count

GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Network Web 1
v7.0+
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Serial Serial 1
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Serial v7.0+ Serial 1
Generic Generic Direct Gateway Transparent Serial 1
- Serial
Generic Generic Direct Gateway Mapped Telnet 1
- Telnet
Generic Generic IED - Dial-Up Dial-Up 1
Generic Generic IED - Network Network Proxy 1
Generic Generic IED - Network/ Network Proxy 1
SSH/Telnet
Generic Generic IED - Network/ Secure Web 1
SSH/Telnet
Generic Generic IED - Network/ SSH 1
SSH/Telnet
Generic Generic IED - Network/ Telnet 1
SSH/Telnet
Generic Generic IED - Network/ Web 1
SSH/Telnet
Generic Generic IED - Serial Serial 1
Generic Generic IED - SSH SSH 1
Generic Generic IED - Telnet Telnet 1
Generic Unconnected Device Files Interface 1
Generic Unconnected Gateway Files Interface 1
Lantronix Lantronix ETS16PR Mapped TCP 16
Mapped TCP
Lantronix Lantronix ETS16PR Type Mapped TCP 16
2 Mapped TCP
Lantronix Lantronix ETS32PR Mapped TCP 32
Mapped TCP
Lantronix Lantronix ETS32PR Mapped Telnet 32
Mapped Telnet
Lantronix Lantronix ETS32PR Prompted Serial Out 32
Prompted Telnet
Lantronix Lantronix ETS32PR Telnet 1
Prompted Telnet
Lantronix Lantronix ETS32PR Type Mapped TCP 32
2 Mapped TCP
Lantronix Lantronix ETS8P Mapped TCP 8
Mapped TCP
Lantronix Lantronix ETS8P Mapped Telnet 8
Mapped Telnet
Lantronix Lantronix ETS8P Prompted Serial Out 8
Prompted Telnet
Lantronix Lantronix ETS8P Telnet 1
Prompted Telnet

540 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.6 Interfaces Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Description Interface Count

Novatech Novatech DDIO - Secure Web 1
Network
Novatech Novatech DDIO - SSH 1
Network
Novatech Novatech DDIO - Telnet 1
Network
Novatech Novatech DDIO - Web 1
Network
Novatech Novatech DDIO - Serial Serial 1
Novatech Novatech Orion 5r - PassThrough 1
Telnet
Novatech Novatech Orion 5r - Prompted Serial Out 16
Telnet
Novatech Novatech Orion 5r - Telnet 1
Telnet
Novatech Novatech Orion 5r - Web 1
Telnet
Novatech Novatech Orion LX - Prompted Serial Out 256
SSH
Novatech Novatech Orion LX - Secure Web 1
SSH
Novatech Novatech Orion LX - SSH 1
SSH
Novatech Novatech Orion LX - Web 1
SSH
Novatech Novatech Orion LX - Prompted Serial Out 256
Telnet
Novatech Novatech Orion LX - Telnet 1
Telnet
Novatech Novatech Orion LX - Web 1
Telnet
Nozomi Nozomi Guardian Secure Web 1
Nozomi Nozomi Guardian SSH 1
Other Ametek Pulsar UPLC - Pseudo Interface 1
Network
Other Ametek Pulsar UPLC - Web 1
Network
Other Beckwith M-2001D - Network Proxy 1
Network
Other Checkpoint Firewall - Secure Web 1
SSH
Other Checkpoint Firewall - SSH 1
SSH
Other Doble IDD Monitor - Web 1
Network
Other Dynamic Ratings DR-E3 Serial 1
- Serial

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 541
Reference
9.6 Interfaces Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Description Interface Count

Other Dynamic Ratings DR-E3 Pseudo Interface 1
- SSH
Other Dynamic Ratings DR-E3 Secure Web 1
- SSH
Other Dynamic Ratings DR-E3 SSH 1
- SSH
Other Dynamic Ratings DR-E3 Pseudo Interface 1
- Telnet
Other Dynamic Ratings DR-E3 Telnet 1
- Telnet
Other Dynamic Ratings DR-E3 Web 1
- Telnet
Other MiCOM Agile P44T - Network Proxy 1
Network
Other MiCOM Agile P44T - Pseudo Interface 1
Network
Other MiCOM P14x - Network Network Proxy 1
Other MiCOM P14x - Network Pseudo Interface 1
Other MiCOM P14x - Serial Serial 1
Other Palo Alto PA-200 - SSH Secure Web 1
Other Palo Alto PA-200 - SSH SSH 1
Other Palo Alto PA-820/850 - Secure Web 1
SSH
Other Palo Alto PA-820/850 - SSH 1
SSH
Other Qualitrol Transformer Network Proxy 1
Monitor ITM 509
Other ZIV Relay - Network Network Proxy 1
Other Gateways IOLAN STS16 - SSH Mapped TCP 16
Other Gateways IOLAN STS16 - SSH Secure Web 1
Other Gateways IOLAN STS16 - SSH SSH 1
Other Gateways IOLAN STS24 - SSH Mapped TCP 24
Other Gateways IOLAN STS24 - SSH Secure Web 1
Other Gateways IOLAN STS24 - SSH SSH 1
Other Gateways IOLAN STS4 - SSH Mapped TCP 4
Other Gateways IOLAN STS4 - SSH Secure Web 1
Other Gateways IOLAN STS4 - SSH SSH 1
Other Gateways IOLAN STS8 - SSH Mapped TCP 8
Other Gateways IOLAN STS8 - SSH Secure Web 1
Other Gateways IOLAN STS8 - SSH SSH 1
Other Gateways RFL 9660 - Serial Prompted Serial Out 32
Other Gateways RFL 9660 - Serial Serial 1
Other Gateways SEL-20xx Emulator - Prompted Serial Out 255
Serial

542 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.6 Interfaces Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Description Interface Count

Other Gateways SEL-20xx Emulator - Serial 1
Serial
Other Gateways SM1-16 Multiplexor - Dial-Up 1
Dial-Up
Other Gateways SM1-16 Multiplexor - Prompted Serial Out 16
Dial-Up
RuggedCom RuggedCom i800 - SSH Secure Web 1
RuggedCom RuggedCom i800 - SSH SSH 1
RuggedCom RuggedCom i800 - SSH Transparent Network 1
RuggedCom RuggedCom i800 - Telnet 1
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom i800 - Transparent Network 1
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom i800 - Web 1
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RMC20/ Mapped TCP 2
RMC30 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RMC20/ Secure Web 1
RMC30 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RMC20/ SSH 1
RMC30 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RMC20/ Mapped TCP 2
RMC30 - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RMC20/ Telnet 1
RMC30 - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RMC20/ Web 1
RMC30 - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RMC40/ Secure Web 1
RMC41 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RMC40/ SSH 1
RMC41 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RMC40/ Transparent Network 1
RMC41 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RMC40/ Telnet 1
RMC41 - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RMC40/ Transparent Network 1
RMC41 - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RMC40/ Web 1
RMC41 - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS400/ Mapped TCP 4
RS401 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS400/ Secure Web 1
RS401 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS400/ SSH 1
RS401 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS400/ Transparent Network 1
RS401 - SSH

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 543
Reference
9.6 Interfaces Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Description Interface Count

RuggedCom RuggedCom RS400/ Mapped TCP 4
RS401 - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS400/ Telnet 1
RS401 - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS400/ Transparent Network 1
RS401 - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS400/ Web 1
RS401 - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS416 - Mapped TCP 16
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS416 - Secure Web 1
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS416 - SSH 1
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS416 - Transparent Network 1
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS416 - Mapped TCP 16
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS416 - Telnet 1
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS416 - Transparent Network 1
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS416 - Web 1
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS8000 - Secure Web 1
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS8000 - SSH 1
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS8000 - Transparent Network 1
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS8000 - Telnet 1
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS8000 - Transparent Network 1
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS8000 - Web 1
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS900/ Secure Web 1
RS930/RS940/RS950 -
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS900/ SSH 1
RS930/RS940/RS950 -
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS900/ Transparent Network 1
RS930/RS940/RS950 -
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS900/ Telnet 1
RS930/RS940/RS950
Telnet

544 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.6 Interfaces Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Description Interface Count

RuggedCom RuggedCom RS900/ Transparent Network 1
RS930/RS940/RS950
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS900/ Web 1
RS930/RS940/RS950
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS910/ Mapped TCP 2
RS920 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS910/ Secure Web 1
RS920 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS910/ SSH 1
RS920 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS910/ Transparent Network 1
RS920 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS910/ Mapped TCP 2
RS920 - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS910/ Telnet 1
RS920 - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS910/ Transparent Network 1
RS920 - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS910/ Web 1
RS920 - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS969 - Secure Web 1
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS969 - SSH 1
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS969 - Transparent Network 1
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS969 - Telnet 1
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS969 - Transparent Network 1
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS969 - Web 1
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG2100/ Secure Web 1
RSG2200/RSG2300 -
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG2100/ SSH 1
RSG2200/RSG2300 -
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG2100/ Transparent Network 1
RSG2200/RSG2300 -
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG2100/ Telnet 1
RSG2200/RSG2300
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG2100/ Transparent Network 1
RSG2200/RSG2300
Telnet

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 545
Reference
9.6 Interfaces Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Description Interface Count

RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG2100/ Web 1
RSG2200/RSG2300
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG2288/ Secure Web 1
RSG2488 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG2288/ SSH 1
RSG2488 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG2288/ Transparent Network 1
RSG2488 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG2288/ Telnet 1
RSG2488 - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG2288/ Transparent Network 1
RSG2488 - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG2288/ Web 1
RSG2488 - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG907R/ Secure Web 1
RSG909R - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG907R/ SSH 1
RSG909R - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG907R/ Transparent Network 1
RSG909R - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG907R/ Telnet 1
RSG909R - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG907R/ Transparent Network 1
RSG909R - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG907R/ Web 1
RSG909R - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG908C/ Secure Web 1
RSG910C - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG908C/ SSH 1
RSG910C - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG908C/ Transparent Network 1
RSG910C - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG908C/ Telnet 1
RSG910C - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG908C/ Transparent Network 1
RSG910C - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG908C/ Web 1
RSG910C - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG920P - Secure Web 1
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG920P - SSH 1
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG920P - Transparent Network 1
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG920P - Telnet 1
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG920P - Transparent Network 1
Telnet

546 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.6 Interfaces Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Description Interface Count

RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG920P - Web 1
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSL910 - Secure Web 1
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSL910 - SSH 1
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSL910 - Transparent Network 1
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSL910 - Telnet 1
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSL910 - Transparent Network 1
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSL910 - Web 1
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RST2228/ Secure Web 1
RST2228P - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RST2228/ SSH 1
RST2228P - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RST2228/ Transparent Network 1
RST2228P - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RST2228/ Telnet 1
RST2228P - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RST2228/ Transparent Network 1
RST2228P - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RST2228/ Web 1
RST2228P - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RST916P/ Secure Web 1
RST916C - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RST916P/ SSH 1
RST916C - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RST916P/ Transparent Network 1
RST916C - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RST916P/ Telnet 1
RST916C - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RST916P/ Transparent Network 1
RST916C - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RST916P/ Web 1
RST916C - Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1000/ Mapped TCP 8
RX1100 v1 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1000/ SSH 1
RX1100 v1 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1000/ Transparent Network 1
RX1100 v1 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1000/ Webmin 1
RX1100 v1 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1400 - Mapped TCP 2
SSH

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 547
Reference
9.6 Interfaces Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Description Interface Count

RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1400 - Secure Web 1
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1400 - SSH 1
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1400 - Transparent Network 1
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1500 - Mapped TCP 24
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1500 - Secure Web 1
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1500 - SSH 1
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1500 - Transparent Network 1
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1501 - Mapped TCP 36
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1501 - Secure Web 1
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1501 - SSH 1
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1501 - Transparent Network 1
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1510 - Mapped TCP 24
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1510 - Secure Web 1
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1510 - SSH 1
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1510 - Transparent Network 1
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1511/ Mapped TCP 12
RX1512 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1511/ Secure Web 1
RX1512 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1511/ SSH 1
RX1512 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1511/ Transparent Network 1
RX1512 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1524 - Mapped TCP 24
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1524 - Secure Web 1
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1524 - SSH 1
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1524 - Transparent Network 1
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1536 - Mapped TCP 36
SSH

548 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.6 Interfaces Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Description Interface Count

RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1536 - Secure Web 1
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1536 - SSH 1
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1536 - Transparent Network 1
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX5000 - Mapped TCP 48
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX5000 - Secure Web 1
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX5000 - SSH 1
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX5000 - Transparent Network 1
SSH
SATEC SATEC PM17x - Serial Serial 1
Schneider Schneider ION 7650 - Network Proxy 1
Network
Schneider Schneider ION 7650 - Pseudo Interface 1
Network
Schneider Schneider ION 7650 - Telnet 1
Network
Schneider Schneider ION 7650 - Web 1
Network
Schneider Schneider Quantum Pseudo Interface 1
CPU - Network
Schneider Schneider Quantum Web 1
CPU - Network
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2020 - Dial-Up Dial-Up 1
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2020 - Dial-Up Prompted Serial Out 16
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2020 - Serial Prompted Serial Out 16
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2020 - Serial Serial 1
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Dial- Dial-Up 1
Up
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Dial- Prompted Serial Out 16
Up
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Serial Prompted Serial Out 16
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Serial Serial 1
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Telnet Prompted Serial Out 16
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Telnet Telnet 1
SEL - Other SEL TEAM Server Direct TCP 1
SEL - Other SEL-2488 Clock - Pseudo Interface 1
Network
SEL - Other SEL-2488 Clock - Secure Web 1
Network
SEL - Other SEL-2885 - Serial Prompted Serial Out 1
SEL - Other SEL-2885 - Serial Serial 1

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 549
Reference
9.6 Interfaces Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Description Interface Count

SEL - Other SEL-2890 - Telnet Mapped Telnet 1
SEL - Other SEL-2890 - Telnet Telnet 1
SEL - Other SEL-3354 - Telnet Telnet 1
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - Dial-Up 1
Dial-Up
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - Prompted Serial Out 254
Dial-Up
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - Prompted Serial Out 254
Serial
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - Serial 1
Serial
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - Network Proxy 1
SSH
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - Prompted Serial Out 254
SSH
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - Pseudo Interface 1
SSH
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - Secure Web 1
SSH
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - SSH 1
SSH
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - Network Proxy 1
TCP
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - Prompted Serial Out 254
TCP
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - Pseudo Interface 1
TCP
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - Secure Web 1
TCP
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - TCP 1
TCP
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - Network Proxy 1
Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - Prompted Serial Out 254
Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - Pseudo Interface 1
Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - Secure Web 1
Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - Telnet 1
Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL Dial-Up 1
Server) - Dial-Up
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL Prompted Serial Out 254
Server) - Dial-Up
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL Prompted Serial Out 254
Server) - Serial

550 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.6 Interfaces Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Description Interface Count

SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL Serial 1
Server) - Serial
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL Network Proxy 1
Server) - SSH
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL Prompted Serial Out 254
Server) - SSH
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL Pseudo Interface 1
Server) - SSH
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL Secure Web 1
Server) - SSH
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL SSH 1
Server) - SSH
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL Network Proxy 1
Server) - TCP
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL Prompted Serial Out 254
Server) - TCP
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL Pseudo Interface 1
Server) - TCP
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL Secure Web 1
Server) - TCP
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL TCP 1
Server) - TCP
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL Network Proxy 1
Server) - Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL Prompted Serial Out 254
Server) - Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL Pseudo Interface 1
Server) - Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL Secure Web 1
Server) - Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL Telnet 1
Server) - Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - Mapped TCP 17
Mapped TCP
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - Secure Web 1
Mapped TCP
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - Service 1
Mapped TCP
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - Mapped Telnet 17
Mapped Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - Secure Web 1
Mapped Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - Service 1
Mapped Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - Prompted Serial Out 17
Prompted Serial
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - Serial 1
Prompted Serial

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 551
Reference
9.6 Interfaces Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Description Interface Count

SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - Network Proxy 1
Prompted SSH
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - Prompted Serial Out 17
Prompted SSH
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - Secure Web 1
Prompted SSH
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - Service 1
Prompted SSH
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - SSH 1
Prompted SSH
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - Network Proxy 1
Prompted Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - Prompted Serial Out 17
Prompted Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - Secure Web 1
Prompted Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - Service 1
Prompted Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - Telnet 1
Prompted Telnet
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Telnet Network Proxy 1
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Telnet Telnet 1
SEL - Relays SEL-187V - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-2100 - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-221F - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-2410 - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Telnet Network Proxy 1
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Telnet Telnet 1
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Telnet Network Proxy 1
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Telnet Telnet 1
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Telnet Network Proxy 1
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Telnet Telnet 1
SEL - Relays SEL-251 - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-251D - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-2523 - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-2533 - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Telnet Network Proxy 1
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Telnet Telnet 1
SEL - Relays SEL-279H - Serial Serial 1

552 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.6 Interfaces Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Description Interface Count

SEL - Relays SEL-287V - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-300G - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-311A - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-311B - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Telnet Network Proxy 1
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Telnet Telnet 1
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Telnet Network Proxy 1
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Telnet Telnet 1
SEL - Relays SEL-321 - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Telnet Network Proxy 1
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Telnet Telnet 1
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Telnet Network Proxy 1
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Telnet Telnet 1
SEL - Relays SEL-351R - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Telnet Network Proxy 1
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Telnet Telnet 1
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Telnet Network Proxy 1
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Telnet Telnet 1
SEL - Relays SEL-352 - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-387 - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-387A - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Telnet Network Proxy 1
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Telnet Telnet 1
SEL - Relays SEL-387L - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Telnet Network Proxy 1
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Telnet Telnet 1
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Telnet Network Proxy 1
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Telnet Telnet 1
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Telnet Network Proxy 1
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Telnet Telnet 1
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Serial Serial 1

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 553
Reference
9.6 Interfaces Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Description Interface Count

SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Telnet Network Proxy 1
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Telnet Telnet 1
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Telnet Network Proxy 1
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Telnet Telnet 1
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Telnet Network Proxy 1
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Telnet Telnet 1
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Telnet Network Proxy 1
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Telnet Telnet 1
SEL - Relays SEL-501 - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-547 - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-551 - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-551C - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-587 - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-587Z - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Telnet Network Proxy 1
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Telnet Telnet 1
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Telnet Network Proxy 1
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Telnet Telnet 1
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Telnet Network Proxy 1
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Telnet Telnet 1
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Telnet Network Proxy 1
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Telnet Telnet 1
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Telnet Network Proxy 1
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Telnet Telnet 1
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Telnet Network Proxy 1
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Telnet Telnet 1
SEL - Relays SEL-701 - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Telnet Network Proxy 1
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Telnet Telnet 1
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Telnet Network Proxy 1

554 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.6 Interfaces Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Description Interface Count

SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Telnet Telnet 1
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Telnet Network Proxy 1
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Telnet Telnet 1
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Telnet Network Proxy 1
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Telnet Telnet 1
SEL - Relays SEL-749M - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Telnet Network Proxy 1
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Telnet Telnet 1
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Telnet Network Proxy 1
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Telnet Telnet 1
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Telnet Network Proxy 1
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Telnet Telnet 1
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Telnet Network Proxy 1
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Telnet Telnet 1
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Serial Serial 1
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Telnet Network Proxy 1
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Telnet Telnet 1
SEL - Relays SEL-T401L - Telnet Network Proxy 1
SEL - Relays SEL-T401L - Telnet Telnet 1
Siemens SICAM PAS Siemens SICAM PAS - Network Proxy 1
Network
Siemens SICAM PAS Siemens SICAM PAS - Pseudo Interface 1
Network
Siemens SICAM SCC Siemens SICAM SCC - Network Proxy 1
Network
Siemens SICAM SCC Siemens SICAM SCC - Pseudo Interface 1
Network
Siemens SIPROTEC 4 Siemens SIPROTEC 4 - Network Proxy 1
Network
Siemens SIPROTEC 4 Siemens SIPROTEC 4 - Pseudo Interface 1
Network
Siemens SIPROTEC 4 Siemens SIPROTEC 4 - Serial 1
Serial
Siemens SIPROTEC 5 Siemens SIPROTEC 5 - Network Proxy 1
Network
Siemens SIPROTEC 5 Siemens SIPROTEC 5 - Pseudo Interface 1
Network
SMP SMP 16/CP - TCP Network Proxy 1

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 555
Reference
9.6 Interfaces Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Description Interface Count

SMP SMP 16/CP - TCP PassThrough 1
SMP SMP 16/CP - TCP Prompted Serial Out 16
SMP SMP 16/CP - TCP Pseudo Interface 1
SMP SMP 16/CP - TCP Secure Web 1
SMP SMP 16/CP - Telnet Network Proxy 1
SMP SMP 16/CP - Telnet PassThrough 1
SMP SMP 16/CP - Telnet Prompted Serial Out 16
SMP SMP 16/CP - Telnet Pseudo Interface 1
SMP SMP 16/CP - Telnet Secure Web 1
SMP SMP 16/SG - TCP Network Proxy 1
SMP SMP 16/SG - TCP PassThrough 1
SMP SMP 16/SG - TCP Prompted Serial Out 48
SMP SMP 16/SG - TCP Pseudo Interface 1
SMP SMP 16/SG - TCP Secure Web 1
SMP SMP 16/SG - Telnet Network Proxy 1
SMP SMP 16/SG - Telnet PassThrough 1
SMP SMP 16/SG - Telnet Prompted Serial Out 48
SMP SMP 16/SG - Telnet Pseudo Interface 1
SMP SMP 16/SG - Telnet Secure Web 1
SMP SMP 4 - TCP Network Proxy 1
SMP SMP 4 - TCP PassThrough 1
SMP SMP 4 - TCP Prompted Serial Out 4
SMP SMP 4 - TCP Pseudo Interface 1
SMP SMP 4 - TCP Secure Web 1
SMP SMP 4 - Telnet Network Proxy 1
SMP SMP 4 - Telnet PassThrough 1
SMP SMP 4 - Telnet Prompted Serial Out 4
SMP SMP 4 - Telnet Pseudo Interface 1
SMP SMP 4 - Telnet Secure Web 1
SMP SMP SG-4250 - TCP Network Proxy 1
SMP SMP SG-4250 - TCP PassThrough 1
SMP SMP SG-4250 - TCP Prompted Serial Out 33
SMP SMP SG-4250 - TCP Pseudo Interface 1
SMP SMP SG-4250 - TCP Secure Web 1
SMP SMP SG-4250 - Telnet Network Proxy 1
SMP SMP SG-4250 - Telnet PassThrough 1
SMP SMP SG-4250 - Telnet Prompted Serial Out 33
SMP SMP SG-4250 - Telnet Pseudo Interface 1
SMP SMP SG-4250 - Telnet Secure Web 1
Telvent SAGE 1410 RTU - Pseudo Interface 1
Network

556 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.7 CAMs Supported by Device Family/Type

Device Family Device Type Description Interface Count

Telvent SAGE 1410 RTU - Web 1
Network

9.7 CAMs Supported by Device Family/Type

CROSSBOW Application Modules (CAMs) supported by specific device families and
device types are as follows:

Connectivity CAM
FirmwareVersion
ConfigCompare

Time Compare
DataCAM
CAM

CAM

CAM
Device Family Device Type
ABB ABB AFS 66x - SSH Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
ABB ABB AFS 67x - SSH Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
ABB ABB PCD-2000 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ
ABB ABB PCD-2000 - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ
ABB ABB Relion 615 v2 - Network Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
ABB ABB Relion 670 v1 - Network Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
ABB ABB RTU560 - Network Ÿ
ABB ABB TPU/DPU - Serial
Bitronics Bitronics M57x - Serial Ÿ Ÿ
Bitronics Bitronics M57x - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ
Bitronics Bitronics M660/M661 - Network Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Cisco Cisco 2900 - SSH Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Cisco Cisco Catalyst 2960 - SSH Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Cisco Cisco Catalyst 3750 - SSH Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Cisco Cisco CGR 2010 - SSH Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Cisco Cisco CGS 2520 - SSH Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Comtrol ComtrolDeviceMaster8 Ÿ
CrossBow Asset Discovery & CrossBow ADM Agent Ÿ Ÿ
Management
CrossBow Secure Access Secure Access Manager - Local
Manager - Local
CrossBow Station Access Station Access Controller
Controller
Data Track Data Track T2700 Ÿ
DIGI DIGI TS1 - Prompted SSH Ÿ Ÿ
DIGI DIGI TS1 - Prompted Telnet Ÿ Ÿ
DIGI DIGI TS16 - Prompted SSH Ÿ Ÿ
DIGI DIGI TS16 - Prompted Telnet Ÿ Ÿ
DIGI DIGI TS2 - Prompted SSH Ÿ Ÿ

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 557
Reference
9.7 CAMs Supported by Device Family/Type

Connectivity CAM
FirmwareVersion
ConfigCompare

Time Compare
DataCAM
CAM

CAM

CAM
Device Family Device Type
DIGI DIGI TS2 - Prompted Telnet Ÿ Ÿ
DIGI DIGI TS4 - Prompted SSH Ÿ Ÿ
DIGI DIGI TS4 - Prompted Telnet Ÿ Ÿ
DIGI DIGI TS8 - Prompted SSH Ÿ Ÿ
DIGI DIGI TS8 - Prompted Telnet Ÿ Ÿ
DIGI DIGI TSx - Mapped SSH Ÿ
DIGI DIGI TSx - Mapped Telnet Ÿ
GarrettCom DynaStar 1500 Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GarrettCom DynaStar 2000 Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GarrettCom DynaStar 5000 Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GarrettCom GarrettCom 10RX Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GarrettCom GarrettCom 10XTS Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GarrettCom GarrettCom 6K Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GarrettCom GarrettCom 6K Secure Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX1000 Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX40 Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX800 Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GarrettCom GarrettCom DX900 Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Gauntlet Gauntlet Bow 4-Port
Gauntlet Gauntlet Bow 8-Port
GE - Other GE RT430/RT434 Clock - Network Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Network Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Network v7.0+ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GE - UR Relays GE UR B30 Serial v7.0+ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GE - UR Relays GE UR B60 Network Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Network Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Network v7.0+ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GE - UR Relays GE UR B90 Serial v7.0+ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Network Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Network v7.0+ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GE - UR Relays GE UR C30 Serial v7.0+ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Network v7.0+ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ

558 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.7 CAMs Supported by Device Family/Type

Connectivity CAM
FirmwareVersion
ConfigCompare

Time Compare
DataCAM
CAM

CAM

CAM
Device Family Device Type
GE - UR Relays GE UR C60 Serial v7.0+ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Network Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Network v7.0+ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GE - UR Relays GE UR C70 Serial v7.0+ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GE - UR Relays GE UR C90 Plus Network Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GE - UR Relays GE UR C90 Plus Network v1.8+ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Network v7.0+ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GE - UR Relays GE UR D30 Serial v7.0+ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Network v7.0+ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GE - UR Relays GE UR D60 Serial v7.0+ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Network v7.0+ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GE - UR Relays GE UR F35 Serial v7.0+ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Network v7.0+ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GE - UR Relays GE UR F60 Serial v7.0+ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Network v7.0+ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GE - UR Relays GE UR L90 Serial v7.0+ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GE - UR Relays GE UR N60 Network Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GE - UR Relays GE UR N60 Network v7.0+ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GE - UR Relays GE UR T35 Network Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GE - UR Relays GE UR T35 Network v7.0+ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Network Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Network v7.0+ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
GE - UR Relays GE UR T60 Serial v7.0+ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Generic Generic Direct Gateway - Serial
Generic Generic Direct Gateway - Telnet

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 559
Reference
9.7 CAMs Supported by Device Family/Type

Connectivity CAM
FirmwareVersion
ConfigCompare

Time Compare
DataCAM
CAM

CAM

CAM
Device Family Device Type
Generic Generic IED - Dial-Up Ÿ
Generic Generic IED - Network Ÿ
Generic Generic IED - Network/SSH/ Ÿ
Telnet
Generic Generic IED - Serial Ÿ
Generic Generic IED - SSH Ÿ
Generic Generic IED - Telnet Ÿ
Generic Unconnected Device
Generic Unconnected Gateway
Lantronix Lantronix ETS16PR Mapped TCP
Lantronix Lantronix ETS16PR Type 2
Mapped TCP
Lantronix Lantronix ETS32PR Mapped TCP
Lantronix Lantronix ETS32PR Mapped
Telnet
Lantronix Lantronix ETS32PR Prompted Ÿ
Telnet
Lantronix Lantronix ETS32PR Type 2
Mapped TCP
Lantronix Lantronix ETS8P Mapped TCP
Lantronix Lantronix ETS8P Mapped Telnet
Lantronix Lantronix ETS8P Prompted Ÿ
Telnet
Novatech Novatech DDIO - Network Ÿ
Novatech Novatech DDIO - Serial Ÿ
Novatech Novatech Orion 5r - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Novatech Novatech Orion LX - SSH Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Novatech Novatech Orion LX - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Nozomi Nozomi Guardian
Other Ametek Pulsar UPLC - Network Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Other Beckwith M-2001D - Network Ÿ
Other Checkpoint Firewall - SSH Ÿ
Other Doble IDD Monitor - Network Ÿ
Other Dynamic Ratings DR-E3 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ
Other Dynamic Ratings DR-E3 - SSH Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Other Dynamic Ratings DR-E3 - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Other MiCOM Agile P44T - Network Ÿ Ÿ
Other MiCOM P14x - Network Ÿ Ÿ

560 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.7 CAMs Supported by Device Family/Type

Connectivity CAM
FirmwareVersion
ConfigCompare

Time Compare
DataCAM
CAM

CAM

CAM
Device Family Device Type
Other MiCOM P14x - Serial Ÿ Ÿ
Other Palo Alto PA-200 - SSH Ÿ
Other Palo Alto PA-820/850 - SSH Ÿ
Other Qualitrol Transformer Monitor Ÿ
ITM 509
Other ZIV Relay - Network Ÿ
Other Gateways IOLAN STS16 - SSH Ÿ
Other Gateways IOLAN STS24 - SSH Ÿ
Other Gateways IOLAN STS4 - SSH Ÿ
Other Gateways IOLAN STS8 - SSH Ÿ
Other Gateways RFL 9660 - Serial Ÿ
Other Gateways SEL-20xx Emulator - Serial Ÿ
Other Gateways SM1-16 Multiplexor - Dial-Up Ÿ
RuggedCom RuggedCom i800 - SSH Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
RuggedCom RuggedCom i800 - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
RuggedCom RuggedCom RMC20/RMC30 - Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RMC20/RMC30 - Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RMC40/RMC41 - Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RMC40/RMC41 - Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS400/RS401 - SSH Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS400/RS401 - Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS416 - SSH Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS416 - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS8000 - SSH Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS8000 - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS900/RS930/ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
RS940/RS950 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS900/RS930/ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
RS940/RS950 Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS910/RS920 - SSH Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS910/RS920 - Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS969 - SSH Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
RuggedCom RuggedCom RS969 - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 561
Reference
9.7 CAMs Supported by Device Family/Type

Connectivity CAM
FirmwareVersion
ConfigCompare

Time Compare
DataCAM
CAM

CAM

CAM
Device Family Device Type
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG2100/RSG2200/ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
RSG2300 - SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG2100/RSG2200/ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
RSG2300 Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG2288/RSG2488 Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
- SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG2288/RSG2488 Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
- Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG907R/RSG909R Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
- SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG907R/RSG909R Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
- Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG908C/RSG910C Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
- SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG908C/RSG910C Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
- Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG920P - SSH Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSG920P - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSL910 - SSH Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
RuggedCom RuggedCom RSL910 - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
RuggedCom RuggedCom RST2228/RST2228P Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
- SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RST2228/RST2228P Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
- Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RST916P/RST916C - Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RST916P/RST916C - Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Telnet
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1000/RX1100 v1 Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
- SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1400 - SSH Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1500 - SSH Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1501 - SSH Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1510 - SSH Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1511/RX1512 - Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SSH
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1524 - SSH Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX1536 - SSH Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
RuggedCom RuggedCom RX5000 - SSH Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SATEC SATEC PM17x - Serial Ÿ Ÿ
Schneider Schneider ION 7650 - Network Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ

562 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.7 CAMs Supported by Device Family/Type

Connectivity CAM
FirmwareVersion
ConfigCompare

Time Compare
DataCAM
CAM

CAM

CAM
Device Family Device Type
Schneider Schneider Quantum CPU - Ÿ
Network
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2020 - Dial-Up Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2020 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Dial-Up Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - 20xx Gateways SEL-2030/2032 - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Other SEL TEAM Server
SEL - Other SEL-2488 Clock - Network Ÿ
SEL - Other SEL-2885 - Serial
SEL - Other SEL-2890 - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Other SEL-3354 - Telnet Ÿ
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - Dial-Up Ÿ
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - Serial Ÿ
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - SSH Ÿ
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - TCP Ÿ
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (APRs) - Telnet Ÿ
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL Server) - Ÿ Ÿ
Dial-Up
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL Server) - Ÿ Ÿ
Serial
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL Server) - SSH Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL Server) - TCP Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Other SEL-35xx RTAC (SEL Server) - Ÿ Ÿ
Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - Mapped Ÿ Ÿ
TCP
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - Mapped Ÿ Ÿ
Telnet
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - Prompted Ÿ
Serial
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - Prompted Ÿ Ÿ
SSH
SEL - Other SEL-3610/3620/3622 - Prompted Ÿ Ÿ
Telnet
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL IED - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-187V - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-2100 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 563
Reference
9.7 CAMs Supported by Device Family/Type

Connectivity CAM
FirmwareVersion
ConfigCompare

Time Compare
DataCAM
CAM

CAM

CAM
Device Family Device Type
SEL - Relays SEL-221F - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-2410 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-2411 - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-2431 - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-2440 - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-251 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-251D - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-2523 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-2533 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-2664S - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-279H - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-287V - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-300G - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-311A - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-311B - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-311C - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-311L - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-321 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-351 - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-351A - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-351R - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-351RS - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-351S - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-352 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-387 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-387A - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ

564 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.7 CAMs Supported by Device Family/Type

Connectivity CAM
FirmwareVersion
ConfigCompare

Time Compare
DataCAM
CAM

CAM

CAM
Device Family Device Type
SEL - Relays SEL-387E - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-387L - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-401 - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-411L - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-421 - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-451 - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-487B - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-487E - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-487V - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-501 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-547 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-551 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-551C - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-587 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-587Z - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-651R - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-651RA - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-700BT - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-700G - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-700GT - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-700GW - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-701 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-710 - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 565
Reference
9.7 CAMs Supported by Device Family/Type

Connectivity CAM
FirmwareVersion
ConfigCompare

Time Compare
DataCAM
CAM

CAM

CAM
Device Family Device Type
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-710-5 - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-734 - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-735 - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-749M - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-751 - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-787 - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-849 - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-851 - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-T400L - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SEL - Relays SEL-T401L - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Siemens SICAM PAS Siemens SICAM PAS - Network Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Siemens SICAM SCC Siemens SICAM SCC - Network Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Siemens SIPROTEC 4 Siemens SIPROTEC 4 - Network Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Siemens SIPROTEC 4 Siemens SIPROTEC 4 - Serial Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Siemens SIPROTEC 5 Siemens SIPROTEC 5 - Network Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SMP SMP 16/CP - TCP Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SMP SMP 16/CP - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SMP SMP 16/SG - TCP Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SMP SMP 16/SG - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SMP SMP 4 - TCP Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SMP SMP 4 - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SMP SMP SG-4250 - TCP Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
SMP SMP SG-4250 - Telnet Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ
Telvent SAGE 1410 RTU - Network Ÿ Ÿ

566 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.8 Security Notifications

9.8 Security Notifications

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW provides notification of security events to users by way of
alerts and system events. Alerts can be viewed in the Alerts-Data For form in the
Client and in the Alert Report. System events can be viewed in the System Activity
Report.
For more information about alerts, refer to "Managing Alerts" (Page 78).
For more information about reports, refer to "Managing Reports" (Page 315).
Notifications include, but are not limited to, the following:

Security Notifications
• User has generated a password history report associated with an alert
• { username } has attempted to view checked out Passwords
• File Activity Report generated
• { username } showed the { login level } password to { username } for this reason:
{ reason }
• User has generated a Activity Log report
• User has generated a password history report
• Administrative user logged out of server { server machine name } ({ server type })
• User logged out of server { server machine name } ({ server type })
• Administrator { username1 } disconnected { username2 }
• Password for username { username } changed successfully
• CAM logged in: { details }
• User { username } was shown the { login level } credentials for device { device
name } for a device connection
• { server machine name } SAM-L Encryption has been Disabled to prepare for
Software Update
• { server machine name } SAM-L Encryption has been Enabled
• { server machine name } SAM-L Encryption has been Disabled
• { server machine name } SAM-L Encryption password has expired, database re-
encrypted
• User { username1 } attempted to delete full admin user id { userID2 }'s record and
was rejected
• User { username1 } attempted to update full admin user { username2 }'s record
and was rejected
• User { username1 } attempted to insert full admin user { username2 }'s record
and was rejected
• A client query was rejected for the following reason: { reason } (QueryID { id })

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 567
Reference
9.9 TLS Cipher Suites

• Client query { query id } ({ query description }) validation failed for the given user
and supplied parameters. { validation error }
• Possible SQL Injection characters detected in incoming authentication response.
Disconnecting
• Attempted to switch authentication modes at a time when this is not allowed.
Disconnecting
• { transmitted character } Blocked
• User { username1 } attempted to change user { username2 }'s password and was
rejected
• Old password mismatch changing password
• New password was not different from old password when changing password
• User { username } attempted to access audit log file { filename }, which they do
not have access to
• User { username } has reached { maximum } consecutive failed logins and will be
locked out
• Potential DOS Attack Detected. Connections requested from Peer Address { ip
address } has reached its maximum
• SSH connection rejected due to fingerprint mismatch
• Error: SSHAlgorithm mismatch detected. Device supports algorithms:
{ algorithms }. Listed algorithms may be enabled in the device or device-type
Advanced Parameter '{ parameter name }'

9.9 TLS Cipher Suites

The following TLS cipher suites are available in RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4:
Protocol Cipher Suite Security Grade Enabled
By Default
TLS1.3 TLS_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 5 TRUE
TLS1.3 TLS_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 5 TRUE
TLS1.3 TLS_CHACHA20_POLY1305_SHA256 5 TRUE
TLS1.2 TLS_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 5 FALSE
TLS1.2 TLS_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 5 FALSE
TLS1.2 TLS_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA256 5 FALSE
TLS1.2 TLS_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 5 FALSE
TLS1.2 TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 5 FALSE
TLS1.2 TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 5 FALSE
TLS1.2 TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA256 5 FALSE
TLS1.2 TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 5 FALSE
TLS1.2 TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 5 FALSE
TLS1.2 TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 5 FALSE

568 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
 Reference
9.10 SSH Cipher Suites

Protocol Cipher Suite Security Grade Enabled

By Default
TLS1.2 TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384 5 FALSE
TLS1.2 TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 5 FALSE
TLS1.2 TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 5 FALSE
TLS1.2 TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384 5 FALSE
TLS1.2 TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 5 FALSE
TLS1.2 TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 4 FALSE
TLS1.2 TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 4 FALSE
TLS1.2 TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384 4 FALSE
TLS1.2 TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 4 FALSE
TLS1.2 TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 4 FALSE
TLS1.2 TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 4 FALSE
TLS1.2 TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384 4 FALSE
TLS1.2 TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 4 FALSE
TLS1.2 TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 4 FALSE

9.10 SSH Cipher Suites

The following SSH cipher suites are available in RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4:
Algorithm Type Algorithm Name Security Grade Enabled By Default
EncryptionAlgorithm aes128-ctr 4 TRUE
EncryptionAlgorithm aes192-ctr 4 TRUE
EncryptionAlgorithm aes256-ctr 4 TRUE
EncryptionAlgorithm chacha20- 4 TRUE
[email protected]
EncryptionAlgorithm 3des-ctr 3 FALSE
EncryptionAlgorithm 3des-cbc 1 FALSE
EncryptionAlgorithm aes128-cbc 1 FALSE
EncryptionAlgorithm aes192-cbc 1 FALSE
EncryptionAlgorithm aes256-cbc 1 FALSE
EncryptionAlgorithm arcfour 0 FALSE
EncryptionAlgorithm arcfour128 0 FALSE
EncryptionAlgorithm arcfour256 0 FALSE
EncryptionAlgorithm blowfish-cbc 0 FALSE
EncryptionAlgorithm cast128-cbc 0 FALSE
KeyExchangeAlgorithm curve25519-sha256 4 TRUE
KeyExchangeAlgorithm curve25519- 4 TRUE
[email protected]
KeyExchangeAlgorithm diffie-hellman-group16- 4 TRUE
sha512
KeyExchangeAlgorithm diffie-hellman-group18- 4 TRUE
sha512

RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01 569
Reference
9.10 SSH Cipher Suites

Algorithm Type Algorithm Name Security Grade Enabled By Default

KeyExchangeAlgorithm ecdh-sha2-nistp256 4 TRUE
KeyExchangeAlgorithm ecdh-sha2-nistp384 4 TRUE
KeyExchangeAlgorithm ecdh-sha2-nistp521 4 TRUE
KeyExchangeAlgorithm diffie-hellman-group14- 3 FALSE
sha1
KeyExchangeAlgorithm diffie-hellman-group14- 3 FALSE
sha256
KeyExchangeAlgorithm diffie-hellman-group- 1 FALSE
exchange-sha1
KeyExchangeAlgorithm diffie-hellman-group- 1 FALSE
exchange-sha256
KeyExchangeAlgorithm diffie-hellman-group1- 0 FALSE
sha1
MacAlgorithm hmac-sha2-256 4 TRUE
MacAlgorithm hmac-sha2-256- 4 TRUE
[email protected]
MacAlgorithm hmac-sha2-512 4 TRUE
MacAlgorithm hmac-sha2-512- 4 TRUE
[email protected]
MacAlgorithm hmac-sha1 3 FALSE
MacAlgorithm hmac-ripemd160 1 FALSE
MacAlgorithm hmac-sha2-256-96 1 FALSE
MacAlgorithm hmac-sha2-512-96 1 FALSE
MacAlgorithm hmac-md5 0 FALSE
MacAlgorithm hmac-md5-96 0 FALSE
MacAlgorithm hmac-sha1-96 0 FALSE
PublicKeyAlgorithm ecdsa-sha2-nistp256 4 TRUE
PublicKeyAlgorithm ecdsa-sha2-nistp384 4 TRUE
PublicKeyAlgorithm ecdsa-sha2-nistp521 4 TRUE
PublicKeyAlgorithm ssh-ed25519 4 TRUE
PublicKeyAlgorithm ssh-dss 3 FALSE
PublicKeyAlgorithm ssh-rsa 3 FALSE
PublicKeyAlgorithm ssh-rsa-cert- 3 FALSE
[email protected]

570 RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW v5.4 Client

Configuration Manual, 06/2023, C79000-G8976-1573-01
For more information

Siemens RUGGEDCOM
https://www.siemens.com/ruggedcom

Industry Online Support (service and support)

https://support.industry.siemens.com

Industry Mall
https://mall.industry.siemens.com

Siemens Canada Ltd.

Digital Industries
Process Automation
300 Applewood Crescent
Concord, Ontario, L4K 4E5
Canada

© 2023 Siemens Canada Ltd.

Subject to change